5070 Chemistry P1 Merged From 2002-2022

5070_s03_qp_1 4
5070_s04_qp_1 20
5070_s05_qp_1 36
5070_s06_qp_1 56
5070_s07_qp_1 72
5070_s08_qp_1 88
5070_s09_qp_1 104
5070_s10_qp_11 120
5070_s10_qp_12 136
5070_s10_qp_13 152
5070_s11_qp_11 168
5070_s11_qp_12 184
5070_s12_qp_11 200
5070_s12_qp_12 216
5070_s13_qp_11 232
5070_s13_qp_12 248
5070_s14_qp_11 264
5070_s14_qp_12 280
5070_s15_qp_11 296
5070_s15_qp_12 312
5070_s16_qp_11 328
5070_s16_qp_12 344
5070_s17_qp_11 360
5070_s17_qp_12 376
5070_s18_qp_11 392
5070_s18_qp_12 408
5070_s19_qp_11 424
5070_s19_qp_12 440
5070_s20_qp_11 456
5070_s20_qp_12 472
5070_s21_qp_11 492
5070_s21_qp_12 508
5070_s22_qp_11 524
5070_s22_qp_12 540
5070_w02_qp_1 556
5070_w03_qp_1 572
5070_w04_qp_1 592
5070_w05_qp_1 608
5070_w06_qp_1 624
5070_w07_qp_1 640
5070_w08_qp_1 656
5070_w09_qp_1 672
5070_w10_qp_11 688
5070_w10_qp_12 704
5070_w10_qp_13 724
5070_w11_qp_11 744
5070_w11_qp_12 756
5070_w12_qp_11 768
5070_w12_qp_12 784
5070_w13_qp_11 800
5070_w13_qp_12 816
5070_w14_qp_11 832
5070_w14_qp_12 848
5070_w15_qp_11 864
5070_w15_qp_12 880
5070_w16_qp_11 896
5070_w16_qp_12 912
5070_w17_qp_11 928
5070_w17_qp_12 944
5070_w18_qp_11 960
5070_w18_qp_12 976
5070_w19_qp_11 992
5070_w19_qp_12 1008
5070_w20_qp_11 1024
5070_w20_qp_12 1040
5070_w21_qp_11 1056
5070_w21_qp_12 1072
5070_w22_qp_11 1092
5070_w22_qp_12 1108
w
w
w
.X
tr
me
eP
ap
CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS
er
General Certificate of Education Ordinary Level
s.c
om
CHEMISTRY 5070/01
Paper 1 Multiple Choice
May/June 2003
1 hour
Additional Materials: Multiple Choice Answer Sheet
Soft clean eraser
Soft pencil (type B or HB is recommended)
READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST
Write in soft pencil.

Do not use staples, paper clips, highlighters, glue or correction fluid.
Write your name, Centre number and candidate number on the answer sheet in the spaces provided
unless this has been done for you.
There are forty questions on this paper. Answer all questions. For each question there are four possible
answers A, B, C, and D.
Choose the one you consider correct and record your choice in soft pencil on the separate answer sheet.
Read the instructions on the Answer Sheet very carefully.
Each correct answer will score one mark. A mark will not be deducted for a wrong answer.
Any rough working should be done in this booklet.
A copy of the Periodic Table is to be found on page 16.
This document consists of 16 printed pages.

SP (SM) S45376/2
© CIE 2003 [Turn over
2
1 The equation for the reaction between aqueous lead(II) nitrate and aqueous potassium iodide is
shown.
Pb(NO3)2(aq) + 2KI(aq) → PbI2(s) + 2KNO3(aq)

colourless colourless yellow colourless
Which method could be used to separate the products?
A chromatography
B crystallisation
C distillation
D filtration
2 A gas Y, is less dense than air, very soluble in water and is an alkali.
Which method is used to collect a dry sample of the gas?
A B
dry Y
Y Y
calcium
oxide
water
dry Y
C D
dry Y dry Y
Y
concentrated
calcium sulphuric acid
oxide
5070/01/M/J/03
3
3 The diagrams show mixtures of chemicals that react to produce gases.
In which reaction will the litmus paper change colour?
A B
damp blue damp red

litmus paper litmus paper
dilute dilute
hydrochloric acid hydrochloric acid
zinc sodium carbonate
C D
damp blue damp red

litmus paper litmus paper
aqueous sodium aqueous sodium

hydroxide hydroxide
ammonium chloride sodium nitrate and

aluminium
4 Methylamine, CH3NH2 (Mr = 31), and hydrogen chloride, HCl (Mr = 36.5) are both gases which are
soluble in water.
The gases react together to form a white solid, methylammonium chloride.
In an experiment to demonstrate rates of diffusion the following apparatus is set up.
Where will the white solid form?
A B C D
cotton wool soaked in cotton wool soaked in

concentrated methylamine concentrated
solution hydrochloric acid
5070/01/M/J/03 [Turn over

4
5 A 25 cm3 sample of dilute sulphuric acid contains 0.025 moles of the acid.
What is the hydrogen ion concentration in the solution?
A 0.25 mol / dm3

B 0.50 mol / dm3
C 1.00 mol / dm3
D 2.00 mol / dm3
6 For which of the following can graphite be used?
A as an abrasive only
B as an abrasive and as an electrode
C as an electrode and as a lubricant
D as a lubricant only
7 The letters X, Y and Z represent different atoms.
40 X 39 Y 40 Z
19 19 20
What can be deduced from the proton numbers and nucleon numbers of X, Y and Z?
A X and Y are the same element.

B X and Z are the same element.
C X has more protons than Y.
D Z has more neutrons than Y.
8 How does a magnesium atom form a bond with an oxygen atom?
A by giving one pair of electrons to the oxygen atom

B by sharing one pair of electrons, both electrons provided by the magnesium atom
C by sharing two pairs of electrons, both pairs provided by the oxygen atom
D by sharing two pairs of electrons, each atom donating one pair of electrons
5070/01/M/J/03
5
9 Which diagram represents the structure of the metal sodium?
A B C D
e e e
e e e e
e e e e
e e e
10 Elements X and Y combine to form the gas XY2.
What are X and Y?
X Y
A calcium chlorine
B carbon hydrogen
C carbon oxygen
D hydrogen oxygen
11 Which of the following contains the same number of electrons as an atom of neon?
A Cl–
B Li
C Li+
D O2–
12 Which sulphide contains the greatest mass of sulphur in a 10 g sample?
sulphide formula mass of one

mole / g
A NiS 90
B FeS2 120
C MoS2 160
D PbS 239

6
13 124 g of phosphorus vapour has the same volume as 71 g of chlorine gas at the
same temperature and pressure.
What is the formula of a molecule of phosphorus?
A P8 B P4 C P2 D P
14 A piece of metal is to be electroplated.
Which set of conditions give the thickest plate?
type of current size of current time
A a.c. low short

B d.c. high long
C a.c. high short
D d.c. low long
15 Rubidium is above sodium in the reactivity series.
What is formed when concentrated aqueous rubidium chloride is electrolysed?
products
cathode (–) anode (+)
A chlorine hydrogen
B hydrogen rubidium
C hydrogen chlorine
D rubidium chlorine
5070/01/M/J/03
7
16 Nitrogen dioxide, NO2, is a dark brown gas that decomposes as shown by the equilibrium equation.
2NO2(g) 2NO(g) + O2(g)

dark brown colourless
The diagram shows a glass flask containing a mixture of the three gases.
The mixture is pale brown.
NO2, inlet for gas

NO, O2
mixture
More oxygen is forced into the flask.
What colour change is seen in the mixture?
A there is no change
B it turns colourless
C it becomes darker brown
D it becomes a paler brown
17 Two cells were set up as shown in the diagram. The arrow shows the direction of electron flow in
the external circuit.
metal X metal Y metal Y metal Z
dilute
sulphuric
acid
Which set of metals would give the electron flows in the direction shown?
metal X metal Y metal Z
A Ag Cu Zn
B Ag Zn Cu
C Cu Zn Ag
D Zn Cu Ag

8
18 The equation shows the effect of heat on copper(II) carbonate.
CuCO3(s) → CuO(s) + CO2(g)
A known mass of copper(II) carbonate was placed in an open crucible and heated until no more
change occurred.
The mass of the crucible and contents was weighed every minute during the heating.
Which graph shows what happens to the mass of the crucible and contents?
A B C D
mass mass mass mass
time time time time
19 Substance X liberates iodine from aqueous potassium iodide and decolourises acidified aqueous
potassium manganate(VII).
How is the behaviour of X described?
A as an oxidising agent only

B as an oxidising agent and a reducing agent
C as neither an oxidising agent nor a reducing agent
D as a reducing agent only
20 Salts are made by reacting acids with bases.
For which combination of acids and bases is the titration method of preparation suitable?
A an insoluble acid with an insoluble base

B an insoluble acid with a soluble base
C a soluble acid with an insoluble base
D a soluble acid with a soluble base
21 The following equations represent reactions of dilute sulphuric acid.
Which reaction is not ‘typical’ of a dilute acid?
A 2KOH(aq) + H2SO4(aq) → K2SO4(aq) + 2H2O(l)

B CuO(s) + H2SO4(aq) → CuSO4(aq) + H2O(l)
C Pb(NO3)2(aq) + H2SO4(aq) → PbSO4(s) + 2HNO3(aq)
D ZnCO3(s) + H2SO4(aq) → ZnSO4(aq) + CO2(g) + H2O(l)
5070/01/M/J/03
9
22 A black powder is burned in air.
The gas produced dissolves in water to form solution R. The pH of R is close to 7.
The gas is readily absorbed in aqueous sodium hydroxide.
What type of substance is present in solution R?
A strong acid
B strong base
C weak acid
D weak base
23 The results of three halogen displacement experiments are shown.
The table shows the results.
halide solution
experiment halogen added
X– Y– Z–
1 X2 – Y2 displaced Z2 displaced
2 Y2 no reaction – no reaction
3 Z2 no reaction Y2 displaced –
What are halogens X, Y and Z?
X Y Z
A Br Cl I
B Br I Cl
C Cl Br I
D Cl I Br
24 Which statement about the Periodic Table is correct?
A the melting point of the elements increases down Group I

B the reactivity of the elements increases down Group VII
C the reactivity of the elements decreases down Group I
D the colour of the elements becomes darker down Group VII

10
25 In which process is a catalyst not used?
A The Blast furnace for the manufacture of iron.

B The Contact process for the manufacture of sulphuric acid.
C The Haber process for the manufacture of ammonia.
D The manufacture of margarine from unsaturated vegetable oils.
26 The table shows the results of two tests carried out on separate portions of a solution of salt X.
test observation
1 acidified aqueous barium nitrate white precipitate

added
2 aqueous sodium hydroxide white precipitate soluble in an excess
added of aqueous sodium hydroxide
What is X?
A calcium chloride
B iron(II) sulphate
C lead(II) nitrate
D zinc sulphate
27 Why is cryolite, Na3AlF6, used in the extraction of aluminium from aluminium oxide?
A to dissolve aluminium oxide

B to prevent the anodes from burning away
C to prevent the oxidation of aluminium
D to remove the impurities from the aluminium oxide
5070/01/M/J/03
11
28 The diagram compares the amount of carbon in two steels, P and Q.
amount of
carbon
P Q
Which two diagrams correctly compare the strength and brittleness of P and Q?
A strength brittleness
P Q P Q
B strength brittleness
P Q P Q
C strength brittleness
P Q P Q
D strength brittleness
P Q P Q

12
29 An experiment is carried out to find the order of reactivity of some metals.
Three metals are placed in solutions containing aqueous metal ions.
The results are shown.
aqueous metal ions key

metal
Mg2+ Al3+ Fe2+ Zn2+ ✓ = reaction
observed
Mg ✓ ✓ ✓
✗ ✗ ✗ ✗ = no reaction
Fe
observed
Zn ✗ ✗ ✓
What is the order of reactivity (most reactive first)?
A Mg Zn Fe Al
B Fe Zn Al Mg
C Mg Al Zn Fe
D Mg Al Fe Zn
30 The carbonate of metal X is a white solid. It decomposes when heated. Carbon dioxide and a
yellow solid oxide are formed.
What is metal X?
A copper
B iron
C lead
D sodium
31 An 80 cm3 sample of air is trapped in a syringe. The air is slowly passed over heated iron in a tube
until there is no further decrease in volume.
iron
80 cm3 of air
heat
When cooled to the original temperature, which volume of gas remains?
A 80 cm3 B 64 cm3 C 20 cm3 D 16 cm3
5070/01/M/J/03
13
32 In the Haber process, nitrogen and hydrogen react to form ammonia.
What is the source of the hydrogen?
A air
B oil
C limestone
D sulphuric acid
33 Which reaction will not occur using cold, dilute sulphuric acid?
A formation of copper(II) sulphate from copper(II) oxide

B formation of copper(II) sulphate from copper
C formation of hydrogen from magnesium metal
D formation of carbon dioxide from sodium carbonate
34 Why are catalytic converters fitted to car exhausts?
A to decrease the amount of carbon dioxide emitted

B to decrease the amount of nitrogen oxides emitted
C to improve energy conservation
D to reduce global warming
35 Why is carbon used in the purification of drinking water?
A disinfects the water

B filters out solids
C removes tastes and odours from the water
D desalinates the water
36 What is produced when ethanol is boiled with an excess of acidified potassium dichromate(VI)?
A ethane
B ethanoic acid
C ethene
D ethyl ethanoate

14
37 When 1 volume of gas X reacts with exactly 5 volumes of oxygen it forms carbon dioxide and
water only.
What is gas X?
A methane, CH4
B ethane, C2H6
C propane, C3H8
D butane, C4H10
38 Which structure shows a compound that reacts with ethanol to give a sweet-smelling liquid?
A B
H H H
H H O
C C H C C C C
H H O H
H H H
C D
H O H H H H
H C C H H
H O C C C C H
O C C H
H H H H H
H H
39 The tables shows the properties of four compounds.
Which compound could be ethanoic acid?
addition of an aqueous
degree of ionisation
compound solution of the
in water
compound to magnesium
A high hydrogen produced

B high no reaction
C low hydrogen produced
D low no reaction
5070/01/M/J/03
15
40 Amino acids are produced when proteins are
A hydrolysed.
B oxidised.
C polymerised.
D substituted.
5070/01/M/J/03
DATA SHEET
The Periodic Table of the Elements
Group
I II III IV V VI VII 0
1 4
H He
Hydrogen Helium
1 2
7 9 11 12 14 16 19 20
Li Be B C N O F Ne
Lithium Beryllium Boron Carbon Nitrogen Oxygen Fluorine Neon
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
23 24 27 28 31 32 35.5 40
Na Mg Al Si P S Cl Ar
Sodium Magnesium Aluminium Silicon Phosphorus Sulphur Chlorine Argon
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 64 65 70 73 75 79 80 84
K Ca Sc Ti V Cr Mn Fe Co Ni Cu Zn Ga Ge As Se Br Kr
Potassium Calcium Scandium Titanium Vanadium Chromium Manganese Iron Cobalt Nickel Copper Zinc Gallium Germanium Arsenic Selenium Bromine Krypton
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
16
85 88 89 91 93 96 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
5070/01/M/J/03
Rb Sr Y Zr Nb Mo Tc Ru Rh Pd Ag Cd In Sn Sb Te I Xe
Rubidium Strontium Yttrium Zirconium Niobium Molybdenum Technetium Ruthenium Rhodium Palladium Silver Cadmium Indium Tin Antimony Tellurium Iodine Xenon
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
133 137 139 178 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209
Cs Ba La Hf Ta W Re Os Ir Pt Au Hg Tl Pb Bi Po At Rn
Caesium Barium Lanthanum Hafnium Tantalum Tungsten Rhenium Osmium Iridium Platinum Gold Mercury Thallium Lead Bismuth Polonium Astatine Radon
55 56 57 * 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
226 227
Fr Ra Ac
Francium Radium Actinium
87 88 89 †
140 141 144 150 152 157 159 162 165 167 169 173 175
*58-71 Lanthanoid series
Ce Pr Nd Pm Sm Eu Gd Tb Dy Ho Er Tm Yb Lu
†90-103 Actinoid series Cerium Praseodymium Neodymium Promethium Samarium Europium Gadolinium Terbium Dysprosium Holmium Erbium Thulium Ytterbium Lutetium
58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
a a = relative atomic mass 232 238
Key X X = atomic symbol Th Pa U Np Pu Am Cm Bk Cf Es Fm Md No Lr
Thorium Protactinium Uranium Neptunium Plutonium Americium Curium Berkelium Californium Einsteinium Fermium Mendelevium Nobelium Lawrencium
b b = proton (atomic) number 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103
The volume of one mole of any gas is 24 dm3 at room temperature and pressure (r.t.p.).
w
w
w
.X
tr
me
eP
ap
UNIVERSITY OF CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS
er
s.c
om
CHEMISTRY 5070/01
May/June 2004
1 hour
Soft clean eraser

A copy of the Periodic Table is to be found on page 16.

IB04 06_5070_01/FP
Ó UCLES 2004 [Turn over
2
1 Aqueous hydrogen peroxide undergoes catalytic decomposition as shown in the equation below.
2H2O2(aq) ® 2H2O(l) + O2(g)
The diagram shows part of the apparatus used to measure the rate of decomposition.
aqueous
hydrogen
peroxide catalyst
Which piece of apparatus is connected at position X?
A burette
B gas syringe
C measuring cylinder
D pipette
2 A mixture of two substances is spotted on to a piece of chromatography paper.
The paper was inserted into a beaker containing a liquid.
beaker chromatography paper
spot of mixture
liquid
For separation of the substances to occur the mixture must
A be placed so that the spot is just below the level of the liquid.
B be soluble in the liquid.
C contain substances of the same Rf values.
D contain substances that are coloured.
Ó UCLES 2004 5070/01/M/J/04

3
3 In a sample of air at 25 oC, the molecules of oxygen, nitrogen and carbon dioxide all move with
different average speeds.
Which of the following lists the molecules in order of decreasing average speed?
fastest slowest
A carbon dioxide oxygen nitrogen
B nitrogen oxygen carbon dioxide
C oxygen carbon dioxide nitrogen
D oxygen nitrogen carbon dioxide
4 Which of the following is the best method of obtaining pure water from ink?
A chromatography
B distillation
C filtration
D freezing
5 The relative molecular mass, Mr, of copper(II) sulphate, CuSO4, is 160.
The relative molecular mass, Mr, of water is 18.
What is the percentage by mass of water in copper(II) sulphate crystals, CuSO4.5H2O?
A 18 x 100 B 5 x 18 x 100 C 18 x 100 D 5 x 18 x 100

160 160 + 1 8 160 + 18 160 + (5 x 18)
Ó UCLES 2004 5070/01/M/J/04 [Turn over

4
6 A solution of fertiliser was tested as shown.
add excess aqueous

sodium hydroxide
solution
moist red litmus
paper turns blue
dirty green
fertiliser precipitate
solution forms
warm the
mixture
Which ions must be present in the fertiliser?
A NH4+ and NO3–

B NH4+ and Fe2+
C Fe2+ and SO42–
D Fe3+ and NO3–
7 An element X has two isotopes, 238X and 235X.
How does 238X differ from 235X?
A It has 3 more protons and 3 more electrons.

B It has 3 more protons, but no more electrons.
C It has 3 more neutrons and 3 more electrons.
D It has 3 more neutrons, but no more electrons.
Ó UCLES 2004 5070/01/M/J/04

5
8 The formulae of the ions of four elements are shown below.
O2 – F– Li+ Mg2+
Which statement about these ions is correct?
They all have
A the same number of electrons in their outer shells.

B the same electronic structure as a noble gas.
C the same number of protons in their nuclei.
D more electrons than protons.
9 Which diagram represents the structure of sand, SiO2?
A B
key
Silicon atom
Oxygen atom
C D
10 What happens when sodium chloride melts?
A Covalent bonds in a giant lattice are broken.

B Electrons are released from atoms.
C Electrostatic forces of attraction between ions are overcome.
D Molecules are separated into ions.

6
11 In the circuit below, the lamp lights up.
lamp
electrodes
substance X
What could X be?
A a solution of ethanol in water

B a solution of sodium chloride in water
C liquid ethanol
D solid sodium chloride
12 The formula of china clay (aluminium silicate) was shown in an old book as Al2O3.2SiO2.2H2O.
This formula is shown in a modern book as Al2(OH)x Si2Oy.
What are the values of x and y in the modern formula?
x y
A 2 4
B 2 5
C 4 3
D 4 5
13 What is the concentration of iodine, I2, molecules in a solution containing 2.54 g of iodine in
250 cm3 of solution?
A 0.01 mol / dm3 B 0.02 mol / dm3 C 0.04 mol / dm3 D 0.08 mol / dm3
14 The formula of an oxide of uranium is UO2.
What is the formula of the corresponding chloride?
A UCl2 B UCl4 C U2Cl D U4Cl
Ó UCLES 2004 5070/01/M/J/04

7
15 The equation for the burning of hydrogen in oxygen is shown below.
2H2(g) + O2(g) ® 2H2O(g)
Which information does this equation give about the reaction?
A 36 g of steam can be obtained from 16 g of oxygen.

B 2 g of hydrogen combine with 1 g of oxygen.
C 2 mol of steam can be obtained from 1 mol of oxygen.
D 2 atoms of hydrogen combine with 2 atoms of oxygen.
16 A current was passed through concentrated aqueous potassium chloride, KCl, as shown.
_
+
concentrated aqueous
potassium chloride
Which entry in the table is correct?
ions moving towards

the cathode (-ve) the anode (+ve)
A K+ only Cl – and OH–

B K+ only Cl – only
C K+ and H+ Cl – only
D K+ and H+ Cl – and OH–

8
17 When the experiment shown was set up, the bulb lit, but there were no decomposition products at
the electrodes.
lamp
+ve _ve
electrodes
X
What is X?
A aqueous sodium chloride

B bromine
C molten sodium chloride
D mercury
18 Which of the following changes is endothermic?
A H(g) + Cl(g) ® HCl(g)

B H2O(g) ® 2H(g) + O(g)
C H2O(l) ® H2O(s)
D 2H2(g) + O2(g) ® 2H2O(l)
Ó UCLES 2004 5070/01/M/J/04

9
19 The diagram shows apparatus for measuring the volume of hydrogen given off when an excess of
dilute hydrochloric acid is added to powdered metal. The volume of gas is measured at room
temperature and pressure.
dilute
hydrochloric
acid
tap
graduated
tube
water
metallic
powder
The experiment is carried out three times, using the same mass of powder each time but with
different powders:
· pure magnesium
· pure zinc
· a mixture of magnesium and zinc
Which powder gives the greatest volume of hydrogen and which the least volume?
greatest volume of H2 least volume of H2
A magnesium zinc
B magnesium the mixture
C zinc magnesium
D zinc the mixture
20 Which change will increase the speed of the reaction between 1 mol of each of the gases, X and
Y?
A a decrease in surface area of the catalyst

B a decrease in temperature
C a decrease in the volume of the reaction flask
D an increase in the volume of the reaction flask

10
21 Dilute hydrochloric acid was reacted with magnesium ribbon and the volume of hydrogen gas
evolved was measured for the first 80 s.
40
30
total
volume of
hydrogen 20
produced / cm3
10
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
time from start of reaction / s
What was the average rate of production of hydrogen?
A 0.4 cm3 / s B 2.5 cm3 / s C 4 cm3 / s D 40 cm3 / s
22 Small portions of aqueous potassium iodide and of acidified, aqueous potassium manganate(VII)
were added to four solutions. The colour changes seen are shown in the table.
solution number potassium iodide potassium manganate(VII)

1 colourless to red purple to colourless
2 colourless to red no change
3 no change purple to colourless
4 no change no change
Which solutions contained an oxidising agent?
A 1 only B 1 and 2 only C 1 and 3 only D 2 and 4 only
Ó UCLES 2004 5070/01/M/J/04

11
23 The table gives information about three indicators.
colour change pH at which colour

indicator
low pH high pH change takes place
methyl orange red yellow 4.0

bromothymol blue yellow blue 6.5
phenolphthalein colourless pink 9.0
If equal volumes of these three indicators were mixed, which colour would be observed at pH 5?
A blue
B green
C orange
D yellow
24 A solution of hydrochloric acid has a concentration of 2 mol / dm3.
Different volumes of the acid are added to different volumes of aqueous sodium hydroxide.
NaOH + HCl ® NaCl + H2O
The maximum temperature of each mixture is measured. The graph shows the results.
temperature / oC
0 10 20 30 40 50 HCl / cm3
50 40 30 20 10 0 NaOH / cm3
What is the concentration of the aqueous sodium hydroxide?
A 0.67 mol / dm3

B 1.3 mol / dm3
C 1.5 mol / dm3
D 3.0 mol / dm3

12
25 Which method of preparation of a pure salt solution requires the use of a pipette and burette?
A BaCl 2(aq) + H2SO4(aq) ® BaSO4(s) + 2HCl (aq)

B CuO(s) + 2HCl (aq) ® CuCl 2(aq) + H2O(l)
C KOH(aq) + HCl (aq) ® KCl (aq) + H2O(l)
D MgCO3(s) + H2SO4(aq) ® MgSO4(aq) + H2O(l) + CO2(g)
26 Which statement about the manufacture of ammonia by the Haber Process is correct?
A The reactants and product are elements.

B The reactants and product are gases.
C The reactants and product are compounds.
D The reactants are both obtained from the air.
27 Which of the following occurs in the Contact process?
A Sulphur dioxide is dissolved in water.
B Sulphur trioxide is dissolved in water.

C Sulphur dioxide is dissolved in dilute sulphuric acid.
D Sulphur trioxide is dissolved in concentrated sulphuric acid.
28 The diagrams show the arrangements of the electrons of four elements.
element 1 element 2 element 3 element 4
Which two elements are metals?
A 1 and 2
B 1 and 3
C 2 and 4
D 3 and 4
Ó UCLES 2004 5070/01/M/J/04

13
29 Sodium, aluminium and sulphur are in the same period of the Periodic Table.
What trend in types of oxide occurs across this period?
left right
A acidic amphoteric basic
B amphoteric basic acidic
C basic acidic amphoteric
D basic amphoteric acidic
30 Use the Periodic Table to decide which element has all four of the properties shown.
· high melting point

· variable oxidation states
· good electrical conductivity
· forms coloured compounds
A caesium, Cs
B cobalt, Co
C iodine, I
D strontium, Sr
31 Iron rusts when exposed to oxygen in the presence of water.
Which of these methods will not slow down the rate of rusting of an iron roof?
A attaching strips of copper to it

B coating it with plastic
C galvanising it with zinc
D painting it
32 Why does aluminium have an apparent lack of reactivity?
A Aluminium has a coating of aluminium oxide, preventing further reaction.

B Aluminium has a giant molecular structure that is too hard to break.
C Aluminium is low in the reactivity series.
D The activation energy for the reaction of aluminium with other elements is too high.

14
33 Which oxide can be reduced to the metal by hydrogen?
A calcium oxide
B copper(II) oxide
C magnesium oxide
D sodium oxide
34 The data gives the concentration, in parts of pollutant per billion parts of air, of polluting gases in
four different industrialised cities.
In which city are limestone buildings under greatest threat from pollution?
sulphur nitrogen
city ozone
dioxide dioxide
A 17 46 23
B 32 33 30
C 38 40 11
D 45 14 21
35 The water in a lake contains the following dissolved substances.
· mineral salts
· nitrates
· oxygen
· phosphates
· sewage
How many of these substances can cause eutrophication?
A 1 B 2 C 3 D 4
36 The equation represents the conversion of starch to a simple sugar.
(C6H10O5)n + n H2O ® n C6H12O6

starch simple sugar
This reaction is an example of
A condensation.
B hydrogenation.
C hydrolysis.
D polymerisation.
Ó UCLES 2004 5070/01/M/J/04

15
37 Methane, CH4, the first member of the alkane homologous series, has a boiling point of –161 oC.
Which molecular formula and boiling point could be correct for another alkane?
molecular formula boiling point / oC

A C2H4 – 88
B C2H6 – 185
C C3H6 – 69
D C3H8 – 42
38 A student carries out three tests on a gas X.
test results
damp red litmus paper stays red

aqueous bromine stays brown
lighted splint gas burns
Which gas could be X?
A ammonia
B ethene
C methane
D oxygen
39 An organic compound, Y, reacts with sodium hydroxide to give a compound with formula
C3H5O2Na.
What is compound Y?
A ethanol
B propane
C propanoic acid
D propanol
40 Which compound has an addition reaction with chlorine?
A C2H4 B C2H6 C C2H5OH D CH3CO2H
Ó UCLES 2004 5070/01/M/J/04

DATA SHEET
Group
the University of Cambridge.

1 4
H He
Hydrogen Helium
1 2
7 9 11 12 14 16 19 20
Li Be B C N O F Ne
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
23 24 27 28 31 32 35.5 40
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 64 65 70 73 75 79 80 84
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
16
85 88 89 91 93 96 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
5070/01/M/J/04
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
133 137 139 178 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209
55 56 57 * 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
226 227
Fr Ra Ac
87 88 89
140 141 144 150 152 157 159 162 165 167 169 173 175
90-103 Actinoid series Cerium Praseodymium Neodymium Promethium Samarium Europium Gadolinium Terbium Dysprosium Holmium Erbium Thulium Ytterbium Lutetium
58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
University of Cambridge International Examinations is part of the University of Cambridge Local Examinations Syndicate (UCLES) which is itself a department of
w
w
w
.X
tr
me
eP
ap
er
s.c
om
CHEMISTRY 5070/01
May/June 2005
1 hour
Soft clean eraser

Write your name, Centre number and candidate number on the answer sheet in the spaces provided unless
this has been done for you.
There are forty questions on this paper. Answer all questions.

For each question there are four possible answers A, B, C and D. Choose the one you consider correct and
record your choice in soft pencil on the separate answer sheet.
A copy of the Periodic Table is printed on page 20.
This document consists of 17 printed pages and 3 blank pages.

IB05 06_5070_01/3RP
 UCLES 2005 [Turn over
2
1 The experiment is set up as shown and left until there is no further change.
water
purple crystal of
potassium manganate(VII)
What is observed?
A a colourless layer below a purple layer

B a colourless liquid with the purple crystal unchanged
C a purple layer below a colourless layer
D a uniformly purple solution
2 A student adds aqueous sodium hydroxide or aqueous ammonia to aqueous solutions of four
different metal compounds.
Which solution contains Zn2+ ions?
add a few add a few

add excess add excess
solution drops of drops of
NaOH(aq) NH3(aq)
NaOH(aq) NH3(aq)
A ppt ppt dissolves ppt ppt dissolves

B ppt ppt dissolves ppt ppt
C ppt ppt no ppt no ppt
D no ppt no ppt no ppt no ppt
© UCLES 2005 5070/01/M/J/05

3
3 A sample of a pure compound is heated until it is completely molten and the compound is then
allowed to cool until it is completely solid again.
The graph shows how the temperature of the compound changes with time.
temperature
Q R
time
When are liquid and solid both present?
A P to Q and R to S
B P to Q
C Q to R
D R to S
© UCLES 2005 5070/01/M/J/05 [Turn over

4
4 A beaker of nitrogen is inverted over a porous pot containing carbon monoxide as shown.
The water level does not change.
beaker
nitrogen
carbon monoxide
porous pot
water
What is the reason for this?
A Both gases are diatomic.

B Nitrogen is an unreactive gas.
C The gas particles are too large to pass through the porous pot.
D The two gases have the same relative molecular mass.
5 Which statement about all the noble gases is correct?
A The number of protons in the atoms equals the number of neutrons.

B Their atoms each have a stable arrangement of electrons.
C Their atoms each have eight electrons in their outer shell.
D They exist as molecules containing two atoms.
6 A substance Q conducts electricity both when solid and molten.
What is Q?
A an alloy
B a hydrocarbon
C a metal oxide
D a salt
© UCLES 2005 5070/01/M/J/05

5
7 The diagrams show the structures of two forms of carbon.
S T
Which set of data is correct for these two structures?
conducts electricity very hard material can be used as lubricant
A T T S
B S T S
C S S T
D T S T
8 Substance X has a melting point higher than 500 oC. It is insoluble both in water and in organic
solvents. It conducts electricity when both solid and molten.
What is X?
A copper
B mercury
C poly(ethene)
D sodium chloride
9 How many moles per dm3 of gaseous carbon dioxide are there if 4.4 g occupies 500 cm3?
A 0.1 mol / dm3 B 0.2 mol / dm3 C 2.2 mol / dm3 D 8.8 mol / dm3
10 Which reactions take place during the electrolysis of aqueous copper(II) sulphate with copper
electrodes?
reaction at positive electrode reaction at negative electrode
A Cu2+ + 2e– → Cu Cu → Cu2+ + 2e–

B 4OH– → 2H2O + O2 + 4e– Cu2+ + 2e– → Cu
C Cu → Cu2+ + 2e– 2H+ + 2e– → H2
D Cu → Cu2+ + 2e– Cu2+ + 2e– → Cu

6
11 The heat-reflecting shields of some space rockets are gold-plated, using electrolysis.
Which electrodes and electrolyte would be used to gold-plate the heat shield?
negative electrode positive electrode electrolyte
A carbon heat shield gold compound

B gold heat shield copper compound
C heat shield carbon copper compound
D heat shield gold gold compound
12 The reaction C2H4 + 3O2 → 2CO2 + 2H2O is exothermic because
A more bonds are broken than are formed.

B more bonds are formed than are broken.
C the energy needed to break the bonds is greater than that released on forming new bonds.
D the energy needed to break the bonds is less than that released on forming new bonds.
© UCLES 2005 5070/01/M/J/05

7
13 Which reaction profile shows the fastest exothermic reaction?
A B
energy energy
reaction pathway reaction pathway
C D
energy energy

8
14 In two separate experiments, a substance is decomposed and the gas evolved is collected.
The graph shows the total volume of gas collected against time for each experiment.
experiment 2
volume experiment 1
of gas
collected
0 time
Which graph shows how the speed of reaction varies with time in each experiment?
A B
1 2
speed of speed of
reaction reaction
2 1
time time
C D
speed of speed of
reaction 2 reaction 1
1 2
time time
15 A colourless gas is passed into each of three different solutions. The results are shown in the
table.
acidified potassium acidified potassium

solution of potassium iodide
dichromate(VI) manganate(VII)
result stays colourless orange to green purple to colourless
What is the colourless gas?
A an acid
B an alkali
C an oxidising agent
D a reducing agent
© UCLES 2005 5070/01/M/J/05

9
16 Chlorine can be manufactured by using the reversible reaction between hydrogen chloride and
oxygen.
4HCl(g) + O2(g) 2H2O(g) + 2Cl2(g) ∆H is negative
A mixture in dynamic equilibrium is present at 450 oC.
Which change to the mixture will increase the amount of chlorine at equilibrium?
A adding a catalyst
B adding more HCl(g)
C decreasing the pressure
D increasing the temperature
17 Which pair of substances produce a precipitate when their aqueous solutions are mixed?
A sodium chloride and barium nitrate

B sodium nitrate and barium chloride
C sodium nitrate and silver nitrate
D sodium sulphate and barium chloride
18 Which statement about catalysts is correct?
A Catalysts are used in industry to reduce energy costs.

B Catalysts are used up during a reaction.
C Iron is used as a catalyst in the Contact Process.
D Transition metals do not make good catalysts.
19 Element X is a solid at room temperature.
It needs one electron per atom to gain the electronic structure of a noble gas.
It is the least reactive element in its group.
What is the element X?
A At B Cs C F D Li

10
20 Elements X and Y are in Group VII of the Periodic Table.
X is a liquid at room temperature. Y is a solid at room temperature.
1 Atoms of Y have more protons than atoms of X.

2 Molecules of Y have more atoms than molecules of X.
3 Y displaces X from aqueous solutions of X− ions.
Which statements are correct?
A 1 only
B 2 only
C 3 only
D 1, 2 and 3
21 Metal M will displace copper from aqueous copper(II) sulphate solution, but will not displace iron
from aqueous iron(II) sulphate solution. M is extracted from its oxide by heating the oxide with
carbon.
What is the order of reactivity of these four metals?
least reactive most reactive
A sodium metal M iron copper

B sodium iron metal M copper
C copper iron metal M sodium
D copper metal M iron sodium
© UCLES 2005 5070/01/M/J/05

11
22 The diagram shows the electrolytic production of aluminium.
waste gases
carbon
anodes
cathode
(+ve)
(-ve)
What is the physical state of the aluminium oxide and aluminium during this process?
aluminium oxide aluminium
A liquid liquid
B liquid solid
C solid liquid
D solid solid
23 Aluminium is used to make saucepans because of its apparent lack of reactivity.
Which property of aluminium explains its unreactivity?
A It has a high electrical conductivity.

B It has a low density.
C It has a surface layer of oxide.
D It is in Group III of the Periodic Table.
24 Alloys are usually harder than the metals from which they are made.
Which difference between the metals explains the greater hardness of alloys?
A atomic radii
B densities
C electrical conductivities
D relative atomic masses

12
25 Which gas cannot be removed from the exhaust gases of a petrol powered car by its catalytic
converter?
A carbon dioxide
B carbon monoxide
C hydrocarbons
D nitrogen dioxide
26 Which gas, present in pond water, decreases in concentration during eutrophication?
A carbon dioxide
B methane
C nitrogen
D oxygen
27 The results of tests carried out on compound X are shown.
test result
dilute hydrochloric acid added gas given off which turned limewater cloudy
warm with aqueous sodium hydroxide gas evolved which turned red litmus blue
What is compound X?
A ammonium carbonate
B ammonium nitrate
C calcium carbonate
D calcium nitrate
28 Aluminium sulphate can be obtained as shown in the equation.
2Al(OH)3 + 3H2SO4 → Al2(SO4)3 + 6H2O
How many moles of sulphuric acid are needed to produce 0.5 mol of aluminium sulphate?
A 0.5 B 1.0 C 1.5 D 3.0
© UCLES 2005 5070/01/M/J/05

13
29 Ammonium sulphate is an important fertiliser.
During which stage in the manufacture of ammonium sulphate does a reaction with water occur?
stage stage stage stage

A sulphur B sulphur C sulphuric D ammonium
sulphur sulphate
dioxide trioxide acid
30 The diagram shows the colours of the indicators, methyl orange and methyl red, at different pH
values.
pH 2 3 4 5 6
colour of
red yellow
methyl orange
colour of
red yellow
methyl red
The table shows the pH of four solutions.
solution W X Y Z
pH 2 3 5 6
In which solutions will both indicators be yellow?
A W and X B X and Y C Y and Z D Z only
31 The diagram shows some of the stages in the manufacture of ammonium sulphate.
From which connecting pipe would a major leak most increase the pH value of rain?
nitrogen
and reaction ammonia
hydrogen vessel
pipe A pipe B
reaction ammonium
vessel sulphate
SO2+O2 reaction SO3 reaction H SO

vessel 2 4
vessel
pipe D pipe C

14
32 Which graph shows the changes in pH as an excess of hydrochloric acid is added to aqueous
sodium hydroxide?
A B
14 14
pH 7 pH 7
0 0
volume of acid added volume of acid added
C D
14 14
pH 7 pH 7
0 0
volume of acid added volume of acid added
33 Two tests are carried out on a solution of compound X.
test result
add nitric acid followed
white precipitate formed
by aqueous silver nitrate
excess aqueous sodium white precipitate formed
hydroxide added that does not re-dissolve
What is compound X?
A aluminium chloride
B aluminium sulphate
C calcium chloride
D calcium sulphate
© UCLES 2005 5070/01/M/J/05

15
34 Which property of the alkanes does not increase as relative molecular mass increases?
A boiling point
B flammability
C melting point
D viscosity
35 What is the structure of the product of the reaction between butene, CH3–CH2–CH=CH2, and
bromine, Br2?
A CH2Br–CH2–CH2–CH2Br
B CH2Br–CH2–CHBr–CH3
C CH3–CHBr–CH2–CH2Br
D CH3–CH2–CHBr–CH2Br
36 Which formula represents a compound that will react with sodium carbonate to give off carbon
dioxide?
A CH3OH
B HCO2CH3
C CH3CO2H
D CH3CO2C2H5
37 The displayed formulae of two compounds are shown.
H H H
O O
H
H C C H C C C
H O C H H H O H
What are the similarities and differences between the two compounds?
similarities differences
A molecular formulae reactions

B molecular formulae relative molecular masses
C structures molecular formulae
D structures relative molecular masses

16
38 In which of the following are all the compounds members of the same homologous series?
A CH4 C2H6 C3H6

B CH4 C2H6 C3H8
C C2H4 C3H6 C4H10
D C3H4 C3H6 C3H8
39 Which polymer has the empirical formula CH?
A B C D
H H H H H H H H
C C C C C C C C
H H n H CH3 n H C 2H 5 n H C 6H 5 n
40 Terylene (a polyester) is made by condensation polymerisation of the two monomers shown.
H O C C O H and HO OH
O O
What is the repeat unit of the polymer?
A
C C O O
O O n
B
O C O O
O n
C
C O C O
O O n
D
C C O
O O
n
© UCLES 2005 5070/01/M/J/05

17
BLANK PAGE
5070/01/M/J/05
18
BLANK PAGE
5070/01/M/J/05
19
BLANK PAGE
Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every
reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the
publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.
5070/01/M/J/05
DATA SHEET
© UCLES 2005
Group
1 4
of the University of Cambridge.

H He
Hydrogen Helium
1 2
7 9 11 12 14 16 19 20
Li Be B C N O F Ne
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
23 24 27 28 31 32 35.5 40
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 64 65 70 73 75 79 80 84
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
20
85 88 89 91 93 96 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
5070/01/M/J/05
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
133 137 139 178 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209
55 56 57 * 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
226 227
Fr Ra Ac
87 88 89
140 141 144 150 152 157 159 162 165 167 169 173 175
58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
University of Cambridge International Examinations is part of the University of Cambridge Local Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department
w
w
w
.X
tr
me
eP
ap
er
s.c
om
CHEMISTRY 5070/01
May/June 2006
1 hour
Soft clean eraser

Write your name, Centre number and candidate number on the Answer Sheet in the spaces provided unless
answers A, B, C and D.
Choose the one you consider correct and record your choice in soft pencil on the separate Answer Sheet.
This document consists of 15 printed pages and 1 blank page.

IB06 06_5070_01/3RP
2
1 The table gives data about four substances.
Which substance has particles in a disorderly arrangement at room temperature?
melting point / oC boiling point / oC
A –114 –80
B 120 445
C 750 1407
D 1610 2230
2 Which gas has the slowest rate of diffusion?
A ammonia, NH3
B methane, CH4
C oxygen, O2
D nitrogen, N2
3 An excess of calcium hydroxide is added to an acidic soil.
What happens to the pH of the soil?
change in pH final pH
A increase 7
B increase 10
C decrease 7
D decrease 5
4 Which test could be used to show that a sample of water is pure?
A It freezes at exactly 0 oC.

B It turns anhydrous copper(II) sulphate blue.
C It turns cobalt(II) chloride paper pink.
D When it evaporates, it leaves no residue.
© UCLES 2006 5070/01/M/J/06

3
5 Hydrogen can form both H+ ions and H– ions.
Which statement about these two ions is correct?
A An H+ ion has no electrons in its first shell.

B An H+ ion has more protons than an H– ion.
C An H– ion has one more electron than an H+ ion.
D An H– ion is formed when a hydrogen atom loses an electron.
6 Which graph shows the number of electrons in the outer shell of an atom, plotted against the
proton (atomic) number for the first ten elements in the Periodic Table?
A B
10 10
8 8
number of 6 number of 6
electrons in electrons in
outer shell 4 outer shell 4
2 2
0 0
0 2 4 6 8 10 0 2 4 6 8 10
proton number proton number
C D
10 10
8 8
2 2
0 0
0 2 4 6 8 10 0 2 4 6 8 10
7 The symbols and electronic structures for some elements are shown below.
silicon, Si (2,8,4) oxygen, O (2,6) hydrogen, H (1)

fluorine, F (2,7) nitrogen, N (2,5)
Which formula is correct for a compound containing silicon?
A Si4F B SiH4 C SiN5 D Si2O

4
8 Substance X conducts electricity when in the solid state.
X reacts with hydrochloric acid.
Which substance could X be?
A copper(II) oxide
B silicon(IV) oxide
C sodium chloride
D zinc
9 Rubidium is in Group I and bromine is in Group VII of the Periodic Table.
How is a compound formed between rubidium and bromine?
A Each atom of bromine shares an electron with an atom of rubidium.

B Each atom of bromine shares a pair of electrons with an atom of rubidium.
C Each atom of bromine gives an electron to an atom of rubidium.
D Each atom of bromine receives an electron from an atom of rubidium.
10 2 dm3 of aqueous sodium hydroxide of concentration 5 mol / dm3 were required for an experiment.
How many moles of sodium hydroxide were needed to make up this solution?
A 2.5 B 5 C 7 D 10
11 An 8 g sample of oxygen atoms contains the same number of atoms as 16 g of element X.
What is the relative atomic mass, Ar, of X?
A 4 B 8 C 16 D 32
© UCLES 2006 5070/01/M/J/06

5
12 The apparatus shown below was set up to copper plate the metal spoon.
copper foil
spoon
copper(II) sulphate
solution
The experiment did not work.
What was the mistake in the apparatus?
A A variable resistor should be included in the electrical circuit.

B Dilute sulphuric acid should be used as the electrolyte.
C The copper electrode should all be in the solution.
D The spoon should be the negative electrode.
13 Which pair of substances act as reducing agents in the blast furnace?
A carbon and oxygen

B carbon monoxide and carbon dioxide
C carbon and carbon monoxide
D carbon dioxide and oxygen

6
14 Two cells were set up as shown in the diagram. The arrows show the direction of electron flow in
the external circuits.
metal X metal Y metal Y metal Z
dilute
sulphuric
acid
Which set of metals would give the electron flows in the directions shown?
metal X metal Y metal Z
A Ag Cu Zn
B Ag Zn Cu
C Cu Zn Ag
D Zn Cu Ag
15 The equation below shows an exothermic reaction.
Mg(s) + 2HCl(aq) → MgCl 2(aq) + H2(g)
Which statement about this exothermic reaction is not correct?
A Magnesium chloride is soluble in water.

B Magnesium is above hydrogen in the reactivity series.
C One mole of magnesium produces one mole of hydrogen gas.
D The total energy of the products is greater than that of the reactants.
© UCLES 2006 5070/01/M/J/06

7
16 The diagram shows the energy profile for a chemical reaction.
products
energy EA H
reactants
progress of reaction
What is the correct description of the reaction?
sign of ∆H overall energy change sign of EA
A – exothermic –
B + endothermic +
C + endothermic –
D + exothermic +
17 In the Contact process for making sulphuric acid, one step involves the oxidation of sulphur
dioxide as shown below.
2SO2(g) + O2(g) 2SO3(g)
The forward reaction is exothermic.
Which change would increase the amount of sulphur trioxide produced at equilibrium?
A increasing the temperature

B decreasing the temperature
D adding a catalyst
18 Which statement about conduction of electricity is correct?
A Electricity is conducted in aqueous solution by electrons.

B Electricity is conducted in a metal wire by ions.
C Electricity is conducted in a molten electrolyte by electrons.
D Electricity is conducted in an acid solution by ions.

8
19 Which change is an example of oxidation?
A chloride ions to chlorine atoms

B copper(II) ions to copper atoms
C iron(III) ions to iron(II) ions
D oxygen atoms to oxide ions
20 Which cation, on reaction with aqueous sodium hydroxide, forms a precipitate that dissolves in
excess sodium hydroxide?
A Ca2+ B Cu2+ C Fe3+ D Zn2+
21 Which of the following is a reaction of dilute sodium hydroxide?
A It reacts with ammonium chloride to produce ammonia.

B It reacts with calcium carbonate to produce carbon dioxide.
C It reacts with copper(II) oxide to produce water.
D It reacts with Universal Indicator solution turning it red.
22 The equation for one method of making copper carbonate is shown below.
CuSO4 + Na2CO3 → CuCO3 + Na2SO4
The reaction is an example of
A neutralisation.
B oxidation and reduction.
C precipitation.
D synthesis.
23 A lump of element X can be cut by a knife.
During its reaction with water X floats and melts.
What is X?
A calcium
B copper
C magnesium
D potassium
© UCLES 2006 5070/01/M/J/06

9
24 Which deduction about the element astatine, At, can be made from its position in Group VII?
A It forms covalent compounds with sodium.

B It is displaced from aqueous potassium astatide, KAt, by chlorine.
C It is a gas.
D It is more reactive than iodine.
25 Which atom has the same electronic configuration as the strontium ion?
A calcium
B krypton
C rubidium
D selenium
26 Rubidium is in Group I of the Periodic Table.
What are properties of rubidium chloride?
approximate solubility
formula
melting point / oC in water
A RbCl 70 insoluble
B RbCl 700 soluble
C RbCl 2 70 soluble
D RbCl 2 700 insoluble
27 Iron pipes corrode rapidly when exposed to sea water.
Which metal, when attached to the iron, would not offer protection against corrosion?
A aluminium
B copper
C magnesium
D zinc
28 Metal carbonates decompose when heated.
Which carbonate is most stable to heat?
A calcium carbonate
B copper(II) carbonate
C lead(II) carbonate
D zinc carbonate

10
29 The apparatus shown was set up with 100 cm3 volume of air in the tube.
The volume of gas in the tube was measured at intervals for six days.
moist iron filings
air
graduated tube
water
Which graph best represents how the volume of gas changes with time?
A B
100 100
volume of volume of
50 50
gas / cm3 gas / cm3
0 0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 0 1 2 3 4 5 6
time / days time / days
C D
100 100
volume of volume of
50 50
gas / cm3 gas / cm3
0 0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 0 1 2 3 4 5 6
time / days time / days
© UCLES 2006 5070/01/M/J/06

11
30 From your knowledge of the manufacture of both aluminium and iron, what is the order of
chemical reactivity of aluminium, carbon and iron towards oxygen?
most reactive least reactive
A aluminium carbon iron

B aluminium iron carbon
C carbon aluminium iron
D carbon iron aluminium
31 The molar heat of combustion, i.e. the heat given out when one mole of the alcohol is completely
burned in oxygen, of a number of alcohols is given below.
heat of combustion
alcohol formula
kJ / mol
methanol CH3OH 750

ethanol C2H5OH 1380
propanol C3H7OH 2010
butanol C4H9OH 2640
How many carbon and hydrogen atoms would there be in an alcohol that has a molar heat of
combustion of 3900 kJ / mol?
number of number of
carbon atoms hydrogen atoms
A 5 11
B 5 12
C 6 13
D 6 14

12
32 The diagram shows processes that take place in the manufacture of ammonia.
cracking
substance W hydrogen
catalyst Y
ammonia
fractional
substance X nitrogen
distillation
What are substances W and X and catalyst Y?
W X Y
A air oil iron

B air oil vanadium(V) oxide
C oil air iron
D oil air vanadium(V) oxide
33 Element R reacts with oxygen to form a gas, T.
T changes the colour of damp litmus paper from blue to red.
T is used to kill bacteria in the preservation of dried fruit.
What is R?
A carbon
B chlorine
C nitrogen
D sulphur
34 The gases coming from a car’s exhaust contain oxides of nitrogen.
How are these oxides formed?
A Nitrogen reacts with carbon dioxide.

B Nitrogen reacts with carbon monoxide.
C Nitrogen reacts with oxygen.
D Nitrogen reacts with petrol.
© UCLES 2006 5070/01/M/J/06

13
35 The table shows pollutants and their possible effects.
Which line is not correct?
pollutant effect
A CFCs cause destruction of the ozone layer

B CH4 forms photochemical smog
C CO is poisonous to humans
D NO2 forms acid rain
36 A student investigated the reaction of different vegetable oils with hydrogen. 100 cm3 of hydrogen
was passed through 1 g samples of vegetable oils containing a suitable catalyst.
The volume of hydrogen remaining after each reaction was recorded.
volume of hydrogen
vegetable oil
remaining / cm3
P 100
Q 87
R 63
S 0
Which vegetable oils are unsaturated?
A P only
B Q and R only
C Q, R and S only
D S only
37 In the polymerisation of ethene to form poly(ethene), which of the following does not change?
A boiling point
B density
C empirical formula
D molecular mass

14
38 In which pair of macromolecules are the linkages the same?
A fats and proteins

B nylon and fats
C nylon and proteins
D proteins and Terylene
39 The structures of four organic compounds are shown.
1 2 3 4
H O H H H H H H H
H C C C C H C C C H C H
O H H H H C C
H H H H
H H
Which compounds decolourise bromine water?
A 1 and 2 B 2 and 4 C 3 only D 3 and 4
40 Which polymer would hydrolyse to amino acids?
A O O O O
O O O O
B C C O O C C O O
O O O O
C C C N N C C N N
H H H H
O O O O
D C N C N C N C N
H H H H
© UCLES 2006 5070/01/M/J/06

15
BLANK PAGE
5070/01/M/J/06
DATA SHEET
Group

1 4
H He
Hydrogen Helium
1 2
7 9 11 12 14 16 19 20
Li Be B C N O F Ne
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
23 24 27 28 31 32 35.5 40
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 64 65 70 73 75 79 80 84
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
16
85 88 89 91 93 96 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
Rubidium Strontium Yttrium Zirconium Niobium Molybdenum Technetium Ruthenium Rhodium Palladium Silver Cadmium Tin Antimony Tellurium Xenon
5070/01/M/J/06
Indium Iodine
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
133 137 139 178 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209
55 56 57 * 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
226 227
Fr Ra Ac
87 88 89
140 141 144 150 152 157 159 162 165 167 169 173 175
58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
w
w
w
.X
tr
me
eP
ap
er
s
.c
om
CHEMISTRY 5070/01
Paper 1 Multiple Choice May/June 2007
1 hour
Soft clean eraser
*1410742393*

Write your name, Centre number and candidate number on the Answer Sheet in the spaces provided
IB07 06_5070_01/2RP
© UCLES 2007 [Turn over
2
1 Which property of a gas affects the rate at which it spreads throughout a laboratory?
A boiling point
B molecular mass
C reactivity
D solubility in water
2 A mixture of two substances is spotted on to a piece of chromatography paper.
The paper is inserted into a beaker containing a liquid.
chromatography paper
beaker
spot of mixture
liquid
For separation of the substances to occur the mixture must
3 Which pair of substances are both mixtures?
A air; water
B limewater; water
C sea-water; air
D sea-water; ethanol
© UCLES 2007 5070/01/M/J/07

3
4 The diagram shows a simple laboratory apparatus for the preparation and collection of a dry gas.
anhydrous
calcium chloride
What is the gas?
A carbon dioxide
B chlorine
C hydrogen
D hydrogen chloride
5 Gas X
• has no effect either on damp red litmus paper or on damp blue litmus paper,
• puts out both a glowing splint and a burning splint.
What is gas X?
A ammonia
B carbon dioxide
C chlorine
D nitrogen

4
90 2+
6 What is the structure of the ion 38 Sr ?
protons neutrons electrons
A 38 52 36
B 38 52 38
C 38 90 36
D 52 38 36
7 In which substance is each carbon atom covalently bonded to only three other atoms?
A carbon dioxide
B diamond
C graphite
D methane
8 In which pair of substances does each have a giant molecular structure?
A diamond, iodine
B diamond, silica (sand)
C iodine, methane
D methane, silica (sand)
9 How does a magnesium atom form a bond with an oxygen atom?
A by giving one pair of electrons to the oxygen atom

B by sharing one pair of electrons, both electrons provided by the magnesium atom
C by sharing two pairs of electrons, both pairs provided by the oxygen atom
D by sharing two pairs of electrons, each atom donating one pair of electrons
10 Metals have positive ions in a ‘sea of electrons’.
Which metal atom provides most electrons for the sea?
A aluminium
B calcium
C magnesium
D sodium
© UCLES 2007 5070/01/M/J/07

5
11 The element X forms a gaseous molecule X2. One volume of X2 combines with one volume of
hydrogen to form two volumes of a gaseous hydride.
What is the formula for the hydride of X?
A HX B HX2 C H2X D H2X2
12 Which substance has the highest percentage by mass of nitrogen?
A NH4NO3 Mr = 80
B (NH4)2SO4 Mr = 132
C CO(NH2)2 Mr = 60
D (NH4)3PO4 Mr = 149
13 The diagram shows the electrolysis of aqueous copper(II) sulphate using copper electrodes.
copper anode copper cathode

(positive) (negative)
copper(II) sulphate
solution
Which graph shows how the mass of the cathode changes during electrolysis?
A B C D
mass mass mass mass
0 0 0 0
0 time 0 time 0 time 0 time

6
14 The energy diagram for the reaction between sodium hydroxide and hydrochloric acid is shown.
H+(aq) + OH–(aq)
energy ∆H = –54 kJ / mol
H2O(l)
What can be deduced from the diagram?
A Heat is needed to start the reaction.

B The products contain less energy than the reactants.
C The reaction is rapid.
D The OH– ions have more energy than the H+ ions.
15 A student adds marble chips to hydrochloric acid.
hydrochloric acid
marble chips
balance
The mass of flask and contents is measured at regular time intervals.
Which graph shows the result?
A B C D
mass mass mass mass
0 0 0 0
16 In which change is the nitrogen reduced?
A NH3 to NO B NH3 to NO3− C N2 to NH3 D N3– to N2
© UCLES 2007 5070/01/M/J/07

7
17 The equation shows the reaction for the formation of sulphur trioxide.
2SO2(g) + O2(g) 2SO3(g) ∆H = –197 kJ
Which change in reaction conditions would produce more sulphur trioxide?
A adding more catalyst

B decreasing the pressure
C increasing the temperature
D removing some sulphur trioxide
18 Which salt can be prepared by an acid-alkali titration method?
A ammonium sulphate
B copper(II) sulphate
C iron(II) sulphate
D zinc sulphate
19 The table shows properties of four chlorides.
Which is magnesium chloride?
colour solubility in water method of preparation
A green soluble metal and acid

B white insoluble precipitation
C white soluble metal and acid
D green insoluble precipitation
20 Why is ethanoic acid described as a weak acid?
A It is only slightly ionised in water.

B It is a poor conductor of electricity.
C It is an organic acid.
D It reacts only with very reactive metals.
21 Which pair of substances produce a precipitate when their aqueous solutions are mixed?
A barium nitrate, silver nitrate

B sodium chloride, barium nitrate
C sodium nitrate, barium chloride
D sodium sulphate, barium chloride

8
22 Ammonia may be obtained from ammonium chloride by heating with
A aqueous calcium chloride.

B aqueous sodium hydroxide.
C dilute hydrochloric acid.
D water.
23 The diagram represents the manufacture of sulphuric acid by the Contact process.
R
sulphur sulphur sulphuric
sulphur
What is used in step R?
A vanadium(V) oxide
B water only
C water followed by concentrated sulphuric acid
D concentrated sulphuric acid followed by water
24 Rubidium, Rb, is an element in Group I of the Periodic Table.
Which statement about rubidium is correct?
A It reacts slowly with water.

B It forms an insoluble hydroxide.
C It is liberated at the cathode during the electrolysis of an aqueous solution of its chloride.
D It forms a sulphate, Rb2SO4.
25 The element sulphur, S, is in Group VI of the Periodic Table.
Which formula is incorrect?
A S 2– B S 2O3 C SO 24− D SO3
© UCLES 2007 5070/01/M/J/07

9
26 The table shows some of the properties of four elements.
Which element is most likely to be a transition metal?
melting point density electrical

°C g / cm3 conductivity
A 3550 3.5 poor

B 1860 7.2 good
C 660 2.7 good
D 232 7.3 good
27 Which equation represents the reaction of calcium with cold water?
A Ca + H2O → CaO + H2
B 2Ca + 2H2O → 2CaOH + H2
C Ca + 2H2O → Ca(OH)2 + H2
D Ca + 2H2O → Ca(OH)2 + 2H2
28 Dry hydrogen gas is passed over a powdered solid and then through a cooled U-tube before the
excess of hydrogen is burned in air.
powdered solid
excess hydrogen
burning in air
dry
hydrogen
heat
ice
colourless liquid
A colourless liquid collects in the U-tube.
What could the powdered solid be?
A calcium oxide
B copper(II) oxide
C magnesium
D zinc oxide

10
29 A coil of clean copper wire is suspended in aqueous silver nitrate. Crystals of silver are deposited
on the copper wire.
Which statement is not correct?
A The copper is oxidised.

B The total mass of the crystals of silver increases gradually.
C The total number of positive ions in the solution is unchanged.
D The solution turns blue.
30 Zinc and aluminium both react with dilute hydrochloric acid.
Why does zinc react more quickly than aluminium?
A Aluminium is lower than hydrogen in the reactivity series.

B Aluminium has an oxide coating.
C Zinc is an amphoteric element.
D Zinc is a transition metal.
31 Which metal is used in the sacrificial protection of iron pipes?
A copper
B lead
C magnesium
D sodium
32 Some metals can be obtained by the reduction of their oxides with hydrogen.
Which line of the table is correct?
aluminium copper silver sodium
A key
B = can be obtained
C = cannot be obtained
D
© UCLES 2007 5070/01/M/J/07

11
33 The table shows pollutants which cause eutrophication, sources of these pollutants and a
problem that eutrophication causes.
Which entry in the table is correct?
pollutant source problem
A nitrates detergents oxygen depletion

B nitrates fertilisers excess oxygen
C phosphates detergents oxygen depletion
D phosphates fertilisers excess oxygen
34 Which gas burns in air to form a single product?
A ammonia
B carbon monoxide
C hydrogen chloride
D methane
35 Which pair of statements about the combustion of a carbohydrate and its formation by
photosynthesis is not correct?
combustion photosynthesis
A reaction exothermic reaction endothermic
B oxygen used up oxygen set free
C no catalyst needed catalyst needed
D chemical energy chemical energy
converted to heat energy converted to light energy

12
36 Which of the following has not been prepared by reacting a carboxylic acid with an alcohol?
O O
A O C C O
n
H C H H
B
O C C H
H H
O
H C H H H
C
C C C H
H H H
H H O
H C C C H
D
H H O C H
H
37 Which compound is obtained by the oxidation of ethanol, C2H5OH?
A HCO2CH3
B C2H5CO2H
C CH3OH
D CH3CO2H
38 Which statement applies to all three of the compounds ethane, ethene and ethanol?
A One molecule of each compound contains the same number of carbon atoms.
B One mole of each compound contains the same number of hydrogen atoms.
C They all occur in crude oil.
D They are all liquids at room temperature.
39 What is the empirical formula of ethanoic acid?
A CH2O B CH4O C C2H3O D C2H4O2
© UCLES 2007 5070/01/M/J/07

13
40 Poly(ethene) can be manufactured by the process below.
decane ethene poly(ethene)

cracking polymerisation
Which diagram shows the change in molecular size during this process?
A B
molecular molecular
size size
start finish start finish
C D
molecular molecular
size size
© UCLES 2007 5070/01/M/J/07

14
BLANK PAGE
5070/01/M/J/07
15
BLANK PAGE
5070/01/M/J/07
DATA SHEET
Group
1 4
H He
Hydrogen Helium
1 2
7 9 11 12 14 16 19 20
Li Be B C N O F Ne
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
23 24 27 28 31 32 35.5 40
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 64 65 70 73 75 79 80 84
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
16
85 88 89 91 93 96 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
5070/01/M/J/07
Indium Iodine
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
133 137 139 178 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209
55 56 57 * 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
226 227
Fr Ra Ac
Cambridge Local Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.
87 88 89
140 141 144 150 152 157 159 162 165 167 169 173 175
58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
University of Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of
w
w
w
.X
tr
me
eP
ap
er
s
.c
om
CHEMISTRY 5070/01
1 hour
Soft clean eraser
*6681210173*

IB08 06_5070_01/RP
2
1 Oxygen was prepared from hydrogen peroxide and collected as shown in the diagram.
2H2O2 → 2H2O + O2
aqueous
hydrogen
peroxide
oxygen
water
manganese(IV) oxide
The first few tubes of gas were rejected because the gas was contaminated by
A water vapour.
B hydrogen peroxide.
C hydrogen.
D nitrogen.
2 The table gives the properties of four substances.
Which substance is a solid metal at room temperature?
electrical electrical
melting point boiling point
conductivity conductivity
/ °C / °C
when solid when molten
A 808 1465 key

B 98 890 = conducts
C 119 445 = does not conduct
D –39 357
© UCLES 2008 5070/01/M/J/08

3
3 Nitrogen dioxide is a dark brown gas and is more dense than air.
A gas jar containing nitrogen dioxide is sealed with a glass plate and is then inverted on top of a
gas jar containing air.
nitrogen dioxide
glass plate
air
The glass plate is removed.
Which one of the following correctly describes the colours inside the gas jars after a long period
of time?
upper gas jar lower gas jar
A brown brown
B dark brown light brown
C colourless dark brown
D light brown dark brown
4 A student tested a solution by adding aqueous sodium hydroxide. A precipitate was not seen
because the reagent was added too quickly.
What could not have been present in the solution?
A Al 3+ B Ca2+ C NH4+ D Zn2+
5 Which substance has a giant molecular structure at room temperature?
A methane
B sand
C sodium chloride
D water

4
6 When a covalent liquid boils its molecules become more widely spaced.
Which property of the molecules has the most influence on the energy required to boil a covalent
liquid?
A the forces of attraction between the molecules

B the reactivity of the molecules
C the shape of the molecules
D the strength of the covalent bonds in the molecules
7 The diagram shows the chromatogram obtained by analysis of a single dye.
Three measurements are shown.
final position of
solvent front
x
final position of dye
y
original spot of dye
z original level
of solvent
How is the Rf value of the dye calculated?
x y x y
A B C D
x+y x+y x+y+z x+y+z
8 The atoms 64 65
29 Cu and 30 Zn have the same
A nucleon number.
B number of electrons.
C number of neutrons.
D proton number.
© UCLES 2008 5070/01/M/J/08

5
9 Why does molten sodium chloride conduct electricity?
A An electron is completely transferred from sodium to chlorine.

B Sodium ions are only weakly attracted to the chloride ions.
C The electrons in the sodium chloride are free to move.
D The sodium ions and the chloride ions are free to move.
10 Which equation describes the most suitable reaction for making lead sulphate?
A Pb + H2SO4 → PbSO4 + H2
B PbCO3 + H2SO4 → PbSO4 + CO2 + H2O
C Pb(NO3)2 + H2SO4 → PbSO4 + 2HNO3
D Pb(OH)2 + H2SO4 → PbSO4 + 2H2O
11 In which oxide does X have the same oxidation state as in the chloride, XCl3?
A X3O B X2O C XO2 D X2O3
12 A sample of copper contains a metal impurity which is below copper in the reactivity series.
The diagram shows the apparatus used for refining the sample.
impure pure
copper copper
anode cathode
(positive) (negative)
aqueous
copper(II)
sulphate
The loss in mass of the anode (positive electrode) is 50 g and the gain in mass of the cathode
(negative electrode) is 45 g.
What is the percentage purity of this sample of copper?
A 10.0 % B 11.1 % C 90.0 % D 95.0 %
13 One mole of a sample of hydrated sodium sulphide contains 162 g of water of crystallisation.
What is the correct formula of this compound?
A Na2S.3H2O B Na2S.5H2O C Na2S.7H2O D Na2S.9H2O

6
14 The diagram shows the electrolytic production of aluminium.
waste gases
carbon
anodes
cathode
(positive)
(negative)
What are the products at the electrodes?
negative electrode positive electrode
A solid aluminium hydrogen

B solid aluminium oxygen
C liquid aluminium hydrogen
D liquid aluminium oxygen
15 When dilute sulphuric acid is electrolysed between platinum electrodes, which statements are
correct?
1 Hydrogen is released at the cathode.

2 Oxygen is released at the anode.
3 Sulphur is released at the anode.
4 The acid becomes more dilute.
A 1 and 2 B 1 and 3 C 2 and 4 D 4 only
16 Which of the following is an endothermic reaction?
A the combustion of ethanol in air

B the formation of a carbohydrate and oxygen from carbon dioxide and water
C the oxidation of carbon to carbon dioxide
D the reaction between hydrogen and oxygen
© UCLES 2008 5070/01/M/J/08

7
17 At 400 °C the reaction between hydrogen and iodine reaches an equilibrium.
H2(g) + I2(g) 2HI(g) ∆H = –13 kJ
Which change in conditions would increase the percentage of hydrogen iodide in the equilibrium
mixture?
A a decrease in pressure
B a decrease in temperature
C an increase in pressure
D an increase in temperature
18 The diagram shows the reaction pathway for a reaction without a catalyst.
energy
reaction pathway
Which diagram shows the addition of a catalyst which speeds up the reaction?
A B
energy energy
C D
energy energy

8
19 Sulphur dioxide reacts with aqueous bromine according to the following equation.
SO2(g) + Br2(aq) + 2H2O(l) → H2SO4(aq) + 2HBr(aq)
Which element has been oxidised?
A bromine
B hydrogen
C oxygen
D sulphur
20 When 20 cm3 of a 2 mol/dm3 solution of potassium hydroxide is mixed with 20 cm3 of a 1 mol/dm3
solution of sulphuric acid, the temperature of the mixture rises.
What best explains this?
A Sulphuric acid is a strong acid.

B The potassium hydroxide solution is more concentrated than the sulphuric acid solution.
C The reactants have a higher energy content than the products.
D Potassium hydroxide is a very strong alkali.
21 A colourless gas is passed into each of three different solutions. The results for each solution are
shown in the table.
solution result
potassium iodide stays colourless
acidified potassium dichromate(VI) orange to green
acidified potassium manganate(VII) purple to colourless
What is the colourless gas?
A an acid
B an alkali
D a reducing agent
22 Which observation is typical of a solid non-metal element?
A It reacts vigorously with chlorine.

B It conducts electricity.
C It has more than one oxidation state.
D It forms an acidic oxide.
© UCLES 2008 5070/01/M/J/08

9
23 Which equation represents the reaction between hydrochloric acid and sodium hydroxide?
A Cl – + Na+ → NaCl
B 2H+ + O2– → H2O
1
C 2
O2 + H2 → H2O
D H+ + OH– → H2O
24 The following statements about dilute sulphuric acid are all correct.
1 A white precipitate is formed when aqueous barium chloride is added.

2 The solution turns anhydrous copper(II) sulphate from white to blue.
3 Addition of Universal Indicator shows that the solution has a pH value of less than 7.0.
4 The solution reacts with copper(II) oxide, forming a blue solution.
Which two statements confirm the acidic nature of the solution?
A 1 and 2 B 1 and 3 C 2 and 4 D 3 and 4
25 Ammonia gas is produced when solid ammonium chloride is heated with
A calcium hydroxide.
B calcium sulphate.
C hydrochloric acid.
D magnesium nitrate.
26 Sulphur and selenium (Se) are in the same group of the Periodic Table.
From this, we would expect selenium to form compounds having the formulae
A SeO, Na2Se and NaSeO4.

B SeO2, Na2Se and NaSeO4.
C SeO2, Na2Se and Na2SeO4.
D SeO3, NaSe and NaSeO4.

10
27 X and Y are diatomic elements. X is less reactive than Y.
What are elements X and Y?
X Y
A chlorine iodine
B fluorine nitrogen
C iodine bromine
D oxygen nitrogen
28 A metal X, in Group I of the Periodic Table, would be expected to
A form a nitrate of formula X(NO3)2.

B form an acidic oxide.
C form an insoluble chloride.
D produce hydrogen from cold water.
29 Four test-tubes were set up as shown.
Each piece of iron was protected on one side by a different coating.
In which test-tube is the iron least likely to rust?
A B C D
water water water water
iron iron iron iron
grease paint plastic zinc
© UCLES 2008 5070/01/M/J/08

11
30 Three types of steel have different properties.
steel 1 easily shaped

steel 2 brittle
steel 3 resistant to corrosion
What are the names of these three types of steel?
steel 1 steel 2 steel 3
A high carbon mild stainless

B high carbon stainless mild
C mild high carbon stainless
D mild stainless high carbon
A It has a high electrical conductivity.

C It has a surface layer of oxide.

12
32 The diagram shows the apparatus used in an experiment to reduce substance Q with the gas
generated in the flask.
heat
dilute
hydrochloric
P
acid
What are substances P and Q?
P Q
A copper copper(II) oxide

B lead lead(II) oxide
C magnesium zinc oxide
D zinc copper(II) oxide
33 The flow chart shows how impure water can be treated to produce drinkable water.
pass pass
pass pass
impure through through drinkable
through chlorine
water large-sized small-sized water
carbon through it
gravel gravel
What is not removed from the water by this process?
A clay particles
B microbes
C nitrates
D odours
© UCLES 2008 5070/01/M/J/08

13
34 A solid substance Z burns in air to form a product that is gaseous at 20 °C.
What is Z?
A hydrogen
B carbon monoxide
C carbon
D magnesium
35 A section of a polymer is shown.
O O O O
The structure of its monomer is
H O O H
The monomer undergoes condensation polymerisation to form the polymer.
What is made each time a monomer adds to the polymer?
A hydrogen molecules, H2
B hydroxide ions, OH–
C oxygen atoms, O
D water molecules, H2O
36 Carboxylic acids react with alcohols to form esters.
Which acid and alcohol react together to form the following ester?
CH3CH2 C
OCH3
A propanoic acid and ethanol

B propanoic acid and methanol
C ethanoic acid and ethanol
D ethanoic acid and methanol

14
37 Which two compounds are members of the same homologous series?
1 2
H H
H C O H H C C O H
H H O
3 4
H H H H
H C C O H H C O C H
H H H H
38 The diagram shows the structure of the compound 1,3-butadiene.
H H H H
C C C C
H H
How many molecules of hydrogen are needed to saturate one molecule of 1,3-butadiene?
A 1 B 2 C 3 D 4
39 Which compound has more than two carbon atoms per molecule?
A ethyl ethanoate
B ethene
C ethane
D ethanoic acid
40 Alkanes are a homologous series of organic compounds.
Which statement about alkanes is correct?
A Their boiling points increase as the length of the carbon chain increases.
B Their general formula is CnH2n.
C They are unsaturated hydrocarbons.
D They take part in addition reactions.
© UCLES 2008 5070/01/M/J/08

15
BLANK PAGE
5070/01/M/J/08
DATA SHEET
Group
1 4
H He
Hydrogen Helium
1 2
7 9 11 12 14 16 19 20
Li Be B C N O F Ne
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
23 24 27 28 31 32 35.5 40
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 64 65 70 73 75 79 80 84

19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
16
85 88 89 91 93 96 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
5070/01/M/J/08
Indium Iodine
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
133 137 139 178 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209
55 56 57 * 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
226 227
Fr Ra Ac
87 88 89
140 141 144 150 152 157 159 162 165 167 169 173 175
58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
w
w
w
.X
tr
me
eP
ap
er
s
.c
om
CHEMISTRY 5070/01
1 hour
Soft clean eraser
*2737049315*

IB09 06_5070_01/3RP
2
1 An inflated balloon goes down because gas molecules can diffuse through the rubber.
Four balloons are filled with different gases at the same temperature and pressure.
Which balloon would go down quickest?
A B C D
carbon dioxide, CO2 methane, CH4 nitrogen, N2 oxygen, O2
2 The diagram shows a chromatogram of several inks.
black blue brown green red yellow
Which statement is correct?
A Black ink can be made by mixing green, red and yellow inks.
B Brown ink can be made by mixing blue and red inks.
C Yellow ink can be used to make brown ink.
D Yellow ink may be present in green ink.
© UCLES 2009 5070/01/M/J/09

3
3 The oxidation of ethanol to ethanoic acid is often carried out in the apparatus shown.
condenser
water
ethanol +
oxidising agent
heat
What is the purpose of the condenser?
A to prevent air reacting with the ethanoic acid

B to prevent any ethanol from escaping
C to prevent the ethanoic acid changing back to ethanol
D to prevent the ethanoic acid reacting with the ethanol

4
4 The diagram shows copper(II) oxide being reduced, by hydrogen, to copper. After reduction is
complete, the burner is turned off but the flow of hydrogen is continued until the tube is cool.
excess hydrogen
dry
hydrogen
copper(II) oxide
burner
Why is the hydrogen allowed to flow through the tube during cooling?
A to allow the tube to cool slowly

B to lessen the risk of explosion in the hot tube
C to prevent the copper from reacting with the air
D to remove any traces of water left in the tube
5 A coin is analysed by dissolving it in nitric acid. To the resulting solution an excess of aqueous
ammonia is added and the mixture is filtered.
A brown precipitate remains in the filter paper and a deep blue solution is obtained as the filtrate.
Which metals does the coin contain?
A aluminium and copper

B copper and iron
C iron and lead
D lead and zinc
6 An element X forms a positive ion with the electronic structure 2,8,8.
What is the proton (atomic) number of X?
A 16 B 17 C 18 D 19
7 Which two substances are elements with a giant molecular structure?
A diamond and graphite

B diamond and sand
C methane and iodine
D methane and sand
© UCLES 2009 5070/01/M/J/09

5
8 Which compound has both ionic and covalent bonds?
A ammonium chloride
B carbon dioxide
C ethyl ethanoate
D sodium chloride
9 Which statement about the numbers of particles in atoms is correct?
Apart from hydrogen, most atoms contain
A more neutrons than protons.

B more protons than neutrons.
C more electrons than protons.
D more protons than electrons.
10 Which gas contains the same number of molecules as 9 g of water?
A 2 g of hydrogen
B 14 g of nitrogen
C 32 g of oxygen
D 44 g of carbon dioxide
11 The equation for the reaction between copper and nitric acid is shown.
vCu + wHNO3 → xCu(NO3)2 + yNO + zH2O
v, w, x, y and z are whole numbers.
Which values of v, w, x, y and z balance the equation?
v w x y z
A 1 2 1 1 1
B 1 4 1 2 2
C 3 4 3 2 2
D 3 8 3 2 4
12 The mass of one mole of a chloride formed by a metal Y is 74.5 g.
What is the formula of the chloride?
A Y3Cl B Y2Cl C YCl D YCl 2

6
13 Which reactions take place during the electrolysis of aqueous copper(II) sulfate with copper
electrodes?
reaction at positive electrode reaction at negative electrode
A Cu2+ + 2e– → Cu Cu → Cu2+ + 2e–

B 4OH– → 2H2O + O2 + 4e– Cu2+ + 2e– → Cu
C Cu → Cu2+ + 2e– 2H+ + 2e– → H2
D Cu → Cu2+ + 2e– Cu2+ + 2e– → Cu
14 The diagram shows apparatus used to investigate the conductivity of different solutions.
lamp
platinum
solution
electrodes
Which substance, in aqueous solution of concentration 1 mol / dm3, would cause the lamp to give
the brightest light?
A ammonia
B ethanoic acid
C ethanol
D sulfuric acid
15 The energy diagram for the reaction between sodium hydroxide and hydrochloric acid is shown.
H+(aq) + OH–(aq)
energy ∆H = –54 kJ / mol
H2O(l)
Which quantity of heat is liberated when 100 cm3 of 1 mol / dm3 hydrochloric acid reacts with
100 cm3 of 1 mol / dm3 sodium hydroxide?
A 0.54 kJ B 2.70 kJ C 5.40 kJ D 10.8 kJ
© UCLES 2009 5070/01/M/J/09

7
16 The equation shows a reversible reaction.
N2O4(g) 2NO2(g)
The forward reaction is endothermic.
Which of these changes will increase the yield of NO2?
pressure temperature
A decreased decreased
B decreased increased
C increased decreased
D increased increased
17 In experiment 1, an excess of finely powdered marble is added to 20 cm3 of dilute hydrochloric

acid.
In experiment 2, carried out under the same conditions of temperature and pressure, an excess
of marble chips is added to 20 cm3 of dilute hydrochloric acid of the same concentration.
The total volumes of carbon dioxide given off are determined at intervals and plotted against time.
X
Y
total Z
volume
of CO2
0
0 time
Which pair of curves is obtained in the two experiments?
experiment 1 experiment 2
A X Z
B X Y
C Y Z
D Y X

8
18 What is not an example of oxidation?
A converting iron(III) salts into iron(II) salts

B converting magnesium atoms into magnesium ions
C dissolving of a copper anode during electrolysis
D liberating chlorine from a chloride
19 Which metal has a soluble carbonate, chloride and sulfate?
A barium
B calcium
C copper
D potassium
20 Sodium hydroxide solution was added to dilute hydrochloric acid. The pH of the solution in the
flask was measured at intervals until no further change of pH took place.
sodium hydroxide solution
hydrochloric acid
What would be the pH change in this reaction?
A decrease to 1
B decrease to 7
C increase to 7
D increase to 12
21 Why is nickel used in the addition of hydrogen to alkenes?
A It increases the yield of products.

B It lowers the activation energy of the reaction.
C It makes the reaction more exothermic.
D It prevents a reverse reaction from occurring.
© UCLES 2009 5070/01/M/J/09

9
22 Caesium, Cs, is an element in Group I of the Periodic Table.
Which statements about Caesium are true?
1 Caesium conducts electricity both when solid and when molten.

2 Caesium reacts explosively with water.
3 Caesium reacts with water and forms a solution of pH < 7.
A 1 and 2 only
B 1 and 3 only
C 2 and 3 only
D 1, 2 and 3
23 Elements with the code letters Q and R occupy the positions shown in the outline of the Periodic
Table.
What is the formula of the compound formed between them?
A QR2 B Q2R C Q2R3 D Q3R2
24 The list shows some properties of metals.
1 Metals are good conductors of electricity.

2 Metals form ions by the loss of electrons.
3 Metals have high melting points.
Mercury is a metallic element.
Which of these statements do not apply to mercury?
A 1 only B 1 and 2 C 2 and 3 D 3 only

10
25 In the electrolysis of aluminium oxide to extract pure aluminium a compound called cryolite is first
added to the oxide.
What is the reason for adding the cryolite?
A to reduce the corrosion of the carbon electrodes by oxygen

B to reduce energy costs
C to enable the aluminium ions and oxygen ions to move to the electrodes
D to prevent the aluminium formed from being oxidised back to aluminium oxide
26 Iron is extracted from its ore haematite, Fe2O3, by a reduction process in the blast furnace.
Which equation for reactions in the blast furnace shows the formation of the reducing agent?
A CaCO3 → CaO + CO2
B CaO + SiO2 → CaSiO3
C CO2 + C → 2CO
D C + O2 → CO2
27 The steel bodies of cars can be protected from rusting by spraying them with zinc.
Why is zinc used?
A Zinc does not react with acidic exhaust fumes.

B Zinc forms a stable compound with iron.
C Zinc has a high melting point.
D Zinc is higher in the reactivity series than iron.
28 Solid Y is insoluble in water. It gives off a gas when heated and also when reacted with dilute
sulfuric acid.
What is Y?
A copper(II) carbonate
B sodium carbonate
C sodium nitrate
D zinc oxide
© UCLES 2009 5070/01/M/J/09

11
29 What is the ionic equation for the reaction between zinc and aqueous copper(II) sulfate?
A Zn2+(aq) + Cu(s) → Zn(s) + Cu2+(aq)

2−
B Zn2+(aq) + SO 4 (aq) → ZnSO4(s)
C Zn(s) + CuSO4(aq) → ZnSO4(aq) + Cu(s)
D Zn(s) + Cu2+(aq) → Zn2+(aq) + Cu(s)
30 Which gas reacts with sulfuric acid to form a fertiliser?
A ammonia, NH3
B carbon dioxide, CO2
C hydrogen, H2
D nitrogen, N2
31 In the Contact process, the sulfur trioxide formed is
A passed into concentrated sulfuric acid.

B passed into dilute sulfuric acid.
C passed into oleum (H2S2O7).
D passed into water.
32 Which gas, present in pond water, decreases in concentration during eutrophication?
A carbon dioxide
B methane
C nitrogen
D oxygen
33 Methane is a greenhouse gas.
Which process releases methane into the air?
A combustion of petrol
B decay of vegetable matter
C photosynthesis
D volcanic activity

12
34 Carbon dioxide and carbon monoxide are both
A absorbed by sodium hydroxide.

B colourless.
C inflammable in air.
D lighter than air.
35 Which hydrocarbon will burn completely in oxygen to give equal numbers of moles of carbon
dioxide and water?
A C2H6 B C3H6 C C4H10 D C5H12
36 The diagram shows the breakdown of an alkane to ethene.
mineral wool soaked aluminium

in liquid alkane oxide
ethene
heat
water
The ethene is then tested with aqueous bromine.
Which information about ethene is correct?
solubility of action on
ethene gas aqueous bromine
A insoluble decolourised
B insoluble no reaction
C soluble decolourised
D soluble no reaction
© UCLES 2009 5070/01/M/J/09

13
37 Carbohydrates, proteins, fats and Terylene are macromolecules.
Which element is found in only one of these macromolecules?
A carbon
B hydrogen
C nitrogen
D oxygen
38 Which structure is not an isomer of the structure shown?
CH3 CH2 CH2 CH2 CH3
A CH3 CH2 CH CH3
CH3
CH3
B CH3 C CH3
CH3
C CH3 CH2 CH2 CH2
CH3
D CH3 CH CH2 CH3
CH3

14
39 Alcohols can be oxidised to form another homologous series of compounds.
What would be the product of the oxidation of propanol?
H H
A H C C C H
H O H
H H O
B H C C C
H H O H
H H H O
C H C C C C
H H H H
H H H
D H C C C C H
H H O H
40 A polymer X is hydrolysed and the two products are
H H
O O
and N N
HO C C OH
H H
What can be deduced about X?
A It is a condensation polymer.
B It is made by addition polymerisation.
C It is starch.
D It is Terylene.
© UCLES 2009 5070/01/M/J/09

15
BLANK PAGE
5070/01/M/J/09
© UCLES 2009
DATA SHEET
Group
1 4
H He
Hydrogen Helium
1 2
7 9 11 12 14 16 19 20
Li Be B C N O F Ne
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
23 24 27 28 31 32 35.5 40
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 64 65 70 73 75 79 80 84

19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
16
85 88 89 91 93 96 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
5070/01/M/J/09
Indium Iodine
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
133 137 139 178 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209
55 56 57 * 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
226 227
Fr Ra Ac
87 88 89
140 141 144 150 152 157 159 162 165 167 169 173 175
58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
w
w
w
.X
tr
me
eP
ap
er
s
.c
om
CHEMISTRY 5070/11
1 hour
Soft clean eraser
*9872019847*


IB10 06_5070_11/3RP
© UCLES 2010
[Turn over
2
1 Which is an anion that is present in the solution formed when an excess of dilute hydrochloric
acid is added to calcium carbonate?
A Ca2+ B Cl – C CO 32− D H+
2 What correctly describes the molecules in very dilute sugar solution at room temperature?
sugar molecules water molecules
A close together, moving at random close together, moving at random

B widely separated, moving at random close together, moving at random
C widely separated, moving at random close together, not moving
D widely separated, not moving widely separated, moving at random
anhydrous
calcium chloride
What is the gas?
A carbon dioxide
B chlorine
C hydrogen
D hydrogen chloride
© UCLES 2010 5070/11/M/J/10

3
4 A mixture containing equal volumes of two liquids that mix completely but do not react together is
placed in the apparatus shown and heated until the thermometer first shows a steady reading.
At which position will there be the highest proportion of the liquid with the higher boiling point?
thermometer water out
A
C cold water in
heat

4
A B
10 10
8 8
2 2
0 0
0 2 4 6 8 10 0 2 4 6 8 10
C D
10 10
8 8
2 2
0 0
0 2 4 6 8 10 0 2 4 6 8 10
6 Which pair of elements, when combined together, do not form a covalent compound?
A caesium and fluorine

B nitrogen and chlorine
C phosphorus and fluorine
D sulfur and chlorine
© UCLES 2010 5070/11/M/J/10

5
7 The diagram shows the structure of a covalent compound containing the element hydrogen, H,
and the unknown elements X, Y and Z.
H Y
H X X H
H Y Z
To which groups of the Periodic Table do these three elements, X, Y and Z, belong?
X Y Z
A 1 5 6
B 4 5 1
C 4 6 5
D 5 1 4
8 A metal consists of a lattice of positive ions in a ‘sea of electrons’.
What changes, if any, take place to the electrons and positive ions in a metal wire when an
electric current is passed through it?
electrons positive ions
A replaced by new electrons replaced by new ions

B replaced by new electrons unchanged
C unchanged replaced by new ions
D unchanged unchanged
9 What is the mass of one mole of carbon-12?
A 0.012 g B 0.024 g C 1g D 12 g
10 Two different hydrocarbons each contain the same percentage by mass of hydrogen.
It follows that they have the same
A empirical formula.
B number of isomers.
C relative molecular mass.
D structural formula.

6
11 The diagram shows the electrolysis of a concentrated aqueous solution containing both
copper(II) ions and sodium ions.
solution
Which metal is deposited at the negative electrode and why?
metal deposited reason
A copper copper is less reactive than sodium

B copper copper is more reactive than hydrogen
C sodium copper is less reactive than hydrogen
D sodium copper is more reactive than sodium
12 The diagram shows the apparatus used to electrolyse lead(II) bromide using inert electrodes.
lamp
lead(II) bromide
Why does the lamp light up only when the lead(II) bromide is melted?
A Bromine atoms in the lead(II) bromide are converted to ions when it is melted.
B Electrons flow through the lead(II) bromide when it is melted.
C The ions in lead(II) bromide are free to move only when the solid is melted.
D There are no ions in solid lead(II) bromide.
© UCLES 2010 5070/11/M/J/10

7
13 A student performs two reactions.
reaction 1 10 g of magnesium ribbon with excess 2.0 mol / dm3 dilute hydrochloric acid
reaction 2 5 g of magnesium powder with excess 2.0 mol / dm3 dilute hydrochloric acid
In both experiments, the volume of hydrogen produced, V, is measured against time, t, and the
results plotted graphically.
Which set of graphs is correct?
A B
V V
0 0
0 t 0 t
C D
V V
0 0
0 t 0 t
14 Which statement about catalysts is correct for a typical equilibrium reaction?
A A catalyst can be either an inorganic or an organic species.

B A catalyst does not take part in the reaction.
C A catalyst only speeds up the forward reaction.
D A catalyst provides the energy required to start a reaction.
15 When a solution containing silver ions is added to a solution containing iron(II) ions, an
equilibrium is set up.
Ag+(aq) + Fe2+(aq) Ag(s) + Fe3+(aq)
The addition of which substance would not affect the amount of silver precipitated?
A Ag+(aq) B Fe2+(aq) C Fe3+(aq) D H2O(l)

8
16 Which reaction does not involve either oxidation or reduction?
A CH4(g) + 2O2(g) → CO2(g) + 2H2O(g)
B Cu2+(aq) + Zn(s) → Cu(s) + Zn2+(aq)
C CuO(s) + H2SO4(aq) → CuSO4(aq) + H2O(l)
D Zn(s) + H2SO4(aq) → ZnSO4(aq) + H2(g)
17 Which pair of compounds could be used in the preparation of calcium sulfate?
A calcium carbonate and sodium sulfate

B calcium chloride and ammonium sulfate
C calcium hydroxide and barium sulfate
D calcium nitrate and lead(II) sulfate
18 A metal reacts with dilute hydrochloric acid to produce a gas.
What is used to identify this gas?
A a glowing splint
B a lighted splint
C damp blue litmus paper
D limewater
19 Titration of an acid against a base is a method often used in the preparation of salts.
Which properties of the acid, the base and the salt are required if this method is to be used?
acid base salt
A insoluble insoluble insoluble

B soluble insoluble insoluble
C soluble soluble insoluble
D soluble soluble soluble
© UCLES 2010 5070/11/M/J/10

9
20 The diagram shows part of the Periodic Table.
Q R S
Which pair of letters represents elements that are in the same period?
A P and R B P and S C Q and T D R and S
21 Which row shows the correct number of protons and electrons in the ion of an element in Group II
of the Periodic Table?
number of number of
protons electrons
A 9 10
B 12 10
C 14 14
D 16 18
22 The oxide of an element X increases the rate of decomposition of hydrogen peroxide. At the end
of the reaction the oxide of X is unchanged.
Which details are those of X?
proton number mass number
A 18 40
B 20 40
C 25 55
D 82 207

10
23 Which element is sodium?
melting point in °C electrical conduction density in g / cm3
A 1535 good 7.86

B 1083 good 8.92
C 113 poor 2.07
D 98 good 0.97
24 Which substances react together to give hydrogen?
A calcium oxide and water

B copper and dilute sulfuric acid
C copper and steam
D magnesium and steam
25 In the extraction of iron, carbon monoxide acts as
A a catalyst.
B an inert gas.
C an oxidising agent.
D a reducing agent.
26 An alloy of copper and zinc is added to an excess of dilute hydrochloric acid.
Which observations are correct?
residue filtrate
A grey blue solution

B none blue solution
C none colourless solution
D red-brown colourless solution
© UCLES 2010 5070/11/M/J/10

11

28 Which compound will not produce ammonia when heated with ammonium sulfate?
A calcium oxide
B magnesium oxide
C sodium hydroxide
D sulfuric acid
29 These reactions are used in the manufacture of sulfuric acid.
P S + O2 → SO2
Q 2SO2 + O2 2SO3
R SO3 + H2O → H2SO4
Which reactions are speeded up by using a catalyst?
A P only B Q only C R only D Q and R
A It desalinates the water.

B It disinfects the water.
C It filters out solids.
D It removes tastes and odours from the water.
31 Which gas burns in air to form only one product?
A ammonia
B carbon monoxide
C hydrogen chloride
D methane

12
dilute
hydrochloric
acid
tap
graduated
tube
water
metallic
powder
different powders:
• pure magnesium
• pure zinc
• a mixture of magnesium and zinc
A magnesium zinc
C zinc magnesium
D zinc the mixture
33 The list shows three chemical reactions.
1 combustion of ethanol
2 fermentation of glucose
3 reaction of ethanol with ethanoic acid to give an ester
In which reactions is water a product?
A 1 and 2 only B 1 and 3 only C 2 and 3 only D 1, 2 and 3
© UCLES 2010 5070/11/M/J/10

13
34 The diagram shows a reaction scheme.
acidified
potassium
catalyst dichromate(VI) compound X
ethene + steam compound X compound Y compound Z
What is the final compound, Z?
A a carboxylic acid
B an alcohol
C an alkene
D an ester
35 How does the number of carbon, hydrogen and oxygen atoms in an ester differ from the total
number of carbon, hydrogen and oxygen atoms in the alcohol and carboxylic acid from which the
compound was derived?
carbon atoms hydrogen atoms oxygen atoms
A less less less

B less same less
C same less less
D same same same
36 The two statements are about the fractional distillation of crude oil. The statements may or may
not be correct. They may or may not be linked.
statement 1 Fractional distillation is used to separate crude oil into useful fractions.
statement 2 The fractions with lower boiling points are found at the top of the fractionating
column.
What is correct about these two statements?
A Both statements are correct and statement 2 explains statement 1.

B Both statements are correct but statement 2 does not explain statement 1.
C Statement 1 is correct but statement 2 is incorrect.
D Statement 1 is incorrect but statement 2 is correct.

14
37 An aqueous solution of a compound of formula C2H4O2 reacts with sodium carbonate, liberating
carbon dioxide.
What is the structural formula of the compound?
A B
H H H O H
C C C C
H O O H H O H
C D
O
H
O H
H C
H C C
O C H
O H
H
H
38 When butanol, represented by C4HwOH, burns in air, carbon dioxide and water are formed.
C4HwOH + xO2 → 4CO2 + yH2O
Which values of w, x and y balance the equation?
w x y
A 8 6 4
B 9 6 4
C 9 6 5
D 10 7 5
39 Which substances will burn in air and give carbon dioxide amongst the combustion products?
1 calcium carbonate
2 ethane
3 ethanol
4 methanol
A 1 and 2 only B 2 and 3 only C 1, 2 and 3 only D 2, 3 and 4 only
© UCLES 2010 5070/11/M/J/10

15
40 The macromolecules of proteins, fats and carbohydrates can all be broken down into their simple
units by a similar process.
What is the process called?
A esterification
B hydrolysis
C oxidation
D reduction
© UCLES 2010 5070/11/M/J/10

DATA SHEET
© UCLES 2010
Group
1 4
H He
Hydrogen Helium
1 2
7 9 11 12 14 16 19 20
Li Be B C N O F Ne
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
23 24 27 28 31 32 35.5 40
Sodium Magnesium Aluminium Silicon Phosphorus Sulfur Chlorine Argon
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 64 65 70 73 75 79 80 84

19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
16
85 88 89 91 93 96 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
5070/11/M/J/10
Indium Iodine
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
133 137 139 178 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209
55 56 57 * 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
226 227
Fr Ra Ac
87 88 89
140 141 144 150 152 157 159 162 165 167 169 173 175
58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
w
w
w
.X
tr
me
eP
ap
er
s
.c
om
CHEMISTRY 5070/12
1 hour
Soft clean eraser
*6031804592*

IB10 06_5070_12/RP
2
anhydrous
calcium chloride
What is the gas?
A carbon dioxide
B chlorine
C hydrogen
D hydrogen chloride

© UCLES 2010 5070/12/M/J/10

3
A
C cold water in
heat

4
A B
10 10
8 8
2 2
0 0
0 2 4 6 8 10 0 2 4 6 8 10
C D
10 10
8 8
2 2
0 0
0 2 4 6 8 10 0 2 4 6 8 10

© UCLES 2010 5070/12/M/J/10

5

H Y
H X X H
H Y Z
X Y Z
A 1 5 6
B 4 5 1
C 4 6 5
D 5 1 4
A 0.012 g B 0.024 g C 1g D 12 g

6
solution

lamp
lead(II) bromide
© UCLES 2010 5070/12/M/J/10

7
A CH4(g) + 2O2(g) → CO2(g) + 2H2O(g)
A B
V V
0 0
0 t 0 t
C D
V V
0 0
0 t 0 t

8


acid base salt

A a glowing splint
B a lighted splint
D limewater
© UCLES 2010 5070/12/M/J/10

9
A 18 40
B 20 40
C 25 55
D 82 207
A 1535 good 7.86

B 1083 good 8.92
C 113 poor 2.07
D 98 good 0.97
number of number of
protons electrons
A 9 10
B 12 10
C 14 14
D 16 18

10
Q R S

residue filtrate

A a catalyst.
B an inert gas.
D a reducing agent.
© UCLES 2010 5070/12/M/J/10

11

C copper and steam
dilute
hydrochloric
acid
tap
graduated
tube
water
metallic
powder
different powders:
• pure magnesium
• pure zinc
A magnesium zinc
C zinc magnesium
D zinc the mixture

12
A ammonia
B carbon monoxide
C hydrogen chloride
D methane

A calcium oxide
B magnesium oxide
C sodium hydroxide
D sulfuric acid
P S + O2 → SO2
Q 2SO2 + O2 2SO3
1 calcium carbonate
2 ethane
3 ethanol
4 methanol
© UCLES 2010 5070/12/M/J/10

13
column.

w x y
A 8 6 4
B 9 6 4
C 9 6 5
D 10 7 5

14
carbon dioxide.
A B
H H H O H
C C C C
H O O H H O H
C D
O
H
O H
H C
H C C
O C H
O H
H
H
A less less less

B less same less
C same less less
D same same same
© UCLES 2010 5070/12/M/J/10

15
acidified
potassium
A a carboxylic acid
B an alcohol
C an alkene
D an ester
A esterification
B hydrolysis
C oxidation
D reduction
© UCLES 2010 5070/12/M/J/10

DATA SHEET
© UCLES 2010
Group
1 4
H He
Hydrogen Helium
1 2
7 9 11 12 14 16 19 20
Li Be B C N O F Ne
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
23 24 27 28 31 32 35.5 40
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 64 65 70 73 75 79 80 84

19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
16
85 88 89 91 93 96 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
5070/12/M/J/10
Indium Iodine
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
133 137 139 178 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209
55 56 57 * 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
226 227
Fr Ra Ac
87 88 89
140 141 144 150 152 157 159 162 165 167 169 173 175
58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
w
w
w
.X
tr
me
eP
ap
er
s
.c
om
CHEMISTRY 5070/13
1 hour
Soft clean eraser
*5988447365*

IB10 06_5070_13/RP
2
anhydrous
calcium chloride
What is the gas?
A carbon dioxide
B chlorine
C hydrogen
D hydrogen chloride

© UCLES 2010 5070/13/M/J/10

3
A
C cold water in
heat

4
A B
10 10
8 8
2 2
0 0
0 2 4 6 8 10 0 2 4 6 8 10
C D
10 10
8 8
2 2
0 0
0 2 4 6 8 10 0 2 4 6 8 10

© UCLES 2010 5070/13/M/J/10

5

H Y
H X X H
H Y Z
X Y Z
A 1 5 6
B 4 5 1
C 4 6 5
D 5 1 4
A 0.012 g B 0.024 g C 1g D 12 g

6
solution

lamp
lead(II) bromide
© UCLES 2010 5070/13/M/J/10

7
A CH4(g) + 2O2(g) → CO2(g) + 2H2O(g)
A B
V V
0 0
0 t 0 t
C D
V V
0 0
0 t 0 t

8


acid base salt

A a glowing splint
B a lighted splint
D limewater
© UCLES 2010 5070/13/M/J/10

9
A 18 40
B 20 40
C 25 55
D 82 207
A 1535 good 7.86

B 1083 good 8.92
C 113 poor 2.07
D 98 good 0.97
number of number of
protons electrons
A 9 10
B 12 10
C 14 14
D 16 18

10
Q R S

residue filtrate

A a catalyst.
B an inert gas.
D a reducing agent.
© UCLES 2010 5070/13/M/J/10

11

C copper and steam
dilute
hydrochloric
acid
tap
graduated
tube
water
metallic
powder
different powders:
• pure magnesium
• pure zinc
A magnesium zinc
C zinc magnesium
D zinc the mixture

12
A ammonia
B carbon monoxide
C hydrogen chloride
D methane

A calcium oxide
B magnesium oxide
C sodium hydroxide
D sulfuric acid
P S + O2 → SO2
Q 2SO2 + O2 2SO3
1 calcium carbonate
2 ethane
3 ethanol
4 methanol
© UCLES 2010 5070/13/M/J/10

13
column.

w x y
A 8 6 4
B 9 6 4
C 9 6 5
D 10 7 5

14
carbon dioxide.
A B
H H H O H
C C C C
H O O H H O H
C D
O
H
O H
H C
H C C
O C H
O H
H
H
A less less less

B less same less
C same less less
D same same same
© UCLES 2010 5070/13/M/J/10

15
acidified
potassium
A a carboxylic acid
B an alcohol
C an alkene
D an ester
A esterification
B hydrolysis
C oxidation
D reduction
© UCLES 2010 5070/13/M/J/10

DATA SHEET
© UCLES 2010
Group
1 4
H He
Hydrogen Helium
1 2
7 9 11 12 14 16 19 20
Li Be B C N O F Ne
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
23 24 27 28 31 32 35.5 40
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 64 65 70 73 75 79 80 84

19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
16
85 88 89 91 93 96 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
5070/13/M/J/10
Indium Iodine
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
133 137 139 178 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209
55 56 57 * 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
226 227
Fr Ra Ac
87 88 89
140 141 144 150 152 157 159 162 165 167 169 173 175
58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
w
w
w
.X
tr
me
eP
ap
er
s
.c
om
CHEMISTRY 5070/11
1 hour
Soft clean eraser
*2659209702*


IB11 06_5070_11/RP
© UCLES 2011
[Turn over
2
1 Copper(II) sulfate crystals are separated from sand using the four processes listed below.
In which order are these processes used?
1st 2nd 3rd 4th
A filtering dissolving crystallising evaporating

B filtering dissolving evaporating crystallising
C dissolving evaporating filtering crystallising
D dissolving filtering evaporating crystallising
2 A drop of liquid bromine is placed in the bottom of a gas jar. Brown fumes of bromine vapour
slowly spread through the covered gas jar.
Why does this happen?
A Bromine vapour is less dense than air.

B Bromine molecules and the molecules in air are always moving around.
C Bromine molecules are smaller than the molecules in air.
D Bromine molecules move faster than the molecules in air.
3 The diagrams show an experiment with aqueous ammonium chloride.
poured in moist litmus

paper
solution X
aqueous
ammonium mixture
chloride
heat
A gas, Y, is produced and the litmus paper changes colour.
What are solution X and gas Y?
solution X gas Y
A aqueous sodium hydroxide ammonia

B aqueous sodium hydroxide chlorine
C dilute sulfuric acid ammonia
D dilute sulfuric acid chlorine
© UCLES 2011 5070/11/M/J/11

3
4 What is the mass of oxygen contained in 72 g of pure water?

[Relative atomic masses: H = 1; O = 16]
A 16 g B 32 g C 64 g D 70 g
6 Which molecule has the largest number of electrons involved in covalent bonds?
A C2H4 B CO2 C CH3OH D N2
7 In which of the following is there a lattice of positive ions in a ‘sea of electrons’?
A liquid potassium chloride

B sand
C solid graphite
D solid magnesium
8 Which statement about both chlorine atoms and chloride ions is correct?
A They are chemically identical.

B They are isotopes of chlorine.
C They have the same number of protons.
D They have the same physical properties.
9 Element X has the electronic structure 2,8,5. Element Y has the electronic structure 2,8,7.
What is the likely formula of a compound containing only X and Y?
A XY3 B X2Y3 C X3Y D X3Y2
10 A covalent bond is formed by
A electron sharing between metals and non-metals.

B electron sharing between non-metals.
C electron transfer between non-metals.
D electron transfer from metals to non-metals.

4
11 The equation for the reaction between calcium carbonate and hydrochloric acid is shown.
CaCO3(s) + 2HCl (aq) → CaCl 2(aq) + H2O(l) + CO2(g)
How many moles of calcium carbonate will give 24 cm3 of carbon dioxide when reacted with an
excess of the acid?
(Assume one mole of carbon dioxide occupies 24 dm3.)
A 1 mol B 0.1 mol C 0.01 mol D 0.001 mol
12 The empirical formula of a liquid compound is C2H4O.
To find the empirical formula, it is necessary to know the
A density of the compound.

B percentage composition of the compound.
C relative molecular mass of the compound.
D volume occupied by 1 mole of the compound.
13 The diagram shows the electrolysis of molten lead(II) bromide using inert electrodes.
+ –
brown gas
silvery metal
molten lead(II) bromide
heat
What happens during this electrolysis?
A Atoms change to ions.

B Covalent bonds are broken.
C Ions change to atoms.
D New compounds are formed.
© UCLES 2011 5070/11/M/J/11

5
14 Which pair of metals X and Y will produce the highest voltage when used as electrodes in a
simple cell?
metal X in a metal Y in a
solution of a solution of a
salt of X salt of Y
porous membrane
metal X metal Y
A copper silver
B magnesium silver
C magnesium zinc
D zinc copper
15 The energy profile diagram for the reaction between hydrogen and chlorine is shown.
H2 + Cl 2
reactants
energy
2HCl
products
reaction pathway
What information about this reaction does the diagram show?
type of reaction sign of enthalpy change, ∆H
A endothermic negative
B endothermic positive
C exothermic negative
D exothermic positive

6
16 The following changes could be made to the conditions in the reaction between zinc and
hydrochloric acid.
1 increase in concentration of the acid

2 increase in particle size of the zinc
3 increase in pressure on the system
4 increase in temperature of the system
Which pair of changes will increase the rate of reaction?
17 The equation shows what happens in a redox reaction between iron(II) chloride and chlorine gas.
2FeCl 2 + Cl 2 → 2FeCl 3
Which equation describes the reduction process in this reaction?
A 2Cl – → Cl 2 + 2e–
B Cl 2 + 2e– → 2Cl –
C Fe2+ → Fe3+ + e–
D Fe3+ + e– → Fe2+
18 Which acid and base react together to produce an insoluble salt?
A hydrochloric acid and sodium hydroxide

B nitric acid and calcium oxide
C sulfuric acid and barium hydroxide
D sulfuric acid and zinc oxide
© UCLES 2011 5070/11/M/J/11

7
add excess aqueous

sodium hydroxide
solution
moist red litmus

paper turns blue
green
solution forms
warm the
mixture
A Fe2+ and SO42–

B Fe3+ and NO3–
C NH4+ and Fe2+
D NH4+ and NO3–
20 Carbon and silicon are both in Group IV of the Periodic Table.
Which statement is correct for both carbon dioxide and silicon dioxide?
A They are acidic oxides.

B They are readily soluble in water.
C They contain ionic bonds.
D They have giant molecular structures.
21 Which calcium compound does not increase the pH of acidic soils?
A calcium carbonate
B calcium hydroxide
C calcium oxide
D calcium sulfate

8

B It is a gas.
C It is displaced from aqueous potassium astatide, KAt, by chlorine.
23 Which pair of properties are both correct for a typical transition element?
property 1 property 2
A forms coloured compounds soluble in water

B high density has variable oxidation states
C low density high melting point
D low melting point can act as a catalyst
24 The diagram represents the manufacture of sulfuric acid by the Contact process.
R
sulfur sulfur sulfuric
sulfur
A concentrated sulfuric acid followed by water

B vanadium(V) oxide
C water followed by concentrated sulfuric acid
D water only
25 What happens when zinc foil is placed in an aqueous solution of copper(II) sulfate?
A Copper(II) ions are oxidised.

B There is no reaction.
C Zinc atoms are oxidised.
D Zinc sulfate is precipitated.
© UCLES 2011 5070/11/M/J/11

9
26 In the apparatus shown, gas P is passed over solid Q.
heat
No reaction occurs if P and Q are
P Q
A hydrogen lead(II) oxide

B hydrogen magnesium oxide
C oxygen carbon
D oxygen sulfur
27 Which element can only be extracted from its ore using electrolysis?
A calcium
B copper
C lead
D silver
28 Scrap iron is often recycled.
Which reason for recycling is not correct?
A It reduces the amount of pollution at the site of the ore extraction.

B It reduces the amount of waste taken to landfill sites.
C It reduces the need to collect the scrap iron.
D It saves natural resources.
29 Which diagram represents the structure of an alloy?
A B C D

10
30 Aluminium is higher than copper in the reactivity series so the following displacement reaction
should be feasible.
2Al (s) + 3CuSO4(aq) → Al 2(SO4)3(aq) + 3Cu(s)
The reaction does not take place at room temperature.
A Aluminium has an inert coating all over it.

B The compound aluminium sulfate does not exist.
C The reaction is exothermic.
D The reaction needs to be warmed to take place.

32 When a volcano erupts, which gas is produced in significant amounts?
A carbon monoxide
B chlorofluorocarbons
C methane
D sulfur dioxide
33 Compound X is a hydrocarbon. It reacts with steam to form an alcohol.
Which type of compound is X and what would be its effect on bromine water?
type of compound effect on bromine water
A alkane turns from brown to colourless

B alkane turns from colourless to brown
C alkene turns from brown to colourless
D alkene turns from colourless to brown
© UCLES 2011 5070/11/M/J/11

11
34 Useful fractions are obtained by the fractional distillation of petroleum.
Which fraction is matched by its use?
fraction use
A bitumen fuel in cars

B lubricating oils for making waxes and polishes
C paraffin (kerosene) for making roads
D petrol (gasolene) aircraft fuel
35 Which statement about ethanoic acid is correct?
A It contains three carbon atoms per molecule.

B It contains five hydrogen atoms per molecule.
C It is insoluble in water.
D It reacts with ethanol to form a sweet-smelling compound.
36 Which bond is present in both nylon and Terylene?
A C–O B C=O C N–C D N–H
37 Compounds X and Y are both alkanes. Compound X has a higher boiling point than compound Y.
What could be the formulae of compounds X and Y?
compound X compound Y
A C8H16 C9H18
B C8H18 C9H20
C C9H18 C8H16
D C9H20 C8H18

12
38 Four hydrocarbon structures are shown.
H
H H H
H H C H H C C C H
H C C H H H
H C H
H C H H
H
H
1 2
H H H H H H
H C C H H C C C C H
H C C H H H H
H C H
H H
H
3 4
Which hydrocarbons are isomers of each other?
A 1, 2 and 3 B 1, 2 and 4 C 1 and 2 only D 3 and 4
39 With which substance will ethene react to form more than one product?
A bromine
B hydrogen
C oxygen
D steam
40 When a compound X is reacted with sodium carbonate, carbon dioxide gas is evolved.
What could be the formula of compound X?
A C2H5CO2CH3 B C3H7CO2H C CH3CO2C2H5 D C4H9OH
© UCLES 2011 5070/11/M/J/11

13
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2011 5070/11/M/J/11

14
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2011 5070/11/M/J/11

15
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2011 5070/11/M/J/11

DATA SHEET
© UCLES 2011
Group
1 4
H He
Hydrogen Helium
1 2
7 9 11 12 14 16 19 20
Li Be B C N O F Ne
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
23 24 27 28 31 32 35.5 40
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 64 65 70 73 75 79 80 84

19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
16
85 88 89 91 93 96 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
5070/11/M/J/11
Indium Iodine
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
133 137 139 178 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209
55 56 57 * 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
226 227
Fr Ra Ac
87 88 89
140 141 144 150 152 157 159 162 165 167 169 173 175
58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
w
w
w
.X
tr
me
eP
ap
er
s
.c
om
CHEMISTRY 5070/12
1 hour
Soft clean eraser
*5566194136*
Soft pencil (type B or HB recommended)

IB 06_5070_12/FP
2
1 A drop of liquid bromine is placed in the bottom of a gas jar. Brown fumes of bromine vapour
slowly spread through the covered gas jar.
A Bromine vapour is less dense than air.

B Bromine molecules and the molecules in air are always moving around.
C Bromine molecules are smaller than the molecules in air.
D Bromine molecules move faster than the molecules in air.
2 Copper(II) sulfate crystals are separated from sand using the four processes listed below.
In which order are these processes used?
1st 2nd 3rd 4th
A filtering dissolving crystallising evaporating

B filtering dissolving evaporating crystallising
C dissolving evaporating filtering crystallising
D dissolving filtering evaporating crystallising

paper
solution X
aqueous
ammonium mixture
chloride
heat
solution X gas Y

C dilute sulfuric acid ammonia
D dilute sulfuric acid chlorine
© UCLES 2011 5070/12/M/J/11

3
5 In which of the following is there a lattice of positive ions in a ‘sea of electrons’?
A liquid potassium chloride

B sand
C solid graphite
D solid magnesium
6 What is the mass of oxygen contained in 72 g of pure water?

[Relative atomic masses: H = 1; O = 16]
A 16 g B 32 g C 64 g D 70 g
7 A covalent bond is formed by

9 The equation for the reaction between calcium carbonate and hydrochloric acid is shown.
How many moles of calcium carbonate will give 24 cm3 of carbon dioxide when reacted with an
excess of the acid?
(Assume one mole of carbon dioxide occupies 24 dm3.)
A 1 mol B 0.1 mol C 0.01 mol D 0.001 mol
10 Element X has the electronic structure 2,8,5. Element Y has the electronic structure 2,8,7.
What is the likely formula of a compound containing only X and Y?
A XY3 B X2Y3 C X3Y D X3Y2

4
To find the empirical formula, it is necessary to know the
A density of the compound.

B percentage composition of the compound.
C relative molecular mass of the compound.
D volume occupied by 1 mole of the compound.
12 Which statement about both chlorine atoms and chloride ions is correct?
A They are chemically identical.

B They are isotopes of chlorine.
13 The diagram shows the electrolysis of molten lead(II) bromide using inert electrodes.
+ –
brown gas
silvery metal
molten lead(II) bromide
heat
What happens during this electrolysis?
A Atoms change to ions.

B Covalent bonds are broken.
C Ions change to atoms.
D New compounds are formed.
© UCLES 2011 5070/12/M/J/11

5
H2 + Cl 2
reactants
energy
2HCl
products
reaction pathway
simple cell?
salt of X salt of Y
porous membrane
metal X metal Y
A copper silver
B magnesium silver
C magnesium zinc
D zinc copper

6
16 The equation shows what happens in a redox reaction between iron(II) chloride and chlorine gas.
A 2Cl – → Cl 2 + 2e–
B Cl 2 + 2e– → 2Cl –
C Fe2+ → Fe3+ + e–
D Fe3+ + e– → Fe2+
17 Which acid and base react together to produce an insoluble salt?
A hydrochloric acid and sodium hydroxide

B nitric acid and calcium oxide
C sulfuric acid and barium hydroxide
D sulfuric acid and zinc oxide
18 Carbon and silicon are both in Group IV of the Periodic Table.
Which statement is correct for both carbon dioxide and silicon dioxide?
A They are acidic oxides.

B They are readily soluble in water.
C They contain ionic bonds.
D They have giant molecular structures.
19 The following changes could be made to the conditions in the reaction between zinc and
hydrochloric acid.
1 increase in concentration of the acid

2 increase in particle size of the zinc
3 increase in pressure on the system
4 increase in temperature of the system
Which pair of changes will increase the rate of reaction?
© UCLES 2011 5070/12/M/J/11

7
20 Which calcium compound does not increase the pH of acidic soils?
A calcium carbonate
B calcium hydroxide
C calcium oxide
D calcium sulfate
add excess aqueous

sodium hydroxide
solution
moist red litmus

paper turns blue
green
solution forms
warm the
mixture
A Fe2+ and SO42–

B Fe3+ and NO3–
C NH4+ and Fe2+
D NH4+ and NO3–

C low density high melting point
D low melting point can act as a catalyst

8
23 What happens when zinc foil is placed in an aqueous solution of copper(II) sulfate?
A Copper(II) ions are oxidised.

B There is no reaction.
C Zinc atoms are oxidised.
D Zinc sulfate is precipitated.

B It is a gas.
C It is displaced from aqueous potassium astatide, KAt, by chlorine.
25 In the apparatus shown, gas P is passed over solid Q.
heat
No reaction occurs if P and Q are
P Q
A hydrogen lead(II) oxide

B hydrogen magnesium oxide
C oxygen carbon
D oxygen sulfur
26 The diagram represents the manufacture of sulfuric acid by the Contact process.
R
sulfur sulfur sulfuric
sulfur
A concentrated sulfuric acid followed by water

B vanadium(V) oxide
C water followed by concentrated sulfuric acid
D water only
© UCLES 2011 5070/12/M/J/11

9
27 Aluminium is higher than copper in the reactivity series so the following displacement reaction
should be feasible.
2Al (s) + 3CuSO4(aq) → Al 2(SO4)3(aq) + 3Cu(s)
The reaction does not take place at room temperature.
A Aluminium has an inert coating all over it.

B The compound aluminium sulfate does not exist.
D The reaction needs to be warmed to take place.
28 Scrap iron is often recycled.
Which reason for recycling is not correct?
A It reduces the amount of pollution at the site of the ore extraction.

B It reduces the amount of waste taken to landfill sites.
C It reduces the need to collect the scrap iron.
D It saves natural resources.

A calcium
B copper
C lead
D silver

10
31 Which diagram represents the structure of an alloy?
A B C D
A carbon monoxide
B chlorofluorocarbons
C methane
D sulfur dioxide
33 Useful fractions are obtained by the fractional distillation of petroleum.
Which fraction is matched by its use?
fraction use
A bitumen fuel in cars

B lubricating oils for making waxes and polishes
C paraffin (kerosene) for making roads
D petrol (gasolene) aircraft fuel
34 Compounds X and Y are both alkanes. Compound X has a higher boiling point than compound Y.
What could be the formulae of compounds X and Y?
A C8H16 C9H18
B C8H18 C9H20
C C9H18 C8H16
D C9H20 C8H18
© UCLES 2011 5070/12/M/J/11

11
35 Compound X is a hydrocarbon. It reacts with steam to form an alcohol.
Which type of compound is X and what would be its effect on bromine water?
type of compound effect on bromine water
A alkane turns from brown to colourless

B alkane turns from colourless to brown
C alkene turns from brown to colourless
D alkene turns from colourless to brown
36 Which bond is present in both nylon and Terylene?
A C–O B C=O C N–C D N–H
A bromine
B hydrogen
C oxygen
D steam

12
38 Four hydrocarbon structures are shown.
H
H H H
H H C H H C C C H
H C C H H H
H C H
H C H H
H
H
1 2
H H H H H H
H C C H H C C C C H
H C C H H H H
H C H
H H
H
3 4
Which hydrocarbons are isomers of each other?
A 1, 2 and 3 B 1, 2 and 4 C 1 and 2 only D 3 and 4
39 When a compound X is reacted with sodium carbonate, carbon dioxide gas is evolved.
What could be the formula of compound X?
A C2H5CO2CH3 B C3H7CO2H C CH3CO2C2H5 D C4H9OH
A It contains three carbon atoms per molecule.

B It contains five hydrogen atoms per molecule.
C It is insoluble in water.
D It reacts with ethanol to form a sweet-smelling compound.
© UCLES 2011 5070/12/M/J/11

13
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2011 5070/12/M/J/11

14
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2011 5070/12/M/J/11

15
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2011 5070/12/M/J/11

DATA SHEET
© UCLES 2011
Group
1 4
H He
Hydrogen Helium
1 2
7 9 11 12 14 16 19 20
Li Be B C N O F Ne
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
23 24 27 28 31 32 35.5 40
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 64 65 70 73 75 79 80 84

19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
16
85 88 89 91 93 96 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
5070/12/M/J/11
Indium Iodine
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
133 137 139 178 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209
55 56 57 * 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
226 227
Fr Ra Ac
87 88 89
140 141 144 150 152 157 159 162 165 167 169 173 175
58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
w
w
w
.X
tr
me
eP
ap
er
s
.c
om
CHEMISTRY 5070/11
1 hour
Soft clean eraser
*2940770204*

IB12 06_5070_11/3RP
2
1 A student measured the rate of reaction between calcium carbonate and dilute hydrochloric acid.
A graph showing the volume of gas produced against time is shown.
volume
/ cm3
0
0 time / seconds
Which apparatus was used to measure the variables shown on the graph?
A balance and gas syringe

B burette and pipette
C gas syringe and stop watch
D pipette and stop watch
2 A mixture of two substances is spotted onto a piece of chromatography paper.
beaker
spot of mixture
liquid
For separation of the substances to occur the spot of mixture must
3 Which molecule contains a total of three covalent bonds?
A C2H4
B H2
C H2O
D N2
© UCLES 2012 5070/11/M/J/12

3
4 The addition of dilute acid to a solution containing the anion Q and the subsequent use of
limewater can be used to identify the anion Q.
What is Q?
A a carbonate
B a chloride
C an iodide
D a sulfate
5 Four substances have the following electrical properties.
substance property
W does not conduct under any conditions

X conducts only in aqueous solution
Y conducts in both the molten and solid states
Z conducts in both the molten and aqueous states
What are these four substances?
W X Y Z
A HCl S NaCl Pb
B Pb HCl NaCl S
C S HCl Pb NaCl
D S NaCl HCl Pb
6 The proton number of element X is 6. The proton number of element Y is 9.
What is the formula of a compound of these elements?
A X2Y3 B X3Y2 C XY3 D XY4
7 Which ion reacts with aqueous ammonia to give a precipitate that dissolves in an excess of
ammonia?
A Al 3+(aq) B Fe2+(aq) C Fe3+(aq) D Zn2+(aq)

4
8 Which statement about aqueous sodium chloride is correct?
A It contains sodium atoms.

B It contains two different types of molecules.
C It does not conduct electricity.
D It forms a white precipitate when added to aqueous silver nitrate.
9 15.0 cm3 of 1.0 mol / dm3 potassium hydroxide just neutralise 20.0 cm3 of a solution of nitric acid.
What is the concentration of the acid?
A 0.75 mol / dm3

B 1.0 mol / dm3
C 1.5 mol / dm3
D 7.5 mol / dm3
10 An atom, X, contains 16 protons.
Which statement about X is correct?
A It cannot form an ion.

B It contains 6 electrons in the outer shell.
C It contains 6 neutrons.
D It has relative atomic mass of 16.
11 The equation for the burning of hydrogen in oxygen is shown.
2H2(g) + O2(g) → 2H2O(g)
What does this equation indicate?
A 2 atoms of hydrogen combine with 2 atoms of oxygen.

B 2 g of hydrogen combine with 1 g of oxygen.
C 2 moles of steam can be obtained from 0.5 mole of oxygen.
D 2 moles of steam can be obtained from 1 mole of oxygen.
© UCLES 2012 5070/11/M/J/12

5
12 The diagram shows an apparatus used to compare rates of diffusion.
At which labelled position did a white deposit of ammonium chloride form?
A B C D
source of source of
ammonia hydrogen
gas chloride gas

14 In terms of electrons, what happens when potassium combines with iodine to form a compound?
A The atoms of both elements each lose one electron.

B The atoms of both elements each gain one electron.
C The potassium atoms each lose one electron and the iodine atoms each gain one electron.
D The potassium atoms each gain one electron and the iodine atoms each lose one electron.
15 Aqueous copper(II) sulfate is electrolysed using copper electrodes.
Which equation represents the reaction taking place at the anode (positive electrode) in this
electrolysis?
A Cu(s) → Cu2+(aq) + 2e–
B SO42–(aq) → SO2(g) + O2(g) + 2e–
C Cu2+(aq) + 2e– → Cu(s)
D 4OH–(aq) → 2H2O(l) + O2(g) + 4e–

6
16 The combustion of methane is exothermic. The equation is given below.
CH4 + 2O2 → CO2 + 2H2O
What can be deduced from the fact that the reaction is exothermic?
A Fewer bonds are broken than are made.

B Less energy is involved in breaking bonds than is involved in making bonds.
C More bonds are broken than are made.
D More energy is involved in breaking bonds than is involved in making bonds.
17 How does a catalyst increase the speed of a reaction?
A by increasing the collision frequency of particles

B by increasing the speed of the particles
C by increasing the temperature of the reaction
D by lowering the activation energy
18 Copper(II) carbonate powder was heated. The loss in mass was plotted against time as shown
on the graph.
0.4
0.3
loss in mass / g
0.2
0.1
0
0 2 4 6 8 10
time / min
During which time interval is the reaction fastest?
A 0 to 2 min B 2 to 4 min C 6 to 8 min D 8 to 10 min
© UCLES 2012 5070/11/M/J/12

7
19 In which equation is the underlined element reduced?
A CuSO4(aq) + Mg(s) → Cu(s) + MgSO4(aq)
B 2FeCl 2(s) + Cl 2(g) → 2FeCl 3(s)
C 2SO2(g) + O2(g) → 2SO3(g)
20 A sample of air was bubbled into water. The pH of the water slowly changed from 7 to 6.
Which gas in the sample caused this change?
A carbon dioxide
B carbon monoxide
C nitrogen
D oxygen
21 Which compound is insoluble in water?
A lead sulfate
B silver nitrate
C sodium carbonate
D zinc chloride
22 The following statements about dilute sulfuric acid are all correct.
2 A white precipitate is formed when aqueous barium nitrate is added.
4 The solution turns anhydrous copper(II) sulfate from white to blue.

8
23 Pieces of material are placed in turn between P and Q in the incomplete electrical circuit shown.
Q
bulb
Which material would not cause the bulb to light?
A aluminium
B diamond
C magnesium
D zinc
24 Which of the following pairs of compounds react together to produce ammonia?
1. ammonium nitrate and calcium carbonate
2. ammonium nitrate and calcium oxide
3. ammonium sulfate and calcium hydroxide
4. ammonium sulfate and calcium nitrate
A 1 and 2 only
B 1 and 4 only
C 2 and 3 only
D 3 and 4 only
25 Which reaction occurring in the blast furnace is an acid base reaction?
A C + CO2 → 2CO
B C + O2 → CO2
C CaO + SiO2 → CaSiO3
D Fe2O3 + 3CO → 2Fe + 3CO2
© UCLES 2012 5070/11/M/J/12

9
26 An atom of which element gains three electrons when it forms an ion?
A aluminium
B iron
C nitrogen
D silicon
27 A metal X forms oxides with the formulae XO and X2O3.
Where is X in the Periodic Table?
A in Group II
B in Group III
C the second Period
D in the transition elements
28 Which pair of metals are not oxidised when added to water?
1. calcium 2. copper 3. potassium 4. silver
A 1 and 2
B 1 and 3
C 2 and 4
D 3 and 4
29 Part of the Periodic Table is shown.
The letters are not the symbols of the elements.
V W
X Y Z
Which statement about the elements is correct?
A V is more reactive than X.

B W is more reactive than Z.
C Y is in the same Group as X.
D Z has a lower melting point than W.

10
30 Three different beakers are set up as shown.
1 2 3
rod of rod of rod of
metal Z metal W metal X
aqueous aqueous aqueous

metal W metal X metal Y
salt salt salt
In beaker 1 metal W is displaced from solution.

In beaker 2 metal X is displaced from solution.
In beaker 3 metal Y is displaced from solution.
What is the order of decreasing reactivity of the four metals?
most least
reactive reactive
A W X Y Z
B X Y W Z
C Z W X Y
D Z X W Y
31 Which gases are formed during the production of aluminium by electrolysis of molten aluminium
oxide?
A carbon dioxide, carbon monoxide, oxygen

B carbon dioxide, carbon monoxide, sulfur dioxide
C carbon dioxide, oxygen, sulfur dioxide
D carbon monoxide, oxygen, sulfur dioxide
32 Which pair of gases could be removed from the atmosphere using calcium carbonate?
A CO2 and O3
B CO and SO2
C CH4 and NO2
D NO2 and SO2
© UCLES 2012 5070/11/M/J/12

11
33 In which parts of a motor car do the reactions, shown in the equations, take place?
N2 + O2 → 2NO 2CO + 2NO → 2CO2 + N2
A engine engine
B engine exhaust
C exhaust engine
D exhaust exhaust
34 The diagrams show four monomers.
H 2N NH2 HOOC NH2 HO NH2 HO OH
How many of these monomers would react with the molecule below to form a polymer?
HOOC COOH
A 1 B 2 C 3 D 4
35 For which molecules are the empirical and molecular formulae the same?
1. methanoic acid, HCO2H
2. ethanoic acid, CH3CO2H
3. propanoic acid, C2H5CO2H
4. butanoic acid, C3H7CO2H
A 1, 2 and 3 only
B 1 and 3 only
C 2 and 3 only
D 2, 3 and 4 only
36 A compound Y is thought to be an organic acid.
Which reaction shows that Y is an organic acid?
A It reacts with an alcohol to form an ester.

B It reacts with magnesium to form hydrogen.
C It reacts with sodium carbonate to form carbon dioxide.
D It turns litmus red.

12
37 A 10 cm3 sample of a gaseous hydrocarbon is completely burnt in oxygen. The total volume of the
products is 70 cm3. All gas volumes are measured at room temperature and pressure.
Which equation represents the combustion of the hydrocarbon?
A CH4(g) + 2O2(g) → CO2(g) + 2H2O(g)
B C2H4(g) + 3O2(g) → 2CO2(g) + 2H2O(g)
C C3H8(g) + 5O2(g) → 3CO2(g) + 4H2O(g)
D 2C2H6(g) + 7O2(g) → 4CO2(g) + 6H2O(g)
38 The boiling points of the alcohols increase as their relative molecular mass increases.
Which alcohol has the highest boiling point?
A butanol
B ethanol
C methanol
D propanol
39 Which of the following is a type of naturally occurring polymer?
A paraffin
B polyethene
C protein
D sugar
© UCLES 2012 5070/11/M/J/12

13
40 Compound Q reacts with bromine to form the compound shown.
H H H H
H C C C C H
Br Br H H
Which is compound Q?
A B
H Br H H H H H H
C C C C H C C C C H
H H H Br H H
C D
H H H H H H H H
H C C C C H C C C C H
H H H H H
© UCLES 2012 5070/11/M/J/12

14
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2012 5070/11/M/J/12

15
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2012 5070/11/M/J/12

DATA SHEET
© UCLES 2012
Group
1 4
H He
Hydrogen Helium
1 2
7 9 11 12 14 16 19 20
Li Be B C N O F Ne
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
23 24 27 28 31 32 35.5 40
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 64 65 70 73 75 79 80 84

19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
16
85 88 89 91 93 96 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
5070/11/M/J/12
Indium Iodine
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
133 137 139 178 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209
55 56 57 * 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
226 227
Fr Ra Ac
87 88 89
140 141 144 150 152 157 159 162 165 167 169 173 175
58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
w
w
w
.X
tr
me
eP
ap
er
s
.c
om
CHEMISTRY 5070/12
1 hour
Soft clean eraser
*6460593022*

IB12 06_5070_12/5RP
2
1 The diagram shows some of the changes of state.
solid
1 5
4
3
liquid gas
2
A Although the change is not shown on the diagram, a gas can change directly to a solid.
B The changes 1 and 3 involve particles moving closer together.
C The changes 2 and 4 involve particles moving further apart.
D The changes 3, 4 and 5 all involve the release of energy.
2 Which gas is not obtained industrially by fractional distillation?
A ammonia
B argon
C nitrogen
D oxygen
3 When dilute hydrochloric acid is added to a white powder a gas is produced.
The solution remaining is tested separately with small volumes of both aqueous ammonia and
aqueous sodium hydroxide.
A white precipitate is produced in both tests.
What is the white powder?
A aluminium oxide
B calcium oxide
C copper(II) carbonate
D zinc carbonate
© UCLES 2012 5070/12/M/J/12

3
4 A mixture of two substances is spotted onto a piece of chromatography paper.
beaker
spot of mixture
liquid
For separation of the substances to occur the spot of mixture must
5 Which reagent could be used to distinguish between dilute nitric acid and dilute hydrochloric
acid?
A aqueous barium chloride

B aqueous silver nitrate
C aqueous sodium hydroxide
D copper(II) carbonate
6 What is the structure of sand?
A a macromolecule
B an ionic lattice
C a polymer
D a simple molecule
7 Pentane, C5H12, has a higher boiling point than propane, C3H8. Which statement explains the
difference in boiling point?
A Carbon-carbon single bonds are stronger than carbon-hydrogen bonds.

B Pentane has more covalent bonds to break.
C Pentane does not burn as easily as propane.
D The forces of attraction between pentane molecules are stronger than those between
propane molecules

4
8 In which set of apparatus will the bulb be least bright?
A B
bulb bulb
inert
electrodes
graphite rod
solid lead(II)
bromide
C D
bulb bulb
inert inert
electrodes electrodes
molten liquid
sodium mercury
substance property

W X Y Z
A HCl S NaCl Pb
B Pb HCl NaCl S
C S HCl Pb NaCl
D S NaCl HCl Pb
© UCLES 2012 5070/12/M/J/12

5
10 The energy profile diagram shows the pathways for a reaction with and without a catalyst.
Which energy change is the activation energy for the catalysed reaction?
C
B
reactants D
Energy
products
Reaction pathway


6
12 When the rubber bulb of the dropper in the diagram is squeezed, the aqueous silver nitrate drops
into the aqueous sodium chloride and a white precipitate of silver chloride is formed.
rubber bulb
dropper
silver nitrate(aq)
sodium chloride(aq)
What happens to the total mass of the bottle and contents?
A It increases due to the formation of the heavy precipitate.

B It remains the same because only a physical change has taken place.
C It decreases because heat is evolved.
D It remains the same because none of the products escapes from the bottle.
13 What has the same mass as 0.25 mol of copper atoms?
A 0.5 mol of oxygen molecules

B 1 mol of sulfur dioxide molecules
C 1.5 mol of water molecules
D 2 mol of oxygen atoms
14 Which change always takes place when an aqueous solution of copper(II) sulfate is
electrolysed?
A Copper is deposited at the negative electrode.

B Oxygen is evolved at the positive electrode.
C Sulfate ions move towards the negative electrode.
D The colour of the solution fades.
© UCLES 2012 5070/12/M/J/12

7
15 Which substance will conduct electricity without being chemically changed?
A sodium chloride solution

B solid iron
C solid sodium chloride
D solid sulfur
16 A sample of air was bubbled into water. The pH of the water slowly changed from 7 to 6.
Which gas in the sample caused this change?
A carbon dioxide
B carbon monoxide
C nitrogen
D oxygen
17 The oxide Q dissolves in water to form a colourless solution. This solution reacts with sodium
carbonate to produce carbon dioxide.
What is Q?
A copper(II) oxide
B sodium oxide
C sulfur dioxide
D zinc oxide
18 The following statements about dilute sulfuric acid are all correct.
2 A white precipitate is formed when aqueous barium nitrate is added.
4 The solution turns anhydrous copper(II) sulfate from white to blue.
19 Which ion reacts with aqueous ammonia to give a precipitate that dissolves in an excess of
ammonia?
A Al 3+(aq) B Fe2+(aq) C Fe3+(aq) D Zn2+(aq)

8
20 Which element is most likely to be used as an industrial catalyst?
A Li B Cs C Rh D Po
21 Which compound when reacted with sulfuric acid produces a product which is used as a
fertiliser?
A ammonia
B calcium carbonate
C calcium hydroxide
D sodium hydroxide
22 In which reaction is the underlined substance behaving as an oxidising agent?
A BaCl 2 + Na2SO4 → BaSO4 + 2NaCl
B 3CuO + 2NH3 → 3Cu + N2 + 3H2O
C 2FeCl 2 + Cl 2 → 2FeCl 3
D O2 + 2SO2 → 2SO3
23 Which statements are true about all the noble gases?
1 The number of protons in their atoms equals the number of neutrons.

2 The number of protons in their atoms does not equal the number of electrons.
3 They all have eight electrons in their outer shell.
4 They do not react to form ionic compounds.
A 1, 2 and 3
B 1 and 3 only
C 3 only
D 4 only
24 How many electrons and protons are in an ion of an element in Group 2 of the Periodic Table?
Number of electrons Number of protons

A 6 4
B 10 12
C 22 20
D 139 137
© UCLES 2012 5070/12/M/J/12

9
25 A metal X forms oxides with the formulae XO and X2O3.
Where is X in the Periodic Table?
A in Group II
B in Group III
C the second Period
D in the transition elements
26 What is a characteristic of a weak acid?
A It does not react with sodium carbonate.

B It forms an aqueous solution with a pH of 8.
C It is only partially ionised when added to water.
D It turns litmus solution blue.
27 The reaction scheme represents the process for obtaining pure silicon.
I II III IV
SiO2 Si SiCl 4 SiCl 4 Si
heat with
heat with (impure) react with (impure)
distil (pure) (pure)
carbon chlorine hydrogen
In which of the stages is the silicon reduced?
A I only B I and II C I and IV D II and III
28 Which metal can be obtained from its oxide using hydrogen?
A calcium
B copper
C magnesium
D zinc
29 Which substance undergoes decomposition because of the high temperature in the blast
furnace?
A coke
B calcium carbonate
C calcium silicate
D slag

10
30 Which reaction occurring in the blast furnace is an acid base reaction?
A C + CO2 → 2CO
B C + O2 → CO2
C CaO + SiO2 → CaSiO3
D Fe2O3 + 3CO → 2Fe + 3CO2
1 2 3

salt salt salt

most least
reactive reactive
A W X Y Z
B X Y W Z
C Z W X Y
D Z X W Y
32 Aluminium is manufactured by the electrolysis of aluminium oxide.
Which substances are formed at the electrodes?
positive electrode negative electrode
A aluminium carbon dioxide

B aluminium oxygen
C carbon dioxide aluminium
D oxygen carbon dioxide
© UCLES 2012 5070/12/M/J/12

11
33 The processes photosynthesis, respiration and fermentation all change the amount of carbon
dioxide in the atmosphere.
Which processes increase the amount of carbon dioxide in the atmosphere?
A photosynthesis and fermentation

B photosynthesis only
C respiration and fermentation
D respiration only
34 Which process would destroy the bacteria in water?
A chlorination
B desalination
C filtration
D treatment with carbon
35 Which compound has more than two carbon atoms per molecule?
A ethanoic acid
B ethanol
C ethene
D ethyl ethanoate
36 The equations show some reactions of organic compounds.
Which is an addition reaction?
A CH4 + Br2 → CH3Br + HBr
B C2H5OH + O2 → CH3CO2H + H2O
C C2H5OH + CH3CO2H → CH3CO2C2H5 + H2O
D C4H4 + 2Br2 → C4H4Br4
37 Which statement about methanol is correct?
A It can be oxidised to form methanoic acid.

B It is a constituent of alcoholic drinks.
C It is formed by fermentation. H
D Its fully displayed structural formula is H C OH

12
products is 70 cm3. All gas volumes are measured at room temperature and pressure.
A CH4(g) + 2O2(g) → CO2(g) + 2H2O(g)
B C2H4(g) + 3O2(g) → 2CO2(g) + 2H2O(g)
C C3H8(g) + 5O2(g) → 3CO2(g) + 4H2O(g)
D 2C2H6(g) + 7O2(g) → 4CO2(g) + 6H2O(g)
39 One mole of magnesium is dissolved in excess aqueous ethanoic acid, CH3COOH.
How many moles of hydrogen, H2, will be produced?
A 0.5 B 1 C 2 D 4
40 The section of a polymer chain is shown.
H H H H H H
C C C C C C
C 2H 5 H C 2H 5 H C 2H 5 H
n
Which molecule would produce this polymer and by which type of polymerisation?
molecule type of polymerisation
A CH3–CH=CH–CH3 condensation
B CH3–CH2–CH=CH2 addition
C CH3–CH2–CH2–CH=CH2 condensation
D CH3–CH=CH–CH3 addition
© UCLES 2012 5070/12/M/J/12

13
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2012 5070/12/M/J/12

14
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2012 5070/12/M/J/12

15
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2012 5070/12/M/J/12

© UCLES 2012
DATA SHEET
Group
1 4
H He
Hydrogen Helium
1 2
7 9 11 12 14 16 19 20
Li Be B C N O F Ne
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
23 24 27 28 31 32 35.5 40
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 64 65 70 73 75 79 80 84

19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
16
85 88 89 91 93 96 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
5070/12/M/J/12
Indium Iodine
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
133 137 139 178 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209
55 56 57 * 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
226 227
Fr Ra Ac
87 88 89
140 141 144 150 152 157 159 162 165 167 169 173 175
58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
w
w
w
.X
tr
me
eP
ap
er
s
.c
om
CHEMISTRY 5070/11
1 hour
Soft clean eraser
*4644508399*

DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.
Electronic calculators may be used.
IB13 06_5070_11/4RP
2
1 In which method of separation are Rf values used?
A chromatography
B crystallisation
C filtration
D fractional distillation
2 The diagrams show the arrangement of particles in three solids: krypton, potassium and sodium
chloride.
– + e–
e–
+ – e– e–
+ – e–
e–
– +
In which order are the solids shown?
A krypton; potassium; sodium chloride

B krypton; sodium chloride; potassium
C sodium chloride; krypton; potassium
D sodium chloride; potassium; krypton
3 In which pair do neither of the gases change the colour of damp blue litmus paper?
A ammonia and hydrogen

B ammonia and hydrogen chloride
C carbon dioxide and chlorine
D carbon dioxide and sulfur dioxide
4 Naturally-occurring bromine has a relative atomic mass of 80 and consists entirely of two
isotopes of relative atomic masses 79 and 81.
What can be deduced about naturally-occurring bromine from this information only?
A Bromine contains the two isotopes in equal proportions.

B Bromine has different oxidation states.
C Bromine isotopes have different numbers of protons.
D Bromine is radioactive.
5 Which compound has molecules each of which contains only two covalent bonds?
A CH4 B H2O C MgCl 2 D Na2O
© UCLES 2013 5070/11/M/J/13

3
6 What can be deduced about two gases that have the same relative molecular mass?
A They have the same boiling point.

B They have the same number of atoms in one molecule.
C They have the same rate of diffusion at room temperature and pressure.
D They have the same solubility in water at room temperature.
7 An ionic bond is formed by

8 Both magnesium oxide, MgO, and aluminium oxide, Al 2O3, are solids at room temperature, 25 °C.
MgO has a melting point of 2852 °C and a boiling point of 3600 °C.
Al 2O3 has a melting point of 2072 °C and a boiling point of 2880 °C.
Over which temperature range will both pure compounds conduct electricity?
A 25 to 2852 °C
B 2072 to 2852 °C
C 2852 to 2880 °C
D 2880 to 3600 °C
9 Which substance conducts an electric current but remains chemically unchanged?
A aluminium
B aqueous sodium chloride
C molten lead(II) bromide

D pure ethanoic acid
10 Which statement most clearly indicates that diamond and graphite are forms of carbon?
A Both are crystalline solids.

B Complete combustion of equal masses of both solids produces equal masses of carbon
dioxide as the only product.
C Graphite conducts electricity whereas diamond is an insulator.
D Under suitable conditions graphite can be partially converted into diamond.

4
11 In an experiment, 1 cm3 of a gaseous hydrocarbon X required 4 cm3 of oxygen for complete

combustion to give 3 cm3 of carbon dioxide. All gas volumes are measured at r.t.p.
Which formula represents X?
12 What is the concentration of a solution containing 1.0 g of sodium hydroxide in 250 cm3 of
solution?
A 0.025 mol / dm3

B 0.10 mol / dm3
C 0.25 mol / dm3
D 1.0 mol / dm3
13 The diagrams show an electrolysis experiment using inert electrodes.
liquid Y
– + – +
before electrolysis after electrolysis
Which could be liquid Y?
A aqueous copper(II) sulfate

B concentrated aqueous sodium chloride
C dilute sulfuric acid
D ethanol
© UCLES 2013 5070/11/M/J/13

5
14 Which substance, when added to water, does not make a solution that is a good conductor of
electricity?
A barium nitrate
B calcium chloride
C lead(II) nitrate
D zinc carbonate
15 A simple cell is shown below.
voltmeter
zinc electrode copper electrode
electrolyte
Which statement about the process occurring when the cell is in operation is correct?
A Cu2+ ions are formed in solution.

B Electrons travel through the solution.
C The reaction Zn → Zn2+ + 2e– occurs.

D Zinc increases in mass.
16 The usual conditions for the Haber process are 250 atm pressure, 450 °C and an iron catalyst.
Which change in conditions would give the reactants more energy?
A addition of more catalyst

B a decrease in pressure
C an increase in concentration of the reactants
D an increase in temperature

6
17 Chlorine can be manufactured by the following reaction.
4HCl (g) + O2(g) 2H2O(g) + 2Cl 2(g) ∆H is negative
A mixture in dynamic equilibrium is formed.
A adding a catalyst
B adding more HCl (g)
18 Equations for reactions of iron and iron compounds are shown.
Fe + 2HCl → FeCl 2 + H2
FeSO4 + Mg → Fe + MgSO4
FeSO4 + 2NaOH → Fe(OH)2 + Na2SO4
How many of these are redox reactions?
A 1 B 2 C 3 D 4
19 Which is a use of sulfuric acid?
A as a bleach
B in the manufacture of ammonia
C in the manufacture of fertilisers
D in the manufacture of sulfur trioxide
© UCLES 2013 5070/11/M/J/13

7
20 The table shows the solubility of some compounds of metal Q in cold water.
salt solubility in cold water
carbonate insoluble
chloride soluble
sulfate insoluble
What is metal Q?
A barium
B lead
C magnesium
D sodium
21 A metal M forms a chloride which dissolves in cold water and has an oxide which dissolves in
both strong acids and strong alkalis.
What is M?
A iron
B lead
C sodium
D zinc
22 Which element has a variable oxidation state, can act as a catalyst and forms coloured
compounds?
A carbon
B iron
C lead
D nitrogen
23 An atom of which element has the same electronic configuration as the strontium ion?
A calcium
B krypton
C rubidium
D selenium

8
24 The boiling points of gaseous elements increase as the size of their atoms increases.
Which of these noble gases has the highest boiling point?
A argon
B helium
C krypton
D neon
25 The sentence describes two metals and their oxides.
Metal X could be copper because its oxide is ……1…… and metal Y could be ……2……
because its oxide is amphoteric.
Which words correctly complete gaps 1 and 2?
1 2
A acidic aluminium
B basic aluminium
C acidic magnesium
D basic magnesium
26 Which gas could be used to convert copper(II) oxide to copper?
A carbon dioxide
B hydrogen
C nitrogen
D oxygen
27 Aluminium and copper are often used to make coins but iron is not.
Which statement explains this?
A Iron is above both aluminium and copper in the reactivity series.

B Iron is more expensive to manufacture than aluminium or copper.
C Iron is rarer than both aluminium and copper.
D Iron reacts with water.
© UCLES 2013 5070/11/M/J/13

9
28 In the electrolysis of molten aluminium oxide for the extraction of aluminium, the following three
reactions take place.
1 Al 3+ + 3e– → Al
2 2O2– → O2 + 4e–
3 C + O2 → CO2
Which reactions take place at the positive electrode?
A 1 only B 2 only C 1 and 3 only D 2 and 3 only
29 Which two substances are removed from the bottom of the blast furnace?
1 coke
2 iron
3 limestone
4 slag
30 An alloy of copper and zinc is added to an excess of dilute hydrochloric acid. The resulting
mixture is then filtered.
filtrate residue
A colourless solution none

B colourless solution red-brown
C blue solution grey
D blue solution none
31 Which aqueous reagent liberates ammonia from ammonium nitrate on warming?
A calcium nitrate
B potassium hydroxide
C sodium chloride
D sulfuric acid

10
32 An aqueous solution of a compound X reacts with
• aqueous zinc chloride to form a white precipitate which dissolves when X is in excess,
• aluminium sulfate solution to form a white precipitate which is insoluble when X is in excess.
What is the identity of X?
A ammonia
B barium chloride
C silver nitrate
D sodium hydroxide
33 CFC compounds were commonly used as aerosol propellants. The structure of one CFC
compound is shown.
F Cl
F C C H
F H
Which element in this compound causes a depletion of ozone in the atmosphere?
A carbon
B chlorine
C fluorine
D hydrogen
34 Which gas is most likely to react with limestone?
A ammonia
B carbon monoxide
C methane
D sulfur dioxide
© UCLES 2013 5070/11/M/J/13

11
35 The diagram shows the structure of an ester.
CH3CH2CH2 C
O CH2CH2CH3
What are the starting materials for making this compound?
A butanol and butanoic acid

B butanol and propanoic acid
C propanol and butanoic acid
D propanol and propanoic acid
36 Which information is correct regarding the formation of ethanol by the process of fermentation?
substances gas evolved

fermented during fermentation
A carbohydrates carbon dioxide

B carbohydrates carbon monoxide
C hydrocarbons carbon dioxide
D hydrocarbons carbon monoxide
37 Nylon, poly(ethene) and Terylene are macromolecules.
In which of these macromolecules is the C=O group present in the linkage?
A nylon and Terylene only

B nylon only
C poly(ethene) and Terylene only
D Terylene only

12
38 Which partial structure is correct for the product of polymerisation of butene, CH2=CHCH2CH3?
A B
CH2 CH3 H CH3 H H
C C C C C
H H n
H H H n
C D
H H H H CH3 H
C C C C C C
H H H H n
CH3 H n
39 Glucose is a simple sugar. Glycine is an amino acid.
In the diagram, which two arrows correctly show the hydrolysis products of a carbohydrate and of
a protein?
1
a carbohydrate glucose
3
a protein glycine
4
40 When crude oil is distilled several products are obtained.
What is the correct order of their boiling points?
highest lowest
boiling point boiling point
A diesel paraffin (kerosene) petrol (gasoline) lubricating oil

B lubricating oil diesel paraffin (kerosene) petrol (gasoline)
C paraffin (kerosene) petrol (gasoline) lubricating oil diesel
D petrol (gasoline) paraffin (kerosene) diesel lubricating oil
© UCLES 2013 5070/11/M/J/13

13
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2013 5070/11/M/J/13

14
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2013 5070/11/M/J/13

15
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2013 5070/11/M/J/13

© UCLES 2013
DATA SHEET
Group
1 4
H He
Hydrogen Helium
1 2
7 9 11 12 14 16 19 20
Li Be B C N O F Ne
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
23 24 27 28 31 32 35.5 40
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 64 65 70 73 75 79 80 84

19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
16
85 88 89 91 93 96 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
5070/11/M/J/13
Indium Iodine
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
133 137 139 178 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209
55 56 57 * 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
226 227
Fr Ra Ac
87 88 89
140 141 144 150 152 157 159 162 165 167 169 173 175
58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
w
w
w
.X
tr
me
eP
ap
er
s
.c
om
CHEMISTRY 5070/12
1 hour
Soft clean eraser
*6450598493*

IB13 06_5070_12/4RP
2
1 Which mixture could best be separated by using a separating funnel?
A oil and sand

B oil and water
C sodium chloride and sand
D sodium chloride and water
2 Which process involves boiling a liquid and condensing the vapour?
A crystallisation
B distillation
C evaporation
D filtration
3 Which compound, when mixed with aqueous barium nitrate, does not form a white precipitate?
B dilute sulfuric acid
C silver nitrate
D sodium carbonate
4 The structure of metals consists of positive ions in a ‘sea of electrons’.
Which statement correctly describes what happens to the particles in the metallic heating element
of an electric kettle when the kettle is switched on?
A Electrons move in both directions in the element.

B Electrons move in one direction only in the element.
C Electrons move in one direction and positive ions move in the opposite direction in the
element.
D Positive ions move in one direction only in the element.
5 Naturally-occurring bromine has a relative atomic mass of 80 and consists entirely of two
isotopes of relative atomic masses 79 and 81.
A Bromine contains the two isotopes in equal proportions.

B Bromine has different oxidation states.
C Bromine isotopes have different numbers of protons.
© UCLES 2013 5070/12/M/J/13

3
6 Silicon carbide, SiC, has a structure similar to diamond. Boron nitride, BN, has a structure similar
to graphite. Bronze is an alloy of copper and tin.
Which statements about SiC, BN and bronze are correct?
1 All are bonded covalently.

2 All except silicon carbide conduct electricity when solid.
3 All have high melting points.
A 1 and 2 only
B 1 and 3 only
C 2 and 3 only
D 1, 2 and 3
7 What can be deduced about two gases that have the same relative molecular mass?
A They have the same boiling point.

B They have the same number of atoms in one molecule.
C They have the same rate of diffusion at room temperature and pressure.
D They have the same solubility in water at room temperature.
8 Sodium is in Group I of the Periodic Table.
When sodium combines with chlorine, what happens to each sodium atom?
A It gains one electron from one chlorine atom.

B It shares one electron with one chlorine atom.
C It transfers one electron to one chlorine atom.
D It transfers two electrons to one chlorine atom.
9 Hydrogen and sulfur react to form the compound hydrogen sulfide.
Which row shows the type of bonding between hydrogen and sulfur and the electrical conductivity
of liquid hydrogen sulfide?
electrical conductivity
type of bonding
in the liquid state
A covalent good
B covalent non-conductor
C ionic good
D ionic non-conductor

4
10 Which statement about aqueous potassium sulfate is correct?
A It contains more sulfate ions than potassium ions.

B It contains two different types of molecule.
C It does not conduct electricity.
D It forms a white precipitate when added to aqueous barium nitrate.
11 One volume of a gaseous element X2 combines with an equal volume of gaseous hydrogen to
form two volumes of a gaseous hydride.
What is the formula for the hydride of X?
A H2X B HX C HX2 D H2X2
12 The relative atomic mass of chlorine is 35.5.
What is the mass of 2 moles of chlorine gas?
A 17.75 g B 35.5 g C 71 g D 142 g
13 How could a sample of potassium be obtained from potassium chloride, KCl ?
method 1 adding zinc to a solution of KCl

method 2 electrolysing an aqueous solution of KCl
method 3 electrolysing molten KCl
A method 1 only
B methods 1 and 2
C methods 2 and 3
D method 3 only
14 A concentrated aqueous solution of copper(II) chloride is electrolysed using inert electrodes.
What is the product at the positive electrode?
A chlorine
B copper
C hydrogen
D oxygen
© UCLES 2013 5070/12/M/J/13

5
liquid Y
– + – +
Which could be liquid Y?

D ethanol
16 The energy profile for the forward direction of a reversible reaction is shown.
activation energy
energy
∆H
Which row correctly shows both the sign of the activation energy and the type of the enthalpy
change for the reverse reaction?
sign of activation
enthalpy change
energy
A negative endothermic
B negative exothermic
C positive endothermic
D positive exothermic

6
17 Which ionic equation describes a redox reaction?
A Ag+(aq) + Cl –(aq) → AgCl (s)
B 2H+(aq) + CO32–(aq) → CO2(g) + H2O(l)
C H+(aq) + OH–(aq) → H2O(l)
D Zn(s) + Cu2+(aq) → Zn2+(aq) + Cu(s)
18 Four separate mixtures of a solution and a solid are made, as given in the table.
The mixtures are warmed.
In which mixtures does gas form?
NaOH(aq) and NaOH(aq) H2SO4(aq) and H2SO4(aq)

NH4Cl (s) and Mg(s) NH4Cl (s) and Mg(s)
A key
B = gas forms
C = no gas forms
D
19 Four oxides are added separately to aqueous sodium hydroxide.
1 aluminium oxide
2 carbon dioxide
3 copper(II) oxide
4 magnesium oxide
Which oxides react with aqueous sodium hydroxide?
A 1 and 2 only
B 1, 3 and 4 only
C 2 only
D 3 and 4 only
© UCLES 2013 5070/12/M/J/13

7
20 Chlorine can be manufactured by the following reaction.
4HCl (g) + O2(g) 2H2O(g) + 2Cl 2(g) ∆H is negative
A mixture in dynamic equilibrium is formed.
A adding a catalyst
B adding more HCl (g)
21 Which is a use of sulfuric acid?
A as a bleach
D in the manufacture of sulfur trioxide
22 Which statement about ammonia is correct?
A It is a colourless, odourless gas.

B It is a gas which turns damp blue litmus paper red.
C It is formed when potassium nitrate is heated with aqueous sodium hydroxide and aluminium.
D It is manufactured using vanadium(V) oxide as a catalyst.
23 Which property is common to calcium, potassium and sodium?
A Their atoms all have more neutrons than protons.

B Their ions all have eight electrons in their outer shell.
C They all sink when added to water.
D They are all deposited at the positive electrode when their molten chloride is electrolysed.

8
24 The table shows the solubility of some compounds of metal Q in cold water.
carbonate insoluble
chloride soluble
sulfate insoluble
What is metal Q?
A barium
B lead
C magnesium
D sodium
25 Which two statements indicate that metal M may have a proton number between 21 and 30?
1 It conducts electricity.
2 It does not react with water.
3 It forms two basic oxides with formulae MO and M2O3.
4 It forms two coloured sulfates.
26 An atom of which element has the same electronic configuration as the strontium ion?
A calcium
B krypton
C rubidium
D selenium
27 Which substance, in the given physical state, is found at the bottom of the blast furnace?
substance physical state
A calcium carbonate solid

B calcium silicate liquid
C carbon liquid
D iron solid
© UCLES 2013 5070/12/M/J/13

9
28 Gas Z is to be separated from a mixture of gases X, Y and Z by the apparatus shown in the
diagram.
copper(II) oxide
X, Y, Z
Z
heat
aqueous sodium water

hydroxide
For which mixture will this system work successfully?
X Y Z
A hydrogen carbon dioxide nitrogen

B oxygen hydrogen carbon monoxide
C nitrogen oxygen hydrogen
D carbon dioxide nitrogen oxygen
29 Magnesium can be obtained by heating magnesium oxide with which element?
A carbon
B hydrogen
C sodium
D zinc

10
30 Methanol is manufactured using the following reaction.
CO(g) + 2H2(g) CH3OH(g)
The usual conditions are 30 atmospheres and 300 °C.
At 400 °C the percentage of methanol in the equilibrium mixture is lower than at 300 °C.
What could be the explanation for this?
A All the molecules are gaseous.

B The forward reaction is exothermic.
C The reaction is slower at 400 °C.

D There are fewer product molecules than reactant molecules.
1 Al 3+ + 3e– → Al
2 2O2– → O2 + 4e–
3 C + O2 → CO2
A 1 only B 2 only C 1 and 3 only D 2 and 3 only
32 An alloy of copper and zinc is added to an excess of dilute hydrochloric acid. The resulting
mixture is then filtered.
filtrate residue
A colourless solution none

B colourless solution red-brown
C blue solution grey
D blue solution none
© UCLES 2013 5070/12/M/J/13

11
33 The compounds CO(NH2)2 and NH4NO3 are used as fertilisers.
The proportion of nitrogen by mass in CO(NH2)2 is ……1…… that in NH4NO3.
The proportion of nitrogen by mole in CO(NH2)2 is ……2…… that in NH4NO3.
1 2
A equal to equal to
B higher than equal to
C higher than higher than
D lower than lower than
34 Which method will remove salt from seawater?
A chlorination
B distillation
C filtration
D use of carbon
35 Which organic compound requires the least oxygen for the complete combustion of one mole of
the compound?
A C3H7OH B C3H7COOH C C3H8 D C4H8
36 Which polymer contains only three elements?
A protein
B poly(ethene)
C poly(propene)
D starch

12
37 What are the reactions of compounds W, X, Y and Z?
W X Y Z
H H H H H H H H
C C H C C H H C C H C C
COOH COOH OH COOH COOH COOH OH OH
reacts with
decolourises has a pH
a carboxylic acid
aqueous bromine of less than 7
to form an ester
A X and Y W, X and Y W, X , Y and Z

B X and Y X and Z X and Z
C W and Z W, X and Y X and Z
D W and Z X and Z W, X and Y
38 The diagram shows the partial structure of Terylene.
O O O
C O O C C O
From which pair of compounds is it made?
O O
A HO C C OH + HO OH
O O
B HO C OH + HO C OH
O O
C HO OH + HO C C OH
O O O O
D HO C C OH + HO C C OH
39 Which straight chain hydrocarbon can form a polymer by addition polymerisation?
A C6H14 B C7H14 C C8H18 D C9H20
© UCLES 2013 5070/12/M/J/13

13
40 Which information is correct regarding the formation of ethanol by the process of fermentation?
substances gas evolved

fermented during fermentation

© UCLES 2013 5070/12/M/J/13

14
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2013 5070/12/M/J/13

15
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2013 5070/12/M/J/13

© UCLES 2013
DATA SHEET
Group
1 4
H He
Hydrogen Helium
1 2
7 9 11 12 14 16 19 20
Li Be B C N O F Ne
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
23 24 27 28 31 32 35.5 40
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 64 65 70 73 75 79 80 84

19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
16
85 88 89 91 93 96 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
5070/12/M/J/13
Indium Iodine
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
133 137 139 178 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209
55 56 57 * 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
226 227
Fr Ra Ac
87 88 89
140 141 144 150 152 157 159 162 165 167 169 173 175
58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
w
w
w
.X
tr
me
eP
ap
Cambridge International Examinations
er
s
Cambridge Ordinary Level
.c
om
CHEMISTRY 5070/11
1 hour
Soft clean eraser
*2550216845*

Do not use staples, paper clips, glue or correction fluid.
IB14 06_5070_11/3RP
2
1 Which statement is not correct?
A Air is a mixture.
B Ammonia is a compound.
C Methane is a compound.
D Sea water is a compound.
12
2 A radioactive isotope of carbon has more nucleons than the non-radioactive isotope, 6C.
How many protons, neutrons and electrons could there be in this radioactive isotope of carbon?
A 6 6 6
B 6 8 6
C 8 6 8
D 8 8 8
3 Ethylamine gas, C2H5NH2, and hydrogen chloride gas, HCl, react together to form a white solid,
ethylamine hydrochloride.
At which position in the tube would a ring of solid white ethylamine hydrochloride form?
A B C D
cotton wool soaked cotton wool soaked

in ethylamine solution in hydrochloric acid
© UCLES 2014 5070/11/M/J/14

3
4 The scheme shows a sequence of reactions starting from compound Y.
compound Y
excess
HNO3(aq)
gas colourless
+
solution
NaOH(aq)
white precipitate
insoluble in excess
NaOH(aq)
What could the compound Y be?
A aluminium sulfate
B calcium carbonate
D zinc carbonate
5 Which electronic configurations represent three metallic elements in the same period of the
Periodic Table?
element 1 element 2 element 3
A 2, 8, 7 2, 8, 8 2, 8, 1
B 2, 1 2, 8, 1 2, 8, 8, 1
C 2, 2 2, 3 2, 4
D 2, 8, 1 2, 8, 2 2, 8, 3

4
7 Graphite is often used as the electrodes in the electrolysis of solutions.
battery
graphite graphite
electrode electrode
electrolyte
Which particles are involved in the conduction of electricity by graphite?
A electrons only
B negative ions only
C positive ions and electrons
D positive ions and negative ions
8 Element X has a lattice of positive ions and a ‘sea of electrons’.
e– e– e–
e– e–
–
e – e e–
e– e–
–
e – e
e – e–
e–
Which property will X have?
A It conducts electricity by the movement of ions and electrons.

B It has a high melting point.
C It is decomposed by an electric current.
D It is not malleable.
9 An element, E, forms a hydride, E H4, which contains 90.0% by mass of E.
If the relative atomic mass of hydrogen is 1, what is the relative atomic mass of E?
A 9 B 36 C 86 D 90
10 A piece of chalk has a mass of 23.0 g. Chalk is impure calcium carbonate. When analysed, the
chalk is found to contain 0.226 moles of pure calcium carbonate.
[Mr : CaCO3 , 100]
What is the percentage purity of the piece of chalk?
A 0.983% B 1.02% C 77.0% D 98.3%
© UCLES 2014 5070/11/M/J/14

5
11 Aqueous potassium iodide, KI(aq), can be used as a test reagent in redox reactions.
Iodide ions are readily ……X…… . A positive result for the test is when the solution changes
colour from ……Y…… to ……Z…… .
Which words correctly complete gaps X, Y and Z?
X Y Z
A oxidised brown colourless

B oxidised colourless brown
C reduced brown colourless
D reduced colourless brown
12 Which element is most likely to be used as an industrial catalyst?
A Na B Ni C Pb D Sr
13 Which solution containing one mole per dm3 of the compound would have the lowest pH?
A ethanoic acid
B hydrochloric acid
C sodium chloride
D sodium hydrogencarbonate
14 Which statement about oxides is correct?
A A basic oxide is an oxide of a non-metal.

B Acidic oxides contain ionic bonds.
C An amphoteric oxide contains a metal.
D Basic oxides are always gases.

6
15 Bitumen, diesel, naphtha and paraffin (kerosene) are all fractions obtained by the fractional
distillation of petroleum.
Which row gives a correct use for the named fraction?
fraction use
A bitumen a source of polish

B diesel a fuel for aircraft engines
C naphtha a fuel for heating
D paraffin a fuel for cooking
16 In which circuit does the bulb light?
A B
key
= bulb
Cu Cu Ag Zn
CuSO4(aq) NaCl (s)
C D
Cu Zn Ag Cu
C2H5OH(l) H2SO4(aq)
17 An element is in Period 3 and Group VII of the Periodic Table.
Which statement about this element is correct?
A The element will form 1+ ions.

B The element will have 3 electrons in its outer shell.
C The element will have 7 electrons in its outer shell.
D The element will have 7 shells of electrons in its atom.
© UCLES 2014 5070/11/M/J/14

7
18 The table contains information about the physical properties of the elements chlorine, copper and
iron.

element
/ °C / °C
chlorine –101 W
copper X 2582
iron 1539 Y
In the table above, what are the correct values of W, X and Y?
W X Y
A –34 1083 445

B –34 1083 2887
C –34 2887 445
D 445 2887 1083
19 Petroleum is separated into fractions by fractional distillation.
Which fraction distils off at the highest temperature?
A diesel
B paraffin (kerosene)
C lubricating oils
D petrol (gasoline)
20 Ammonia is made by a reversible reaction between nitrogen and hydrogen.
N2(g) + 3H2(g) 2NH3(g) ∆H = –92 kJ / mol
What is the effect of increasing the pressure in this process?
A Less heat is produced.

B More ammonia is formed.
C More nitrogen is present at equilibrium.
D The reaction slows down.

8
21 Aqueous copper(II) sulfate is electrolysed using copper electrodes. The current is constant and
the anode (positive electrode) is weighed at regular intervals.
Which graph is obtained when the mass of the anode is plotted against time?
A B C D
mass mass mass mass

of of of of
anode anode anode anode
0 0 0 0
22 In the extraction of aluminium by electrolysis, its oxide is dissolved in molten cryolite. Cryolite is a
sodium salt.
Aluminium is deposited at the ……1…… and it can be deduced that aluminium is ……2……
sodium in the reactivity series.
1 2
A +ve electrode above

B +ve electrode below
C –ve electrode above
D –ve electrode below
23 Which substance is not a raw material used in the manufacture of sulfuric acid?
A air
B sulfur
C sulfur dioxide
D water
24 A student mixed together aqueous solutions of Y and Z. A white precipitate formed.
Which could not be Y and Z?
Y Z
A hydrochloric acid silver nitrate

B hydrochloric acid sodium nitrate
C sodium chloride lead(II) nitrate
D sodium chloride silver nitrate
© UCLES 2014 5070/11/M/J/14

9
25 Which property would all the hydrogen compounds of the Group VII elements possess?
A be covalent
B be solids at room temperature
C form alkaline aqueous solutions
D conduct electricity when molten
26 Which particle is found in iodine vapour?
A I B I– C I+ D I2
27 What suggests that metal M is not in Group I of the Periodic Table?
A M has a bright, silvery appearance and is a good conductor of electricity.

B M is hard and difficult to cut.
C M produces an alkaline solution when it reacts with water.
D M produces hydrogen gas when it reacts with water.
28 The diagram shows an outline of part of the Periodic Table.
W X Y Z
1 Elements W, X and Y form coloured compounds.

2 Elements X, Y and Z have high melting points.
3 Elements X and Y act as catalysts.
A 1 only B 2 only C 3 only D 1 and 3 only

10
29 Which of these processes can be used to purify water containing insoluble impurities?
1 chlorination
2 desalination
3 distillation
4 filtration
A 1 and 2 B 2 and 3 C 3 and 4 D 4 only
30 Which metal can react rapidly with steam but reacts only very slowly with cold water?
A calcium
B copper
C iron
D potassium
31 A hydride is a compound containing only two elements, one of which is hydrogen.
Which element can form the greatest number of different hydrides?
A carbon
B chlorine
C nitrogen
D oxygen
32 What is not essential for photosynthesis?
A carbon dioxide
B sugar
C light
D water
33 A liquid reacts with each of sodium carbonate, potassium hydroxide and ethanol.
What is the liquid?
A aqueous ammonia
B ethanoic acid
C ethyl ethanoate
D sodium hydroxide
© UCLES 2014 5070/11/M/J/14

11
34 Which compound, on combustion, never forms carbon?
A carbon monoxide
B ethanol
C ethene
D methane
35 Which of the following is not a condensation polymer?
A nylon
B poly(ethene)
C protein
D Terylene
36 Which statement about the properties of propane and hexane is correct?
A Propane has a higher boiling point than hexane.

B Propane has a higher relative molecular mass than hexane.
C Propane has more isomers than hexane.
D Propane is more flammable than hexane.
A carbon monoxide
B methane
C ozone
D sulfur dioxide
38 Four compounds are shown.
H O H O H O H O H
H C C H H C C H
H C C C H C C H
H O C C H H H O H
H H H
H H
2 3 4
1
Which pair of compounds have the same empirical formula?

12
39 Fats, carbohydrates and proteins all contain which chemical elements?
A carbon, hydrogen and oxygen

B carbon, hydrogen and nitrogen
C carbon, hydrogen and sulfur
D carbon, nitrogen and oxygen
40 The structural formulae of some organic compounds are shown below.
H H H
H H H
H C C C H
H C C C O H
H O H
H H H
H
1 2
H H H H H O
H O C C C O H H C C C O H
H H H H H
3 4
Which compounds are alcohols?
A 1 only
B 1 and 2 only
C 1, 2 and 3
D 4
© UCLES 2014 5070/11/M/J/14

13
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2014 5070/11/M/J/14

14
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2014 5070/11/M/J/14

15
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2014 5070/11/M/J/14

© UCLES 2014
DATA SHEET
Group
1 4
H He
Hydrogen Helium
1 2
7 9 11 12 14 16 19 20
Li Be B C N O F Ne
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
23 24 27 28 31 32 35.5 40
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 64 65 70 73 75 79 80 84

19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
16
85 88 89 91 93 96 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
5070/11/M/J/14
Indium Iodine
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.

133 137 139 178 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209
55 56 57 * 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
226 227
Fr Ra Ac
87 88 89
140 141 144 150 152 157 159 162 165 167 169 173 175
58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of Cambridge Local
w
w
w
.X
tr
me
eP
ap
er
s
.c
om
CHEMISTRY 5070/12
1 hour
Soft clean eraser
*4976831493*

IB14 06_5070_12/5RP
2
1 Which process is suitable for obtaining the water from an aqueous solution of sugar?
A crystallisation
B distillation
C filtration
D use of a separating funnel
2 Sulfur dioxide and oxygen react together.
2SO2(g) + O2(g) 2SO3(g) ∆H = -197 kJ / mol
Which change(s) will increase both the rate of reaction and the equilibrium concentration of SO3?
1 adding a catalyst
2 increasing temperature
3 increasing pressure
A 1 only B 2 C 1 and 3 D 3 only
3 The scheme shows a sequence of reactions starting from compound Y.
compound Y
excess
HNO3(aq)
gas colourless
+
solution
NaOH(aq)
white precipitate
insoluble in excess
NaOH(aq)
A aluminium sulfate
B calcium carbonate
D zinc carbonate
© UCLES 2014 5070/12/M/J/14

3
4 The apparatus shown can be used to find the rate of some chemical reactions.
The rate of which reaction can be followed using this apparatus?
A AgNO3 + KI
B Mg + HCl
C NaOH + CuSO4
D NaOH + HCl
5 Crude oil is fractionally distilled in a fractionating column. The positions at which fractions X and Y
are collected are shown.
fractions
crude oil
A The temperature increases up the column.

B X condenses at a lower temperature than Y.
C X has a higher boiling point than Y.
D X has longer chain molecules than Y.

4
6 An ion X + has 23 nucleons and 10 electrons.
What does the nucleus of X contain?
protons neutrons
A 9 14
B 10 13
C 11 12
D 13 10
7 Which element exists as a macromolecule?
A carbon
B hydrogen
C oxygen
D sodium
8 Which substance can conduct electricity by the movement of ions?
A copper
B graphite
C mercury
D sodium chloride
9 The diagram shows the molecule ethyl propanoate.
CH3 CH2 C
O CH2 CH3
Consider all the electrons in a molecule of ethyl propanoate.
How many electrons not involved in bonding are there in the molecule?
A 8 B 10 C 18 D 22
© UCLES 2014 5070/12/M/J/14

5
10 Sodium and magnesium are next to each other in the Periodic Table.

/ °C / °C
Na 98 883
Mg 649 1103
Which statement explains the differences in the melting and boiling points of these elements?
A Na and Mg have different types of bonding.

B The electrostatic forces of attraction are stronger in Mg.
C The ionic bonds in Mg are stronger than those in Na.
D The Mg atoms are larger than the Na atoms.
11 Sulfuric acid and potassium hydroxide can react together to form potassium hydrogensulfate,
KHSO4, and water only.
Which amounts of the reactants are required?
A equal masses of sulfuric acid and potassium hydroxide

B equal numbers of moles of sulfuric acid and potassium hydroxide
C 1 mol of sulfuric acid to 2 mol of potassium hydroxide
D 2 mol of sulfuric acid to 1 mol of potassium hydroxide
12 The diagram shows the structures of the atoms of elements L and M.
e e e
e e e e
p = proton
3p 8p e n = neutron
4n 8n e e = electron
e e
L M
The elements combine to form a compound.
What is the mass of one mole of this compound?
A 11 g B 12 g C 23 g D 30 g

6
13 A concentrated aqueous solution of sodium chloride is electrolysed.
What are the equations for the reactions taking place at the cathode (negative electrode) and the
anode (positive electrode)?
cathode (–ve) anode (+ve)
A 2H+ + 2e– → H2 2Cl – → Cl 2 + 2e–

B 2H+ + 2e– → H2 4OH– → O2 + 2H2O + 4e–
C Na+ + e– → Na 2Cl – → Cl 2 + 2e–
D Na+ + e– → Na 4OH– → O2 + 2H2O + 4e–
14 What is observed during the electrolysis of aqueous copper(II) sulfate using carbon electrodes?
A A pink solid is deposited on the anode.

B Bubbles form on the negative electrode.
C The colour of the solution fades.
D The negative electrode becomes smaller.
© UCLES 2014 5070/12/M/J/14

7
15 Nitrogen monoxide is an atmospheric pollutant that is formed in car engines by the reaction
between nitrogen and oxygen.
N2(g) + O2(g) → 2NO(g) ∆H = +66 kJ / mol
Which diagram represents the energy profile for this reaction?
A B
enthalpy enthalpy
Ea Ea
∆H ∆H
C D
Ea Ea
enthalpy enthalpy
∆H ∆H
16 Which substance does not react with hydrochloric acid?
A zinc carbonate
B zinc hydroxide
C zinc metal
D zinc nitrate

8
17 The table shows the energy released by the complete combustion of some compounds used as
fuels.
compound formula Mr ∆H in kJ / mol
benzene C6H6 78 –3270

heptane C7H16 100 –4800
octane C8H18 114 –5510
propane C3H8 44 –2200
Which fuel releases the least energy when 1 g of the compound is completely burned?
A benzene
B heptane
C octane
D propane
18 In which circuit does the bulb light?
A B
key
= bulb
Cu Cu Ag Zn
CuSO4(aq) NaCl (s)
C D
Cu Zn Ag Cu
C2H5OH(l) H2SO4(aq)
© UCLES 2014 5070/12/M/J/14

9
N2(g) + 3H2(g) 2NH3(g) ∆H = –92 kJ / mol
A Less heat is produced.

B More ammonia is formed.
C More nitrogen is present at equilibrium.
20 Which change involves reduction?
A calcium carbonate to calcium oxide

B copper to brass
C ethene to poly(ethene)
D sand to silicon
21 Samples of three oxides, X, Y and Z, were added separately to dilute hydrochloric acid and to
dilute sodium hydroxide.
X and Y react with dilute hydrochloric acid but Z does not react.
Y and Z react with aqueous sodium hydroxide but X does not react.
Which type of oxide are each of X, Y and Z?
type of oxide
acidic amphoteric basic
A X Y Z
B Y X Z
C Z X Y
D Z Y X
22 Which process does not involve the use of a transition element?
A the manufacture of margarine from vegetable oil

B the manufacture of sulfuric acid in the Contact process
C the purification of river water to produce drinking water
D the removal of combustion pollutants from car exhaust gases

10
23 Element Q is in Period 3 of the Periodic Table. It can form ions with the formula Q3–.
Which element is most likely to be Q?
A aluminium
B arsenic
C phosphorus
D sulfur
A be covalent
Which could not be Y and Z?
Y Z

26 Aluminium is extracted from its molten oxide ore by electrolysis whereas zinc is extracted by
reduction of its oxide when heated with coke.
A Aluminium is very high in the reactivity series.

B Aluminium ores are very rare.
C Electrolysis is a cheaper method than reduction of the oxide with coke.
D Zinc oxide has a higher melting point than aluminium oxide.
© UCLES 2014 5070/12/M/J/14

11
27 In which solid can layers of atoms slide over each other?
A diamond
B graphite
C haematite
D silica
28 Which ion causes the acidity in dilute hydrochloric acid?
A Cl – B H+ C H2+ D OH–
29 Which metal can react rapidly with steam but reacts only very slowly with cold water?
A calcium
B copper
C iron
D potassium
30 Which gas turns moist blue litmus paper red and produces a precipitate when bubbled through
calcium hydroxide solution?
A CO B CO2 C HCl D NH3
31 The diagram shows three steps in the manufacture of sulfuric acid.
step P step Q step R

sulfur sulfur sulfur sulfuric
In which steps is a catalyst used?
A step Q only
B step R only
C steps Q and R only
D steps P and Q and R
32 Which property of compounds in a homologous series is correct?
A They all have the same general formula.

B They all have the same molecular formula.
C They all have the same number of isomers.
D They all have the same physical properties.

12
33 Which compound, on combustion, never forms carbon?
A carbon monoxide
B ethanol
C ethene
D methane
34 Which process is an example of cracking?
A C2H4 + H2O → C2H5OH
B C3H6 + H2 → C3H8
C C3H8 + 5O2 → 3CO2 + 4H2O
D C4H10 → C2H4 + C2H6
Which element can form the greatest number of different hydrides?
A carbon
B chlorine
C nitrogen
D oxygen
What is the liquid?
A aqueous ammonia
B ethanoic acid
C ethyl ethanoate
D sodium hydroxide
© UCLES 2014 5070/12/M/J/14

13
37 Compound X and compound Y combine to form a polymer.
HOOC COOH H 2N NH2
Which of the statements about the polymer and its formation is not correct?
A Ammonia is formed during the production of the polymer.

B Hydrolysis of the polymer produces X and Y.
C The polymer is a polyamide.
D The polymer is formed by a condensation reaction.
H H H
H H H
H C C C H
H C C C O H
H O H
H H H
H
1 2
H H H H H O
H H H H H
3 4
A 1 only
B 1 and 2 only
C 1, 2 and 3
D 4

14
39 What is the partial structure of the polymer formed by the polymerisation of propene,
CH3CH=CH2?
A B
H H H H H H H H H H H H H H
C C C C C C C C C C C C C C
H H H H H H CH3 H CH3 H CH3 H CH3 H
C D
H H H H H H H H H H CH3 H CH3 H CH3 H
C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C
CH3 CH3 H H H CH3 CH3 H H H CH3 H CH3 H CH3 H
A carbon monoxide
B methane
C ozone
D sulfur dioxide
© UCLES 2014 5070/12/M/J/14

15
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2014 5070/12/M/J/14

© UCLES 2014
DATA SHEET
Group
1 4
H He
Hydrogen Helium
1 2
7 9 11 12 14 16 19 20
Li Be B C N O F Ne
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
23 24 27 28 31 32 35.5 40
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 64 65 70 73 75 79 80 84

19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
16
85 88 89 91 93 96 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
5070/12/M/J/14
Indium Iodine
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54

133 137 139 178 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209
55 56 57 * 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
226 227
Fr Ra Ac
87 88 89
140 141 144 150 152 157 159 162 165 167 169 173 175
58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
w
w
w
.X
tr
me
eP
ap
er
s
.c
om
CHEMISTRY 5070/11
1 hour
Soft clean eraser
*6370193137*

IB15 06_5070_11/3RP
2
1 The fractional distillation apparatus shown is being used to separate a mixture of two liquids. A
thermometer is missing from the apparatus.
Where should the bulb of the thermometer be placed?
A
water out
B
cold water in
heat
2 The table shows the results of two reactions of an aqueous solution of a salt.
reagents final observation
excess aqueous sodium hydroxide white precipitate

dilute nitric acid and aqueous silver nitrate yellow precipitate
What is the name of the salt?
A calcium chloride
B calcium iodide
C zinc nitrate
D zinc sulfate
© UCLES 2015 5070/11/M/J/15

3
3 Limestone reacts with hydrochloric acid.
Changing which reaction condition does not affect the rate of reaction?
A concentration of the acid

B limestone particle size
C pressure
D temperature
4 A particle contains 34 protons, 45 neutrons and 36 electrons.
Which symbol is correct for this particle?

79 79 − 79 2− 79 2+
A 34 Se B 34 Se C 34 Se D 34 Se
5 Which molecule contains three shared pairs of electrons between two of its atoms?
A CO2 B C2H4 C H2O D N2

7 Which compound contains only eight covalent bonds?
A B C D
CH2OH CH2OH COOH COOH
CH2OH CH3 COOH CH2OH

4
8 Which substance has metallic bonding?
conducts electricity state of product

formed on reaction
when solid when liquid with oxygen
A solid
B gas
C no reaction
D solid
9 A gas cylinder is placed in each of the four corners of a square room. Each cylinder contains a
different gas stored under the same pressure. The gases are released at exactly the same time.
Which gas will reach the centre of the room first?
A ammonia, NH3
B argon, Ar
C carbon monoxide, CO
D chlorine, Cl 2
10 Powdered calcium carbonate reacts with dilute hydrochloric acid to produce calcium chloride,
water and carbon dioxide.
Which is the correct ionic equation, including state symbols, for this reaction?
A CaCO3(s) + 2HCl (aq) → CaCl 2(aq) + H2O(l) + CO2(g)
B Ca2+(aq) + CO32–(aq) + 2H+(aq) → Ca2+(aq) + H2O(l) + CO2(g)
C CO32–(aq) + 2H+(aq) → H2O(l) + CO2(g)
D CaCO3(s) + 2H+(aq) → Ca2+(aq) + H2O(l) + CO2(g)
11 What is the relative molecular mass, Mr, of CuSO4.5H2O?
A 127 B 160 C 178 D 250
12 1.00 dm3 of ammonia gas is passed over heated copper(II) oxide.
3CuO(s) + 2NH3(g) → 3Cu(s) + N2(g) + 3H2O(l)
What is the volume of nitrogen formed when measured at the same temperature and pressure as
the ammonia?
A 0.25 dm3 B 0.50 dm3 C 1.00 dm3 D 2.00 dm3
© UCLES 2015 5070/11/M/J/15

5
13 What are the correct anode (positive electrode) and cathode (negative electrode) products when
aqueous copper(II) sulfate is electrolysed using copper electrodes?
anode product cathode product
A aqueous copper(II) ions copper metal

B aqueous copper(II) ions hydrogen gas
C oxygen gas copper metal
D oxygen gas hydrogen gas
14 Concentrated aqueous sodium chloride is electrolysed using inert electrodes.
inert +ve –ve inert

electrode electrode
sodium chloride
Which statement about this electrolysis is correct?
A Chloride ions travel through the solution to the negative electrode.

B Electrons travel through the solution to the sodium ions.
C Gases are given off at both electrodes.
D Sodium is formed at the negative electrode.

6
15 The diagram shows the energy profile of a chemical reaction. Two energy changes are labelled X
and Y.
reactants
energy
Y
products
reaction pathway
Which statement about the reaction is correct?
A The activation energy of the reaction is X + Y.

B The enthalpy change of the reaction is X.
C The enthalpy change of the reaction is X + Y.
D The reaction is exothermic.
16 In the graph, curve 1 was obtained by observing the decomposition of 100 cm3 of 1.0 mol / dm3
hydrogen peroxide solution, catalysed by manganese(IV) oxide.
2H2O2 → 2H2O + O2
2
1
volume of
oxygen
formed
0
0 time
Which alteration to the original experimental conditions would produce curve 2?
A adding some 0.1 mol / dm3 hydrogen peroxide solution

B lowering the temperature
C using less manganese(IV) oxide

D using a different catalyst
© UCLES 2015 5070/11/M/J/15

7
17 The equation shows a redox reaction between iron(II) chloride and chlorine gas.
A 2Cl – → Cl 2 + 2e–
B Cl 2 + 2e– → 2Cl –
C Fe2+ → Fe3+ + e–
D Fe3+ + e– → Fe2+
18 Which row correctly describes the oxides?
Al 2O3 K2O MgO SO2
A basic acidic acidic amphoteric

B acidic basic amphoteric acidic
C amphoteric basic amphoteric acidic
D amphoteric basic basic acidic
19 Which substance is insoluble in water?
B ammonium nitrate
C calcium carbonate
D calcium nitrate
20 In which of these equilibria is the forward reaction favoured by an increase in pressure?
A 2HI(g) H2(g) + I2(g)

B N2O4(g) 2NO2(g)
C 2NO(g) + O2(g) 2NO2(g)
D PCl 5(g) PCl 3(g) + Cl 2(g)

8
21 The Contact process, the Haber process and the hydrogenation of fats all involve the use of a
catalyst.
Which row correctly describes whether the catalyst used in each process is an element or a
compound?
Contact Haber hydrogenation

process process of fats
A compound compound compound

B compound element element
C element element compound
D element element element
A 1535 good 7.86

B 1083 good 8.92
C 113 poor 2.07
D 98 good 0.97
23 A non-metal element forms oxides of the type XO2 and XO3.
What is X?
A aluminium
B carbon
C hydrogen
D sulfur
24 Aluminium reacts with chromium(III) oxide as shown.
aluminium + chromium(III) oxide → chromium + aluminium oxide
1 Aluminium is more reactive than chromium.
2 A similar reaction would also take place between aluminium and iron(III) oxide.
3 Iron(III) oxide is reduced by another metal in the blast furnace.
A 1, 2 and 3 B 1 and 2 only C 1 and 3 only D 2 and 3 only
© UCLES 2015 5070/11/M/J/15

9
25 Using the Periodic Table for the relative atomic masses, which has the least mass?
A 0.1 moles of silicon dioxide, SiO2

B 0.5 moles of oxygen, O2
C 0.5 moles of lithium, Li
D 1.0 moles of ammonia, NH3
26 The diagram shows how an underwater iron pipe can be protected from rusting.
water
metal Z
iron pipe
Metal Z can be ......1...... because it is ......2...... reactive than iron.
1 2
A copper less
B copper more
C magnesium less
D magnesium more
27 Brass is an alloy.
Which statement about brass is correct?
A It contains a sea of electrons.

B It contains positive and negative ions which are free to move.
C It is a compound of a metal and a non-metal.
D It is a compound of two or more metals.
28 Which item is made from mild steel?
A a car body
B a container to store gas in a chemical plant
C a scalpel for use in an operating theatre
D a set of cutlery

10
29 The table shows the composition of exhaust gases from an internal combustion engine.
% of the gas in
gas
the exhaust fumes
gas Y 71
carbon dioxide 14
water vapour 13
carbon monoxide 1
hydrocarbons 0.3
nitrogen oxides 0.2
sulfur dioxide less than 0.003
What is gas Y?
A ammonia
B argon
C chlorine
D nitrogen
30 Which two gases do not damage limestone buildings?
A nitrogen and carbon monoxide

B nitrogen dioxide and carbon monoxide
C nitrogen dioxide and carbon dioxide
D sulfur dioxide and carbon dioxide
31 Iron(III) oxide can be reduced to iron by carbon.
Which other element can reduce iron(III) oxide to iron?
A copper
B lead
C magnesium
D silver
32 An ammonium salt was added to excess hot aqueous sodium hydroxide. Ammonia gas was
evolved. When no more ammonia was evolved, aluminium was added to the solution remaining
and more ammonia gas was given off.
What was the ammonium salt?
A NH4Cl B NH4NO3 C (NH4)2CO3 D (NH4)2SO4
© UCLES 2015 5070/11/M/J/15

11
33 Two esters have the same molecular formula, C3H6O2.
What are the names of these two esters?
1 methyl ethanoate
2 ethyl propanoate
3 ethyl methanoate
4 propyl methanoate
34 Which statement is correct?
O
A Carboxylic acids contain the functional group C .
H
B Ethanoic acid will react and fizz when copper is added.
C Ethanol will decolourise acidified potassium manganate(VII).

O H
D The structure of ethyl ethanoate is H C O C H.
35 When cracked, one mole of a compound, X, produces one mole of propene and one mole of
hydrogen.
X → C3H6 + H2
What type of compound is X?
A an alcohol
B an alkane
C an alkene
D a carboxylic acid
36 Which is a correct definition of isomers?
A atoms with the same relative atomic mass and different structures
B compounds with the same molecular formula and different structures
C compounds with the same molecular mass and different structures
D elements with the same molecular mass and the same structures

12
A B
O O O H H
O C C O H C O C C H
n
H H
C D
O H H H H H O H
H C C C C H H C C C O C H
H H H H H H
38 Which of these polymers is a protein?
A (C2H3Cl )n B (C5H8O2)n C (C6H10O5)n D (C2H3NO)n
39 In the addition polymer poly(propene), what is the simplest ratio of carbon atoms to hydrogen
atoms?
carbon hydrogen
atoms atoms
A 1 2
B 2 1
C 2 4
D 3 6
40 Which statement about vegetable oil and the margarine made from it is correct?
A Both are liquids at room temperature.

B Both occur naturally.
C Margarine has the higher melting point.
D Vegetable oil has fewer carbon-carbon double bonds than margarine.
© UCLES 2015 5070/11/M/J/15

13
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2015 5070/11/M/J/15

14
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2015 5070/11/M/J/15

15
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2015 5070/11/M/J/15

© UCLES 2015
DATA SHEET
Group
1 4
H He
Hydrogen Helium
1 2
7 9 11 12 14 16 19 20
www.cie.org.uk after the live examination series.

Li Be B C N O F Ne
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
23 24 27 28 31 32 35.5 40
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 64 65 70 73 75 79 80 84
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
16
85 88 89 91 93 96 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
5070/11/M/J/15
Indium Iodine
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
133 137 139 178 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209
55 56 57 * 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
226 227
Fr Ra Ac
87 88 89
140 141 144 150 152 157 159 162 165 167 169 173 175
58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
To avoid the issue of disclosure of answer-related information to candidates, all copyright acknowledgements are reproduced online in the Cambridge
International Examinations Copyright Acknowledgements Booklet. This is produced for each series of examinations and is freely available to download at
w
w
w
.X
tr
me
eP
ap
er
s
.c
om
CHEMISTRY 5070/12
1 hour
Soft clean eraser
*3284390686*

IB15 06_5070_12/4RP
2
1 The fractional distillation apparatus shown is being used to separate a mixture of two liquids. A
thermometer is missing from the apparatus.
A
water out
B
cold water in
heat
2 The concentration of aqueous sodium carbonate can be found by reaction with hydrochloric acid
of known concentration using the indicator methyl orange.
Which items of equipment are needed?
A burette, measuring cylinder, gas syringe

B burette, measuring cylinder, thermometer
C burette, pipette, conical flask
D burette, pipette, stopwatch
3 Which molecules all contain one or more double covalent bonds?
A chlorine, nitrogen and methane

B chlorine, oxygen and ethene
C oxygen, hydrogen chloride and ethene
D oxygen, carbon dioxide and ethene
© UCLES 2015 5070/12/M/J/15

3
4 The metals Cr, Co, Fe and Mn are all transition elements.
Which particles have the same number of electrons?
A Co2+ and Cr
B Co2+ and Fe3+
C Cr and Mn2+
D Fe3+ and Mn2+
conducts electricity state of product

formed on reaction
A solid
B gas
C no reaction
D solid
A B C D

4
7 The table shows the results of two reactions of an aqueous solution of a salt.
reagents final observation
excess aqueous sodium hydroxide white precipitate

dilute nitric acid and aqueous silver nitrate white precipitate
What could be the identity of the salt?
A calcium chloride
B calcium iodide
C zinc chloride
D zinc iodide
8 Which row shows correct statements about the speed at which a gas diffuses?
effect of molecular mass effect of temperature
A higher molecular mass diffuses faster diffusion is faster at higher temperatures

B higher molecular mass diffuses faster diffusion is faster at lower temperatures
C lower molecular mass diffuses faster diffusion is faster at higher temperatures
D lower molecular mass diffuses faster diffusion is faster at lower temperatures

10 Using the Periodic Table for the relative atomic masses, which has the greatest mass?
A 0.1 moles of iodine molecules, I2

B 0.5 moles of carbon dioxide, CO2
C 1.0 mole of beryllium oxide, BeO
D 1.0 mole of sodium, Na
© UCLES 2015 5070/12/M/J/15

5
11 Ammonia is manufactured from nitrogen and hydrogen by the Haber process.
N2(g) + 3H2(g) 2NH3(g)
What is the percentage yield when 60 kg of ammonia is produced from 60 kg of hydrogen?
A 5.9% B 17.6% C 35.3% D 50.0%
12 What is the relative molecular mass, Mr, of CuSO4.5H2O?
A 127 B 160 C 178 D 250
13 The list shows some substances that conduct electricity.
1 aqueous sodium chloride

2 copper
3 graphite
In which substance(s) are only electrons involved in the conduction?
A 1 and 2 B 2 and 3 C 2 only D 3 only
14 Caesium is a Group I metal.
Which reaction involving this element would not produce hydrogen?
A adding caesium to ethanoic acid

B adding caesium to water
C electrolysing aqueous caesium chloride
D electrolysing molten caesium chloride

6
15 The energy diagram represents a chemical reaction carried out both with a catalyst and without a
catalyst.
250
uncatalysed
200 reaction
150 catalysed
enthalpy
reaction
kJ / mol reactants
100
products
50
0
reaction pathway
What is the enthalpy change for the catalysed reaction?
A –125 kJ / mol B –50 kJ / mol C +75 kJ / mol D +100 kJ / mol
16 Hydrogen reacts with iodine to form hydrogen iodide. This is a slow reaction.
H2(g) + I2(g) 2HI(g)
1 mole of hydrogen gas and 1 mole of iodine vapour were mixed and allowed to react. After
t seconds, 0.6 moles of hydrogen remained.
What is the number of moles of iodine remaining after t seconds?
A 0.0 B 0.4 C 0.6 D 1.0
17 Acidified potassium manganate(VII) is used as a test reagent.
When it is added to an aqueous solution of compound X, the colour of the test reagent changes
from ......1...... . This colour change shows that X is ......2...... .
1 2
A colourless to purple oxidised

B colourless to purple reduced
C purple to colourless oxidised
D purple to colourless reduced
© UCLES 2015 5070/12/M/J/15

7
18 You are supplied with dilute hydrochloric acid together with
• copper solid,
• magnesium solid,
• aqueous lead nitrate,
• aqueous silver nitrate.
How many different insoluble chlorides could you make?
A 1 B 2 C 3 D 4
19 In the graph, curve 1 was obtained by observing the decomposition of 100 cm3 of 1.0 mol / dm3
2H2O2 → 2H2O + O2
2
1
volume of
oxygen
formed
0
0 time
A adding some 0.1 mol / dm3 hydrogen peroxide solution

B lowering the temperature

20 A colourless solution reacts with magnesium to form a salt and hydrogen gas.
How is this solution acting?
A as a base
B as a reducing agent
C as a solvent
D as an acid

8
21 The equation shows a redox reaction between iron(II) chloride and chlorine gas.
A 2Cl – → Cl 2 + 2e–
B Cl 2 + 2e– → 2Cl –
C Fe2+ → Fe3+ + e–
D Fe3+ + e– → Fe2+
22 Which compound produces the greatest number of ions when 1 mole is dissolved in water?
A aluminium sulfate
B ammonium carbonate
C ammonium nitrate
D calcium nitrate
23 The equation for the reaction taking place during the production of ammonia is shown.
N2(g) + 3H2(g) 2NH3(g) ∆H = –92 kJ / mol
The reaction is carried out between 350 °C and 450 °C and at around 200 atmospheres pressure
using an iron catalyst.
A At higher temperatures the amount of ammonia present at equilibrium is less.

B Changing the pressure has no effect on the rate of reaction.
C The catalyst is used to speed up the reaction.
D When the reaction is at equilibrium, the forward reaction is taking place at the same rate as
the backward reaction.
A 1535 good 7.86

B 1083 good 8.92
C 113 poor 2.07
D 98 good 0.97
© UCLES 2015 5070/12/M/J/15

9
25 From their position in the Periodic Table, what would you expect the elements titanium,
vanadium, chromium and cobalt to have in common?
1 variable oxidation states

2 coloured compounds
3 high melting points

27 The following facts are known about four metals, P, Q, R and S.
1 R displaces both P and S from aqueous solutions of their ions.

2 Q reacts with water but R does not react with water.
3 S does not react with acid but P does react with acid.
What is the correct order of reactivity, the most reactive first?
A P→S→Q→R
B Q→R→P→S
C Q→S→P→R
D S→P→R→Q
28 Which metal has to be extracted from its ore by electrolysis?
A Fe B Na C Pb D Zn

10
29 Aluminium is produced by the electrolysis of molten aluminium oxide.
waste gases
carbon electrodes
(positive)
carbon electrode
(negative)
purified aluminium
oxide dissolved in
molten cryolite
molten aluminium
Which statement about the process is correct?
A Aluminium ions are reduced to aluminium by gaining electrons.

B Aluminium oxide is reduced by cryolite.
C Aluminium oxide is reduced by the carbon electrodes.
D Aluminium oxide is reduced by the carbon monoxide formed at the negative electrode.
30 Hydrides are compounds of an element and hydrogen only.
A The hydride of carbon that contains four hydrogen atoms and one carbon atom, is a gas
called methane.
B The hydride of chlorine dissolves in water to form an alkaline solution.
C The hydride of nitrogen is manufactured in the Haber process.
D The hydride of oxygen is a liquid at room temperature.
31 In the extraction of iron from its ore in the blast furnace, limestone is added.
What is the function of the limestone?
A to decrease the melting point of the iron

B to produce carbon monoxide for the reduction of the iron ore
C to produce heat to melt the iron formed
D to remove sand
© UCLES 2015 5070/12/M/J/15

11
32 Two pieces of iron, one with zinc attached and the other with copper attached, are placed
separately in water as shown.
Y Z
water water
iron iron
zinc copper
1 The iron in Y will not rust.

2 The water in Z will turn blue.
3 The zinc in Y will be oxidised.
33 A diagram of a biogas generator is shown.
gas pipe
inlet for
vegetable matter
decaying
outlet for slurry
vegetable matter
digester
The gas, if collected, can be used as a fuel.
However, if the gas is allowed to escape it becomes an atmospheric pollutant.
What is the gas?
A carbon monoxide
B methane
C nitrogen
D sulfur dioxide

12
34 Which statement about alkanes is correct?
A Alkanes are readily polymerised.

B Alkanes react with bromine by addition.
C Alkanes react with chlorine by substitution.
D Butane has three more carbon atoms and eight more hydrogen atoms than methane.
35 Which statement about members of the homologous series of alcohols is correct?
A An alcohol with two carbon atoms in each molecule is called methanol.

B Butanol can be combusted to give carbon dioxide and water only.
C Ethanol is the only alcohol that can be oxidised to a carboxylic acid.
D Propanol can be made by the catalysed addition of steam to ethene.
36 When cracked, one mole of a compound, X, produces one mole of propene and one mole of
hydrogen.
X → C3H6 + H2
A an alcohol
B an alkane
C an alkene
D a carboxylic acid
© UCLES 2015 5070/12/M/J/15

13
37 The diagram shows the partial structure of a polymer.
O H O H
C N N C C N
H O
Which pair of reagents could have been used to form this polymer?
O H O H
A C N and C N
H O H H O H
O O H O
B C C and N C
H O O H H O H
H O H H
C N C and N N
H O H H H
H H O O
D N N and C C
H H H O O H
A B
O O O H H
O C C O H C O C C H
n
H H
C D
O H H H H H O H
H C C C C H H C C C O C H
H H H H H H

14
39 Which statement about the properties of the four alkanes from methane to butane is not correct?
A Successive members of the series differ in formula by CH2.

B They increase in boiling point.
C They increase in viscosity.
D They share the same empirical formula.
A (C2H3Cl )n B (C5H8O2)n C (C6H10O5)n D (C2H3NO)n
© UCLES 2015 5070/12/M/J/15

15
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2015 5070/12/M/J/15

© UCLES 2015
DATA SHEET
Group
1 4
H He
Hydrogen Helium
1 2
7 9 11 12 14 16 19 20

Li Be B C N O F Ne
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
23 24 27 28 31 32 35.5 40
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 64 65 70 73 75 79 80 84
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
16
85 88 89 91 93 96 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
5070/12/M/J/15
Indium Iodine
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
133 137 139 178 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209
55 56 57 * 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
226 227
Fr Ra Ac
87 88 89
140 141 144 150 152 157 159 162 165 167 169 173 175
58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
CHEMISTRY 5070/11
1 hour
Soft clean eraser
*4255071317*

IB16 06_5070_11/4RP
2
1 Which oxide is amphoteric?
A Al 2O3 B CO2 C Na2O D SO2
2 Four gas jars each contain one of the gases ammonia, chlorine, hydrogen chloride and oxygen. A
strip of damp blue litmus paper and a strip of damp red litmus paper are placed in each jar.
In which gas jar will both the damp blue litmus paper and the damp red litmus paper change
colour?
A B
ammonia chlorine
red blue red blue

litmus litmus litmus litmus
C D
hydrogen oxygen
chloride
red blue red blue

3 How can a pure sample of barium sulfate be obtained from barium carbonate?
A Dissolve it in dilute hydrochloric acid, add dilute sulfuric acid, filter and crystallise.
B Dissolve it in dilute hydrochloric acid, add dilute sulfuric acid, filter and wash.
C Dissolve it in water, add dilute sulfuric acid, filter and crystallise.
D Dissolve it in water, add dilute sulfuric acid, filter and wash.
A Energy is released when a liquid changes into a solid.

B Particles move faster in the gaseous state than in the liquid state.
C The carbon atoms in gaseous methane are further apart than those in solid diamond.
D There is a large decrease in the volume of a solid metal when pressure is applied to it.
© UCLES 2016 5070/11/M/J/16

3
5 The symbols for two ions are shown.
19 – 21
9 F 11 Na+
A The fluoride ion contains more electrons than the sodium ion.
B The sodium ion contains more neutrons than the fluoride ion.
C The two ions contain the same number of electrons as each other.
D The two ions contain the same number of protons as each other.
6 Which dot-and-cross diagram, showing all the outer shell electrons of each atom, is not correct?
A B C D
H
H H H Cl O C O H C H
H
7 Which statement shows that graphite and diamond are different forms of the element carbon?
A Both graphite and diamond have giant molecular structures.

B Complete combustion of equal masses of graphite and diamond produces equal masses of
carbon dioxide and no other products.
C Graphite and diamond have different melting points.
D Graphite conducts electricity, whereas diamond does not.
8 In order to form a compound with oxygen, an atom of a Group II element must
A transfer two electrons to an atom of oxygen.

B receive two electrons from an atom of oxygen.
C share two electrons with an atom of oxygen.
D bond with two atoms of oxygen.

4
9 Copper wire is used to complete an electrical circuit.
copper wire
lamp
What happens in the copper wire?
A Electrons move along the wire to the negative terminal. Positive ions stay in position.
B Electrons move along the wire to the positive terminal. Positive ions move to the negative
terminal.
C Electrons move along the wire to the positive terminal. Positive ions stay in position.
D Negative ions move along the wire to the positive terminal. Positive ions move to the
negative terminal.
10 Which uses for sulfuric acid are correct?
1 as a bleach in the manufacture of wood pulp for paper

2 as a food preservative in tinned foods
3 as a raw material in the manufacture of detergents
4 as a fertiliser
11 Group I metals form compounds with Group VII halogens. The compounds formed are ……1……
in water and contain ……2…… bonds.
1 2
A insoluble covalent
B insoluble ionic
C soluble covalent
D soluble ionic
© UCLES 2016 5070/11/M/J/16

5
12 Compound P is the only substance formed when two volumes of ammonia gas react with one
volume of carbon dioxide gas (both volumes being measured at r.t.p.).
What is the formula of P?
A NH2CO2NH4
B (NH2)2CO
C NH4CO2NH4
D (NH4)2CO3
13 Two isotopes of chlorine are 35Cl and 37Cl .
Using these isotopes, how many different relative molecular masses are possible for the
compound with molecular formula C2H3Cl 3?
A 2 B 3 C 4 D 5
14 Gases can diffuse through porous pots. The diagram shows a beaker full of nitrogen inverted
over a porous pot containing carbon monoxide.
beaker
nitrogen
porous pot
carbon monoxide
water
The water level does not move.
A Nitrogen is almost inert.

B The two gases have equal molecular masses.
C Both gases have two atoms in a molecule.
D Neither gas is soluble in water.

6
15 Aqueous copper(II) sulfate is electrolysed using carbon electrodes.
Which observations will be made?
at the positive electrode electrolyte at the negative electrode
A colourless gas forms blue colour fades pink solid forms

B colourless gas forms no change colourless gas forms
C electrode decreases in mass blue colour fades colourless gas forms
D electrode decreases in mass no change pink solid forms
16 Which ion is not present in dilute sulfuric acid?
A H+ B OH– C SO32– D SO42–
17 The diagram shows an energy profile diagram for a chemical reaction, both with and without a
catalyst.
A
B
D
energy reactants
C
products
reaction pathway
18 Which equation does not represent a redox reaction?
A 2NH3 + H2SO4 → (NH4)2SO4
B 2SO2 + O2 → 2SO3
C 2KI + Cl 2 → 2KCl + I2
D Zn + H2SO4 → ZnSO4 + H2
© UCLES 2016 5070/11/M/J/16

7
19 The diagram shows the apparatus used to measure the rate of the reaction between calcium
carbonate and dilute hydrochloric acid.
The mass of the flask and the contents is measured at regular intervals of time.
cotton wool
dilute
hydrochloric
acid calcium carbonate
balance
Which graph correctly shows how the mass of the flask and contents changes with time?
A B C D
mass mass mass mass
0 0 0 0
20 Which row correctly compares high carbon steels and low carbon steels?
high carbon steels low carbon steels
A stronger more brittle

B stronger more easily shaped
C weaker more brittle
D weaker more easily shaped
21 Which process does not involve the use of a catalyst?
A the extraction of iron from haematite in a blast furnace

B the manufacture of sulfur trioxide
C the production of ammonia from nitrogen and hydrogen
D the redox reactions that remove combustion pollutants from car exhausts

8
22 Gaseous compound X is an oxidising agent. X is bubbled through separate solutions of aqueous

potassium iodide and acidified potassium manganate(VII).
X X
aqueous acidified potassium

potassium iodide manganate(VII)
Which row shows the colour changes when X is bubbled through these two solutions?
aqueous acidified potassium

potassium iodide manganate(VII)
A brown to colourless no change

B brown to colourless purple to colourless
C colourless to brown no change
D colourless to brown purple to colourless
23 Which metal oxide will be reduced by heating with iron?
A calcium oxide
B lead oxide
C magnesium oxide
D zinc oxide
24 Which pair of substances can be used to prepare a sample of lead(II) chloride when added to
water and mixed?
A lead and sodium chloride
B lead(II) nitrate and sodium chloride
C lead(II) carbonate and sodium chloride

D lead and hydrochloric acid
25 The pH of an aqueous solution of hydrochloric acid is 2.
What will be the pH of the acid after the addition of 10 g of sodium chloride?
A 1 B 2 C 7 D 9
© UCLES 2016 5070/11/M/J/16

9
26 Which statement about the elements in the Periodic Table is correct?
A All the elements in the same group of the Periodic Table have the same reactivity.
B All the elements with four electrons in their outer shells are metals.
C An element in Group II of the Periodic Table would form an ion with a 2– charge.
D Elements in the same period of the Periodic Table have the same number of shells of
electrons.
27 Iron is extracted from haematite in the blast furnace.
waste gases
raw materials
air
molten iron
Which other raw material is added in this extraction?
A bauxite
B cryolite
C limestone
D slag

10
28 The diagram shows a flow chart for the manufacture of fertiliser.
fractional
gas
distillation
W
of air
pressure Y product
fertiliser
and 450 °C Z
cracking of gas
hydrocarbons X
In the flow chart, what are W, X, Y and Z?
W X Y Z
A H2 N2 high NH3
B O2 SO2 high SO3
C O2 SO2 low SO3
D N2 H2 high NH3
29 The table gives the melting points, densities and electrical conductivities of four elements.
Which element is copper?
melting point in °C density in g / cm3 electrical conductivity
A –38.9 13.6 good

B –7.2 3.12 poor
C 97.8 0.97 good
D 1083 8.96 good
30 Which gases are all present at the positive electrode during the manufacture of aluminium?
A CO, H2, CO2

B CO, SO2, H2O
C O2, CO, CO2
D SO2, H2, O2
© UCLES 2016 5070/11/M/J/16

11
31 The diagram shows the structure of brass.
zinc atom
copper atom
Why is brass harder than pure copper?
A The zinc atoms form strong covalent bonds with copper atoms.
B The zinc atoms prevent layers of copper atoms from sliding over each other easily.
C The zinc atoms prevent the ‘sea of electrons’ from moving freely in the solid.
D Zinc atoms have more electrons than copper atoms.
32 Which pollutant causes eutrophication in rivers?
A acid rain
B carbon monoxide
C fertiliser
D metal compounds
33 How many moles of hydrogen chloride are formed when one mole of methane reacts with a large
excess of chlorine in sunlight?
A 1 B 2 C 3 D 4

12
34 Which statements about alcohols are correct?
1 All alcohols contain the hydroxide ion, OH–.

2 Ethanol can be formed from ethene using a reaction catalysed by yeast.
3 Methanol can be oxidised to methanoic acid.
4 The alcohols X and Y shown are isomers.
X Y
H H H H H H H H
H C C C C H H C C C C H
H O H H H H H O
H H
35 Amino acids are essential building blocks in the human body. Macromolecules in food are
hydrolysed to form amino acids.
Which macromolecules provide the body with amino acids?
A carbohydrates
B fats
C proteins
D sugars
36 Ethanol, C2H6O, was reacted with propanoic acid, C3H6O2, in the presence of concentrated
sulfuric acid.
Which statement about the organic product of this reaction is correct?
A It has the formula C5H10O2.

B It has the formula C5H12O3.
C It is formed by an addition reaction.
D It is propyl ethanoate.
37 How can alkenes be manufactured?
A by polymerisation reactions
B by the addition of hydrogen to unsaturated vegetable oils
C by the combustion of alkanes
D by the cracking of hydrocarbons
© UCLES 2016 5070/11/M/J/16

13
A Ethane reacts with chlorine in an addition reaction.

B Propane has a higher boiling point than butane.
C The molecule of the alkane that contains 99 carbon atoms has 200 hydrogen atoms.
D There are three isomers with the formula C4H10.
A Ethanoic acid can be made by the catalysed addition of steam to ethene.

B Propanoic acid can react with ethanoic acid to produce an ester.
C Solutions of 1.0 mol / dm3 ethanoic acid and 1.0 mol / dm3 hydrochloric acid will react with
magnesium at equal rates.
D The formula of ethanoic acid is CH3CO2H.
40 Polymer Z has the structure shown.
O O O O
C C N N C C N N
H H H H
These four terms can be used to describe polymers.
1 addition polymer
2 condensation polymer
3 polyamide
4 polyester
Which two terms can be applied to polymer Z?
© UCLES 2016 5070/11/M/J/16

14
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2016 5070/11/M/J/16

15
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2016 5070/11/M/J/16

The Periodic Table of Elements
Group
I II III IV V VI VII VIII
© UCLES 2016
1 2
H He
hydrogen helium
Key 1 4
3 4 atomic number 5 6 7 8 9 10
Li Be atomic symbol B C N O F Ne
lithium beryllium name boron carbon nitrogen oxygen fluorine neon
7 9 relative atomic mass 11 12 14 16 19 20
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
sodium magnesium aluminium silicon phosphorus sulfur chlorine argon
23 24 27 28 31 32 35.5 40
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
potassium calcium scandium titanium vanadium chromium manganese iron cobalt nickel copper zinc gallium germanium arsenic selenium bromine krypton
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 64 65 70 73 75 79 80 84
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
rubidium strontium yttrium zirconium niobium molybdenum technetium ruthenium rhodium palladium silver cadmium indium tin antimony tellurium iodine xenon
85 88 89 91 93 96 – 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
16
55 56 57–71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
lanthanoids
Cs Ba Hf Ta W Re Os Ir Pt Au Hg Tl Pb Bi Po At Rn
5070/11/M/J/16
caesium barium hafnium tantalum tungsten rhenium osmium iridium platinum gold mercury thallium lead bismuth polonium astatine radon
133 137 178 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209 – – –
87 88 89–103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 114 116
actinoids
Fr Ra Rf Db Sg Bh Hs Mt Ds Rg Cn Fl Lv
francium radium rutherfordium dubnium seaborgium bohrium hassium meitnerium darmstadtium roentgenium copernicium flerovium livermorium
– – – – – – – – – – – – –
57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
lanthanoids La Ce Pr Nd Pm Sm Eu Gd Tb Dy Ho Er Tm Yb Lu
lanthanum cerium praseodymium neodymium promethium samarium europium gadolinium terbium dysprosium holmium erbium thulium ytterbium lutetium
139 140 141 144 – 150 152 157 159 163 165 167 169 173 175
89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103
actinoids Ac Th Pa U Np Pu Am Cm Bk Cf Es Fm Md No Lr
actinium thorium protactinium uranium neptunium plutonium americium curium berkelium californium einsteinium fermium mendelevium nobelium lawrencium
– 232 231 238 – – – – – – – – – – –
The volume of one mole of any gas is 24 dm3 at room temperature and pressure (r.t.p.)
CHEMISTRY 5070/12
1 hour
Soft clean eraser
*2815995482*

IB16 06_5070_12/4RP
2
1 Which row correctly identifies the gas?
gas test observation
A Cl 2 damp litmus paper the litmus paper turns blue

B NH3 damp litmus paper the litmus paper turns red
C O2 limewater no change is observed
D SO2 acidified aqueous the colour of the solution changes
potassium manganate(VII) from purple to colourless
2 A student plans two experiments.
experiment 1 find the concentration of a solution of sodium hydroxide by titration with dilute
hydrochloric acid
experiment 2 find the rate of the reaction between pieces of calcium carbonate and dilute
hydrochloric acid by measuring the volume of gas given off every minute
A flask is provided.
Which other apparatus is needed?
A balance, measuring gas syringe, clock

cylinder, thermometer
B burette, pipette balance, measuring
cylinder, thermometer
C burette, pipette gas syringe, clock
D gas syringe, clock burette, pipette
3 Q is a pure sample of a substance that has a single Rf value of 0.9.
In the chromatogram shown, which letter represents Q?
solvent front
baseline
A B C D
© UCLES 2016 5070/12/M/J/16

3
4 Which statement about the isotopes of bromine is correct?
They are atoms with the same number of
A electrons and a different number of protons.

B neutrons and the same number of electrons.
C protons and the same chemical properties.
D protons and the same physical properties.
5 Compound Z is made from element X and element Y. Compound Z is a good conductor of

electricity when molten but not when solid.
A Compound Z has strong forces of attraction between electrons and positive ions.
B Compound Z has strong forces of attraction between negative ions and positive ions.
C Elements X and Y are both metals.
D Elements X and Y are both non-metals.
6 Copper wire is used to complete an electrical circuit.
copper wire
lamp
What happens in the copper wire?
A Electrons move along the wire to the negative terminal. Positive ions stay in position.
B Electrons move along the wire to the positive terminal. Positive ions move to the negative
terminal.
C Electrons move along the wire to the positive terminal. Positive ions stay in position.
D Negative ions move along the wire to the positive terminal. Positive ions move to the
negative terminal.

4
7 Which statement shows that graphite and diamond are different forms of the element carbon?
A Both graphite and diamond have giant molecular structures.

B Complete combustion of equal masses of graphite and diamond produces equal masses of
carbon dioxide and no other products.
C Graphite and diamond have different melting points.
D Graphite conducts electricity, whereas diamond does not.
8 Ethene, C2H4, is a covalent compound with a simple molecular structure.
Which statement about ethene is correct?
A Ethene is a liquid at room temperature and pressure.

B Liquid ethene conducts electricity.
C One ethene molecule contains sixteen protons.
D The total number of shared pairs of electrons in ethene is five.
9 An organic compound has the molecular formula C8H16O4.
What is the empirical formula of the compound?
A C2H4O B C4H8O2 C C6H12O3 D C8H16O4
10 Compound P is the only substance formed when two volumes of ammonia gas react with one
volume of carbon dioxide gas (both volumes being measured at r.t.p.).
What is the formula of P?
A NH2CO2NH4
B (NH2)2CO
C NH4CO2NH4
D (NH4)2CO3
© UCLES 2016 5070/12/M/J/16

5
11 Gases can diffuse through porous pots. The diagram shows a beaker full of nitrogen inverted
over a porous pot containing carbon monoxide.
beaker
nitrogen
porous pot
carbon monoxide
water
The water level does not move.
A Nitrogen is almost inert.

B The two gases have equal molecular masses.
C Both gases have two atoms in a molecule.
D Neither gas is soluble in water.
12 Copper is purified by electrolysis.
A Both electrodes contain copper.

B Copper is both oxidised and reduced in the process.
C Pure copper is deposited on the positive electrode.
D The electrolyte is aqueous copper(II) sulfate.
13 Concentrated aqueous sodium chloride is electrolysed using inert electrodes until no more
chlorine gas is evolved.
What could be the pH of the resulting solution?
A 1 B 4 C 7 D 11

6
14 Ammonia can be produced industrially from nitrogen and hydrogen.
N2(g) + 3H2(g) 2NH3(g)
Which change would not alter the yield of ammonia?
A adding a catalyst
C decreasing the temperature
D removing some ammonia during the reaction
15 The diagram shows an energy profile diagram for a chemical reaction, both with and without a
catalyst.
A
B
D
energy reactants
C
products
reaction pathway
16 Oil floats on water.
Which statement is not true of oil and water?
A Oil and water are immiscible.

B Oil is less dense than water.
C Some molecules in oil have a higher relative molecular mass than water.
D The type of bonding within water molecules is different from the type of bonding within
molecules in oil.
© UCLES 2016 5070/12/M/J/16

7
17 Which process does not involve the use of a catalyst?
A the extraction of iron from haematite in a blast furnace

B the manufacture of sulfur trioxide
D the redox reactions that remove combustion pollutants from car exhausts
18 Which statement does not describe a reduction reaction?
A Electrons are gained during the reaction.

B Hydrogen is gained during the reaction.
C It takes place at the negative electrode during electrolysis.
D Oxygen is gained during the reaction.
A 1 B 2 C 7 D 9
20 One mole samples of each of the solid carbonates of lead, calcium, barium and magnesium are
reacted in turn with excess dilute sulfuric acid.
excess dilute sulfuric acid
solid carbonate
Which sample of carbonate will release the greatest volume of carbon dioxide?
A barium
B calcium
C lead
D magnesium

8
21 In which reaction are two of the products salts?
A aqueous lead(II) nitrate and aqueous copper(II) sulfate

B aqueous sodium hydroxide and solid ammonium sulfate
C dilute hydrochloric acid and aqueous sodium carbonate
D dilute hydrochloric acid and magnesium
zinc atom
copper atom
A The zinc atoms form strong covalent bonds with the copper atoms.
B The zinc atoms prevent layers of copper atoms from sliding over each other easily.
D The zinc atoms have more electrons than the copper atoms.
23 From their position in the Periodic Table, which statement is correct?
A Atoms of elements in Group VII react to form ions by losing one electron.
B Iodine can displace bromine from its salts.
C Potassium reacts more rapidly than lithium with water to form the hydroxide and hydrogen.
D The melting point of caesium is greater than that of potassium.
© UCLES 2016 5070/12/M/J/16

9
24 The table gives the melting points, densities and electrical conductivities of four elements.
Which element is copper?
melting point in °C density in g / cm3 electrical conductivity
A –38.9 13.6 good

B –7.2 3.12 poor
C 97.8 0.97 good
D 1083 8.96 good
25 An atom of an element has eight electrons only.
Which statement about this element is correct?
A It forms an ion with two negative charges.

B It has a full outer shell of electrons.
C It is a metal.
D It is in Group VIII of the Periodic Table.
fractional
gas
distillation
W
of air
pressure Y product
fertiliser
and 450 °C Z
cracking of gas
hydrocarbons X
W X Y Z
A H2 N2 high NH3
B O2 SO2 high SO3
C O2 SO2 low SO3
D N2 H2 high NH3

10
27 Which oxide can be reduced to the metal by roasting with powdered iron?
A calcium oxide
B copper(II) oxide
C magnesium oxide
D zinc oxide
28 Which element, if attached to iron immersed in salt water, would prevent the iron from corroding?
A carbon
B copper
C magnesium
D sulfur
29 The final reaction in the extraction of metal X is represented by the following equation.
X2O3 + 3CO → 2X + 3CO2
What is X?
A aluminium
B copper
C iron
D sodium
30 Hydrated sodium carbonate decomposes when heated in a Bunsen burner flame.
Which equation shows this decomposition correctly?
A 2Na2CO3.10H2O(s) → 4Na(s) + 2CO2(g) + O2(g) + 10H2O(g)
B Na2CO3.10H2O(s) → Na2CO3(s) + 10H2O(g)
C Na2CO3.10H2O(s) → NaHCO3(s) + NaOH(s) + 9H2O(g)
D Na2CO3.10H2O(s) → Na2O(s) + CO2(g) + 10H2O(g)
© UCLES 2016 5070/12/M/J/16

11
31 Aluminium is extracted from aluminium oxide by electrolysis.
waste gases
carbon
carbon anodes
cathode (+ve)
(-ve)
purified aluminium
oxide dissolved in
molten cryolite
molten
aluminium
A Aluminium ions gain electrons to form aluminium.

B Cryolite is added to increase the melting point of the electrolyte.
C Cryolite is added to react with impurities to form slag.
D The carbon cathode has to be replaced regularly as it reacts with oxygen.
32 Which ion is present in both sewage and fertilisers and can cause eutrophication when it enters
rivers?
A carbonate
B chloride
C nitrate
D sulfate

12
33 The diagram shows an experiment to determine the percentage of oxygen in air.
bell jar
lit candle
water
Which diagram shows the correct level of water after the candle stops burning?
A B C D
34 How many of the structures show an unsaturated hydrocarbon molecule?
H C H
H H H H H H H
H O
C C H C C C H C C H C C C H
H O H
Cl H H H H H H
A 1 B 2 C 3 D 4
35 Which statements are correct for alkenes but not for alkanes?
1 They turn aqueous bromine from brown to colourless.

2 Their general formula is CnH2n.
3 They burn in air to form carbon dioxide and water.
© UCLES 2016 5070/12/M/J/16

13
36 Wine is an alcoholic drink that contains ethanol. If wine is left exposed to the air for too long, it
can become acidic.
This is because the ethanol is ......1...... to the acid ......2...... .
Which word and formula correctly complete gaps 1 and 2?
1 2
A oxidised CH3COOH
B oxidised CH3CH2COOH
C reduced CH3COOH
D reduced CH3CH2COOH
37 Polymer Z has the structure shown.
O O O O
C C N N C C N N
H H H H
These four terms can be used to describe polymers.
1 addition polymer
3 polyamide
4 polyester
Which two terms can be applied to polymer Z?

14
38 The diagram shows the structure of poly(dichloroethene).
H Cl
C C
H Cl n
Which statement about this polymer is correct?
Cl H
A The monomer is C C.
Cl H
H Cl
B The monomer is C C.
Cl H
C The polymer is formed by a condensation reaction.
D The polymer has a lower melting point than the monomer.
39 How can the following reaction be described?
C8H18 → C4H10 + 2C2H4
A combustion
B cracking
C oxidation
D reduction
© UCLES 2016 5070/12/M/J/16

15
40 The structures of four hydrocarbons, W, X, Y and Z, are shown.
W X Y Z
H H H H H H H H H H H H
H C C C H H C C C C H H C C C C C C H
H H H H H H H H H H
H C H H C H
H H
Which row is correct?
isomers of decolourise branched

each other bromine structures
A W and X Y and Z W and Y

B W and X Y and Z X and Z
C Y and Z W and Y X and Z
D Y and Z W and Z W and Y
© UCLES 2016 5070/12/M/J/16

Group
© UCLES 2016
1 2
H He
hydrogen helium
Key 1 4
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
23 24 27 28 31 32 35.5 40
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 64 65 70 73 75 79 80 84
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
85 88 89 91 93 96 – 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
16
55 56 57–71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
lanthanoids
5070/12/M/J/16
133 137 178 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209 – – –
87 88 89–103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 114 116
actinoids
– – – – – – – – – – – – –
57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
139 140 141 144 – 150 152 157 159 163 165 167 169 173 175
89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103
– 232 231 238 – – – – – – – – – – –
CHEMISTRY 5070/11
1 hour
Soft clean eraser
*5783488245*

IB17 06_5070_11/3RP
2
1 Gas X has the following properties.
1 colourless
2 no effect on either red or blue litmus papers
3 no effect on limewater
4 flammable
What is gas X?
A ammonia
B chlorine
C hydrogen
D oxygen
2 A gas is evolved during a reaction.
Which two pieces of apparatus would enable the rate of this reaction to be measured?
A balance and pipette

B gas syringe and thermometer
C stopclock and gas syringe
D stopclock and pipette
3 Which statement about pure hexane, C6H14, is correct?
A It boils over a range of temperatures.

B It burns in excess oxygen to form carbon monoxide and water only.
C It mixes with water.
D It melts at a fixed temperature.
19 − 20 23 +
4 Which statement about the particles 9 F , 10 Ne and 11Na is correct?
A They all contain more electrons than protons.

B They all contain more neutrons than protons.
C They all contain the same number of electrons.
D They all contain the same number of protons.
© UCLES 2017 5070/11/M/J/17

3
5 An aqueous solution of zinc chloride is tested by adding reagents.
Which observation is correct?
reagent added to zinc chloride (aq) observations
A acidified aqueous barium nitrate forms a white precipitate

B aqueous ammonia forms a white precipitate, soluble in
excess of the reagent
C aqueous sodium hydroxide forms a white precipitate, insoluble

in excess of the reagent
D powdered copper forms a grey precipitate
6 How many of the molecules shown contain only one covalent bond?
Cl 2 H2 HCl N2 O2
A 2 B 3 C 4 D 5
7 Which substance has a giant covalent structure and contains atoms of more than one element?
A diamond
B graphite
C methane
D sand
8 Which statement correctly explains why chlorine, Cl 2, at 40 °C diffuses more slowly than neon,
Ne, at 20 °C?
A Chlorine has a relative molecular mass of 71 whilst neon has a relative atomic mass of 20.
B Chlorine is at a higher temperature than neon.
C Chlorine is diatomic and neon is monatomic.
D Chlorine is more reactive than neon.
9 Metals conduct electricity.
The movement of which particles is responsible for this conductivity?
A anions
B cations
C electrons
D protons

4
10 Which substance, when molten, conducts electricity?
A bitumen
B caesium iodide
C diamond
D sand
11 A compound contains 70% by mass of iron and 30% by mass of oxygen.
What is its empirical formula?
[Ar: O, 16; Fe, 56]
A FeO B Fe2O3 C Fe3O2 D Fe3O4
12 The formula for hydrated copper(II) nitrate is Cu(NO3)2.xH2O. It contains 36.5% water of
crystallisation by mass.
What is the value of x?
[Ar: H, 1; N, 14; O, 16; Cu, 64]
A 4 B 5 C 6 D 7
13 Dilute sulfuric acid is electrolysed between inert electrodes.
1 Hydrogen is released at the negative electrode.

2 Oxygen is released at the positive electrode.
3 Sulfur dioxide is released at the positive electrode.
4 The acid becomes more concentrated.
A 1, 2 and 4 B 1 and 2 only C 2 and 3 D 3 and 4
© UCLES 2017 5070/11/M/J/17

5
14 Concentrated aqueous calcium iodide undergoes electrolysis in a similar way to concentrated

aqueous sodium chloride.
+ –
graphite
calcium iodide
What would be formed at each electrode?
product at product at
A iodine calcium
B iodine hydrogen
C oxygen calcium
D oxygen hydrogen

6
15 Aluminium is obtained by the electrolysis of molten aluminium oxide.
waste gases
electrodes
electrode
molten purified aluminium oxide

aluminium dissolved in molten cryolite
Which row shows the electrode at which aluminium is formed and the correct equation for its
formation?
electrode equation
A anode Al 3+ + 3e– → Al
B anode Al 3+ – 3e– → Al
C cathode Al 3+ + 3e– → Al
D cathode Al 3+ – 3e– → Al
16 The energy profile diagram for the forward direction of a reversible reaction is shown.
activation energy
energy
∆H
For the reverse reaction, which row correctly shows the sign of the activation energy and the
type of enthalpy change?
sign of activation type of enthalpy

energy change
© UCLES 2017 5070/11/M/J/17

7
17 The formation of liquid water from hydrogen and oxygen may occur in three stages.
1 2H2(g) + O2(g) → 4H(g) + 2O(g)
2 4H(g) + 2O(g) → 2H2O(g)
3 2H2O(g) → 2H2O(l)
Which stages would be exothermic?
A 1, 2 and 3 B 1 and 2 only C 2 and 3 only D 2 only
18 The equation shows the formation of sulfur trioxide in the contact process.
2SO2(g) + O2(g) 2SO3(g) ∆H = –196 kJ / mol
What would decrease the yield of sulfur trioxide?
A addition of more oxygen

B an increase in pressure
C an increase in temperature
D removal of sulfur trioxide from the reaction chamber

8
19 Magnesium carbonate reacts with dilute hydrochloric acid to form magnesium chloride,
carbon dioxide and water.
MgCO3(s) + 2HCl (aq) → MgCl 2(aq) + CO2(g) + H2O(l)
The rate of the reaction is found by reacting the magnesium carbonate and dilute
hydrochloric acid in a conical flask. The mass of the flask and contents is measured every twenty
seconds.
dilute
hydrochloric acid
magnesium carbonate
balance
Which graph correctly shows the change in the mass of the flask and contents with time?
A B
mass of flask mass of flask

and contents and contents
0 0
0 time 0 time
C D
mass of flask mass of flask

and contents and contents
0 0
0 time 0 time
© UCLES 2017 5070/11/M/J/17

9
20 At the start of a reaction, a 1.00 dm3 solution contains 0.300 mol of ethanol.
After 100 seconds the concentration of the ethanol has decreased to 0.296 mol / dm3.
What is the rate of reaction over the first 100 seconds?
A 2.96 × 10–3 mol / dm3 / s
B 3.00 × 10–5 mol / dm3 / s
C 4.00 × 10–5 mol / dm3 / s
D 8.00 × 10–5 mol / dm3 / s
21 Which statement about sulfuric acid is correct?
Sulfuric acid is used
A as a bleach.
B in food preservation.
C in the manufacture of detergents.
D in the purification of drinking water.
22 Which row shows the order of increasing pH (lowest to highest) for strong acids, strong bases,
weak acids and weak bases at the same concentration?
pH
A strong acids weak acids weak bases strong bases

B strong bases weak bases weak acids strong acids
C weak acids strong acids weak bases strong bases
D weak bases strong bases strong acids weak acids
23 The table shows the proton numbers of four elements.
element Q R T Z
proton number 9 11 17 19
A Q is a metal.
B Q is more reactive than T.
C R is more reactive than Z.
D T and Z are in the same period.

10
W X Y
Which row about the elements W, X and Y is correct?
forms a carbonate
exists as single
combines with oxygen which is not
atoms and is
in the ratio 2 : 3 decomposed by heating
chemically unreactive
in a Bunsen flame
A W X Y
B W Y X
C X W Y
D X Y W
25 Lead(II) sulfate can be made by reacting dilute sulfuric acid with which substance?
A aqueous lead(II) nitrate

B lead
D lead(II) oxide
26 Which pair gives two uses of argon?
A disinfecting water and in balloons

B disinfecting water and in light bulbs
C in balloons and in the manufacture of steel
D in light bulbs and in the manufacture of steel
27 Which two substances are removed from the bottom of a blast furnace?
1 coke
2 iron
3 limestone
4 slag
© UCLES 2017 5070/11/M/J/17

11
28 Which row has the correct catalyst for the named process?
process catalyst
A contact process vanadium(V) oxide

B Haber process manganese(IV) oxide
C hydrogenation of alkenes iron
D photosynthesis glucose
29 Some metals and the compounds in their ores are shown.
metal Al Ca Pb Na Fe Mg
compound in their ore Al 2O3 CaCO3 PbS NaCl Fe2O3 MgCO3
Which type of reaction occurs in the extraction of each of these metals from their ore?
A decomposition by heat
B electrolysis
C precipitation
D reduction
30 After the collapse of a river bridge, a new car was immersed in the river water for several months.
When it was recovered, the parts of the car made of steel, an alloy of iron, were found to be
corroded. The parts made of aluminium were not corroded.
Which statement explains these differences in corrosion?
A Aluminium has a coating of aluminium oxide.

B Aluminium has a very low density.
C Aluminium is an excellent conductor of electricity.
D Aluminium is less reactive than iron.
31 A farmer spread ammonium nitrate, a nitrogenous fertiliser, on a field. The next day he spread
calcium hydroxide on the same field. This caused a loss of nitrogen from the ammonium nitrate.
Which chemical reaction occurred?
A The calcium ions reacted with the ammonium ions, producing ammonia gas.
B The calcium ions reacted with the nitrate ions, producing oxides of nitrogen.
C The hydroxide ions reacted with the ammonium ions, producing ammonia gas.
D The hydroxide ions reacted with the nitrate ions, producing oxides of nitrogen.

12
32 Which row correctly compares carbon dioxide and methane?
both lower the pH of

both contain both are described as
water when they
carbon a greenhouse gas
dissolve in it
A
B
C
D
33 Fossil fuels are used to power some internal combustion engines.
Which pollutants are produced by an internal combustion engine burning fossil fuels?
1 carbon monoxide
2 nitrogen oxides
3 sulfur dioxide
34 An ester is produced by reacting together the carboxylic acid HCO2H and the alcohol
CH3CH2CH2OH.
What is the name and structure of this ester?
name structure
A methyl propanoate CH3CH2CO2CH3

B methyl propanoate HCO2CH2CH2CH3
C propyl methanoate CH3CH2CO2CH3
D propyl methanoate HCO2CH2CH2CH3
© UCLES 2017 5070/11/M/J/17

13
35 The repeat unit of a polymer is shown.
CH3 Cl
C C
H Br
Which monomer would produce this polymer?
A B C D
H Cl CH3 H CH3 H Cl CH3
C C C C C C C C
CH3 Br Cl Br Br Cl H Br
36 Each of compounds W, X, Y and Z is either an unbranched alkane or an unbranched alkene.
W C9H18
X C9H20
Y C10H20
Z C10H22
Which two compounds undergo an addition reaction with bromine?
A W and Y B W and Z C X and Y D X and Z
37 One mole of each alkane undergoes complete combustion.
Which alkane will produce seven moles of products?
A CH4 B C2H6 C C3H8 D C4H10
38 Which statement about macromolecules is correct?
A Nylon and Terylene are both polyesters.

B Proteins and nylon have the same monomer units.
C Proteins have the same amide linkages as nylon.
D Terylene and fats are esters but with different linkages.

14
39 An organic compound, X, has a molecular formula C4H8O2 and turns damp, blue litmus paper red.
What is the structure of X?
A B
H H O H H O H H
H C C C O C H H C C O C C H
H H H H H H
C D
O H H H O H H H
H C O C C C H H O C C C C H
H H H H H H
40 Which polymer contains only three different elements?
A protein
B poly(ethene)
C poly(propene)
D starch
© UCLES 2017 5070/11/M/J/17

15
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2017 5070/11/M/J/17

Group
© UCLES 2017
1 2
H He
hydrogen helium
Key 1 4
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
23 24 27 28 31 32 35.5 40
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 64 65 70 73 75 79 80 84
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
16
85 88 89 91 93 96 – 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
55 56 57–71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
5070/11/M/J/17
lanthanoids
133 137 178 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209 – – –
87 88 89–103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 114 116
actinoids
– – – – – – – – – – – – –
57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
139 140 141 144 – 150 152 157 159 163 165 167 169 173 175
89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103
– 232 231 238 – – – – – – – – – – –
CHEMISTRY 5070/12
1 hour
Soft clean eraser
*8111012495*

IB17 06_5070_12/3RP
2
1 The diagram shows four pieces of apparatus that are used to measure the volume of a gas or
liquid.
Which piece of apparatus should always be filled to the same level?
A B C D
burette gas syringe measuring cylinder pipette
2 The diagrams show the structures of two forms of carbon.
X Y
Which of X and Y conduct electricity?
X Y
A
B
C
D
© UCLES 2017 5070/12/M/J/17

3

B aqueous ammonia forms a white precipitate, soluble in
excess of the reagent
C aqueous sodium hydroxide forms a white precipitate, insoluble

in excess of the reagent
19 − 20 23 +
4 Which statement about the particles 9 F , 10 Ne and 11Na is correct?
A They all contain more electrons than protons.

B They all contain more neutrons than protons.
C They all contain the same number of electrons.
D They all contain the same number of protons.
5 The table shows some properties of four substances.
Which substance is an ionic compound?
melting conducts electricity dissolves conducts electricity

point / °C when solid in water in aqueous solution
A –102
B 801
C 842
D 3000

4
6 Four samples are spotted onto chromatography paper. It is known that one of these samples is
pure compound Q. A separate sample of pure compound Q is also spotted onto the paper. The
paper is placed in a solvent.
The diagram shows the chromatogram produced.
solvent front
start
sample 1 2 3 4 Q
A Sample 2 has travelled the furthest and sample 3 is pure compound Q.

B Sample 3 has travelled the furthest and sample 2 is pure compound Q.
C Sample 4 has travelled the furthest and sample 1 is pure compound Q.
D Sample 4 has travelled the furthest and sample 2 is pure compound Q.
Cl 2 H2 HCl N2 O2
A 2 B 3 C 4 D 5
8 Which statements about sulfur and its compounds are correct?
1 Sulfur is in Group VI of the Periodic Table and has six outer shell electrons.
2 In hydrogen sulfide, H2S, sulfur shares one electron with each hydrogen atom.
3 Sulfur dioxide is used as a bleach.
© UCLES 2017 5070/12/M/J/17

5
9 50.0 cm3 of 0.10 mol / dm3 silver nitrate, AgNO3, is added to 150.0 cm3 of 0.05 mol / dm3
sodium chloride, NaCl, in a beaker.
As well as solid silver chloride, what is present in the beaker after reaction?
A aqueous silver nitrate and aqueous sodium nitrate

B aqueous sodium chloride and aqueous sodium nitrate
C aqueous sodium chloride only
D aqueous sodium nitrate only
10 Nitrogen monoxide and oxygen react to form nitrogen dioxide.
2NO(g) + O2(g) → 2NO2(g)
What is the maximum volume of nitrogen dioxide that could be obtained when 1 dm3 of
nitrogen monoxide reacts with 2 dm3 of oxygen?
A 1 dm3 B 2 dm3 C 3 dm3 D 4 dm3
11 Dilute sulfuric acid is electrolysed between inert electrodes.

12 Caesium, Cs, is in the same group of the Periodic Table as sodium.
Which products are obtained from the electrolysis of concentrated aqueous caesium chloride?
product at negative
solution remaining
electrode
A caesium hydrochloric acid

B chlorine caesium hydroxide
C hydrogen caesium hydroxide
D hydrogen hydrochloric acid

6
13 The diagrams show the apparatus for the electrolysis of aqueous copper(II) sulfate.
In experiment X both electrodes are inert. In experiment Y both electrodes are made of copper.
+ – + –
electrode 1 electrode 2 electrode 3 electrode 4

(inert) (inert) (copper) (copper)
aqueous aqueous
copper(II) sulfate copper(II) sulfate
X Y
On which electrodes is solid metal deposited?
14 The energy profile diagram for the forward direction of a reversible reaction is shown.
activation energy
energy
∆H
For the reverse reaction, which row correctly shows the sign of the activation energy and the
type of enthalpy change?

energy change
© UCLES 2017 5070/12/M/J/17

7
1 2H2(g) + O2(g) → 4H(g) + 2O(g)
2 4H(g) + 2O(g) → 2H2O(g)
3 2H2O(g) → 2H2O(l)
16 In four separate experiments, 1, 2, 3 and 4, nitric acid was added to excess marble chips and the
volume of carbon dioxide formed was measured.
In all four experiments the same volume of nitric acid was used.
Its concentration, or temperature, or both concentration and temperature, were changed.
The results of the experiments are shown on the graph.
200
1
2
volume of CO2
3
produced 100
/ cm3 4
0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
time / min
A A lower concentration of acid was used in experiment 3 than in experiment 1.

B Experiment 4 was faster than experiment 3.
C The acid used in experiment 2 was of a lower concentration than in experiment 1.
D The temperature of the acid was the same in experiments 1 and 2.
17 The equation shows the formation of sulfur trioxide in the contact process.
2SO2(g) + O2(g) 2SO3(g) ∆H = –196 kJ / mol
What would decrease the yield of sulfur trioxide?

D removal of sulfur trioxide from the reaction chamber

8
18 Zinc reacts with dilute sulfuric acid.
Zn + H2SO4 → ZnSO4 + H2
From this equation, what can be deduced about the reaction?
A It is a redox reaction.
B It is exothermic.
C Zinc is acting as a base.
D Zinc is acting as a catalyst.
19 Consider the three reactions.
1 reaction between ammonium chloride and calcium hydroxide

2 ethane burning in air
3 reaction between ethanoic acid and ethanol
What is true for all three reactions?
A Carbon dioxide is formed.

B Neutralisation takes place.
C Oxidation takes place.
D Water is formed.
20 Which statement about weak acids is correct?
A They are partially ionised.

B They do not react with metals.
C They do not react with strong alkalis.
D Their solutions have pH values in the range 0 to 2.
21 Which gas dissolves in water to give a solution with a pH greater than 7?
A ammonia
B carbon dioxide
C nitrogen dioxide
D sulfur dioxide
© UCLES 2017 5070/12/M/J/17

9
22 Element X forms an oxide of formula X2O5.
In which group of the Periodic Table is X likely to be found?
A Group II
B Group III
C Group V
D Group VIII
23 Element M is a typical transition metal.
Which property will it not have?
A a low melting point

B coloured compounds
C good electrical conductivity
D variable oxidation states
24 An atom of element E forms a white oxide of formula EO.
What is E?
A argon
B calcium
C copper
D potassium
25 The table shows the proton numbers of four elements.
element Q R T Z
proton number 9 11 17 19
A Q is a metal.
B Q is more reactive than T.
C R is more reactive than Z.
D T and Z are in the same period.

10
26 The results of experiments involving four metals, W, X, Y and Z, and their ions are shown.
Y(s) + Z+(aq) → Y+(aq) + Z(s)
W(s) + X+(aq) → no reaction
Z(s) + X+(aq) → Z+(aq) + X(s)
What is the order of reactivity of the four metals, most reactive to least reactive?
A W→X→Y→Z
B X→W→Z→Y
C Y→Z→X→W
D Z→Y→W→X
27 Metals have a structure of positive ions in a ‘sea of electrons’. Metals are malleable because it is
possible to force the ions to slide over each other.
The alloy brass is ......1...... malleable than pure copper and than pure zinc.
Brass is ......2...... to conduct electricity.
1 2
A less unable
B less able
C more unable
D more able
28 Which two substances are removed from the bottom of a blast furnace?
1 coke
2 iron
3 limestone
4 slag
© UCLES 2017 5070/12/M/J/17

11
29 Aluminium is used in the manufacture of aeroplanes.
What is a property of aluminium and is also a reason for this use?
A It has a low density.

B It is a good conductor of electricity.
C It is a poor conductor of heat.
D It is covered in an unreactive layer of aluminium carbonate.
30 How can the reaction between nitrogen and hydrogen be described?
A a displacement reaction
B a neutralisation reaction
C a precipitation reaction
D a reversible reaction
31 Bottled fruit juice may have small amounts of sulfur dioxide added.
What is the purpose of this?
A to adjust the acidity of the fruit juice

B to kill any bacteria present
C to improve the flavour of the fruit juice
D to neutralise any alkalis present
32 Dissolved substances in water can cause eutrophication.
How many of the ions shown cause this effect?
Cl – CO32– Na+ NO3– PO43–
A 1 B 2 C 3 D 4
33 Which list contains only gases that are always present in unpolluted air?
A oxygen, nitrogen, carbon dioxide, argon, carbon monoxide, nitrogen dioxide

B oxygen, nitrogen, carbon dioxide, argon, neon
C oxygen, nitrogen, carbon dioxide, nitrogen dioxide, ozone
D oxygen, nitrogen, carbon monoxide, methane, sulfur dioxide

12
34 One mole of each alkane undergoes complete combustion.
Which alkane will produce seven moles of products?
35 Ethanoic acid is formed when ethanol is reacted with acidified potassium manganate(VII).
What is the name of this process?
A combustion
B condensation
C oxidation
D polymerisation
36 The structure of compound X is shown.
CH3–CH2–CH2–CH2–OH
A X is an alcohol because it contains an –OH group.

B X is an isomer of propanol.
C X would burn in air to form carbon dioxide and water.
D X would have a higher boiling point than ethanol.
37 After which conversion does the product contain more carbon atoms than the reactant?
A ethanol to ethanoic acid

B ethanol to ethyl ethanoate
C ethene to ethane
D ethene to ethanol
© UCLES 2017 5070/12/M/J/17

13
38 Molecules 1–4 are unbranched hydrocarbons.
1 C10H22
2 C10H20
3 C9H20
4 C8H16
Which row correctly identifies these hydrocarbons as alkanes or alkenes?
alkane alkene
A 1 and 2 3 and 4
B 1 and 3 2 and 4
C 1 and 4 2 and 3
D 2 and 3 1 and 4
39 Which polymer contains only three different elements?
A protein
B poly(ethene)
C poly(propene)
D starch

© UCLES 2017 5070/12/M/J/17

14
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2017 5070/12/M/J/17

15
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2017 5070/12/M/J/17

Group
© UCLES 2017
1 2
H He
hydrogen helium
Key 1 4
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
23 24 27 28 31 32 35.5 40
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 64 65 70 73 75 79 80 84
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
16
85 88 89 91 93 96 – 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
55 56 57–71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
5070/12/M/J/17
lanthanoids
133 137 178 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209 – – –
87 88 89–103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 114 116
actinoids
– – – – – – – – – – – – –
57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
139 140 141 144 – 150 152 157 159 163 165 167 169 173 175
89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103
– 232 231 238 – – – – – – – – – – –
CHEMISTRY 5070/11
1 hour
Soft clean eraser
*9851277883*

IB18 06_5070_11/3RP
2
1 A gas is less dense than air and dissolves in water.
Which diagram shows the correct method of collecting this gas?
A B
gas
gas
C D
gas
gas
water
2 Which mixture can be separated into its components by adding water, stirring and filtering?
A calcium carbonate and sodium chloride

B magnesium and iron
C sodium chloride and copper(II) sulfate

D sulfuric acid and hydrochloric acid
© UCLES 2018 5070/11/M/J/18

3
3 Tests were carried out on an aqueous solution of an unknown compound, P. The observations
are recorded in the table.
test observation
aqueous green precipitate, soluble in
sodium hydroxide added excess giving a green solution
dilute nitric acid added white precipitate
then aqueous barium nitrate
dilute nitric acid added no precipitate
then aqueous silver nitrate
Which ions are present in P?
A Cr3+ and Cl –
B Cr3+ and SO42–
C Fe2+ and Cl –
D Fe2+ and SO42–
4 Which substance would diffuse most quickly?
A carbon dioxide at 0 °C
B carbon dioxide at 25 °C
C neon at 0 °C
D neon at 25 °C
5 The ion Q2+ has three complete shells of electrons.
What is Q?
A calcium
B magnesium
C oxygen
D sulfur

4
6 The diagrams show the arrangement of particles in three solids: X, Y and Z. The three solids are
krypton, potassium and sodium chloride.
– + – –
+ e + e +
– –
+ e e–
+ –+ +
+ – e e–
–
+ e + e– +
– +
X Y Z
Which row correctly identifies X, Y and Z?
X Y Z
A krypton potassium sodium chloride

B krypton sodium chloride potassium
C sodium chloride krypton potassium
D sodium chloride potassium krypton
7 In the electrolysis of CuSO4(aq), what is the ionic equation for the reaction at the cathode?
A Cu + 2e– → Cu2+
B Cu2+ + 2e– → Cu
C 2H2O + Cu2+ + 2e– → Cu(OH)2 + O2
D SO42– + 4H+ + 2e– → H2SO4 + H2
8 Ethane, C2H6, and ammonia, NH3, are covalent compounds.
The dot-and-cross diagrams of these compounds are shown.
H H
H C C H H N H
H H H
1 A molecule of ethane contains twice as many hydrogen atoms as a molecule of

ammonia.
2 An unreacted nitrogen atom has five outer electrons.
3 In a molecule of ethane, the bond between the carbon atoms is formed by sharing
two electrons, one from each carbon atom.
© UCLES 2018 5070/11/M/J/18

5
A All compounds are ionic.

B All compounds conduct electricity when molten.
C Each element only contains one type of atom.
D In a mixture of substances, the proportions of the substances are always the same.
10 When 1 volume of gas R reacts with exactly 5 volumes of oxygen, it forms carbon dioxide and
water only.
What is R?
A butane, C4H10
B ethane, C2H6
C methane, CH4
D propane, C3H8
11 Two characteristics of a gas, G, are given.
● G reduces copper(II) oxide to a pink-brown solid.
● 1.4 g of G has a volume of 1.2 dm3 at room temperature and pressure.
What is G?
A carbon monoxide, CO
B hydrogen, H2
C nitrogen, N2
D nitrogen monoxide, NO
12 The relative formula masses of four compounds are given.
A student has a 1.0 g sample of each compound.
Which sample contains the highest number of moles of oxygen atoms?
relative
compound
formula mass
A Al 2O3 102
B CuO 80
C H2SO4 98
D HNO3 63

6
liquid Y
– + – +
What could liquid Y be?

D ethanol
14 Which statement about ionic compounds is correct?
A Ionic compounds conduct electricity when solid because they contain charged particles that
can move.
B Ionic compounds consist of a lattice of positive ions and negative ions.
C Most ionic compounds are solids at room temperature because of the strong attraction
between electrons and positive ions.
D When molten or in aqueous solution, ionic compounds conduct electricity because they
contain electrons that can move.
© UCLES 2018 5070/11/M/J/18

7
15 The diagram shows apparatus that can be used to extract aluminium from its ore.
What are J, K and L?
J K L
A negative electrode aluminium oxide + cryolite aluminium

B negative electrode cryolite aluminium oxide
C positive electrode aluminium oxide cryolite
D positive electrode aluminium oxide + cryolite aluminium
16 The diagram shows the energy profile for a reaction.
route 1
energy reactants
route 2
products
Which statements about this reaction are correct?
1 More energy is needed to break the bonds than is released when new bonds are
formed.
2 Route 1 and route 2 give the same overall equation for the reaction.
3 Route 2 involves the use of a catalyst.
4 The reaction is exothermic.
A 1, 2 and 3 B 1 and 2 only C 2, 3 and 4 D 3 and 4 only

8
17 The diagram shows the fractionation of petroleum (crude oil).
fraction
petrol (gasoline)
naphtha
paraffin (kerosene)
diesel
lubricating oils
crude oil
bitumen
Which row shows the correct use for the fraction?
fraction use
A bitumen as a lubricant
B diesel for aircraft engines
C naphtha making road surfaces
D paraffin (kerosene) fuel for heating and cooking
18 Which compound is a constituent of petroleum (crude oil)?
A C2H5OH B CH3CO2H C C8H18 D C6H12O6
© UCLES 2018 5070/11/M/J/18

9
19 A student wrote two conclusions about calcium carbonate.
conclusion 1 The reaction with dilute hydrochloric acid is faster with powdered
calcium carbonate than with large pieces of calcium carbonate.
conclusion 2 Grinding large pieces of calcium carbonate to form powder increases the
surface area.
A Both conclusions are correct and conclusion 2 explains conclusion 1.

B Both conclusions are correct but conclusion 2 does not explain conclusion 1.
C Conclusion 1 is correct but conclusion 2 is not correct.
D Conclusion 2 is correct but conclusion 1 is not correct.
20 A compound decolourises acidified potassium manganate(VII).
What could this compound be?
1 magnesium chloride, MgCl 2
2 iron(II) chloride, FeCl 2

3 ethanol, C2H5OH
21 Nitrogen reacts with oxygen in an equilibrium reaction.
N2(g) + O2(g) 2NO(g) ∆H = +170 kJ / mol
When the reaction is at equilibrium, which statement is correct?
A The concentration of nitrogen present will change with time.

B The forward and backward reactions are taking place at the same rate.
C The forward reaction releases heat energy.
D There are more molecules on the left hand side of the equation than on the right.

10
22 A solution of W has the following properties.
● When added in excess to solid ammonium chloride, a gas is given off that turns
damp red litmus paper blue.
● When added in excess to a solution of pH 3, the resulting solution has a pH of 13.
What is W?
A a strong acid
B a strong base
C a weak acid
D a weak base
23 Pure lead(II) sulfate is prepared by mixing two substances, X and Y. When the reaction is
complete the mixture is filtered. Pure lead(II) sulfate is obtained.
residue
filtrate
Which row shows the best way to prepare pure lead(II) sulfate?
substance X substance Y method after filtration
A aqueous lead(II) nitrate aqueous sodium sulfate crystallise the filtrate

B aqueous lead(II) nitrate aqueous sodium sulfate wash and dry the residue
C solid lead(II) carbonate dilute sulfuric acid crystallise the filtrate
D solid lead(II) carbonate dilute sulfuric acid wash and dry the residue
24 What are the percentages by mass of nitrogen in ammonium nitrate, NH4NO3, and in
calcium nitrate, Ca(NO3)2?
% nitrogen % nitrogen
in NH4NO3 in Ca(NO3)2
A 18 14
B 18 17
C 35 9
D 35 17
© UCLES 2018 5070/11/M/J/18

11
step P sulfur step Q sulfur step R sulfuric

sulfur
A P, Q and R B Q and R only C Q only D R only
26 Which statement about the elements in the Periodic Table is correct?
A An atom of potassium, K, has more protons than an atom of argon, Ar.

B Elements in the same period have similar chemical properties.
C Elements that are non-metals form only covalent bonds with other elements.
D On descending Group I from lithium, Li, to caesium, Cs, the metals become less reactive.
27 The positions of four elements are shown on the outline of part of the Periodic Table.
Which element is a solid non-metal at r.t.p.?
B
A C
28 What is not a typical property of transition elements?
A They form coloured compounds.

B They have high melting points.
C They have low densities.
D They have variable oxidation states.


12
30 Which statement about the reactions of some metals and metal compounds is correct?
A Copper reacts with dilute hydrochloric acid to form hydrogen.

B Sodium oxide is reduced to sodium metal by heating with carbon.
C Zinc carbonate is more thermally stable than sodium carbonate.
D Zinc displaces copper from aqueous copper(II) sulfate.
31 Which metal is used in the galvanising of iron?
A calcium
B copper
C lead
D zinc
32 Iron is obtained in the blast furnace from the ore haematite.
Which process takes place in the blast furnace?
A Calcium carbonate is used to remove acidic impurities.

B Coke is reduced to carbon dioxide.
C Haematite is oxidised by carbon monoxide.
D Haematite undergoes thermal decomposition.
33 Aluminium is a Group III element. It is extracted from its ore by electrolysis.
The position of aluminium in the Periodic Table indicates that its aqueous ion is likely to be
......1...... .
Its method of extraction indicates that aluminium is ......2...... in the reactivity series.
Which words complete gaps 1 and 2?
1 2
A coloured high
B coloured low
C colourless high
D colourless low
© UCLES 2018 5070/11/M/J/18

13
34 Which pair of gases are both non-acidic?
A ammonia and methane

B carbon dioxide and ammonia
C methane and nitrogen dioxide
D nitrogen dioxide and carbon dioxide
35 Which term correctly describes the conversion of seawater into drinkable water?
A chlorination
B desalination
C filtration
D neutralisation
36 Which formula represents an alkane?
A C31H33 B C31H60 C C31H62 D C31H64
37 Z is a compound that:
● can be formed, as the only other product, when the alkane C8H18 is cracked to
produce butane
● decolourises bromine water
● has a branched chain structure.
What is the formula of Z?
A B C D
H H H H H H H H H H H
C C C H H C C C H H C C C H C C C H
H H H H H H H H H
H C H H C H
H H

14
38 A carboxylic acid of molecular formula C4H8O2 reacts with an alcohol of molecular formula C3H8O
to form an ester.
What could be the formula of the ester formed?
A CH3 CH2 C O
O CH2 CH2 CH2 CH3
B CH3 CH2 CH2 C O
O CH2 CH2 CH3
C CH3 CH2 CH2 C O
O CH2 CH2 CH2 CH3
D CH3 CH2 C O
O CH2 CH2 CH3
39 Some properties of compound J are listed.
● It reacts with potassium carbonate to produce carbon dioxide.

● It reacts with ethanol to produce a sweet-smelling liquid.
● It reacts with sodium hydroxide to produce a salt.
What is a possible identity of J?

A ethanoic acid
B ethanol
C ethyl ethanoate
D ethyl methanoate
© UCLES 2018 5070/11/M/J/18

15
40 Which partial structure represents nylon?
O O O O
A C C O O C C O O
O O O O
B C C N N C C N N
H H H H
O O O O
C C C N N C C N N
H H H H
O O O O
D C C O O C C O O
© UCLES 2018 5070/11/M/J/18

Group
© UCLES 2018
1 2
H He
hydrogen helium
Key 1 4
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
23 24 27 28 31 32 35.5 40
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 64 65 70 73 75 79 80 84
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
16
85 88 89 91 93 96 – 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
55 56 57–71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
5070/11/M/J/18
lanthanoids
133 137 178 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209 – – –
87 88 89–103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 114 116
actinoids
– – – – – – – – – – – – –
57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
139 140 141 144 – 150 152 157 159 163 165 167 169 173 175
89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103
– 232 231 238 – – – – – – – – – – –
CHEMISTRY 5070/12
1 hour
Soft clean eraser
*7175043831*

IB18 06_5070_12/2RP
2
1 A student wants to show that the rate of the reaction between calcium carbonate and dilute
hydrochloric acid doubles for every 10 °C rise in temperature.
The method the student uses is to measure the volume of carbon dioxide released.
The student has a Bunsen burner and a gas syringe.
What other essential apparatus must the student use?
A balance, burette, pipette, measuring cylinder

B balance, measuring cylinder, clock, thermometer
C burette, pipette, clock, thermometer
D pipette, measuring cylinder, clock, thermometer
2 Which mixture can be separated into its components by adding water, stirring and filtering?

B magnesium and iron
C sodium chloride and copper(II) sulfate
D sulfuric acid and hydrochloric acid
3 Which row gives the correct tests to identify both ammonia and sulfur dioxide?
test to test to
identify ammonia identify sulfur dioxide
A damp blue litmus paper acidified potassium manganate(VII)

B damp blue litmus paper damp red litmus paper
C damp red litmus paper acidified potassium manganate(VII)
D damp red litmus paper damp blue litmus paper
© UCLES 2018 5070/12/M/J/18

3
4 Two gases, ammonia and hydrogen chloride, at an equal pressure, are allowed to enter the
apparatus shown.
white solid
HCl (g) NH3(g)
After a time, a white solid forms on the inside of the tube.
Which statements explain why a white solid forms in the position shown?
1 Ammonia and hydrogen chloride react to form solid ammonium chloride.

2 Ammonia diffuses faster than hydrogen chloride.
3 Ammonia has a lower relative molecular mass than hydrogen chloride.
A 1, 2 and 3 B 1 and 2 only C 1 only D 2 and 3 only
5 The atomic number of cerium, Ce, is 58. A Ce4+ ion has 140 nucleons in its nucleus.
How many protons, neutrons, and electrons are there in one Ce4+ ion?
A 58 82 54
B 58 82 62
C 82 58 54
D 82 58 62
6 The diagrams show the arrangement of particles in three solids: X, Y and Z. The three solids are
krypton, potassium and sodium chloride.
– + –
+ e + e– +
+ – e– e–
+ –+ +
+ – e e–
–
+ e + e– +
– +
X Y Z
Which row correctly identifies X, Y and Z?
X Y Z
A krypton potassium sodium chloride

B krypton sodium chloride potassium
C sodium chloride krypton potassium
D sodium chloride potassium krypton

4
7 Which statement about solid calcium chloride is correct?
A It conducts electricity.
B It has a low melting point.
C It has an ionic lattice structure.
D It is insoluble in water.
8 Ethane, C2H6, and ammonia, NH3, are covalent compounds.
The dot-and-cross diagrams of these compounds are shown.
H H
H C C H H N H
H H H
1 A molecule of ethane contains twice as many hydrogen atoms as a molecule of

ammonia.
2 An unreacted nitrogen atom has five outer electrons.
3 In a molecule of ethane, the bond between the carbon atoms is formed by sharing
two electrons, one from each carbon atom.
9 Which statement about the structure or bonding of metals is correct?
A A metal lattice consists of atoms in a ‘sea of electrons’.

B Electrons in a metal move randomly through the lattice.
C Metals are malleable because the particles present are mobile.
D The ions in a metal move when positive and negative electrodes are attached.
10 When 1 volume of gas R reacts with exactly 5 volumes of oxygen, it forms carbon dioxide and
water only.
What is R?
A butane, C4H10
B ethane, C2H6
C methane, CH4
D propane, C3H8
© UCLES 2018 5070/12/M/J/18

5
11 The relative molecular mass of a compound is 166.
What is a possible molecular formula of this compound?
A C4H3O2 B C6H4O4 C C6H8O2 D C8H6O4
12 A mass of 63 g of potassium manganate(VII), KMnO4, is needed for the complete oxidation of

23 g of ethanol, C2H5OH, under acidic conditions.
How many moles of ethanol can be completely oxidised by one mole of

potassium manganate(VII) under these conditions?
A 0.37 B 0.80 C 1.00 D 1.25
liquid Y
– + – +
What could liquid Y be?

D ethanol

6
14 Magnesium can be produced by the electrolysis of molten magnesium chloride, MgCl 2.
What are the products formed at the anode and at the cathode during the electrolysis of molten
magnesium chloride?
anode cathode
A chlorine hydrogen
B chlorine magnesium
C magnesium chlorine
D oxygen hydrogen
15 The diagram shows apparatus that can be used to extract aluminium from its ore.
J K L
A negative electrode aluminium oxide + cryolite aluminium

B negative electrode cryolite aluminium oxide
C positive electrode aluminium oxide cryolite
D positive electrode aluminium oxide + cryolite aluminium
© UCLES 2018 5070/12/M/J/18

7
16 A reaction is exothermic.
Which diagram shows the correct energy profile diagram for the reaction and the correct enthalpy
change?
A B
energy energy
positive negative
∆H ∆H
C D
energy energy
positive negative
∆H ∆H
17 Which fraction of petroleum (crude oil) is used as a fuel in aircraft engines?
A bitumen
B naphtha
C paraffin (kerosene)
D petrol (gasoline)

8
18 The equation for photosynthesis is shown.
6CO2 + 6H2O → 6O2 + C6H12O6
Which statement about photosynthesis is correct?
A It has a negative enthalpy change.

B It is catalysed by the presence of yeast.
C The products of photosynthesis are oxygen and starch.
D It occurs in green leaves.
19 Compound X reacts with an acid to produce sulfur dioxide gas.
A sample of X is placed in a flask and acid is added. The sulfur dioxide produced is collected and
its volume is measured at various times.
A graph of the results is plotted.
volume of
SO2(g) / cm3
0 5 10
time / min
Which statement about this experiment is correct?
A The gas can be collected by displacing water from a measuring cylinder.

B The mass of the reaction flask and its contents decreases as the reaction proceeds.
C The rate of the reaction increases as time increases.
D The reaction is still proceeding after eight minutes.
20 Which reactions involve oxidation and reduction?
1 chlorine gas reacting with aqueous potassium iodide

2 dilute sulfuric acid reacting with magnesium
3 dilute hydrochloric acid reacting with aqueous sodium hydroxide
© UCLES 2018 5070/12/M/J/18

9
21 Nitrogen reacts with oxygen in an equilibrium reaction.
N2(g) + O2(g) 2NO(g) ∆H = +170 kJ / mol
When the reaction is at equilibrium, which statement is correct?

B The forward and backward reactions are taking place at the same rate.
22 Lead(II) oxide, PbO, reacts with dilute nitric acid, neutralising the acid. Lead(II) oxide also reacts
with aqueous sodium hydroxide, neutralising the alkali.
Which word best describes lead(II) oxide?
A acidic
B alkaline
C amphoteric
D basic
23 Which pair of reagents are most suitable for the laboratory preparation of copper(II) chloride?
A aqueous copper(II) nitrate and aqueous sodium chloride

B copper and chlorine
C copper and dilute hydrochloric acid
D copper(II) oxide and dilute hydrochloric acid
24 The compounds shown can be used as nitrogenous fertilisers.
Which compound has the lowest percentage by mass of nitrogen?
A (NH2)2CO [Mr: 60]

B (NH4)2SO4 [Mr: 132]
C (NH4)3PO4 [Mr: 149]
D NH4NO3 [Mr: 80]

10
step P sulfur step Q sulfur step R sulfuric

sulfur
A P, Q and R B Q and R only C Q only D R only
26 Indium (proton number 49) is in Group III of the Periodic Table. Antimony (proton number 51) is in
Group V of the Periodic Table.
Which statement comparing indium and antimony is correct?
A Antimony has more metallic character and more valency electrons per atom than indium.
B Antimony has more metallic character; indium has more valency electrons per atom.
C Indium has more metallic character; antimony has more valency electrons per atom.
D Indium has more metallic character and more valency electrons per atom than antimony.
B
A C
28 Three elements each show oxidation states of +2 and +3.
To which part of the Periodic Table do these elements belong?
A Group II
B Group III
C Group V
D transition metals
© UCLES 2018 5070/12/M/J/18

11

30 Copper(II) oxide reacts with carbon when heated.
2CuO + C → 2Cu + CO2
Which statement about this reaction is correct?
A Carbon is the oxidising agent.

B Carbon is the reducing agent.
C Copper(II) oxide is oxidised.
D Copper(II) oxide is the reducing agent.
31 The diagram shows a cell that can be used to extract a metal from its oxide.
anode
molten cathode
electrolyte
Molten aluminium oxide, copper(II) oxide, lead(II) oxide and magnesium oxide are each
electrolysed in separate cells. Each cell receives the same number of electrons.
A All the metals can also be extracted from their oxides using coke.
B The anode and cathode should be made of the metal being extracted.
C The pure metal is always produced at the cathode.
D The same mass of each metal is formed.

12
Which process takes place in the blast furnace?

33 Aircraft manufacture requires a metal that:
1 has a relatively low density

2 is resistant to corrosion.
Which of these conditions does aluminium satisfy?
A 1 and 2
B 1 only
C 2 only
D neither 1 nor 2

35 Seawater is desalinated to make it drinkable.
What is the main substance removed by desalination?
A detergent
B fertiliser
C sewage
D sodium chloride
© UCLES 2018 5070/12/M/J/18

13
36 Which diagram shows a branched-chain isomer of butane?
A B C D
H H H H H H
H
H C C C H H C H H C H H C H
H H H C H
H C C H H
H H
H C H H C C C H
H H H C C H
H H H H
H
H C H
37 A straight-chain alkene, C4H8, undergoes an addition reaction with bromine.
What is the possible structure of the product?
A CH3CHBrCH2CH2Br
B CH3CHBrCHBrCH3
C CH2BrCH2CH2CH2Br
D CH3CH2CH2CH2Br

14
38 The diagram shows the structure of oxalic acid.
O O
C C
H O O H
oxalic acid
Which alcohol is oxidised to form oxalic acid?
A B
H H H H H
H C C O H H C C C H
H H H O H
C D
H H H H H H
H O C C O H H O C C C C O H
H H H H H H
39 Some properties of compound J are listed.
● It reacts with potassium carbonate to produce carbon dioxide.

● It reacts with ethanol to produce a sweet-smelling liquid.
● It reacts with sodium hydroxide to produce a salt.
What is a possible identity of J?

A ethanoic acid
B ethanol
C ethyl ethanoate
D ethyl methanoate
© UCLES 2018 5070/12/M/J/18

15
40 The diagram shows the formula of nylon.
O O O
C (CH2)4 C N (CH2)6 N C
H H
From which compounds could nylon be made?
A HO2C–(CH2)6–CO2H and H2N–(CH2)6–NH2

B HO2C–(CH2)4–CO2H and H2N–(CH2)4–NH2
C HO2C–(CH2)4–CO2H and H2N–(CH2)6–NH2
D HO2C–(CH2)6–CO2H and H2N–(CH2)4–NH2
© UCLES 2018 5070/12/M/J/18

Group
© UCLES 2018
1 2
H He
hydrogen helium
Key 1 4
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
23 24 27 28 31 32 35.5 40
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 64 65 70 73 75 79 80 84
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
16
85 88 89 91 93 96 – 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
55 56 57–71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
5070/12/M/J/18
lanthanoids
133 137 178 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209 – – –
87 88 89–103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 114 116
actinoids
– – – – – – – – – – – – –
57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
139 140 141 144 – 150 152 157 159 163 165 167 169 173 175
89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103
– 232 231 238 – – – – – – – – – – –
Cambridge Assessment International Education
CHEMISTRY 5070/11
1 hour
Soft clean eraser
*5759037678*

Write your name, centre number and candidate number on the Answer Sheet in the spaces provided
IB19 06_5070_11/3RP
2
1 An experiment is done to measure the rate of reaction between calcium carbonate and dilute
hydrochloric acid. The gas formed is collected in a gas syringe.
Which additional pieces of apparatus are essential to measure how the rate of the reaction
changes with temperature and the amount of acid used?
apparatus to measure apparatus to measure

temperature amount of acid used
A balance thermometer
B measuring cylinder balance
C thermometer condenser
D thermometer measuring cylinder
2 After acidification with dilute nitric acid, a colourless solution of X reacts with aqueous
silver nitrate to give a white precipitate.
What could X be?

A calcium iodide
B copper(II) chloride
C lead(II) iodide
D sodium chloride
3 A paper chromatography experiment is carried out to separate and identify the mixture of
amino acids produced from the hydrolysis of a protein.
Which apparatus is needed?
A chromatography paper, locating agent, marker pen, solvent

B chromatography paper, locating agent, pencil, ruler, solvent
C chromatography paper, locating agent, ruler, solvent, thermometer
D chromatography paper, locating agent, pencil, solvent, thermometer
4 Which conditions will give the highest rate of diffusion of a gas?
molecular mass
temperature
of gas
A large high
B large low
C small high
D small low
© UCLES 2019 5070/11/M/J/19

3
5 Cobalt is a transition element.
A particle of cobalt contains 24 electrons and has a nucleon number of 60.
Which statement about this particle is correct?
A It is a 3+ ion.
B It is a 3– ion.
C It contains 24 neutrons.
D It contains 24 protons.
6 Diamond and graphite are two different forms of the element carbon. They each have different
uses.
use
to cut glass as an electrode as a lubricant
A diamond diamond graphite

B diamond graphite graphite
C graphite diamond diamond
D graphite graphite diamond

4
7 Which diagram shows the outer electron arrangement in calcium fluoride?
key
A F Ca F an electron from calcium
an electron from fluorine
B F Ca F
C F– Ca2+ F–
D F– Ca2– F–
8 What is the number of shared pairs of electrons in an ammonia molecule?
A 3 B 4 C 5 D 6
9 Two statements about metals are given.
1 Metals contain a lattice of negative ions in a ‘sea of electrons’.

2 The electrical conductivity of metals is related to the mobility of the electrons in the
structure.
Which is correct?

C Statement 1 is correct and statement 2 is incorrect.
D Statement 2 is correct and statement 1 is incorrect.
© UCLES 2019 5070/11/M/J/19

5
What is the correct ionic equation, including state symbols, for this reaction?
C CO32–(aq) + 2H+(aq) → H2O(l) + CO2(g)
11 In a volumetric experiment, 25.0 cm3 of 0.100 mol / dm3 sodium hydroxide reacts exactly with
20.0 cm3 of sulfuric acid.
2NaOH + H2SO4 → Na2SO4 + 2H2O
What is the concentration of the sulfuric acid?
A 0.0625 mol / dm3

B 0.0800 mol / dm3
C 0.125 mol / dm3
D 0.250 mol / dm3
12 The reaction for the conversion of bromoethane to ethanol is shown.
C2H5Br + NaOH → C2H5OH + NaBr
In an experiment, 10.90 g of bromoethane is converted into 3.45 g of ethanol.
What is the percentage yield of ethanol?
[Mr: C2H5Br, 109; C2H5OH, 46]
A 32% B 42% C 75% D 100%
13 One mole of a sugar, (CH2O)6, is burned.
Which volume of oxygen, measured at room temperature and pressure, is required for complete
combustion of the sugar?
A 24 dm3 B 36 dm3 C 144 dm3 D 216 dm3

6
14 Which statement about the purification of copper by electrolysis is correct?
A A pure copper anode is used.

B A pure copper cathode is used.
C The colour of the electrolyte fades throughout the process.
D The electrolyte used is a solution of copper oxide in water.
15 Which negative ions are present in aqueous copper(II) sulfate?
A copper(II) ions and hydrogen ions
B copper(II) ions only

C sulfate ions and hydroxide ions
D sulfate ions only
16 The diagram shows the energy profile for a reaction.
products
energy Q
reactants
R
A It is endothermic and the activation energy is P – Q.

B It is endothermic and the activation energy is P – R.
C It is exothermic and the activation energy is P – Q.
D It is exothermic and the activation energy is P – R.
© UCLES 2019 5070/11/M/J/19

7
17 The table shows the energy released by the complete combustion of some compounds.

heptane C7H16 100 –4800
octane C8H18 114 –5510
Which compound releases the least energy when 1 g is completely burned?
A benzene
B heptane
C octane
D propane
18 Three experiments are carried out in which the same mass of magnesium is reacted with the
same volume of dilute sulfuric acid at room temperature. The magnesium is in excess.
experiment 1 Large pieces of magnesium are used.

experiment 2 Small pieces of magnesium are used.
experiment 3 Large pieces of magnesium are used but the concentration of the acid is
increased.
Graphs of the results are shown.
volume of gas X
produced / cm3 Y
0
0 time / s
experiment 1 experiment 2 experiment 3
A W X Y
B X Y W
C Y W X
D Y X W

8
19 The equations show four reversible reactions.
For which reaction would the equilibrium move to the right for both an increase in pressure and
an increase in temperature?
reaction enthalpy change
A H2(g) + I2(g) 2HI(g) exothermic

B 4NO(g) + 6H2O(g) 4NH3(g) + 5O2(g) endothermic
C PCl 5(g) PCl 3(g) + Cl 2(g) endothermic
D 2SO2(g) + O2(g) 2SO3(g) exothermic
20 Gas X turns acidified potassium manganate(VII) from purple to colourless.
Gas Y turns aqueous potassium iodide from colourless to brown.
What do these observations show about gas X and gas Y?
gas X gas Y
A oxidising agent oxidising agent

B oxidising agent reducing agent
C reducing agent oxidising agent
D reducing agent reducing agent
A It is an organic acid.
C It is only slightly dissociated in water.
22 What is the best method to prepare a pure sample of copper(II) sulfate?
A Add copper to aqueous zinc sulfate.

B Add copper to dilute sulfuric acid.
C Add copper(II) carbonate to aqueous sodium sulfate.
D Add copper(II) oxide to dilute sulfuric acid.
23 What is the percentage by mass of nitrogen in ammonium nitrate, NH4NO3?
A 17.5 B 22.2 C 33.3 D 35.0
© UCLES 2019 5070/11/M/J/19

9
24 A student makes three suggestions about the Haber process and the Contact process.
1 Only one process uses a raw material obtained by fractional distillation of air.
2 Only one process involves the use of a catalyst.
3 The product of each catalysed reaction has a formula of the type XY3.
Which suggestions are correct?

4 as a fertiliser
26 Element X forms:
• a covalent compound, H2X
• an ionic compound, Na2X
• oxides XO2 and XO3.
To which group of the Periodic Table does X belong?
A II B III C IV D VI
27 Which property is common to 40Ca, 39K and 23Na?


10
28 Palladium is an element, atomic number 46. Some of its properties, and the properties of its
compounds, can be predicted from its position in the Periodic Table.
predicted property of palladium predicted property of palladium compounds
A Its density is similar to the density of sodium. Some of them can act as catalysts.
B Its density is similar to the density of sodium. They are white in the solid state.
C It is present in compounds Some of them can act as catalysts.
in more than one oxidation state.
D It is present in compounds They are white in the solid state.
in more than one oxidation state.
29 Three different elements react by losing electrons. The ions formed all have the electronic
configuration 2,8.
Which statement about these elements is correct?
A They are in the same group.

B They are in the same period.
C They are noble gases.
D They are transition elements.
30 A power cable requires an element that:
1 conducts electricity
2 has a relatively low density
3 is resistant to aerial oxidation.
Which of these conditions does aluminium satisfy?
31 Some atmospheric pollutants are listed.
1 sulfur dioxide
2 methane
3 nitrogen dioxide
4 unburned hydrocarbons
Which substances could be removed by reacting with calcium carbonate?
© UCLES 2019 5070/11/M/J/19

11
32 River water contains many impurities.
Which process alone can produce pure water from river water?
A adding chlorine
B distillation
C filtering
D passing through carbon
33 Compound Q is a hydrocarbon that has no isomers. Compound Q does not decolourise bromine
in the dark.
Which compound could be Q?
34 Which organic compound requires the least number of moles of oxygen for the complete
combustion of one mole of the compound?
35 When a molecule of a saturated hydrocarbon is cracked, it forms two molecules X and Y.
X Y
A H2 CnH2n
B H2 CnH2n+2
C H2O CnH2n
D H2O CnH2n+2

12
36 The structures and names of three alcohols, P, Q and R are shown. The structures may not be
named correctly.
P Q R
H H H H H H
H C O H H C C O H H C C C O H
H H H H H H
propanol ethanol methanol
Which structures are correctly named?
A P, Q and R B P only C Q only D R only
38 What is the structure of propyl methanoate?
A CH3COOCH2CH2CH3
B CH3COOCCH2CH3
C CH3CH2COOCH3
D CH3CH2CH2OOCH
39 Which substance, on combustion, produces oxides of nitrogen?
A fat
B protein
C starch
D Terylene
© UCLES 2019 5070/11/M/J/19

13
40 The monomer used to manufacture polystyrene is shown.
H H
C C
By which type of polymerisation is polystyrene formed and what is a possible partial structure of
the polymer?
type of possible partial

polymerisation structure of polymer
H H
A addition C C C C
H H
H H H
B addition C C C C
H H H
H H H H
C condensation C C C C
H H
H H H H
D condensation C C C C
© UCLES 2019 5070/11/M/J/19

14
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2019 5070/11/M/J/19

15
BLANK PAGE
Assessment International Education Copyright Acknowledgements Booklet. This is produced for each series of examinations and is freely available to download
at www.cambridgeinternational.org after the live examination series.
Cambridge Assessment International Education is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of the University of
Cambridge Local Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which itself is a department of the University of Cambridge.
© UCLES 2019 5070/11/M/J/19

Group
© UCLES 2019
1 2
H He
hydrogen helium
Key 1 4
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
23 24 27 28 31 32 35.5 40
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 64 65 70 73 75 79 80 84
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
16
85 88 89 91 93 96 – 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
55 56 57–71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
5070/11/M/J/19
lanthanoids
133 137 178 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209 – – –
87 88 89–103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 114 116
actinoids
– – – – – – – – – – – – –
57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
139 140 141 144 – 150 152 157 159 163 165 167 169 173 175
89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103
– 232 231 238 – – – – – – – – – – –
CHEMISTRY 5070/12
1 hour
Soft clean eraser
*4447364946*

Write your name, centre number and candidate number on the Answer Sheet in the spaces provided
IB19 06_5070_12/3RP
2
1 The diagrams show four different methods of collecting gases.
1 2 3 4
Which method is suitable for collecting a gas which has the properties described?
method for
properties of gas
collecting gas
A 1 less dense than air and soluble in water

B 2 denser than air and soluble in water
C 3 less dense than air and soluble in water
D 4 denser than air and insoluble in water
2 After acidification with dilute nitric acid, a colourless solution of X reacts with aqueous
silver nitrate to give a white precipitate.
What could X be?

A calcium iodide
C lead(II) iodide
D sodium chloride
© UCLES 2019 5070/12/M/J/19

3
3 The diagram represents a chromatogram of the colourless acids present in a drink. The
chromatogram has been treated with a locating agent.
A table of Rf values for the possible acids is given.
solvent front
acid Rf value
tartaric 0.14
citric 0.16
3
malic 0.23
2 lactic 0.45
1
succinic 0.50
origin
Which acids are present in the drink?
A citric acid, malic acid and lactic acid

B citric acid, malic acid and succinic acid
C malic acid, lactic acid and succinic acid
D tartaric acid, citric acid and malic acid
4 Which gas will diffuse at the fastest rate at the same temperature and pressure?
A Ar B C3H8 C CO2 D F2
39 +
5 Two particles, K+ and Ar, can be written as 19 K and 40
18 Ar .
Which statement about these particles is correct?
A Ar has more neutrons than K+.

B K has more nucleons than Ar.
C K+ has 20 electrons.
D K+ has a greater mass than Ar.

4
6 A mineral deposit is found to contain small grains made entirely of the element carbon.
Which property will definitely be true of the grains of carbon?
A They will be made of atoms arranged in layers.

B They will be soft.
C They will burn to give carbon dioxide.
D They will conduct electricity.
7 Which diagram shows the outer electron arrangement in calcium fluoride?
key
A F Ca F an electron from calcium
an electron from fluorine
B F Ca F
C F– Ca2+ F–
D F– Ca2– F–
8 How many shared pairs of electrons are there in one carbon dioxide molecule?
A 2 B 4 C 8 D 12
© UCLES 2019 5070/12/M/J/19

5
9 Two statements about metals are given.

structure.
Which is correct?

What is the correct ionic equation, including state symbols, for this reaction?
C CO32–(aq) + 2H+(aq) → H2O(l) + CO2(g)
11 Which mass of carbon contains the same number of atoms as 16.0 g of sulfur?
A 0.5 g B 6.0 g C 8.0 g D 12.0 g
12 3.0 dm3 of sulfur dioxide is reacted with 2.0 dm3 of oxygen.
2SO2(g) + O2(g) → 2SO3(g)
Assuming the reaction goes to completion and that all gases are at room temperature and
pressure, which volume of sulfur trioxide is formed?
A 2.0 dm3 B 3.0 dm3 C 4.0 dm3 D 5.0 dm3
13 A sample of magnesium hydroxide, Mg(OH)2, is made by adding an excess of aqueous

sodium hydroxide to an aqueous solution containing 1.20 g magnesium sulfate, MgSO4.
The mass of magnesium hydroxide formed is 0.26 g.
What is the percentage yield of magnesium hydroxide?
A 10.5% B 21.7% C 44.8% D 61.9%

6
14 When concentrated aqueous sodium chloride is electrolysed using inert electrodes, which
product is formed at the cathode and which product is formed at the anode?
cathode product anode product
A hydrogen chlorine
B hydrogen oxygen
C sodium chlorine
D sodium oxygen

D sulfate ions only
16 The diagram shows the energy profile of a chemical reaction.
products
energy
reactants
progress
of reaction
the reaction that the reaction with

is endothermic greater activation energy
A backward reaction backward reaction

B backward reaction forward reaction
C forward reaction backward reaction
D forward reaction forward reaction
© UCLES 2019 5070/12/M/J/19

7
17 The table shows the energy released by the complete combustion of some compounds.

heptane C7H16 100 –4800
octane C8H18 114 –5510
Which compound releases the least energy when 1 g is completely burned?
A benzene
B heptane
C octane
D propane
18 An experiment is carried out to measure the rate of reaction between magnesium and dilute
hydrochloric acid under two different conditions. The mass of magnesium and the number of
moles of hydrochloric acid are the same in both experiments.
Graphs of the results are shown.
1
volume of gas
produced / cm3 2
0
0 time / s
Which statements could explain the difference between graph 1 and graph 2?
1 Graph 1 results are obtained at a higher temperature.

2 Graph 1 results are obtained by using hydrochloric acid that is more concentrated.
3 Graph 1 results are obtained using smaller pieces of magnesium.

8
19 Hydrogen peroxide decomposes slowly at room temperature.
2H2O2(aq) → 2H2O(l) + O2(g)
The reaction can be catalysed by adding manganese(IV) oxide.
The diagram shows the apparatus that can be used to monitor the rate of this reaction.
oxygen gas
gas syringe
manganese(IV) oxide aqueous hydrogen peroxide

catalyst
Which statement is correct when a catalyst is added to the aqueous hydrogen peroxide?
A The catalyst increases the activation energy for the reaction.

B The catalyst is used up during the reaction.
C The gas syringe fills up more quickly when the catalyst is added.
D The total amount of oxygen produced increases when the catalyst is added.
20 Reduction can be defined in terms of the gain or loss of oxygen or of hydrogen or of electrons.
Which row correctly describes all three definitions of reduction?
oxygen hydrogen electrons
A gain loss loss

B gain loss gain
C loss loss loss
D loss gain gain
A It is an organic acid.
C It is only slightly dissociated in water.
© UCLES 2019 5070/12/M/J/19

9
22 What is the best method to prepare a sample of silver chloride?
A Add silver nitrate to chlorine.

B Add silver to hydrochloric acid.
C Burn silver in chlorine.
D Mix aqueous solutions of silver nitrate and sodium chloride.
23 The nitrogenous fertiliser urea has the structure shown.
N H
O C
N H
Which percentage, by mass, of nitrogen does it contain?
A 23.3 B 25.0 C 43.8 D 46.7
24 Ammonia is manufactured by the Haber process.
N2(g) + 3H2(g) 2NH3(g) ∆H = –92 kJ / mol
For this reaction, which rows give a true statement together with a correct reason?
statement reason
1 Nitrogen and hydrogen are mixed The formula of ammonia is NH3.
in the ratio 1 : 3 by volume.
2 The pressure used is A high pressure is needed to produce
approximately 200 atmospheres. a good yield of ammonia at equilibrium.
3 The temperature used is A high temperature is needed to produce
approximately 450 °C. a good yield of ammonia at equilibrium.
4 Vanadium(V) oxide is A catalyst speeds up the
used as a catalyst. rate of the reaction.
A 1 and 2 only B 2 and 3 only C 3 and 4 only D 1, 2 and 3 only

10

4 as a fertiliser
26 The atomic number of element X is 12.
What is the formula of the chloride of X?
A X2Cl B XCl C XCl 2 D XCl 4
27 Which property is common to 40Ca, 39K and 23Na?

28 Which statement about transition elements is correct?
A Their soluble salts usually form coloured aqueous solutions.

B They are all in the same group of the Periodic Table.
C They are non-metals with high melting points.
D They can be mixed together to form compounds.
configuration 2,8.

© UCLES 2019 5070/12/M/J/19

11
30 Metal M is displaced from aqueous M nitrate by copper.
Which statement about metal M and its compounds is correct?
A M carbonate is stable when heated.

B M oxide is reduced to M by heating with carbon.
C M reacts with dilute hydrochloric acid to give hydrogen.
D M reduces zinc oxide to zinc on heating.
31 Which statement about some of the gases present in air is correct?
A Dry air contains about 78% of oxygen.

B Methane is produced by the incomplete combustion of fossil fuels.
C Sulfur dioxide is released by volcanoes.
D The noble gases make up about 5% of dry air.
32 Which treatment process is used to disinfect water?
A adding carbon
B chlorination
C desalination
D filtration
33 A molecule of compound Q has three C–C single bonds and ten C–H bonds only. It has no other
bonds.
Which statement about compound Q is correct?
A It can be polymerised.
B It decolourises bromine water.
C It has three isomers.
D It reacts with chlorine by substitution.
34 Which organic compound requires the least number of moles of oxygen for the complete
combustion of one mole of the compound?

12
35 Which reaction is an addition reaction?
A making ethane and ethene from butane

B making ethene and hydrogen from butane
C the manufacture of margarine from a vegetable oil
D the reaction between ethene and oxygen, giving carbon dioxide and water
36 Two equations involving ethanol are shown.
oxidation
1 ethanol + oxygen carboxylic acid
fermentation
2 glucose ethanol + carbon dioxide
molecular formula of
a catalyst is needed
carboxylic acid in 1
A CH3CO2H 1 only
B C2H5CO2H 1 only
C CH3CO2H 2 only
D C2H5CO2H 2 only
38 Which structure represents propyl methanoate?
A B
O H H H H H H O
H O C C C C H H C C C O C
H H H H H H H
C D
H H O H H O H H
H C C O C C H H C O C C C H
H H H H H H
© UCLES 2019 5070/12/M/J/19

13
39 Monomer Z is used to make poly(chloroethene).
H Cl H Cl H Cl
monomer Z C C C C C C
H H H H H H
partial structure of poly(chloroethene)
What is monomer Z?
A B C D
H Cl Cl Cl H Cl Cl H
H C C H H C C H C C C C
H H H H H H H Cl
40 Terylene, a man-made fibre, is used to make clothing.
Which row correctly describes how Terylene is manufactured?
starting materials type of polymerisation
A an acid and an alcohol addition

B an acid and an alcohol condensation
C an alkene addition
D an alkene condensation
© UCLES 2019 5070/12/M/J/19

14
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2019 5070/12/M/J/19

15
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2019 5070/12/M/J/19

Group
© UCLES 2019
1 2
H He
hydrogen helium
Key 1 4
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
23 24 27 28 31 32 35.5 40
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 64 65 70 73 75 79 80 84
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
16
85 88 89 91 93 96 – 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
55 56 57–71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
5070/12/M/J/19
lanthanoids
133 137 178 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209 – – –
87 88 89–103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 114 116
actinoids
– – – – – – – – – – – – –
57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
139 140 141 144 – 150 152 157 159 163 165 167 169 173 175
89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103
– 232 231 238 – – – – – – – – – – –
Cambridge O Level
CHEMISTRY 5070/11
1 hour
You must answer on the multiple choice answer sheet.

*5795730425*
You will need: Multiple choice answer sheet

Soft clean eraser
INSTRUCTIONS
• There are forty questions on this paper. Answer all questions.
• For each question there are four possible answers A, B, C and D. Choose the one you consider correct
and record your choice in soft pencil on the multiple choice answer sheet.
• Follow the instructions on the multiple choice answer sheet.
• Write in soft pencil.
• Write your name, centre number and candidate number on the multiple choice answer sheet in the
spaces provided unless this has been done for you.
• Do not use correction fluid.
• Do not write on any bar codes.
• You may use a calculator.
INFORMATION
• The total mark for this paper is 40.
• Each correct answer will score one mark. A mark will not be deducted for a wrong answer.
• Any rough working should be done on this question paper.
• The Periodic Table is printed in the question paper.
This document has 16 pages. Blank pages are indicated.
IB20 06_5070_11/3RP
2
liquid.
A B C D
2 Copper(II) sulfate is prepared by reacting excess copper(II) carbonate with dilute sulfuric acid.
CuCO3(s) + H2SO4(aq) → CuSO4(aq) + CO2(g) + H2O(l)
Which two pieces of apparatus are needed to obtain copper(II) sulfate crystals by this reaction?
1 thermometer
2 evaporating basin
3 filter funnel
4 gas syringe
© UCLES 2020 5070/11/M/J/20

3
3 A paper chromatography experiment is carried out to find an Rf value for Fe3+(aq). The result is
shown.
solvent front
Fe3+
y
x
starting line
To make the spot containing Fe3+(aq) more visible, the paper is sprayed with aqueous sodium
hydroxide so that a precipitate of iron(III) hydroxide forms.
Under the conditions of the experiment, the Rf of Fe3+(aq) is given by ......1...... and the colour of
the precipitate is ......2...... .
Which row correctly completes gaps 1 and 2?
gap 1 gap 2
x
A red-brown
y
x
B green
y
y
C red-brown
x
y
D green
x
4 Aluminium chloride is dissolved in water and the resulting solution is divided between three
test-tubes.
Which row gives the reagents for three tests which could be used to confirm the presence of
aluminium chloride?
test-tube 1 test-tube 2 test-tube 3
A aqueous sodium aqueous ammonia dilute hydrochloric acid

hydroxide and aqueous silver nitrate
B aqueous sodium dilute nitric acid and dilute hydrochloric acid

hydroxide aqueous silver nitrate
C aqueous ammonia dilute nitric acid and nitric acid and

aqueous silver nitrate barium nitrate
D aqueous sodium aqueous ammonia dilute nitric acid and

hydroxide aqueous silver nitrate

4
5 Which statement about methods of purification and analysis is correct?
A A liquid that boils over a range of temperatures may still be 100% pure.
B An insoluble substance may be separated from water by crystallisation.
C Chromatography may only be used to separate coloured substances.
D Liquid air can be fractionally distilled, giving oxygen as one of the products.
6 Which changes in pressure and temperature would both result in a decrease in the volume of a
fixed mass of gas?
A Decrease the pressure and decrease the temperature.

B Decrease the pressure and increase the temperature.
C Increase the pressure and decrease the temperature.
D Increase the pressure and increase the temperature.
7 Which definition of isotopes is correct?
A atoms of different elements which have the same number of electrons

B atoms of different elements which have the same number of neutrons
C atoms of the same element which have different numbers of electrons
D atoms of the same element which have different numbers of neutrons
8 Which ion has the most shells that contain electrons?
A Al 3+ B Be2+ C N3– D S2–
9 Which substance conducts electricity both when solid and when molten?
A an alloy
B a hydrocarbon
C a metal oxide
D a salt
10 Which substance is an ionic compound?
A ammonia
B calcium chloride
C ethanoic acid
D hydrogen chloride
© UCLES 2020 5070/11/M/J/20

5
11 The dot-and-cross diagrams for four compounds are shown.
Which diagram is correct? (Note that only the outer shell electrons are shown.)
A B
H H H H
C C C
H H H H
C D
O C O H Cl
e– e– e–
e– e–
–
e – e e–
e– e–
–
e – e
e – e–
e–

13 A chicken egg has a mass of 60 g. The egg shell is 10% of the total mass. The egg shell is made
of calcium carbonate.
What is the mass of calcium in the egg shell?
A 0.24 g B 0.40 g C 2.4 g D 4.0 g

6
14 Ethanol can be made by the reaction shown.
C2H5Br + NaOH → C2H5OH + NaBr
If 5.00 g of C2H5Br produces 1.59 g of ethanol, what is the molar percentage yield of ethanol?
[Mr: C2H5Br, 109; C2H5OH, 46]
A 13% B 32% C 42% D 75%
15 An aqueous solution contains 0.01 mol of Zn2+(aq) and 0.01 mol of Cu2+(aq).
Aqueous sodium hydroxide is added until in excess.
After shaking, the mixture is filtered.
What remains on the filter paper?
A 0.01 mol of a white hydroxide and 0.01 mol of a blue hydroxide

B 0.01 mol of a white hydroxide
C 0.01 mol of a blue hydroxide
D no solid residue
16 Which arrangement is used to electroplate copper onto a steel key?
anode cathode
electrolyte
(positive electrode) (negative electrode)
A aqueous copper(II) sulfate piece of pure copper steel key

B aqueous copper(II) sulfate steel key piece of pure copper
C dilute sulfuric acid piece of pure copper steel key
D dilute sulfuric acid steel key piece of pure copper
© UCLES 2020 5070/11/M/J/20

7
17 The rate of reaction between calcium carbonate and hydrochloric acid is measured in three
separate experiments.
cotton wool
dilute hydrochloric acid

2 g calcium carbonate
mass balance
In experiment 1, the calcium carbonate is powdered and an excess of hydrochloric acid is used.
In experiment 2, the calcium carbonate is in lumps and an excess of hydrochloric acid is used.
In experiment 3, the calcium carbonate is in lumps but insufficient hydrochloric acid is used.
The results of these experiments are shown.
X
mass balance
reading
Y
Z
0
0 time
A Experiment 1 is shown by curve X.

B Experiment 1 is shown by curve Y.
C Experiment 2 is shown by curve Y.
D Experiment 3 is shown by curve Z.

8
18 Pieces of zinc are added to aqueous copper(II) sulfate.
Cu2+(aq) + Zn(s) → Zn2+(aq) + Cu(s)
A Cu2+(aq) is oxidised to Cu(s) by gaining electrons.

B Cu2+(aq) is reduced to Cu(s) by losing electrons.
C Zn(s) is oxidised to Zn2+(aq) by losing electrons.
D Zn(s) is reduced to Zn2+(aq) by gaining electrons.
19 The oxide of element X reacts with acids to form salts.
Which statement about element X or its oxide is correct?
A X conducts electricity.
B X is a non-metal.
C The oxide is a gas at room temperature and pressure.
D The oxide is covalent.
20 Nitrogenous fertilisers promote plant growth and crop yield.
Which compound contains the greatest mass of nitrogen in 100 g of fertiliser?
A KNO3 B NH4NO3 C (NH4)2SO4 D (NH4)2HPO4
A calcium nitrate
C sodium chloride
D sulfuric acid
A It is manufactured by heating hydrogen, oxygen and sulfur together.

B It is used as a battery acid.
C It is used as a detergent.
D It is used to neutralise alkaline soils.
© UCLES 2020 5070/11/M/J/20

9
Li
Cl
Ca
Which element has the highest proton number and which element has the largest number of
valence electrons?
highest highest number

proton number of valence electrons
A Ca Ca
B Ca Cl
C Li Ca
D Li Cl
During its reaction with water, X floats and melts.
What is X?
A calcium
B copper
C magnesium
D potassium
25 Which statement about the properties of some elements is correct?
A All noble gases are unreactive due to having eight electrons in their outer shells.
B The Group VII element astatine, At2, is expected to be a black solid at room temperature.
C The reactivity of the elements in both Group I and Group VII increases down the group.
D When aqueous chlorine is added to aqueous potassium bromide there is no change in
colour.

10
26 Which diagram shows the structure of an alloy?
A B
C D
A calcium
B copper
C lead
D silver
28 The equations show reactions taking place in the blast furnace.
In which reaction is an acidic impurity, present in iron ore, removed?
A C + O2 → CO2
B C + CO2 → 2CO
C Fe2O3 + 3CO → 2Fe + 3CO2
D CaCO3 + SiO2 → CaSiO3 + CO2
© UCLES 2020 5070/11/M/J/20

11
29 Which diagram correctly shows the conditions necessary for the rusting of iron and also the metal
that can be used to prevent rusting by sacrificial protection?
A B
O2 only O2 only
copper magnesium
iron iron
C D
O2 + H2O O2 + H2O
copper magnesium
iron iron
30 In the electrolysis of molten aluminium oxide, which statement is correct?
A The molar ratio of aluminium to oxygen gas formed is 1 : 2.

B The molar ratio of aluminium to oxygen gas formed is 3 : 4.
C Oxygen gas is formed at the anode.
D Reduction occurs at the anode.

water when they
dissolve in it
A
B
C
D

12
32 Sea water is not safe to drink. It can be converted into drinkable water by desalination.
What does desalination involve?
A adding chlorine to kill bacteria

B boiling the water to sterilise it
C removing the salt by filtration
D separating the water by distillation
33 Fats are essential components of the human diet.
The diagram shows a fat molecule.
H O H H H
H C O C C C C H
H H H
O H H H
H C O C C C C H
H H H
O H H H
H C O C C C C H
H H H H
Which description of this fat molecule is correct?
A saturated carboxylic acid

B saturated ester
C unsaturated carboxylic acid
D unsaturated ester
© UCLES 2020 5070/11/M/J/20

13
34 A molecule of the compound C4H6 is shown.
H H H H
C C C C
H H
This molecule undergoes an addition reaction with excess bromine and an addition reaction with
steam.
One molecule of C4H6 reacts with ......1...... of bromine.
When C4H6 reacts with steam, ......2...... is formed.
Which words complete gaps 1 and 2?
1 2
A one molecule an alcohol

B one molecule a carboxylic acid
C two molecules an alcohol
D two molecules a carboxylic acid
35 The molecules of two hydrocarbon compounds X and Y each contain only four carbon atoms.
X is saturated and Y is unsaturated.
1 Under suitable conditions Y polymerises.

2 The complete combustion of 1 mole of Y produces more carbon dioxide than the
complete combustion of 1 mole of X.
3 One molecule of Y contains more hydrogen atoms than one molecule of X.
A 1 only B 3 only C 1 and 2 D 2 and 3
36 Which conversions involve oxidation?
1 ethanol → carbon dioxide + water
2 ethanol → ethanoic acid
3 ethene → poly(ethene)
A 1 only B 2 only C 1 and 2 only D 1, 2 and 3

14
37 Compound T reacts with magnesium, aqueous sodium hydroxide and ethanol.
Which group does T contain?
A B C D
O O
C C C C C C C
OH OH O C
38 Which type of reaction could be used in the polymerisation of ethene?
A addition
B condensation
C cracking
D esterification
39 Insulin is a protein made in the human body.
Which statements about insulin are correct?
1 It is a condensation polymer.
2 It is a synthetic polymer.
3 When hydrolysed it produces only one monomer.
4 It contains amide linkages.
A 1, 2 and 3 B 1 and 3 only C 1 and 4 only D 2, 3 and 4
40 Which statement about polymers is correct?
A Nylon and Terylene are produced by addition polymerisation.

B Nylon and Terylene both contain the amide linkages.
C Simple sugars are produced by hydrolysing proteins.
D Starch contains the elements carbon, hydrogen and oxygen.
© UCLES 2020 5070/11/M/J/20

15
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2020 5070/11/M/J/20

Group
© UCLES 2020
1 2
H He
hydrogen helium
Key 1 4
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
23 24 27 28 31 32 35.5 40
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 64 65 70 73 75 79 80 84
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
16
85 88 89 91 93 96 – 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
55 56 57–71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
5070/11/M/J/20
lanthanoids
133 137 178 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209 – – –
87 88 89–103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 114 116
actinoids
– – – – – – – – – – – – –
57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
139 140 141 144 – 150 152 157 159 163 165 167 169 173 175
89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103
– 232 231 238 – – – – – – – – – – –
Cambridge O Level
CHEMISTRY 5070/12
1 hour

*3996705774*

Soft clean eraser
INSTRUCTIONS
INFORMATION
• Each correct answer will score one mark. A mark will not be deducted for a wrong answer.
IB20 06_5070_12/3RP
2
liquid.
A B C D
© UCLES 2020 5070/12/M/J/20

3
2 Aqueous sodium thiosulfate reacts with acid to make a precipitate of sulfur.
Na2S2O3(aq) + 2HCl (aq) → 2NaCl (aq) + H2O(l) + SO2(g) + S(s)
A student investigates the effect of temperature on the rate of this reaction.
The student:
● places a piece of paper with a cross on it below the reaction mixture as shown in the
diagram
● measures the time taken for the cross to no longer be seen
● repeats the reaction at different temperatures.
50 cm3 aqueous
paper with cross sodium thiosulfate
+ acid
Which apparatus is needed for this investigation?
A balance, pipette, stop-clock

B balance, stop-clock, thermometer
C burette, gas syringe, thermometer
D measuring cylinder, stop-clock, thermometer

4
shown.
solvent front
Fe3+
y
x
starting line
gap 1 gap 2
x
A red-brown
y
x
B green
y
y
C red-brown
x
y
D green
x
© UCLES 2020 5070/12/M/J/20

5
4 The diagram shows two experiments.
experiment 1 add a few drops add an excess

of NaOH(aq) of NaOH(aq)
Al 3+(aq) ?
no precipitate precipitate formed
experiment 2 add a few drops add an excess

of NaOH(aq) of NaOH(aq)
Cu2+(aq) ?
no precipitate precipitate formed
What are the results of adding an excess of NaOH(aq) in each experiment?
A key
B = precipitate remains
C = precipitate dissolves
D
5 Which methods of separation require a change of state from liquid to gas?
1 paper chromatography
2 crystallisation
3 distillation
4 filtration

6
6 Hydrogen sulfide, H2S, and hydrogen chloride, HCl, are both gases at temperatures above
–50 °C.
Which gas will diffuse most rapidly at the temperature given?
A hydrogen chloride at –40 °C
B hydrogen chloride at –20 °C
C hydrogen sulfide at –40 °C
D hydrogen sulfide at –20 °C
7 The diagram shows the relative mass and the relative charge of two particles, and , present in
atoms and ions.
2000
relative
mass
–1 0
relative charge
Which of these particles are present in a hydrogen atom and in a hydrogen ion?
H H+
A both and both and

B both and but not
C but not neither nor
D but not but not
A Al 3+ B Be2+ C N3– D S2–
9 Which substance conducts electricity both when solid and when molten?
A an alloy
B a hydrocarbon
C a metal oxide
D a salt
© UCLES 2020 5070/12/M/J/20

7
10 When they react together, which pair of elements form an ionic compound?
A carbon and hydrogen

B hydrogen and chlorine
C lithium and oxygen
D sulfur and oxygen
11 How many shared electrons are in one carbon dioxide molecule?
A 2 B 4 C 8 D 12
e– e– e–
e– e–
–
e– e e–
e– e–
e – e– e–
e– e–

13 Which row shows the correct state symbols for the reaction between calcium carbonate and
dilute hydrochloric acid? (The conditions are room temperature and pressure.)
CaCO3 + 2HCl → CaCl 2 + H2O + CO2
A s aq aq aq g
B s l aq l g
C s l l aq g
D s aq aq l g

8
14 The expression shown for the value of Ar for fluorine is incomplete.
average mass of one ......1...... of fluorine

Ar (fluorine) = 12
......2...... of the mass of one atom of 6C
How should the gaps in the expression be correctly completed?
gap 1 gap 2
1
A atom 6
1
B atom 12
1
C molecule 6
1
D molecule 12
15 A mixture of 5 cm3 of CH4 and 100 cm3 of air is exploded. Assume air is 80% N2 by volume and
20% O2 by volume. The resulting mixture is cooled. All volumes are measured at room
CH4(g) + 2O2(g) → CO2(g) + 2H2O(l)
What is the composition of the resulting gas?
5 cm3 of CO2 10 cm3 of O2 80 cm3 of N2 10 cm3 of steam
A
B
C
D
16 Which arrangement is used to electroplate copper onto a steel key?
anode cathode
electrolyte

C dilute sulfuric acid piece of pure copper steel key
D dilute sulfuric acid steel key piece of pure copper
© UCLES 2020 5070/12/M/J/20

9
17 The chloride of metal X is dissolved in water.
A concentrated solution of this chloride is electrolysed using inert electrodes.
inert anode inert cathode
concentrated aqueous solution

of chloride of metal X
X is above sodium in the reactivity series.
In addition to chlorine, which gas is liberated and at which electrode?
liberated at
gas
electrode
A hydrogen anode
B hydrogen cathode
C oxygen anode
D oxygen cathode
18 Which change in conditions, for the reaction between zinc and dilute sulfuric acid, increases the
rate of reaction by lowering the activation energy?
A adding a catalyst
B increasing the concentration of the acid
C increasing the surface area of the zinc
19 Many reactions can be classified as redox reactions.
Which equations show redox reactions?
1 Mg + 2HCl → MgCl 2 + H2
2 2FeCl 2 + Cl 2 → 2FeCl 3
3 2Na + Br2 → 2NaBr

10
20 Which row correctly shows whether the hydrogen ion concentration and the pH of ethanoic acid
are higher or lower than those of hydrochloric acid of the same concentration?
hydrogen ion
pH
concentration
A higher higher
B higher lower
C lower higher
D lower lower
A calcium nitrate
C sodium chloride
D sulfuric acid
22 Two fertilisers are made by mixing chemical compounds.
Fertiliser X contains 500 g of NH4NO3 and 500 g of (NH4)2SO4 per kilogram.
Fertiliser Y contains 700 g of NH4NO3 and 300 g of CaSO4 per kilogram.
Which fertiliser contains the higher percentage of nitrogen by mass and which contains the higher
percentage of sulfur by mass?
[Mr: NH4NO3, 80; (NH4)2SO4, 132; CaSO4, 136]
fertiliser with higher fertiliser with higher

percentage N percentage S
A X X
B X Y
C Y X
D Y Y
© UCLES 2020 5070/12/M/J/20

11
23 Which processes occur in the manufacture of sulfuric acid?
1 burning sulfur in air

2 dissolving sulfur dioxide in sulfuric acid
3 dissolving sulfur dioxide in water
4 reacting sulfur dioxide with air
What is X?
A calcium
B copper
C magnesium
D potassium
25 Chlorine is passed into separate samples of aqueous potassium iodide and aqueous potassium
bromide.
In which solutions is there a colour change?
KI(aq) KBr(aq)
A key
B = yes
C = no
D

12
A B
C D
A calcium
B copper
C lead
D silver
28 Which equation shows a thermal decomposition that occurs in the blast furnace?
A C + O2 → CO2
B CO2 + C → 2CO
C CaCO3 → CaO + CO2
D CaO + SiO2 → CaSiO3
© UCLES 2020 5070/12/M/J/20

13
29 Which diagram correctly shows the conditions necessary for the rusting of iron and also the metal
that can be used to prevent rusting by sacrificial protection?
A B
O2 only O2 only
copper magnesium
iron iron
C D
O2 + H2O O2 + H2O
copper magnesium
iron iron
30 Aluminium is produced by the electrolysis of pure aluminium oxide. One of the electrodes in the
process has to be replaced often.
A The product at the anode reacts with the anode.

B The product at the anode reacts with the cathode.
C The product at the cathode reacts with the anode.
D The product at the cathode reacts with the cathode.

water when they
dissolve in it
A
B
C
D

14
32 Sea water has to be purified in order to obtain drinking water from it.
Which processes are used to purify the sea water?
fractional
desalination
distillation
A key
B = used
C = not used
D
33 Which structure represents an isomer of butane?
A B C D
H H H H H
H C H H C C H C H
H H H H H C C H
H
H C C C H H C C H H C C C H H C C H
H H H H H H H H H
H C H
H
34 Which statement about the organic compounds CH4, C2H4, C2H6 and C3H8 is correct?
A Only C2H4 and C2H6 decolourise bromine water.

B They are all saturated compounds.
C They are all unsaturated compounds.
D They are all hydrocarbons.
35 The alkenes are a homologous series.
Which statement about alkenes is correct?
A An alkene molecule contains four fewer hydrogen atoms than an alkane molecule with the
same number of carbon atoms.
B If a food is described as polyunsaturated it means that it contains polymers.
C Propene reacts with steam to form propanol.
D The general formula for the alkenes is CnH2n+2.
© UCLES 2020 5070/12/M/J/20

15
36 Which organic compound is used as a solvent, a renewable fuel and in the production of vinegar?
A ethanoic acid
B ethanol
C propanoic acid
D propanol
37 Which structure shows the carboxylic acid with the lowest relative molecular mass?
A B C D
H H H
H C O H C C O C O H O C O H
O H H O H H H
38 What is the name of the ester shown?
H H H O
H C C C C H H H
H H H O C C C H
H H H
A butyl propanoate
B propyl butanoate
C propyl ethanoate
D propyl propanoate

16
39 The diagram shows the structure of a monomer.
H Cl
H C C C
H F H
Which diagram shows the partial structure of its polymer?
A B
H H H
H C H H C H H C H
H H Cl H H Cl F F F
C C C C C C C C C C C C
H F H H F H Cl H Cl H Cl H
C D
H H H H H H
H C H H C H H C H H C H H C H H C H
F F F Cl Cl Cl
C C C C C C C C C C C C
H Cl H Cl H Cl F H F H F H

B Nylon and Terylene both contain amide linkages.
C Simple sugars are produced by hydrolysing proteins.
© UCLES 2020 5070/12/M/J/20

17
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2020 5070/12/M/J/20

18
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2020 5070/12/M/J/20

19
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2020 5070/12/M/J/20

Group
© UCLES 2020
1 2
H He
hydrogen helium
Key 1 4
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
23 24 27 28 31 32 35.5 40
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 64 65 70 73 75 79 80 84
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
20
85 88 89 91 93 96 – 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
55 56 57–71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
5070/12/M/J/20
lanthanoids
133 137 178 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209 – – –
87 88 89–103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 114 116
actinoids
– – – – – – – – – – – – –
57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
139 140 141 144 – 150 152 157 159 163 165 167 169 173 175
89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103
– 232 231 238 – – – – – – – – – – –
Cambridge O Level
CHEMISTRY 5070/11
1 hour

*9190527622*

Soft clean eraser
INSTRUCTIONS
 There are forty questions on this paper. Answer all questions.
 For each question there are four possible answers A, B, C and D. Choose the one you consider correct
 Follow the instructions on the multiple choice answer sheet.
 Write in soft pencil.
 Write your name, centre number and candidate number on the multiple choice answer sheet in the
 Do not use correction fluid.
 Do not write on any bar codes.
 You may use a calculator.
INFORMATION
 The total mark for this paper is 40.
 Each correct answer will score one mark.
 Any rough working should be done on this question paper.
 The Periodic Table is printed in the question paper.
This document has 16 pages.
IB21 06_5070_11/4RP
2
1 A student has to measure 28.2 cm3 of aqueous sodium bromide.
Which piece of apparatus should the student select?
A B C D
2 Which property of a liquid ester can be used to check its purity before use as a food flavouring?
A boiling point
B colour
C smell
3 Which sequence of procedures is used to separate a pure, dry sample of hydrated

copper(II) sulfate, CuSO4•5H2O, from a mixture containing hydrated copper(II) sulfate and
calcium carbonate, CaCO3?
A dissolve in water  distillation  crystallisation
B dissolve in water  filtration  crystallisation
C distillation  crystallisation  heating to remove all water
D fractional distillation  filtration  heating to remove all water
© UCLES 2021 5070/11/M/J/21

3
4 J is an aqueous solution.
On addition of aqueous sodium hydroxide to J a green precipitate is formed.
The resulting mixture is heated and no gas is formed.
Aluminium foil is added to the warmed mixture. A gas is formed that turns damp red litmus paper
blue.
Which ions could be present in J?
A Fe3+ and NH4+

B Fe3+ and NO3–
C Fe2+ and NH4+
D Fe2+ and NO3–
1 colourless
2 no effect on either damp red or blue litmus papers
4 flammable
What is gas X?
A ammonia
B chlorine
C hydrogen
D oxygen
6 Which particle contains most electrons?
A O3– B Ne C Na– D Mg3+

4
7 The diagrams show the structures of two solids, P and Q.
P Q
has covalent conducts

bonding electricity
A P only P only
B P only Q only
C both P and Q P only
D both P and Q Q only
8 What is a covalent bond?
A a pair of electrons shared by two non-metallic atoms

B electrons being shared by a lattice of positively charged ions
C elements losing electrons to achieve a noble gas structure
D oppositely charged particles strongly attracting each other
9 The empirical formula of compound X is CH2 and the relative molecular mass, Mr, of X is 70.
What is the molecular formula of X?
A CH2 B C2H4 C C5H10 D CnH2n
10 A chemist wants to make calcium nitrate. They start with 8.00 g of pure calcium oxide and an
excess of dilute nitric acid. They produce 12.65 g of pure, dry anhydrous calcium nitrate crystals.
What is the percentage yield of calcium nitrate?
[relative atomic masses, Ar: Ca, 40; N, 14; H, 1; O, 16]
A 54.0 B 63.2 C 67.1 D 86.8
© UCLES 2021 5070/11/M/J/21

5
relative
compound
formula mass
A Al 2O3 102
B CuO 80
C H2SO4 98
D HNO3 63
12 How many elements combine to form the compound ammonium sulfate?
A 2 B 4 C 10 D 15
13 An aqueous mixture of copper(II) nitrate and silver nitrate is electrolysed with pure copper
electrodes.
Which half-equation correctly describes the change occurring at the anode?
A Cu  Cu2+ + 2e–
B Cu2+ + 2e–  Cu
C Ag  Ag+ + e–
D Ag+ + e–  Ag

6
14 The diagram shows the electrolysis of concentrated and dilute aqueous sodium chloride using
inert electrodes. Gases are produced and collected in each of the test-tubes W, X, Y and Z.
W X Y Z
concentrated dilute
aqueous aqueous
sodium chloride sodium chloride
1 Approximately equal volumes of gas are produced and collected in test-tubes W

and X.
2 Approximately equal volumes of gas are produced and collected in test-tubes Y
and Z.
3 Three different gases are produced in the experiment.
15 Which positive ions are present in aqueous copper(II) sulfate?
A copper(II) ions only
B copper(II) ions and hydrogen ions
C sulfate ions only

D sulfate ions and hydroxide ions
16 These statements refer to hydrogen and its use as a fuel.
1 Both water and hydrocarbons can be used as a source of hydrogen.

2 In a fuel cell hydrogen reacts with oxygen to generate electricity.
3 The reaction taking place in a fuel cell is a redox reaction.
© UCLES 2021 5070/11/M/J/21

7
17 Ethanol is produced by the fermentation of glucose from sugar cane. In some countries ethanol is
used as a fuel.
1 Sugar cane is a non-renewable (finite) resource.

2 When sugar cane is growing it removes carbon dioxide from the atmosphere.
A 1 only
B 2 only
C both 1 and 2
D neither 1 nor 2
18 Which changes will speed up a chemical reaction?
1 decreasing the pressure in a reaction between gases

2 increasing the size of the solid particles in a reaction involving solids
3 increasing the temperature of any reaction
4 increasing the concentration of a solution
A 1 and 3 B 2, 3 and 4 C 3 and 4 only D 4 only

8
19 Magnesium reacts with dilute sulfuric acid.
Mg(s) + H2SO4(aq)  MgSO4(aq) + H2(g)
Two experiments are carried out at 25 C.
experiment 1 24.0 g of powdered magnesium is reacted with 100 cm3 of 1.0 mol / dm3
sulfuric acid.
sulfuric acid.
During each experiment the volume of hydrogen produced is measured. The results are plotted
on a graph.
Which graph is correct?
A B
volume of volume of key

hydrogen hydrogen
experiment 1
produced produced
experiment 2
0 0
0 time 0 time
C D
volume of volume of
hydrogen hydrogen
produced produced
0 0
0 time 0 time
20 In which equations is the change in the underlined species correct?
oxidation
1 CH4 + 2O2 o CO2 + 2H2O
reduction
2 2H2S + SO2 o 3S + 2H2O
reduction
3 BrO3– + 5Br – + 6H+ o 3Br2 + 3H2O
© UCLES 2021 5070/11/M/J/21

9
21 The Haber process converts nitrogen and hydrogen into ammonia.
N2(g) + 3H2(g) 2NH3(g)
change in condition position of equilibrium
A pressure is increased moves to the left

B pressure is reduced no change
C catalyst present moves to the right
D catalyst present no change
22 Which row shows the pH values for 0.1 mol / dm3 solutions of ammonia, hydrochloric acid,
sodium chloride and sodium hydroxide?
pH values
NH3 HCl NaCl NaOH
A 1 7 13 11
B 7 1 11 13
C 11 1 7 13
D 13 11 7 1
23 The water in a lake is acidic and the fish are dying. The water in the lake needs to be neutralised.
Which compound can be added in excess to neutralise the water in the lake?
A calcium carbonate
B phosphoric acid
C potassium hydroxide
D sodium nitrate

10
24 Two incomplete statements about the preparation of an insoluble salt are given.
......1...... can be used to prepare insoluble salts, such as ......2...... .
The salt is collected by ...... 3...... and it is then ......4...... .
Which words correctly complete gaps 1–4?
1 2 3 4
A precipitation barium nitrate filtration evaporated

B precipitation lead sulfate evaporation washed and dried
C precipitation lead sulfate filtration washed and dried
D titration barium nitrate evaporation washed and dried
25 The Haber process is used to make ammonia at a temperature of 400 C and a pressure of
20 000 kPa. The temperature is changed to 500 C but the pressure is kept the same.
What will be the effects of this change on the production of ammonia?
A It is made at an increased rate and the position of the equilibrium moves to the left.
B It is made at an increased rate and the position of the equilibrium moves to the right.
C It is made at a decreased rate and the position of the equilibrium moves to the left.
D It is made at a decreased rate and the position of the equilibrium moves to the right.
26 Some properties which indicate the differences in elements are listed.
1 metallic character
2 number of electron shells in an atom
3 number of protons in an atom
4 total number of electrons in an atom
Which two properties increase across a period of the Periodic Table?
© UCLES 2021 5070/11/M/J/21

11
27 Elements X and Y combine to form an ionic compound.
Atoms of X have more protons than atoms of Y.
Atoms of Y have more valence electrons than atoms of X.
A Ions of X are negatively charged.

B Atoms of X have more electron shells than atoms of Y.
C X and Y are in the same period of the Periodic Table.
D X and Y are in the same group of the Periodic Table.
28 The elements in Group I of the Periodic Table show trends in both their reactivities and their
melting points. Rubidium is in Group I.
Which statement about rubidium is correct?
A It has a higher melting point than potassium.

B It reacts with water to produce an acidic solution.
C It reacts with water to produce oxygen gas.
D It is more reactive than potassium.
29 The properties of four substances are shown.
Which substance is a metal?
A It conducts electricity when dissolved in water but not when solid.

B It has a high melting point and conducts heat when solid.
C It has a low melting point and is brittle.
D It has a giant covalent structure with a high melting point.

12
30 Group I elements and transition elements are metals.
Student X suggests that the Group I elements are above hydrogen in the metal reactivity series
but that not all transition elements are.
Student Y suggests that the densities of Group I elements are lower than those of the transition
elements.
Which students are correct?
A both X and Y
B X only
C Y only
D neither X nor Y
31 Tin is more reactive than lead but less reactive than iron.
Which method would be most suitable for extracting tin from its ore?
A electrolysis
B heating alone
C heating with carbon
D reacting with hydrogen
32 Attaching pieces of magnesium to underground iron pipes can protect the iron from corrosion.
Which reaction protects the iron from corrosion?
A Fe2+(aq) + 2e–  Fe(s)
B Fe(s)  Fe2+(aq) + 2e–
C Mg2+(aq) + 2e–  Mg(s)
D Mg(s)  Mg2+(aq) + 2e–
33 Which reactions take place during the extraction of aluminium from aluminium oxide using carbon
electrodes?
1 2O2–  O2 + 4e–
2 C + O2  CO2
3 Al 2+ + 2e–  Al
A 1 only B 1 and 2 only C 2 and 3 only D 1, 2 and 3
© UCLES 2021 5070/11/M/J/21

13
34 Which statement about gases in the atmosphere is correct?
A Carbon monoxide is a pollutant which causes acid rain.

B Catalytic converters reduce carbon monoxide to carbon dioxide.
C Methane in the atmosphere depletes the ozone layer.
D Photosynthesis adds oxygen to the atmosphere.
A 1 B 2 C 3 D 4
36 Compound X is shown in the dot-and-cross diagram.
H H
C C C H
H H H
Which statement about compound X is correct?
A It is a saturated hydrocarbon.
B It is an isomer of butene.
C It will decolourise bromine water.
D Its name is propane.

14

X Y
H H H H H H H H
H O H H H H H O
H H
38 An ester has the formula C2H5COOC2H5.
Which pair of compounds would react together to form this ester?
A ethanoic acid and ethanol

B ethanol and propanoic acid
C propanoic acid and propanol
D propanol and ethanoic acid

© UCLES 2021 5070/11/M/J/21

15
40 X is a polymer.
When X is hydrolysed one of the products is substance Y.
NH2
CH3 C COOH
H
Y
Which type of polymer is X?
A a complex carbohydrate
B a fat
C a protein
D an addition polymer
© UCLES 2021 5070/11/M/J/21

Group
© UCLES 2021
1 2
H He
hydrogen helium
Key 1 4
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
23 24 27 28 31 32 35.5 40
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 64 65 70 73 75 79 80 84
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
16
85 88 89 91 93 96 – 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
55 56 57–71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
5070/11/M/J/21
lanthanoids
133 137 178 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209 – – –
87 88 89–103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 114 116
actinoids
– – – – – – – – – – – – –
57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
139 140 141 144 – 150 152 157 159 163 165 167 169 173 175
89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103
– 232 231 238 – – – – – – – – – – –
Cambridge O Level
CHEMISTRY 5070/12
1 hour

*1397826625*

Soft clean eraser
INSTRUCTIONS
INFORMATION
 Each correct answer will score one mark. A mark will not be deducted for a wrong answer.
IB21 06_5070_12/2RP
2
1 The formula of magnesium oxide can be investigated by using the fact that when magnesium is
heated it reacts with oxygen to form magnesium oxide.
Which apparatus is used for this investigation?
1 2 3
crucible
gas syringe balance
A boiling point
B colour
C smell
3 Which separation method would give pure samples of both substances from the mixture?
mixture separation method
A copper sulfate crystals and water crystallisation

B ethanol and water evaporation
C salt and sand filtration
D nitrogen and oxygen fractional distillation
4 An aqueous solution of J is a colourless solution that contains cations and chloride ions.
Separate samples of the solution give a white precipitate with a few drops of aqueous
sodium hydroxide and with a few drops of aqueous ammonia.
Which statement about J is correct?
A The cation in J must be Al 3+.

B The cation in J must be Fe2+.
C When dilute nitric acid and aqueous barium nitrate are added to an aqueous solution of J, a
white precipitate is formed.
D When dilute nitric acid and aqueous silver nitrate are added to an aqueous solution of J, a
white precipitate is formed.
© UCLES 2021 5070/12/M/J/21

3
1 colourless
2 no effect on either damp red or blue litmus papers
4 flammable
What is gas X?
A ammonia
B chlorine
C hydrogen
D oxygen
6 Which statement about states of matter is correct?
A When a liquid freezes it becomes a solid and energy is released to the surroundings.
B When a liquid reaches its boiling point it becomes a gas. This process is called evaporation.
C When a solid changes directly to a gas the process is called condensation.
D When a solid melts the particles get further apart and have less energy.
7 Use the Periodic Table to answer this question.
Which two particles have the same number of electrons?
A Ar and Ca
B Na+ and K+
C Fe2+ and Fe3+
D Ca2+ and Sc3+

4
8 The table shows data for particles W, X, Y and Z.
proton nucleon number of

particle
number number electrons
W 6 12 6
X 6 14 6
Y 7 14 7
Z 8 16 10
1 W and X are isotopes of the same element.

2 Y is in Group V of the Periodic Table.
3 Z is a cation.
9 Which dot-and-cross diagram correctly shows a molecule of ethene?
A B
H H H H
C C C C
H H H H
C D
H H H H
H C C H H C C H
H H H H
© UCLES 2021 5070/12/M/J/21

5
10 The names and formulae of three nitrogen compounds are shown.
ammonia hydrazine hydroxylamine

NH3 N2H4 NH2OH
Which compound has the highest relative molecular mass, Mr, and in which compound is the
percentage by mass of hydrogen the greatest?
greatest percentage
highest Mr
by mass of hydrogen
A N2H4 NH3
B N2H4 N2H4
C NH2OH NH3
D NH2OH N2H4
relative
compound
formula mass
A Al 2O3 102
B CuO 80
C H2SO4 98
D HNO3 63
12 10 cm3 of propane is burned in 70 cm3 of oxygen in a closed container.
C3H8(g) + 5O2(g)  3CO2(g) + 4H2O(l)
What is the total volume of gas present after the reaction?
(Assume all volumes of gases are measured at room temperature and pressure.)
A 30 cm3 B 50 cm3 C 70 cm3 D 90 cm3

6
13 When a mixture of sodium chloride and sodium hydrogencarbonate is heated, the reaction shown
takes place.
2NaHCO3(s)  Na2CO3(s) + CO2(g) + H2O(g)
Sodium chloride is unchanged on heating.
When 6.0 g of the mixture is heated, the loss in mass is 1.5 g.
What is the percentage by mass of sodium hydrogencarbonate in the mixture?
[relative molecular mass, Mr: NaHCO3, 84; Na2CO3, 106; CO2, 44; H2O, 18]
A 34% B 48% C 68% D 95%
14 Molten sodium chloride is electrolysed.
Which change occurs at the cathode?
A Sodium ions are oxidised.

B Sodium ions are reduced.
C Chloride ions are oxidised.
D Chloride ions are reduced.
A copper(II) ions only
B copper(II) ions and hydrogen ions
C sulfate ions only

16 Natural gas is used as a source of energy.
What is the main compound in natural gas?
A ethane
B ethene
C methane
D methanol
© UCLES 2021 5070/12/M/J/21

7
used as a fuel.

A 1 only
B 2 only
C both 1 and 2
D neither 1 nor 2
18 Aqueous sodium thiosulfate reacts with hydrochloric acid. The rate of the reaction increases if the
concentration of both reactants is increased.
Nitrogen gas reacts with hydrogen gas. The rate of the reaction increases if the pressure in the
reaction vessel is increased.
Which row correctly explains why the given change increases the rate of the reaction?
aqueous sodium thiosulfate

nitrogen + hydrogen
+ hydrochloric acid
A higher frequency of higher frequency of
collisions between particles collisions between particles
B higher frequency of the activation energy is decreased
collisions between particles
C the activation energy is decreased higher frequency of
collisions between particles
D the activation energy is decreased the activation energy is decreased

8
Mg(s) + H2SO4(aq)  MgSO4(aq) + H2(g)
Two experiments are carried out at 25 C.
sulfuric acid.
sulfuric acid.
During each experiment the volume of hydrogen produced is measured. The results are plotted
on a graph.
A B
volume of volume of key

hydrogen hydrogen
experiment 1
produced produced
experiment 2
0 0
0 time 0 time
C D
volume of volume of
hydrogen hydrogen
produced produced
0 0
0 time 0 time
20 Solution X is colourless. A few drops of aqueous potassium iodide solution are added to a sample
of X. No change is seen.
Solution Y is colourless. A few drops of aqueous acidified potassium manganate(VII) solution are
added to a sample of Y. The colour of the potassium manganate(VII) disappears.
What can be deduced about X and Y from these two observations?
A X and Y are both reducing agents.

B X is an oxidising agent and Y is not a reducing agent.
C X is not a reducing agent and Y is an oxidising agent.
D X is not an oxidising agent and Y is a reducing agent.
© UCLES 2021 5070/12/M/J/21

9
21 Brown nitrogen dioxide reacts to form colourless dinitrogen tetroxide in a reversible reaction. The
forward reaction is exothermic.
2NO2(g) N2O4(g)
brown colourless
Which changes would make the equilibrium mixture darker in colour?
temperature pressure
A decrease decrease
B decrease increase
C increase decrease
D increase increase
pH values
NH3 HCl NaCl NaOH
A 1 7 13 11
B 7 1 11 13
C 11 1 7 13
D 13 11 7 1

10
23 Four test-tubes are set up as shown.
W X Y Z
AgNO3(aq) Cu(NO3)2(aq) Pb(NO3)2(aq) NaNO3(aq)
What is the effect of adding dilute hydrochloric acid to each test-tube?
W X Y Z
A key
B = clear solution
C = precipitate formed
D
24 Aqueous ammonia reacts with a compound to form a salt, ammonium phosphate.
What type of reaction will ammonia undergo to form ammonium phosphate?
A combustion
B neutralisation
C oxidation
D precipitation
25 Sulfuric acid is manufactured in the contact process. Several substances are involved in this
process, including vanadium(V) oxide and water.
Which roles are played by vanadium(V) oxide and water in the contact process?
vanadium(V) oxide water
A catalyst reactant
B catalyst solvent
C reactant reactant
D reactant solvent
© UCLES 2021 5070/12/M/J/21

11
26 Some properties which indicate the differences in elements are listed.
27 Germanium is in Group IV of the Periodic Table. It has a proton number of 32.
Selenium is in Group VI of the Periodic Table. It has a proton number of 34.
Which prediction can be made, based on the positions of germanium and selenium in the
Periodic Table?
A A germanium atom has two more valence electrons than a selenium atom.
B Germanium forms a Ge3+ ion and selenium forms an Se3- ion.
C Germanium has more metallic character than selenium.
D Germanium has similar properties to tellurium, and selenium has similar properties to tin.
28 The proton number of caesium is 55.
Compared with lithium, the melting point of caesium is ......1...... and the reaction of caesium with
water is ......2...... vigorous. The number of valence electrons in caesium is ......3...... compared to
lithium.
Which words correctly complete gaps 1, 2 and 3?
1 2 3
A higher more the same

B higher less the same
C lower more greater
D lower more the same

12
29 Nickel is a transition element.
Which properties does it have?
1 It can act as a catalyst.

2 It conducts electricity when molten.
3 It forms coloured compounds.
4 It has only one oxidation state in its compounds.
A 1, 2 and 3 B 1, 3 and 4 C 1 and 2 only D 1 and 3 only
30 Which metal reacts with steam and can be extracted from its ore by reduction with carbon?
A magnesium
B calcium
C copper
D zinc
31 Three correct statements about aluminium are listed.
1 Aluminium is the most common metal in the Earth’s crust.

2 It is costly to extract aluminium from its ore, bauxite.
3 The world’s supply of bauxite is limited.
Which statements explain why aluminium should be recycled?
A 1 and 2 only B 2 and 3 only C 3 only D 1, 2 and 3
A Fe2+(aq) + 2e–  Fe(s)
B Fe(s)  Fe2+(aq) + 2e–
C Mg2+(aq) + 2e–  Mg(s)
D Mg(s)  Mg2+(aq) + 2e–
© UCLES 2021 5070/12/M/J/21

13
33 Iron is extracted from its ore, haematite, in a blast furnace.
Which statement about this extraction process is correct?
A Air is blown into the blast furnace to react with carbon.

B At the bottom of a blast furnace a layer of molten iron floats on top of a layer of molten slag.
C Limestone is decomposed in the blast furnace to produce carbon monoxide.
D Silicon dioxide, an impurity in the ore, is a basic oxide.
34 Which statement about the preparation and properties of aluminium is correct?
A Aluminium is obtained by heating aluminium oxide with carbon.

B Aluminium is produced at the anode by electrolysis of aluminium oxide dissolved in molten
cryolite.
C Aluminium is unreactive as it forms an oxide coating.
D Aluminium is used in overhead electricity cables as it is a good conductor of electricity and
has a high density.
A 1 B 2 C 3 D 4
36 Vegetable oils can be made into margarine.
Which row describes the changes which take place?
hydrogen viscosity
A is added increases
B is removed decreases
C is added decreases
D is removed increases

14

X Y
H H H H H H H H
H O H H H H H O
H H
38 Which circled structure shows only the functional group of a carboxylic acid?
A B
H O H O
H C C O H H C C O H
H H
C D
H O H O
H C C O H H C C O H
H H

© UCLES 2021 5070/12/M/J/21

15
40 Some information about compound X is given.
X contains the elements carbon, hydrogen and oxygen only.
The product of the hydrolysis of X is the simple sugar, glucose.
What is X?
A a polyester
B a protein
C nylon
D starch
© UCLES 2021 5070/12/M/J/21

Group
© UCLES 2021
1 2
H He
hydrogen helium
Key 1 4
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
23 24 27 28 31 32 35.5 40
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 64 65 70 73 75 79 80 84
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
16
85 88 89 91 93 96 – 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
55 56 57–71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
5070/12/M/J/21
lanthanoids
133 137 178 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209 – – –
87 88 89–103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 114 116
actinoids
– – – – – – – – – – – – –
57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
139 140 141 144 – 150 152 157 159 163 165 167 169 173 175
89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103
– 232 231 238 – – – – – – – – – – –
Cambridge O Level
CHEMISTRY 5070/11
1 hour

*5983816930*

Soft clean eraser
INSTRUCTIONS
INFORMATION
This document has 16 pages. Any blank pages are indicated.
IB22 06_5070_11/3RP
2
1 A scientist needs to add approximately 100 cm3 of water to each of 50 large beakers. The
scientist needs to fill the beakers as quickly as possible.
Which method should be used?
A A 50 cm3 burette should be used twice for each beaker.

B A 100 cm3 gas syringe should be used once for each beaker.
C A 25 cm3 graduated pipette should be used four times for each beaker.
D A 100 cm3 measuring cylinder should be used once for each beaker.
2 Four mixtures, each containing two substances, are shown in the table.
The two substances need to be separated and collected.
mixture separation method
A copper(II) sulfate and water chromatography

B methanol and ethanol evaporation
C oxygen and nitrogen fractional distillation
D sand and barium sulfate filtration
3 Two samples of a colourless solution are tested separately with aqueous sodium hydroxide,
NaOH(aq), and aqueous ammonia, NH3(aq), and the results are recorded.
● A white precipitate is formed with two drops of NaOH(aq). This precipitate dissolves
in an excess of NaOH(aq).
● A white precipitate is formed with two drops of NH3(aq). This precipitate dissolves in
an excess of NH3(aq).
What can be deduced from these results?
A The anion present is Cl –.

B The anion present is not Cl –.
C The cation present is Al 3+.
D The cation present is Zn2+.
© UCLES 2022 5070/11/M/J/22

3
4 Which row correctly describes changes in the particles when a substance freezes?
arrangement of the particles energy change in the particles
A particles become more ordered particles gain energy

B particles become more ordered particles lose energy
C particles become less ordered particles gain energy
D particles become less ordered particles lose energy
A B C D

54 2+ 59 3+
6 Two particles have the symbols 26 Fe and 27 Co .
Which statement about these particles is correct?
A They contain the same number of electrons.

B They contain the same number of neutrons.
C They contain the same number of protons.
D They do not contain the same number of protons, neutrons or electrons.
7 Two isotopes of chlorine are 35Cl and 37Cl.
Using these isotopes and 12C and 1H, how many different relative molecular masses are possible
for the compound with molecular formula C2H3Cl 3?
A 2 B 3 C 4 D 5

4
8 Which statement about the substances, at room temperature and pressure, is correct?
W X Y Z
Cl – Li+ Cl – Li+ H H
Li+ Cl – Li+ Cl – H C C O H
Cl – Li+ Cl – Li+ H H
A W and X conduct electricity.

B W and Y are elements.
C X and Z dissolve in water.
D Y and Z have low melting points.
9 A piece of magnesium reacts with dilute hydrochloric acid.
The resulting solution is then evaporated leaving a solid residue of magnesium chloride.
A A covalent solid is formed in this process.

B Each chlorine atom gains one electron in this process.
C Each magnesium atom loses only one electron in this process.
D Molecules of an element are formed during the reaction.
10 Which dot-and-cross diagram represents carbon dioxide?
Only outer shell electrons are shown.
A B
O C O O C O
C D
O C O O C O
© UCLES 2022 5070/11/M/J/22

5
11 Two statements about the structure and properties of metals are given.
statement 1 Metals are malleable and have high melting points.

statement 2 Metals have mobile electrons in their structure.
What is correct?

D Statement 2 is correct but statement 1 is incorrect.
12 How many different elements are present in ammonium nitrate?
A 2 B 3 C 4 D 5
13 Aqueous calcium hydroxide is an alkali. It is neutralised by dilute nitric acid to produce

calcium nitrate and water.
What is the ionic equation for this reaction?
A Ca+ + OH– + H+ + NO3–  CaNO3 + H2O
B Ca(OH)2 + 2HNO3  Ca(NO3)2 + H2O
C Ca2+(OH–)2 + 2H+NO3–  Ca2+(NO3–)2 + H2O
D OH– + H+  H2O
14 The relative molecular mass, Mr, of liquid Z is 60. Z contains 40.0% carbon, 6.70% hydrogen and
53.3% oxygen.
Which row shows the correct empirical and molecular formulae of Z?
empirical molecular
formula formula
A CH2O CH2O
B CH2O C2H4O2
C C2H4O2 C2H4O2
D CH3O C2H6O2
15 How many tonnes of aluminium oxide, Al 2O3, are required to produce 27 tonnes of aluminium?
A 27 B 51 C 54 D 102

6
16 Lead(II) bromide is electrolysed using inert electrodes.
+ –
molten
lead(II) bromide
A A brown gas is seen at the positive electrode.

B Electrons pass through the solution from one electrode to the other.
C Ions pass through the circuit from one electrode to the other.
D The lead(II) ions are oxidised.
17 Compound X is sodium iodide, NaI.
Compound Y is methyl methanoate, HCO2CH3.
At room temperature and pressure, ......1...... solid. In aqueous solution, ......2...... electricity.
1 2
A both X and Y are both X and Y conduct

B both X and Y are only X conducts
C only X is both X and Y conduct
D only X is only X conducts
18 For the forward reaction of a reversible reaction, the enthalpy change of reaction,
H, is –50 kJ / mol and the activation energy, Ea, is +60 kJ / mol.
What is the activation energy of the reverse reaction?
A –110 kJ / mol
B –10 kJ / mol
C +10 kJ / mol
D +110 kJ / mol
© UCLES 2022 5070/11/M/J/22

7
19 The diagram shows a titration experiment.
dilute acid
aqueous alkali
Which row about the reaction in the conical flask is correct?
the reaction is the value of H is
20 Sulfur dioxide reacts with oxygen in the air.
2SO2(g) + O2(g) 2SO3(g) H = –196 kJ / mol
The reaction is very slow if no catalyst is present.
A Air contains only 21% oxygen so there is not enough oxygen for all the sulfur dioxide to
react.
B Only a small proportion of the sulfur dioxide and oxygen molecules have enough energy to
react, even at high temperatures.
C The reaction is exothermic and so at high temperatures the equilibrium shifts to the left.
D The reaction is reversible and so products turn back to reactants; this happens more quickly
at high temperatures.

8
A An enzyme is a biological catalyst that decreases the activation energy of a reaction.

B An enzyme is a biological catalyst that increases the activation energy of a reaction.
C An enzyme is a compound of a transition element that decreases the activation energy of a
reaction.
D An enzyme is a compound of a transition element that increases the activation energy of a
reaction.
22 Nitrogen dioxide, NO2, is a dark brown gas that decomposes as shown in the equation.
2NO2(g) 2NO(g) + O2(g)

The diagram shows a glass flask containing a mixture of the three gases. The mixture is pale
brown.
inlet for gas

NO2, NO, O2
mixture
Which colour change is seen in the mixture?
A It becomes a darker brown.

B It becomes a paler brown.
C It turns colourless.
D There is no change.
23 Concentrated hydrochloric acid is oxidised by manganese(IV) oxide, MnO2.
What are two products of this reaction?
A Mn2+ and Cl –
B Mn2+ and Cl 2
C Mn6+ and Cl –
D Mn6+ and Cl 2
© UCLES 2022 5070/11/M/J/22

9
24 The table gives some information about four redox reactions.
Which row gives correct information about what is oxidised and the evidence that this is
oxidation?
what is
evidence for
equation oxidised in
this oxidation
the reaction
A CuO(s) + C(s) CO(g) + Cu(s) copper copper oxide has given

oxygen to carbon
B Na(s) + 1
2
Cl 2(g) NaCl (s) sodium sodium has
lost an electron
C N2(g) + 3H2(g) 2NH3(g) nitrogen nitrogen has
gained hydrogen
D Zn(NO3)2(aq) + Mg(s) Mg(NO3)2(aq) + Zn(s) zinc zinc has gained
two electrons
25 Which statement about acids and bases is correct?
A All strong acids react with carbonates but all weak acids do not.
B The oxides of Group I metals are amphoteric.
C The pH of 1.0 mol / dm3 ethanoic acid, CH3COOH, is higher than the pH of
1.0 mol / dm3 sulfuric acid, H2SO4.
D The pH of 1.0 mol / dm3 nitric acid, HNO3, is lower than the pH of
1.0 mol / dm3 hydrochloric acid, HCl.
26 Some types of chemical reaction are listed.
1 acid-base
2 combustion
3 redox
Which types of reaction occur in a blast furnace during the extraction of iron?
27 Which method should be used to make a pure sample of potassium chloride?
A adding AgCl (s) to KNO3(aq)

B adding excess K2CO3(s) to HCl (aq)
C mixing KNO3(aq) with NaCl (aq)

D titrating KOH(aq) with HCl (aq)

10
28 A pure sample of lead sulfate is made by reacting aqueous solutions of two salts. The
lead sulfate formed is then separated from the mixture.
Which solutions and method of separation are used?
salt solution 1 salt solution 2 method of separation
A lead chloride sodium sulfate crystallisation

B lead chloride sodium sulfate filtration
C lead nitrate potassium sulfate crystallisation
D lead nitrate potassium sulfate filtration
A Food can be preserved by using sulfur dioxide.

B In the Contact process oxygen reacts with sulfur to make sulfur trioxide.
C Sulfur dioxide is used to kill bacteria present in wood pulp.
D Sulfuric acid is used as a bleach.
30 Element Y is in Period 3 of the Periodic Table. It forms a chloride that is a liquid at room
temperature.
Which row shows correct information about the group number and the nature of the oxide of
element Y?
group number nature of oxide
A I basic
B II acidic
C IV amphoteric
D VI acidic
31 Which gases are used in light bulbs?
1 argon
2 oxygen
3 neon
© UCLES 2022 5070/11/M/J/22

11
32 The carbonates of metals W, X and Y are heated and the results are shown.
colour of gas given off which

colour after heating
metal carbonate turns limewater cloudy
W white yes yellow when hot, white when cold

X green yes black
Y white no no change
These experimental results can be used to write statements about W, X and Y.
1 The carbonates of W and X gave off carbon dioxide on heating.

2 Metals X and Y are less reactive than metal W.
3 X could be copper.
bell jar
lit candle
water
A B C D

12
34 Two statements are given.
statement 1 The percentage of carbon by mass is greater in methane than in butane.

statement 2 Butane is one of two isomers with the molecular formula C4H10.
A both statement 1 and statement 2

B statement 1 only
C statement 2 only
D neither statement 1 nor statement 2
35 One mole of each of the compounds shown is completely combusted.
C5H12O C6H12 C6H14 C6H14O
How many of the compounds need exactly nine moles of oxygen for complete combustion?
A 1 B 2 C 3 D 4
36 The reactants and products of two reactions are shown.
reaction 1 C3H6 + H2O  X
reaction 2 X + O2  CO2 + H2O
Which row correctly describes these two reactions?
identity of compound X conditions for reaction 1 reaction 2
A butanol high pressure and a catalyst combustion

B butanol heat and a catalyst decomposition
C propanol heat and a catalyst decomposition
D propanol heat and a catalyst combustion
© UCLES 2022 5070/11/M/J/22

13
37 Which statement about carboxylic acids is correct?
A All carboxylic acids include the group:
O H
B Ethanoic acid reacts with both copper(II) oxide and copper.
C Methanoic acid, formed by bacterial oxidation, is present in vinegar.
D Propanoic acid decolourises acidified potassium manganate(VII).
38 The structure of an ester is shown.
H H H O
H C C C C H H H
H H H O C C C H
H H H
What is the name of this ester?
A butyl butanoate
B butyl propanoate
C propyl butanoate
D propyl propanoate
39 Poly(ethene) is formed by ......1...... polymerisation of ethene.
The formation of nylon and Terylene are examples of ......2...... polymerisation.
Proteins contain the same ......3...... linkage as nylon.
Fats contain the same ......4...... linkage as Terylene.
On hydrolysis, proteins form ......5...... .
Which words correctly complete gaps 1–5?
1 2 3 4 5
A addition condensation amide ester amino acids

B addition condensation amide ester simple sugars
C addition condensation ester amide amino acids
D condensation addition ester amide simple sugars

14
CH3 Cl
C C
H Br
A B C D
C C C C C C C C
© UCLES 2022 5070/11/M/J/22

15
BLANK PAGE
Cambridge Assessment International Education is part of Cambridge Assessment. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of the University of Cambridge
Local Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is a department of the University of Cambridge.
© UCLES 2022 5070/11/M/J/22

Group
© UCLES 2022
1 2
H He
hydrogen helium
Key 1 4
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
23 24 27 28 31 32 35.5 40
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 64 65 70 73 75 79 80 84
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
16
85 88 89 91 93 96 – 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
55 56 57–71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
5070/11/M/J/22
lanthanoids
133 137 178 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209 – – –
87 88 89–103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 114 116
actinoids
– – – – – – – – – – – – –
57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
139 140 141 144 – 150 152 157 159 163 165 167 169 173 175
89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103
– 232 231 238 – – – – – – – – – – –
Cambridge O Level
CHEMISTRY 5070/12
1 hour

*9091136550*

Soft clean eraser
INSTRUCTIONS
INFORMATION
IB22 06_5070_12/4RP R
2
1 A student investigates the rate of reaction between calcium carbonate and hydrochloric acid.
calcium hydrochloric acid

carbonate
The volume of gas in the syringe is recorded after one minute.
The experiment is repeated using different concentrations of hydrochloric acid.
Which additional pieces of apparatus are essential for the investigation?
1 balance
2 measuring cylinder
3 stop-clock
A A mixture of liquids with boiling points which differ by 35 C can be separated by distillation.
B Locating agents are needed to identify the colours present in ink.
C The desalination of sea water to produce pure water is achieved by fractional distillation.
D The Rf value of a dye in a chromatogram can be calculated using the formula:
distance moved by solvent

Rf 
distance moved by spot
© UCLES 2022 5070/12/M/J/22

3
3 Some reactions of an aqueous solution of compound X are given.
 When a few drops of aqueous sodium hydroxide are added, a white precipitate is
formed.
 When dilute nitric acid is added and the mixture is warmed, a gas is formed. The
gas decolourises acidified potassium manganate(VII).
 When dilute nitric acid and aqueous barium nitrate are added, no visible reaction
occurs.
What can be deduced about the identity of X?
A X contains only aluminium sulfate, Al 2(SO4)3.

B X contains only calcium sulfite, CaSO3.
C X must contain aluminium sulfite, Al 2(SO3)3, or zinc sulfite, ZnSO3.
D X must contain aluminium sulfite, Al 2(SO3)3, calcium sulfite, CaSO3, or zinc sulfite, ZnSO3.
4 Which set of changes to the conditions increases the volume of a gas?
pressure temperature
A decreases increases
B increases decreases
C increases unchanged
D unchanged decreases
A B C D


4
14
6 Element X can be represented by the symbol 6 X.
Which statements about an atom of element X are correct?
1 It has 6 electrons.
2 It has 8 protons.
3 It is an isotope of carbon.
4 It is an isotope of nitrogen.
A 1, 2 and 3 B 1 and 2 only C 1 and 3 only D 2 and 4
7 Two isotopes of chlorine are 35Cl and 37Cl.
Using these isotopes and 12C and 1H, how many different relative molecular masses are possible
for the compound with molecular formula C2H3Cl 3?
A 2 B 3 C 4 D 5
8 Which row is correct?
elements compounds mixtures
A graphite, iron methane, water air, copper

B graphite, iron sand, water air, brass
C iron, water methane, graphite air, brass
D water, methane air, graphite iron, brass
9 Which statement about ionic compounds is correct?
A They are all solids at room temperature.

B They all conduct electricity at room temperature.
C They are all soluble in water.
D They all have strong intermolecular forces.
© UCLES 2022 5070/12/M/J/22

5
10 A molecule of tetrafluorosilane, SiF4, is shown in the dot-and-cross diagram. Only the outer shell
electrons are shown.
F Si F
A Each molecule of SiF4 has exactly 16 pairs of electrons.

B In SiF4 both the silicon and the fluorine have the same electronic configuration as neon.
C Molten SiF4 will conduct electricity.
D SiF4 has a low melting point.
11 The table describes two properties associated with metals.
Which row shows a correct reason for the stated property?
property reason
A malleable the layers of metal anions can slide over each other
B malleable the layers of metal cations can slide over each other
C conduct electricity metallic structures contain mobile anions
D conduct electricity metallic structures contain mobile cations
12 Aqueous silver nitrate, AgNO3, reacts with aqueous potassium chromate(VI), K2CrO4, to give a
yellow precipitate.
What is the ionic equation for this reaction?
A 2AgNO3(aq) + K2CrO4(aq)  Ag2CrO4(s) + 2KNO3(aq)
B 2Ag+(aq) + 2NO3–(aq) + 2K+(aq) + CrO42–(aq)  Ag2CrO4(s) + 2NO3–(aq) + 2K+(aq)
C 2Ag+(aq) + CrO42–(aq)  Ag2CrO4(s)
D Ag+(aq) + CrO4–(aq)  AgCrO4(s)

6
13 What is the relative formula mass of anhydrous sodium carbonate?
A 51 B 83 C 106 D 124
14 What contains the greatest mass of solute?
A 100 cm3 of 1.00 mol / dm3 sodium hydroxide, NaOH

B 500 cm3 of 0.05 mol / dm3 sulfuric acid, H2SO4
C 1.00 dm3 of 0.10 mol / dm3 potassium hydroxide, KOH
D 2.00 dm3 of 0.01 mol / dm3 hydrochloric acid, HCl
15 How many tonnes of aluminium oxide, Al 2O3, are required to produce 27 tonnes of aluminium?
A 27 B 51 C 54 D 102
16 Dilute sulfuric acid is electrolysed. Hydrogen gas and oxygen gas are produced.
Which row correctly describes what happens?
oxygen produced at the hydrogen produced at the concentration of acid
A anode cathode decreases

B anode cathode increases
C cathode anode decreases
D cathode anode increases
17 Aluminium can be extracted by the electrolysis of aluminium oxide dissolved in molten cryolite.
Which reactions take place during the electrolysis?
reaction at the anode reaction at the cathode
A Al + + e–  Al O2– + 2e–  O
B Al 3+ + 3e–  Al 2O2– + 4e–  O2
C O2– – 2e–  O 3Al + + 3e–  3Al
D 2O2– – 4e–  O2 Al 3+ + 3e–  Al
18 Which reaction is exothermic?
A combustion of methane
B cracking of hydrocarbons
C decomposition of water into hydrogen and oxygen by electrolysis
D photosynthesis in plants
© UCLES 2022 5070/12/M/J/22

7
19 What is the correct balanced equation and enthalpy change, H, for the complete combustion of
butanol, C4H9OH?
A C4H9OH(l) + 5O2(g)  4CO2(g) + 5H2O(g) H = –2676 kJ / mol
B C4H9OH(l) + 5O2(g)  4CO2(g) + 5H2O(g) H = +2676 kJ / mol
C C4H9OH(l) + 6O2(g)  4CO2(g) + 5H2O(g) H = –2676 kJ / mol
D C4H9OH(l) + 6O2(g)  4CO2(g) + 5H2O(g) H = +2676 kJ / mol
20 Bromate, bromide and hydrogen ions react according to the equation shown.
BrO3–(aq) + 5Br –(aq) + 6H+(aq)  3Br2(aq) + 3H2O(l)
Some apparatus for measuring how the rate of this reaction varies over time is suggested.
1 gas syringe
2 balance
3 pH meter
Which apparatus is suitable to measure the rate of this reaction?
A 1 and 2 B 1 only C 2 and 3 D 3 only
21 25 cm3 of 1.0 mol / dm3 hydrochloric acid reacts with 10 g of a solid to produce a gas. The solid is
in excess. The graph labelled first experiment shows the volume of gas produced over time.
Graphs P and Q show the volume of gas produced under different conditions.
first experiment
volume of
gas / cm3
0
0 time / s
Which changes in conditions produce graphs P and Q, if all other conditions are kept the same?
A P uses a catalyst and Q has a lower temperature.

B P uses 25 cm3 of more concentrated acid and Q uses smaller pieces of solid.
C P uses a higher temperature and Q uses 25 cm3 of more dilute acid.
D P uses smaller pieces of solid and Q uses larger pieces of solid.

8
22 Nitrogen dioxide, NO2, is a dark brown gas that decomposes as shown in the equation.
2NO2(g) 2NO(g) + O2(g)

The diagram shows a glass flask containing a mixture of the three gases. The mixture is pale
brown.
inlet for gas

NO2, NO, O2
mixture
Which colour change is seen in the mixture?
A It becomes a darker brown.

B It becomes a paler brown.
C It turns colourless.
D There is no change.
23 What is an observation of an oxidation process?
A blue copper sulfate crystals turning to white powder when heated

B copper being deposited on the cathode during electrolysis
C green gas being produced at the anode when sodium chloride is electrolysed
D white precipitate forming when aqueous silver ions react with aqueous chloride ions
24 An excess of aqueous iodide ions is added to acidified aqueous potassium manganate(VII).
colour of
iodide ions
final solution
A oxidised colourless
B oxidised brown
C reduced colourless
D reduced brown
© UCLES 2022 5070/12/M/J/22

9
25 When ammonia gas is dissolved in water a reversible reaction takes place.
NH3(g) + H2O(l) NH4+(aq) + OH–(aq)
1 Ammonia is an alkali because it produces hydroxide ions in solution.

2 The pH of this solution is 7.
3 Adding hydroxide ions to the mixture at equilibrium produces more ammonia.
26 Three dilute solutions of acid, each with a concentration of 0.01 mol / dm3, are reacted separately
with excess calcium carbonate until there is no further reaction. The same volume of acid is used
each time.
The carbon dioxide produced is collected and its volume measured. All measurements are
at room temperature and pressure.
volume of carbon
acid pH dioxide formed
/ cm3
1 2.0 20
2 1.7 40
3 3.4 20
What are the possible identities of the acids?
acid 1 acid 2 acid 3
A hydrochloric sulfuric ethanoic

B hydrochloric nitric ethanoic
C nitric sulfuric hydrochloric
D sulfuric hydrochloric nitric

10
27 The steps for the preparation of a pure sample of sodium nitrate are listed.
1 Titrate with dilute nitric acid until the end-point is seen.

2 Evaporate to concentrate the solution.
3 Rinse out the conical flask.
4 Add indicator.
5 Pipette a known volume of aqueous sodium hydroxide into a conical flask.
6 Cool and filter to remove crystals.
7 Repeat using the same volumes of aqueous sodium hydroxide and dilute nitric acid
but no indicator.
Which order of steps is correct?
A 1754263
B 3571246
C 4135267
D 5413726
28 A white compound is insoluble in water.
Which cations and anions could be present in the compound?
sodium calcium carbonate nitrate
A key
B = present
C = absent
D
© UCLES 2022 5070/12/M/J/22

11
29 The flow chart describes the preparation of ammonium sulfate.
air element 1 element 2 air
Haber Contact
element 3 element 4
process process
ammonium sulfate
What are elements 1– 4?
1 2 3 4
A nitrogen oxygen hydrogen sulfur

B nitrogen oxygen hydrogen oxygen
C oxygen nitrogen hydrogen sulfur
D oxygen nitrogen sulfur hydrogen
30 Which row correctly shows the possible uses of sulfur dioxide and sulfuric acid?
sulfur dioxide sulfuric acid
A as a bleach as battery acid

B killing bacteria in food as a bleach
C making detergents as battery acid
D making fertilisers making fertilisers
31 Selenium is in Group VI and gallium is in Group III.
Which prediction can be made from this information?
A A gallium atom has three more protons than a selenium atom.

B Gallium is more likely to form negative ions than selenium.
C Selenium atoms have fewer valence electrons than gallium atoms.
D Selenium has more non-metallic character than gallium.

12
32 Which statement about some metals and their compounds is correct?
A Calcium reacts with cold water but not with steam.

B Lead carbonate decomposes at a higher temperature than zinc carbonate.
C Magnesium can be extracted from its oxide by heating strongly with carbon.
D Pure aluminium reacts with cold, dilute hydrochloric acid.
bell jar
lit candle
water
A B C D
34 The addition reaction between a hydrocarbon X and bromine forms only one product.
Which compound is X?
A CH4 B C2H4 C C2H6 D CH3OH
© UCLES 2022 5070/12/M/J/22

13
35 A series of reactions producing propanol from the naphtha fraction of petroleum (crude oil) is
shown.
H H H H OH H
X Y
naphtha H C C C H C C C H
H H H H H
What are processes X and Y?
X Y
A cracking reaction with steam

B cracking fermentation
C fractional distillation reaction with steam
D fractional distillation fermentation
36 The structures of four alcohols are shown.
1 2 3 4
H H H H H H H H H H
H C H H C C H H C C C H H C C C C H
OH H OH H OH H H H H OH
A Alcohol 1 can be made by the addition of steam to an alkene.

B Alcohol 2 can be made from glucose.
C Alcohol 3 is a renewable energy source.
D Alcohol 4 has only one other isomer.
37 Which compounds have the molecular formula C3H6O2?
1 methyl ethanoate
2 ethyl methanoate
3 propanoic acid

14
38 An organic compound has the empirical formula CH2O.
Which row shows a possible correct name and structure for this compound?
name structure
A methanol
B methanoic acid
C ethanol
D ethanoic acid
A Complex carbohydrates, such as starch, are hydrolysed to give simple sugars.

B Fats have the same amide linkages as Terylene.
C Proteins and nylon are polymers formed from the same monomers but with different
linkages.
D Proteins are natural polymers and are also called polysaccharides.
© UCLES 2022 5070/12/M/J/22

15
CH3 Cl
C C
H Br
A B C D
C C C C C C C C
© UCLES 2022 5070/12/M/J/22

Group
© UCLES 2022
1 2
H He
hydrogen helium
Key 1 4
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
23 24 27 28 31 32 35.5 40
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 64 65 70 73 75 79 80 84
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
16
85 88 89 91 93 96 – 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
55 56 57–71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
5070/12/M/J/22
lanthanoids
133 137 178 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209 – – –
87 88 89–103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 114 116
actinoids
– – – – – – – – – – – – –
57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
139 140 141 144 – 150 152 157 159 163 165 167 169 173 175
89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103
– 232 231 238 – – – – – – – – – – –
w
w
w
.X
tr
me
eP
ap
er
s.c
om
UNIVERSITY OF CAMBRIDGE LOCAL EXAMINATIONS SYNDICATE
Joint Examination for the School Certification
and General Certificate of Education Ordinary Level
CHEMISTRY 5070/1
PAPER 1 Multiple Choice
OCTOBER/NOVEMBER SESSION 2002
1 hour
Additional materials:
Multiple Choice answer sheet
Soft clean eraser
TIME 1 hour
INSTRUCTIONS TO CANDIDATES
Do not open this booklet until you are told to do so.
unless this has already been done for you.
There are forty questions in this paper. Answer all questions. For each question, there are four
possible answers, A, B, C and D. Choose the one you consider correct and record your choice in soft
pencil on the separate answer sheet.
Read very carefully the instructions on the answer sheet.
INFORMATION FOR CANDIDATES

This question paper consists of 15 printed pages and 1 blank page.

MML 2691 1/02 S30311/1
2
1 Which property of a gas affects the rate at which it spreads throughout a laboratory?
A boiling point
B molecular mass
C reactivity
2 The graph gives the melting points of mixtures of lead and tin.
400 400
m.p. of
pure lead
300 300
melting
m.p. of
point/°C pure tin
200 200
100 100
0 50 100
% tin in the mixture
The graph shows that any mixture of lead and tin must have a melting point
A above that of tin.

B below that of lead.
C below that of both tin and lead.
D between that of tin and lead.
3 From which mixture can the underlined substance be obtained by adding water, stirring and
filtering?

B copper(II) sulphate and sodium chloride
C ethanoic acid and ethanol
D iron and magnesium
5070/1/O/N/02
3
4 An aqueous solution of a sulphate is made from a solid hydroxide, of a metal M, by the reaction:
M (OH)2 (s) + H2SO4(aq) → M SO4(aq) + 2H2O(l)
For which hydroxide would the method not work?
A barium hydroxide
B copper(II) hydroxide
C iron(II) hydroxide
D magnesium hydroxide
A Al 3+
B Be2+
C N3–
D S2–
6 The table gives data about four substances.
Which substance could be an ionic compound?
compound melting point / °C electrical conductivity

in aqueous solution
A –73 good
B 32 poor
C 474 poor
D 805 good
5070/1/O/N/02 [Turn over

4
7 The number of outer shell electrons for the atoms of the first 12 elements in the Periodic Table is
plotted against the proton number of the element.
Which graph is obtained?
A B
12 12
11 11
10 10
number of outer
number of outer
shell electrons
shell electrons
9 9
8 8
7 7
6 6
5 5
4 4
3 3
2 2
1 1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1112 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1112
C D
12 12
11 11
10 10
number of outer
number of outer
shell electrons
9
shell electrons
9
8 8
7 7
6 6
5 5
4 4
3 3
2 2
1 1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1112 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
5070/1/O/N/02
5
8 The table shows the electron structures of four elements.
element electronic structure

W 2, 6
X 2, 8
Y 2, 8, 1
Z 2, 8, 7
Which pair of atoms will form a covalent substance?
A two atoms of W
B two atoms of X
C an atom of W and an atom of X
D an atom of Y and an atom of Z
9 Which substance contains covalent bonds, but also conducts electricity?
A brass
B graphite
C iodine
D steel
10 One mole of each of the following compounds is burnt in excess oxygen.
Which compound will produce three moles of carbon dioxide and three moles of steam only?
A C3H8 B C3H7OH C C3H7CO2H D CH3CO2CH3
11 When zinc reacts with dilute sulphuric acid a gas is released.
What happens to the zinc and what is the gas released?
the zinc is the gas is

A oxidised hydrogen
B oxidised sulphur dioxide
C reduced hydrogen
D reduced sulphur dioxide

6
simple cell?
metal Y in a
metal X in a solution of a
solution of a salt of Y
salt of X
porous wall
metal X metal Y
A copper silver
B magnesium silver
C magnesium zinc
D zinc copper
13 Four electrolytes were electrolysed using carbon electrodes.
Which set of data is correct?
product at
electrolyte
anode cathode
A CuSO4 (aq) oxygen copper

B NaCl (aq) chlorine sodium
C NaH (l) sodium hydrogen
D PbBr2 (l) lead bromine
5070/1/O/N/02
7
14 Which pair of substances are isotopes?
A 12 C and 146 C
6
B carbon dioxide and carbon monoxide

C diamond and graphite
D C2H4 and C3H6
15 Which step in the diagram shows the process of photosynthesis?
carbon dioxide
in atmosphere
A D
carbon
compounds oil and
in plants natural gas
B carbon C
compounds
in animals
16 Dissolving ammonium nitrate in water is endothermic.
Which graph shows how the temperature alters as the ammonium nitrate is added to water and
then the solution is left to stand?
A B
temperature temperature
room room
time time
C D
room room
time time

8
17 If a strip of magnesium is dropped into excess hydrochloric acid an exothermic reaction occurs.
The rate of this reaction increases during the first few seconds because
A the amount of magnesium is decreasing.

B the magnesium is acting as a catalyst.
C the solution is becoming hotter.
D the surface area of the magnesium is increasing.
18 The energy profile diagrams show how adding a substance X to a reaction mixture changes the
reaction pathway.
without X
energy reactants with X
products
reaction pathway
Which change is likely to be observed when X is added to the reaction mixture?
A The reaction becomes less exothermic.

B The reaction becomes more exothermic.
C The speed of the reaction decreases.
D The speed of the reaction increases.
19 Which process does not involve either oxidation or reduction?
A formation of ammonium sulphate from ammonia and sulphuric acid

B formation of nitrogen monoxide from ammonia
C formation of sulphuric acid from sulphur
D formation of zinc from zinc blende (ZnS)
5070/1/O/N/02
9
20 In separate experiments, an excess of aqueous sodium hydroxide or aqueous ammonia was

gradually added to a solution X.
In both experiments, a precipitate was obtained which dissolved in an excess of the added
reagent.
What could X contain?
A copper(II) nitrate
B iron(II) nitrate
C iron(III) nitrate
D zinc nitrate
21 An excess of dilute sulphuric acid reacts with both aqueous barium hydroxide and aqueous
barium chloride. In what way are the two reactions the same?
A A gas is produced.
B An insoluble salt is produced.
C The final pH is 7.
D Water is produced.
22 Which property decides the order of the elements in the Periodic Table?
A the masses of their atoms

B the number of electrons in the outer shell
C the number of neutrons in the nucleus
D the number of protons in the nucleus
23 The proton number of indium, In, is 49.
What is the most likely formula for the oxide of indium?
A In2O B In2O3 C InO D InO2
24 Which element in the table is likely to be a transition metal?
element melting point colour of chloride

A high blue
B low green
C high white
D low white

10
25 Which feature of a metal’s structure is responsible for it conducting electricity?
A It contains positive ions.

B It has a “sea of electrons”.
C Its ions are tightly packed together.
D Its positive ions attract electrons.
26 Aluminium is extracted from purified bauxite by electrolysis but iron is extracted from haematite
by reduction with coke.
Why is iron not extracted by electrolysis?
A Haematite needs to be purified but bauxite does not.

B Iron is less reactive than aluminium.
C Reduction with coke is cheaper than electrolysis.
D Reduction with coke gives a purer product than electrolysis.
27 Old steel drums corrode quickly in a damp atmosphere but aluminium cans do not.
Which of the following correct statements explains this behaviour of aluminium?
A Aluminium has only one valency.

B Aluminium has a lower density than iron.
C Aluminium is above iron in the activity series.
D Aluminium is protected by its oxide layer.
28 Caesium is a metal that is more reactive than aluminium.
Which reaction would produce caesium?
A electrolysing aqueous caesium chloride

B electrolysing molten caesium chloride
C heating caesium carbonate
D heating caesium oxide with carbon
29 Which of the following gases cannot be removed from the exhaust gases of a petrol powered car
by its catalytic converter?
A carbon dioxide
B carbon monoxide
C hydrocarbons
D nitrogen dioxide
5070/1/O/N/02
11
30 A 100 cm3 sample of bottled gas used for diving was placed in a gas syringe in the apparatus
shown.
glass tube full of copper turnings
+ +++ + +
+
100 cm3 syringe heat 100 cm3 syringe
The gas was passed backward and forward over heated copper turnings. The results obtained
were used to plot the graph.
100
90
80
volume of gas
remaining/cm3
70
60
50
0 2 4 6 8 10 12
number of times gas is
passed over hot copper
What is the percentage of oxygen in the bottled gas?
A 20% B 30% C 70% D 80%
N2 (g) + 3H2(g) 2 NH3 (g) H = –92 kJ / mol
Which factor increases both the speed of reaction and the amount of ammonia produced?
A addition of a catalyst
C increasing the pressure

12
32 Nitrates from fertilisers used on farmland can cause pollution.
Why do nitrates pollute rivers?
A Nitrates are salts.

B Nitrates are very soluble in water.
C Nitrates contain oxygen.
D Nitrate ions are negatively charged.
33 Which representation of dilute sulphuric acid is correct?
A H2(aq) + SO2–
4 (aq)
B 2H+(aq) + SO2–
4 (aq)
C 2H+(aq) + SO –4 (aq)
D H2SO4(l)
34 Which statement describes what happens when hydrogen and oxygen are used in a fuel cell?
A Electricity is generated directly.

B Electricity is used to produce water.
C Hydrogen is burned to form steam.
D Hydrogen reacts to form a hydrocarbon fuel.
35 The structures of an acid and an alcohol are shown.
H H H H H H
O
H C C C H C C C C O H
O H
H H H H H H
acid alcohol
Which pairing of names correctly identify the two compounds?
acid alcohol
A ethanoic butanol
B ethanoic propanol
C propanoic propanol
D propanoic butanol
5070/1/O/N/02
13
36 Which physical property of the alkanes does not increase as relative molecular mass increases?
A boiling point
B flammability
C melting point
D viscosity
37 The structures of four organic compounds are shown.
1 2 3 4
H H H H H H H H H
O
H C C C C H C C C H H C C C
O H H H H H H H H
H
Which compounds decolourise bromine water?
A 1 and 2 B 1, 2 and 4 C 2 and 4 D 3 and 4
38 A polymer X was hydrolysed and the two products were
O O
HO C C OH
and
H H
N N
H H
A It was a condensation polymer.

B It was starch.
C It was made by addition polymerisation.
D It was Terylene.
5070/1/O/N/02
14
39 Which polymer has the empirical formula CH?
A B C D
H H H H H H H H
C C C C C C C C
H H n H CH3 n H C2H5 n H C6H5 n
40 In the polymerisation of ethene to form poly(ethene), there is no change in
A boiling point.
B density.
C mass.
D molecular formula.
5070/1/O/N/02
15
BLANK PAGE
5070/1/O/N/02
DATA SHEET
Group
1 4
H He
Hydrogen Helium
1 2
7 9 11 12 14 16 19 20
Li Be B C N O F Ne
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
23 24 27 28 31 32 35.5 40
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 64 65 70 73 75 79 80 84
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
16
85 88 89 91 93 96 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
5070/1/O/N/02
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
133 137 139 178 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209
55 56 57 * 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
226 227
Fr Ra Ac
87 88 89 †
140 141 144 150 152 157 159 162 165 167 169 173 175
*58-71 Lanthanoid series Ce Pr Nd Pm Sm Eu Gd Tb Dy Ho Er Tm Yb Lu

58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
X = atomic symbol Th Pa U Np Pu Am Cm Bk Cf Es Fm Md No Lr
Key X Thorium Protactinium Uranium Neptunium Plutonium Americium Curium Berkelium Californium Einsteinium Fermium Mendelevium Nobelium Lawrencium
w
w
w
.X
tr
me
eP
ap
CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS
er
s.c
om
CHEMISTRY 5070/01
October/November 2003
1 hour
Soft clean eraser


MML 5269 3/03 S60199/1 UNIVERSITY of CAMBRIDGE
© CIE 2003 Local Examinations Syndicate [Turn over
2
1 What is the most suitable way of investigating the different food colourings in some drinks?
A crystallisation
B filtration
C fractional distillation
D paper chromatography
2 A gas, X, is less dense than air and insoluble in water.
Which method cannot be used to collect the gas?
A B
X
C
X
D
water
5070/01/O/N/03
3
3 The apparatus shown in the diagram was set up.
gas jar
hydrogen
air
porous pot
X
water
Over a period of time how will the water level at X change?
A It will fall, then rise and return to X.

B It will fall and remain at a lower level.
C It will rise, then fall then return to X.
D It will rise and remain at a higher level.
4 A salt is dissolved in water. The results of two separate tests on it are shown in the table.
test result
1 add aqueous ammonia a white precipitate which dissolves when
an excess of aqueous ammonia is added
2 add dilute nitric acid then a white precipitate
aqueous barium nitrate
What is the salt?
B aluminium sulphate
C zinc chloride
D zinc sulphate

4
5 A researcher notices that atoms of an element X are releasing energy.
A The atoms are affected by light.

B The atoms are radioactive.
C The atoms react with argon in the air.
D The atoms are evaporating.
6 An atom of element X is represented by 73X.
Which statement about an atom of X is correct?
A It is in Group III of the Periodic Table.

B It is in Group VII of the Periodic Table.
C The total number of protons and electrons is 6.
D The total number of protons and neutrons is 10.
7 In which pair of substances, does each have a giant molecular structure?
A diamond, iodine
B diamond, silica (sand)
C iodine, methane
D methane, silica (sand)
8 In which substance is each carbon atom covalently bonded to only three other atoms?
A carbon dioxide
B diamond
C graphite
D methane
5070/01/O/N/03
5
9 How many electrons are shared in the covalent bonding of a methane molecule?
A 2
B 4
C 6
D 8
10 The table gives information about the ability of four substances to conduct electricity.
substance
Y conducts when molten and when solid
Z conducts when molten and when in aqueous solution
What could these four substances be?
W X Y Z
A Pb HCl NaCl S
B S HCl NaCl Pb
C S HCl Pb NaCl
D S NaCl HCl Pb
11 What is the mass of magnesium which completely reacts with 250 cm3 of 1.0 mol / dm3 sulphuric
acid?
A 6g B 12 g C 48 g D 96 g
12 A volume of ethane, C2H6, at r.t.p. has a mass of 20 g.
What is the mass of an equal volume of propene, C3H6, at r.t.p.?
A 20 g B 21 g C 28 g D 42 g

6
13 Apparatus is set up as shown in the diagram.
carbon carbon
electrode electrode
X Y
concentrated
aqueous
nickel (II)
chloride
What occurs at electrode X?
A Chloride ions are oxidised.

B Chloride ions are reduced.
C Nickel ions are oxidised.
D Nickel is deposited.
14 Which of the following, when added to water, makes a solution that is a good conductor of
electricity?
A calcium carbonate
B copper
C ethanol
D sodium hydroxide
5070/01/O/N/03
7
15 The diagram shows an energy profile diagram for a chemical reaction.
energy D
reactants
products
16 The formation of hydrogen iodide from hydrogen and iodine is an endothermic reaction.
H–H + I–I → H–I + H–I
What may be deduced from this information?
A The number of bonds broken is greater than the number of bonds formed.
B The formation of H – I bonds absorbs energy.
C The products possess less energy than the reactants.
D The total energy change in bond formation is less than that in bond breaking.

8
17 Calcium carbonate was reacted with an excess of dilute hydrochloric acid at room temperature.
CaCO3 + 2HCl → CaCl2 + H2O + CO2
Two experiments were carried out.
Experiment 1 100 g of calcium carbonate in large lumps.
Experiment 2 50 g of calcium carbonate as a fine powder.
Which of the graphs is correct?
A B
1 1
volume volume
2 2
of gas of gas
time time
C D
1 1
volume volume 2
of gas 2 of gas
time time
18 When acidified potassium manganate(VII) is reduced, which colour change occurs?
A from colourless to purple

B from green to orange
C from orange to green
D from purple to colourless
5070/01/O/N/03
9
A 1
B 2
C 7
D 9
20 An acid, X, was added to a solution of the nitrate of metal Y. A dense white precipitate was
formed.
What are X and Y?
acid X metal Y
A hydrochloric calcium
B nitric zinc
C sulphuric aluminium
D sulphuric barium
21 Aluminium sulphate is used in water treatment. Aqueous aluminium sulphate is acidic.
The table shows the results of tests on four different samples of treated water.
To which sample had an excess of aluminium sulphate been added?
pH of reaction with an excess

sample
sample of aqueous ammonia
A 3 white precipitate
B 3 no reaction
C 7 no reaction
D 11 white precipitate
22 Which statement about the alkali metals is true?
A they form covalent bonds with Group VII elements

B they form oxides on reacting with water
C their melting points decrease on descending Group I
D their reactivities decrease on descending Group I

10
23 Which gas is present in the light bulb?
tungsten
filament
gas
A argon
B krypton
C nitrogen
D oxygen
24 Which shows the correct catalyst for each industrial process?
manufacture of manufacture of manufacture of

sulphuric acid ammonia margarine
vanadium(V)
A nickel iron
oxide
vanadium(V)
B nickel iron
oxide
vanadium(V)
C iron nickel
oxide
vanadium(V)
D nickel iron
oxide
5070/01/O/N/03
11
25 Which statement is not a reason for the importance of recycling aluminium?
A Aluminium is a rare metal in the Earth’s crust.

B The demand for aluminium continues to rise annually.
C The extraction of aluminium from its ore is expensive.
D The properties of aluminium make it one of the most useful of all metals.
26 Three types of steel have different properties.
steel 1 easily shaped
steel 2 brittle
steel 3 resistant to corrosion
What are the names of these three types of steel?
steel 1 steel 2 steel 3

A high carbon mild stainless
B high carbon stainless mild
C mild high carbon stainless
D mild stainless high carbon
27 Four experiments on rusting are shown.
1 2 3 4
oil
dry air tap water boiled tap tap water
15 °C 15 °C water 15 °C 25 °C
paper-clip paper-clip paper-clip paper-clip
not rusty rusts not rusty rusts

after 1 week after 1 week after 1 week after 1 week
Which two experiments can be used to show that air is needed for iron to rust?
A 1 and 3
B 1 and 4
C 2 and 3
D 2 and 4
12
28 The metals iron, lead and zinc can each be manufactured by the reduction of the oxides with
coke.
What is the correct order of the ease of reduction of the metal oxides?
oxides becoming more

difficult to reduce
A iron, lead, zinc

B iron, zinc, lead
C lead, iron, zinc
D zinc, iron, lead
zinc atom
copper atom
B The zinc atoms prevent layers of copper atoms from slipping over each other easily.
C The zinc atoms prevent the ‘sea of electrons’ from moving freely in the lattice.
5070/01/O/N/03
13
30 Which of the following methods would not produce ammonia?
A heating concentrated aqueous ammonia

B heating ammonium chloride with calcium hydroxide
C heating ammonium sulphate with sodium hydroxide
D heating ammonium sulphate with dilute hydrochloric acid
31 Aqueous copper(II) sulphate is electrolysed using carbon electrodes.
What happens to the electrolyte?
A It becomes more acidic.

B It becomes more alkaline.
C It turns deeper blue.
D It remains unchanged.
32 The water in a lake showed signs of eutrophication.
What could be the cause of this?
A increasing the amount of dissolved fertiliser

B increasing the amount of dissolved oxygen
C decreasing the amount of dissolved mineral salts
D decreasing the number of bacteria
33 Methane, sulphur dioxide and carbon dioxide are gases which affect the atmosphere and the
environment.
In what way do these gases affect the environment?
methane sulphur dioxide carbon dioxide

A depletion of the ozone layer acid rain global warming
B global warming photochemical smog acid rain
C photochemical smog global warming depletion of the ozone layer
D global warming acid rain global warming

14
A esterification
B hydrolysis
C oxidation
D reduction
35 The repeating units of two polymers, X and Y, are shown below.
X O O
C C N N
H H
Y O O
C C O O
What are X and Y?
X Y
A nylon Terylene
B starch Terylene
C protein starch
D nylon protein
5070/01/O/N/03
15
36 The table shows the results of tests carried out on compound X.
test result
bromine water added decolourised
sodium carbonate added colourless gas evolved
Which formula represents compound X?
A B
H
H O H
H O H
O
H C C O C O H
H C C C C
O H H
H H H
H
C D
H H H
H H H O
H C C C C
H C C C O H
O
H
H
H
37 Butane and methylpropane are isomers.
Which formula is different for the two isomers?
A empirical formula
B general formula
C molecular formula
D structural formula

16
38 What is the general formula of the homologous series of carboxylic acids?
methanoic acid HCO2H
ethanoic acid CH3CO2H
propanoic acid C2H5CO2H
butanoic acid C3H7CO2H
A CHO
B CnH2nO
C CnHnOn
D CnH2nO2
39 A section of a polymer is shown.
O O O O
The monomer is
H O O H
The monomer undergoes condensation polymerisation. What is made each time a monomer
adds to the polymer?
A hydrogen molecules, H2
B hydroxide ions, OH–
C oxygen atoms, O
D water molecules, H2O
5070/01/O/N/03
17
40 The experiment shown is carried out.
liquid alkane aluminium

on mineral oxide
fibre
ethene
very strong
heat
water
What process occurs?
A cracking
B dehydrogenation
C distillation
D polymerisation
5070/01/O/N/03
18
BLANK PAGE
5070/01/O/N/03
19
BLANK PAGE
5070/01/O/N/03
DATA SHEET
Group
1 4
H He
Hydrogen Helium
1 2
7 9 11 12 14 16 19 20
Li Be B C N O F Ne
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
23 24 27 28 31 32 35.5 40
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 64 65 70 73 75 79 80 84
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
20
85 88 89 91 93 96 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
5070/01/O/N/03
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
133 137 139 178 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209
55 56 57 * 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
226 227
Fr Ra Ac
87 88 89 †
140 141 144 150 152 157 159 162 165 167 169 173 175
*58-71 Lanthanoid series Ce Pr Nd Pm Sm Eu Gd Tb Dy Ho Er Tm Yb Lu

58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
X = atomic symbol Th Pa U Np Pu Am Cm Bk Cf Es Fm Md No Lr
Key X Thorium Protactinium Uranium Neptunium Plutonium Americium Curium Berkelium Californium Einsteinium Fermium Mendelevium Nobelium Lawrencium
w
w
w
.X
tr
me
eP
ap
er
s.c
om
CHEMISTRY 5070/01
1 hour
Soft clean eraser

Write your name, Centre number and candidate number on the answer sheet in the spaces
provided unless this has been done for you.
You may use a calculator.

IB04 11_5070_01/2RP
2
1 A pale green solution X gives a green precipitate with excess aqueous sodium hydroxide.
An alkaline gas is only given off when the mixture is warmed with powdered aluminium.
Which ions does X contain?
A ammonium and copper(II)

B ammonium and iron(III)
C copper(II) and nitrate
D iron(II) and nitrate
2 The diagram shows the chromatogram of four different sugars using the same solvent.
Glucose has an Rf value of 0.5.
Which sugar is glucose?
solvent front
A B C D base line
3 A liquid boils at a temperature of 100 oC.
Which other property of the liquid proves that it is pure water?
A It does not leave a residue when boiled.
B It freezes at 0 oC.
C It is neither acidic nor alkaline.
D It turns white anhydrous copper(II) sulphate blue.
© UCLES 2004 5070/01/O/N/04

3
4 The diagram shows apparatus used to separate hexane (boiling point, 70 oC) and heptane
(boiling point, 98 oC).
thermometer
T water out
water in
distillate
heat
Which graph would be obtained if the temperature at point T was plotted against the total volume
of distillate collected?
A B
100 100
90 90
temperature / oC 80 temperature / oC 80
70 70
total volume total volume

of distillate of distillate
C D
100 100
90 90
temperature / oC 80 temperature / oC 80
70 70
total volume total volume

of distillate of distillate
© UCLES 2004 5070/01/O/N/04 [Turn over

4
5 In which conversion do H2O molecules lose speed?
steam
water ice
A ice → water
B ice → steam
C steam → ice
D water → steam
6 Two particles X and Y have the composition shown in the table.
particle number of electrons number of neutrons number of protons

X 10 8 8
Y 18 18 17
The particles X and Y are
A metal atoms.
B non-metal atoms.
C negative ions.
D positive ions.
7 What is the nucleon number of the isotope of uranium, 235

92 U?
A 92 B 143 C 235 D 327
8 Which of the following is a compound?
A air
B carbon
C oxygen
D steam
© UCLES 2004 5070/01/O/N/04

5
9 The experiment shown is used to test potassium bromide crystals.
lamp
electrodes
beaker
potassium
bromide crystals
The lamp does not light.
Distilled water is then added to the beaker and the lamp lights.
Which statement explains these results?
A Electrons are free to move in the solution when potassium bromide dissolves.
B Metal ions are free to move when potassium bromide melts.
C Metal ions are free to move when potassium reacts with water.
D Oppositely charged ions are free to move in the solution when potassium bromide dissolves.
10 Which compound has both ionic and covalent bonds?
A ammonium chloride
B carbon dioxide
C ethyl ethanoate
D sodium chloride
11 'Cracking' of hydrocarbons breaks them into smaller molecules.
Which example of 'cracking' would produce the largest volume of products from one mole of
hydrocarbon? Assume that all measurements are made at the same temperature and pressure.
A C6H14(g) → 3C2H4(g) + H2(g)
B C8H18(g) → 2C3H8(g) + C2H2(g)

C C10H22(g) → C8H18(g) + C2H4(g)
D C12H26(g) → C8H18(g) + 2C2H4(g)

6
12 When 20 cm3 of a gaseous alkene burns in an excess of oxygen, 60 cm3 of carbon dioxide are
formed. Both volumes are measured at r.t.p.
What is the formula of the alkene?
A C3H6
B C3H8
C C6H12
D C6H14
13 'Meta-fuel', C8H16O4, is a fuel used in camping stoves.
What is the equation for its complete combustion?
A C8H16O4 + 2O2 → 8C + 8H2O
B C8H16O4 + 5O2 → 8CO + 8H2O

C C8H16O4 + 10O2 → 8CO2 + 8H2O
D C8H16O4 + 8O2 → 4CO2 + 4CO + 8H2O
14 Dilute sulphuric acid is electrolysed using inert electrodes.
Which equation represents the reaction at the anode (+ve)?
A O 22 – → O2 + 2e–
B 2H+ + 2e– → H2
C 4OH– → O2 + 2H2O + 4e–
D SO 24 – → O2 + SO2 + 2e–
15 What are the products when concentrated aqueous lithium chloride is electrolysed?
at the anode (positive) at the cathode (negative)

A chlorine hydrogen
B chlorine lithium
C oxygen hydrogen
D oxygen lithium
© UCLES 2004 5070/01/O/N/04

7
16 A solid deposit of element R is formed at the cathode(-ve) when an aqueous solution containing
ions of R is electrolysed.
Which statement about element R must be correct?
A R forms negative ions.
B R ions gain electrons at the cathode.

C R ions lose electrons at the cathode.
D R is above hydrogen in the reactivity series.
17 Apparatus was set up as shown.
flow of electrons
metal metal
X Y
electrolyte
For which pair of metals would electrons flow in the direction shown?
metal X metal Y
A copper zinc
B iron aluminium
C iron magnesium
D zinc silver

8
18 The table shows the energy released by the complete combustion of some compounds used as
fuels.
methane CH4 16 –880

ethanol C2H5OH 46 –1380
heptane C7H16 100 –4800
Which fuel produces the most energy when 1 g of the compound is completely burned?
A ethanol
B heptane
C methane
D propane
19 Which reaction is the fastest?
experiment A experiment B
dilute concentrated
hydrochloric hydrochloric
acid acid
lumps of lumps of
water at calcium water at calcium
30 C carbonate 30 C carbonate
experiment C experiment D
dilute concentrated
acid acid
water at powdered water at powdered

60 C calcium 60 C calcium
carbonate carbonate
© UCLES 2004 5070/01/O/N/04

9
20 The diagram shows the reaction pathway for a reaction without a catalyst.
energy
reaction pathway
Which diagram shows the pathway resulting from the addition of a catalyst to the reaction?
A B
energy energy
C D
energy energy
21 Nitrogen reacts with oxygen.
N2(g) + O2(g) 2NO(g) ∆H = +170 kJ / mol
At equilibrium, which statement is true?

B The forward and backward reaction are taking place at the same rate.

10
22 Which series of changes includes both oxidation and reduction?
A C → CO → CO2
B PbO2 → PbO → Pb
C N2 → NH3 → NO
D C2H2 → C2H4 → C2H6
23 The table gives information about three indicators.
pH at which
indicator colour at pH 1 colour at pH 12
colour changes
thymol blue red 3 yellow
congo red blue 5 red
phenolphthalein colourless 10 red
Which colours would be obtained when each indicator was added separately to pure water?
thymol blue congo red phenolphthalein

A red blue red
B yellow blue colourless
C yellow blue red
D yellow red colourless
24 Which reactants could be used safely to prepare potassium chloride?
A aqueous potassium hydroxide and dilute hydrochloric acid

B aqueous potassium sulphate and aqueous sodium chloride
C potassium and aqueous sodium chloride
D potassium and dilute hydrochloric acid
© UCLES 2004 5070/01/O/N/04

11
25 In an experiment 5 cm3 of 1.0 mol / dm3 sodium hydroxide are gradually added to
10 cm3 of 1.0 mol / dm3 hydrochloric acid containing methyl orange.
stirrer
5 cm3 of 1.0 mol / dm3 NaOH
10 cm3 of 1.0 mol / dm3 HCl

and methyl orange
Which change occurs in the mixture?
A The concentration of the H+ ions increases.

B The methyl orange changes colour.
C More water molecules are formed.
D A precipitate is formed.
26 X and Y are diatomic elements. X is less reactive than Y.
What are elements X and Y?
X Y
A bromine iodine
B iodine bromine
C potassium sodium
D sodium potassium
27 Element Z has the following properties.
• It has a high melting point.

• Its presence can lower the activation energy for a reaction.
What type of element is Z?
A a halogen
B an alkali metal
C a noble gas
D a transition metal

12
28 All ammonium salts on heating with sodium hydroxide produce ammonia gas.
From which ammonium salt can the greatest mass of ammonia be obtained?
A 0.5 mol (NH4)3PO4

B 0.5 mol (NH4)2SO4
C 1.0 mol NH4Cl
D 1.0 mol NH4NO3
29 The position of metal M in the reactivity series is shown.
K, Na, M, Al, Zn, Fe, Pb, Cu, Ag
Which method will be used to extract M from its ore?
A electrolysis of its molten oxide

B electrolysis of its aqueous sulphate
C reduction of its oxide by heating with hydrogen
D reduction of its oxide by heating with coke
30 Two elements are in the same group of the Periodic Table.
Which property will be the same for both elements?
A the charge on their ions

B their electronic structure
C their melting point
D their reactivity with water or acids
31 How does the mass of a sample of copper(II) oxide change when it is heated in hydrogen and in
oxygen?
mass after heating mass after heating

in hydrogen in oxygen
A decreases decreases
B decreases unchanged
C unchanged decreases
© UCLES 2004 5070/01/O/N/04

13
32 From which reaction is a gas produced?
A adding calcium to water

B adding dilute hydrochloric acid to silver
C adding dilute sulphuric acid to copper
D electrolysing aqueous copper(II) sulphate, using copper electrodes
33 The diagram shows a boat made from iron.
Some magnesium blocks are attached to the iron below the water line.
water line
magnesium blocks
Why does the magnesium stop the iron from rusting?
A Magnesium reacts in preference to the iron.
B Magnesium reacts to form a protective coating of magnesium oxide on the iron.

C The magnesium forms an alloy with the iron.
D The magnesium stops oxygen in the water from getting to the iron.
34 A catalytic converter in a car exhaust system changes pollutants into less harmful products.
Which change does not occur in a catalytic converter?
A carbon dioxide → carbon
B carbon monoxide → carbon dioxide

C nitrogen oxides → nitrogen
D unburned hydrocarbons → carbon dioxide and water
35 The equation shows a reaction in the Contact process.
2SO2(g) + O2(g) 2SO3(g) ∆H = –98 kJ / mol
Which change would move the position of equilibrium to the left?
A adding more O2
B increasing the pressure
D removing SO3 from the reacting mixture

14
36 Poly(ethene) can be manufactured by the process below.
decane ethene poly(ethene)

cracking polymerisation
Which diagram shows the change in molecular size during this process?
A B
molecular molecular
size size
C D
molecular molecular
size size
37 Compound Q has the structure shown.
H H H H
H C C C C H
H H H O H
Which structure is an isomer of Q?
A B
H H H H H
H C C C H H C C H
H
H C H O H H C H H C H
H H O H
C D
H H H H H H H H
H C C C C H H O C C C C H
H H O H H H H H
H
© UCLES 2004 5070/01/O/N/04

15
38 Compound X has the molecular formula C2H6O.
• X can be made by a fermentation process.

• X can be oxidised to Y.
• X can react with Y to form Z and water.
To which homologous series do X, Y and Z belong?
X Y Z
A alcohols carboxylic acids esters
B alcohols esters carboxylic acids
C carboxylic acids alcohols esters
D carboxylic acids esters alcohols
39 The list shows reactions in which ethanol is either a reactant or a product.
2 conversion of ethene to ethanol
4 oxidation of ethanol to ethanoic acid
In which reactions is water also either a reactant or a product?
A 1, 3 and 4 only
B 2, 3 and 4 only
C 1, 2 and 4 only
D 3 only
40 A vegetable oil is polyunsaturated.
Which statement about this vegetable oil is correct?
A It has double bonds between carbon and hydrogen atoms.

B It reacts with hydrogen to form a solid compound.
C It reacts with steam to form margarine.
D It turns aqueous bromine from colourless to brown.
© UCLES 2004 5070/01/O/N/04

DATA SHEET
Group
1 4

H He
Hydrogen Helium
1 2
7 9 11 12 14 16 19 20
Li Be B C N O F Ne
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
23 24 27 28 31 32 35.5 40
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 64 65 70 73 75 79 80 84
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
16
85 88 89 91 93 96 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
5070/01/O/N/04
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
133 137 139 178 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209
55 56 57 * 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
226 227
Fr Ra Ac
87 88 89
140 141 144 150 152 157 159 162 165 167 169 173 175
58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
w
w
w
.X
tr
me
eP
ap
er
s.c
om
CHEMISTRY 5070/01
1 hour
Soft clean eraser

Write your name, Centre number and candidate number on the answer sheet in the spaces provided unless
There are forty questions on this paper. Answer all questions.

For each question there are four possible answers A, B, C and D. Choose the one you consider correct and
record your choice in soft pencil on the separate answer sheet.
You may use a calculator.

IB05 11_5070_01/2RP
2
1 Which of the following is a pure compound?
A ethanol
B petrol
C steel
D tap water
2 Substance X melts at 53 oC and boils at 100 oC. It does not dissolve in water and it does not react
with water.
Which diagram shows the method most suitable for separating X from a mixture of X and water?
A B
water out
water out
glass
beads
water in
mixture water in
heat
mixture
heat
C D
mixture
mixture
heat
© UCLES 2005 5070/01/O/N/05

3
3 The coverplate is removed from the gas jars shown in the diagram. After several days, the colour
of the gas is the same in both jars.
oxygen
cover plate
bromine
Which statement explains this change?
A Oxygen and bromine gases have equal densities.

B Oxygen and bromine molecules are in random motion.
C Oxygen and bromine molecules diffuse at the same rate.
D Equal volumes of oxygen and bromine contain equal numbers of molecules.

paper
solution X
aqueous
ammonium mixture
chloride
heat
solution X gas Y

C dilute sulphuric acid ammonia
D dilute sulphuric acid chlorine

4
5 Which two gases each change the colour of damp red litmus paper?
A ammonia and chlorine

B ammonia and hydrogen chloride
C carbon dioxide and chlorine
D carbon dioxide and sulphur dioxide
31 32
6 The atoms 15 P and 16 S have the same
A nucleon number.
B number of electrons.
C number of neutrons.
D number of protons.
7 The diagram shows the arrangement of electrons in a molecule of compound YZ2.
key
Z Z outer electron of a Y atom
outer electron of a Z atom
What are elements Y and Z?
Y Z
A calcium chlorine
B carbon oxygen
C oxygen hydrogen
D sulphur chlorine
8 Which two statements about a covalent bond are correct?
1 It can be formed between two metal atoms.

2 It can be formed between two non-metal atoms.
3 It is formed by the transfer of electrons between atoms.
4 It is formed by sharing electrons between atoms.
© UCLES 2005 5070/01/O/N/05

5
9 Which statement explains why sodium chloride, NaCl, has a lower melting point than magnesium
oxide, MgO?
A Sodium chloride is covalent but magnesium oxide is ionic.

B Sodium is more reactive than magnesium.
C The attraction between Na+ and Cl − is weaker than that between Mg2+ and O2−.
D The melting point of sodium is lower than that of magnesium.
substance property

W X Y Z
A HCl S NaCl Pb
B Pb HCl NaCl S
C S HCl Pb NaCl
D S NaCl HCl Pb
11 What is the ratio of the volume of 2 g of hydrogen to the volume of 16 g of methane, both volumes
at r.t.p.?
A 1 to 1 B 1 to 2 C 1 to 8 D 2 to 1

6
solution

13 The energy profile diagram below is for a reaction P + Q → R + S.
H3
R+S
H2
energy
P+Q
H1
A The activation energy of the reaction is (H3 − H1).
B The activation energy of the reaction is (H3 − H2).
C ∆H is (H1 − H2).
D ∆H is (H1 − H3).
© UCLES 2005 5070/01/O/N/05

7
14 The rate of the reaction between a given mass of calcium carbonate and an excess of
hydrochloric acid is studied by collecting the carbon dioxide in a graduated syringe.
The results are shown in the graph.
100
80
total volume 60
of carbon
dioxide / cm3
40
20
0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6
time / min
How much time is required for half the calcium carbonate to react?
A 0.95 min B 1.5 min C 2.0 min D 3.0 min
The equation for the reaction is shown.
N2(g) + 3H2 (g) 2NH3(g) ∆H is negative
A Less ammonia is formed.

B Less heat is produced.
C More ammonia is formed.

8
16 Separate samples of hydrogen peroxide are added to aqueous potassium iodide and to acidified
potassium dichromate(VI). The iodide ions are oxidised and dichromate(VI) ions are reduced.
What colour changes are seen?
acidified potassium
potassium iodide
dichromate(VI)
A colourless to brown purple to colourless

B brown to colourless purple to colourless
C colourless to brown orange to green
D brown to colourless orange to green
17 In which line in the table is all the information correct?
reaction at electrode electrode product
A 2X– → X2 + 2e– cathode metal

B X + + e– → X anode metal
C 2X– → X2 + 2e– anode non-metal
D X + + e– → X cathode non-metal
18 Which two reagents could be used to prepare the insoluble salt copper(II) carbonate?
A CuO(s) + Na2CO3(aq)
B CuO(s) + MgCO3(s)
C CuSO4(aq) + Na2CO3(aq)
D CuSO4(aq) + MgCO3(s)
19 Which statement does not describe a property of a weak acid in solution?
A It forms a salt with sodium hydroxide.

B It has a pH of between 8 and 9.
C It is only partly dissociated into ions.
D It reacts with sodium carbonate to give off carbon dioxide.
© UCLES 2005 5070/01/O/N/05

9
20 Which products are formed when dilute hydrochloric acid reacts with the substances shown in the
table?
substance products
A iron iron(II) chloride + hydrogen only

B iron(II) carbonate iron(II) chloride + carbon dioxide gas only
C iron(II) oxide iron(II) chloride + oxygen gas only
D iron(II) sulphate iron(II) chloride + sulphur dioxide only
21 Which pollutant increases the growth of algae in rivers and streams?
A chlorine
B heavy metal ions
C nitrate ions
D sulphur dioxide
22 When chlorine water is added to a colourless solution of X, a dark brown solution is obtained.
What is X?
A KCl B KI C NaBr D NaF
23 Many properties of an element and its compounds can be predicted from the position of the
element in the Periodic Table.
What property could not be predicted in this way?
A the acidic or basic nature of its oxide

B the formula of its oxide
C the number of isotopes it has
D its metallic or non-metallic properties
24 The element with a proton number 12 has similar chemical properties to the element with the
proton number
A 2. B 11. C 13. D 20.
25 What is the mass of aluminium in 204 g of aluminium oxide, Al2O3?
A 26 g B 27 g C 54 g D 108 g

10
26 Which process does not result in the formation of both carbon dioxide and water?
A addition of a dilute acid to a carbonate

B burning ethanol
C burning methane
D heating crystals of hydrated sodium carbonate
27 Experiments are set up to investigate the sacrificial protection of iron.
X Y Z
water water water

iron nail iron nail iron nail
copper magnesium zinc
In which test-tubes will the iron rust?
A X only B Y only C X and Z only D Y and Z only
28 One mole of compound X gives three moles of ions in aqueous solution. X reacts with ammonium
carbonate to give an acidic gas.
What is compound X?
A calcium hydroxide
B ethanoic acid
C sodium hydroxide
D sulphuric acid
© UCLES 2005 5070/01/O/N/05

11
29 The diagrams show the reactions of three different metals with dilute hydrochloric acid.
bubbles of
hydrogen
dilute dilute dilute

hydrochloric hydrochloric hydrochloric
acid acid acid
What are metals W, X and Y?
W X Y
A copper magnesium zinc

B copper zinc magnesium
C magnesium zinc copper
D zinc magnesium copper
30 Which statements about the pollutant carbon monoxide are correct?
1 It is a colourless, odourless gas.

2 It is formed by incomplete combustion of natural gas.
3 It reacts with haemoglobin in the blood.
A 1 and 2 only
B 1 and 3 only
C 2 and 3 only
D 1, 2 and 3
31 Which gas is not produced when hydrocarbons are burnt in the internal combustion engine?
A carbon dioxide
B carbon monoxide
C hydrogen
D nitrogen oxides

12
32 Cholesterol is an organic molecule that occurs in the blood stream.
What type of compound is cholesterol?
A an acid
B an alcohol
C an alkane
D an alkene
33 The diagrams show four hydrocarbons P, Q, R and S.
H
H C H
H C C C H H C C C C H H C C C C H H C C C H
H H H H H H H H H H H H H
P Q R S
Which two hydrocarbons are isomers of each other?
A P and Q B P and S C Q and R D Q and S
34 When ethanol reacts with ethanoic acid, the ester ethyl ethanoate is formed.
C2H5OH + CH3CO2H → CH3CO2C2H5 + H2O
What is the formula of the ester formed when methanol reacts with butanoic acid (C3H7CO2H)?
A C2H5CO2C2H5
B C3H7CO2C2H5
C CH3CO2C3H7
D C3H7CO2CH3
A (C2H3Cl )n
B (C2H3NO)n
C (C5H8O2)n
D (C6H10O5)n
© UCLES 2005 5070/01/O/N/05

13
36 Which natural resource is being depleted by the manufacture of plastics?
A air
B fossil fuels
C metal ores
D water
37 Which statement is true about ethanol?
A It is formed by the catalytic addition of steam to ethene.

B It is an unsaturated compound.
C It is formed by the oxidation of ethanoic acid.
D It reacts with ethyl ethanoate to form an acid.
38 Which element is least likely to be found in a macromolecule?
A carbon
B hydrogen
C oxygen
D sodium
39 What is the catalyst used in the preparation of ethyl ethanoate from ethanol and ethanoic acid?
A concentrated sulphuric acid

B nickel
C vanadium(V) oxide
D yeast
40 A macromolecule is made from the two monomer molecules shown below.
O O
HO C C OH and HO OH
What is the macromolecule?
A a carbohydrate
B a polyamide
C a polyester
D a protein
© UCLES 2005 5070/01/O/N/05

14
BLANK PAGE
5070/01/O/N/05
15
BLANK PAGE
5070/01/O/N/05
DATA SHEET
© UCLES 2005
Group
1 4

H He
Hydrogen Helium
1 2
7 9 11 12 14 16 19 20
Li Be B C N O F Ne
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
23 24 27 28 31 32 35.5 40
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 64 65 70 73 75 79 80 84
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
16
85 88 89 91 93 96 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
5070/01/O/N/05
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
133 137 139 178 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209
55 56 57 * 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
226 227
Fr Ra Ac
87 88 89
140 141 144 150 152 157 159 162 165 167 169 173 175
58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
w
w
w
.X
tr
me
eP
ap
er
s.c
om
CHEMISTRY 5070/01
1 hour
Soft clean eraser


IB06 11_5070_01/2RP
2
1 At which temperature does a concentrated aqueous solution of sodium chloride begin to boil?
A 96 oC B 99 oC C 100 oC D 104 oC
2 The symbols and represent atoms of different elements.
Which diagram shows a mixture of an element and a compound?
3 An aqueous solution of compound X reacts with aqueous sodium hydroxide to form a green
precipitate and then aluminium powder is added. The mixture is heated and a gas that turns
damp red litmus paper blue is given off.
What is X?
A ammonium nitrate
C iron(II) nitrate
D iron(III) chloride
 UCLES 2006 5070/01/O/N/06

3
4 Which of the following reagents could be used to distinguish between dilute nitric acid and dilute
hydrochloric acid?

C aqueous silver nitrate
D aqueous sodium hydroxide
5 The scheme shows some reactions of a compound Y.
compound Y
excess
HNO3(aq)
gas colourless
+
solution
NaOH(aq)
white precipitate
insoluble in excess
NaOH(aq)
A aluminium sulphate
B calcium carbonate
D zinc carbonate
 UCLES 2006 5070/01/O/N/06 [Turn over

4
6 A beam of particles contains neutrons, n, protons, p, and electrons, e.
The beam is passed between charged plates.
Which diagram shows how the particles are affected by the plates?
A B
e
beam of +ve beam of +ve
p
particles particles
n e
p n
ve ve
C D
e
beam of +ve beam of +ve p
particles particles
p n
n
ve ve
e
7 The table shows the properties of some substances.
Which substance is a covalent compound?
melting point electrical conductivity

/ oC of solid of liquid
A –38 conducts conducts

B –7 does not conduct does not conduct
C 801 does not conduct conducts
D 1540 conducts conducts
 UCLES 2006 5070/01/O/N/06

5
8 The diagram shows the electrolysis of aqueous sodium chloride and of molten sodium chloride.
copper wire
aqueous molten
graphite
electrodes
Which substance has both positive ions and mobile electrons?

B copper wire
C graphite electrodes
D molten sodium chloride
9 Hydrogen can form both ionic and covalent compounds.
With which element will hydrogen form an ionic compound?
A carbon
B chlorine
C nitrogen
D sodium
10 Which quantity is the same for one mole of ethanol and one mole of ethane?
A mass
B number of atoms
C number of molecules
D volume at r.t.p.

6
11 In an experiment 264 g of strontium reacts with 213 g of chlorine.
What is the formula of strontium chloride?
A SrCl B SrCl2 C SrCl3 D Sr2Cl
12 Aqueous copper(II) sulphate is electrolysed using copper electrodes.
Which observations will be made?
at anode (+ve) at cathode (–ve) electrolyte
A anode dissolves pink solid forms blue colour fades

B anode dissolves pink solid forms no change
C colourless gas forms colourless gas forms no change
D colourless gas forms pink solid forms blue colour fades
simple cell?
salt of X salt of Y
porous wall
metal X metal Y
A copper silver
B magnesium silver
C magnesium zinc
D zinc copper
14 On combustion, which fuel never produces pollutants?
A diesel
B hydrogen
C methane
D petrol
 UCLES 2006 5070/01/O/N/06

7
15 The reversible reaction below has reached dynamic equilibrium.
N2O4(g) 2NO2(g)
What does the term dynamic equilibrium mean?
A The reaction has stopped.

B The rate of the forward reaction is now zero.
C The concentrations of NO2 and N2O4 are equal.
D The rates of the forward and backward reactions are equal.
16 The energy profile diagrams show how adding a substance X to a reaction mixture changes the
reaction pathway.
without X
energy reactants with X
products
reaction pathway
Which change occurs when X is added to the reaction mixture?
A The rate of reaction decreases.

B The rate of reaction increases.
C The reaction becomes less exothermic.
D The reaction becomes more exothermic.
17 Which of the reactions X, Y and Z involve oxidation?
ethanol
C2H5OH
ethyl Z Y sodium
ethanoic acid ethanoate
ethanoate CH3CO2H
CH3CO2C2H5 CH3CO2Na
A X only B X and Y C Y only D Y and Z

8
18 Which compound, when added to aqueous iron(II) sulphate, takes part in a redox reaction?
A ammonia
B barium chloride
C acidified potassium dichromate(VI)
D sodium hydroxide
19 Which substance does not produce copper(II) sulphate when added to dilute sulphuric acid?
A copper
C copper(II) hydroxide
D copper(II) oxide
20 Which ionic equation represents the neutralisation of aqueous sodium hydroxide with dilute nitric
acid?
A H+ + OH– → H2O
B Na+ + NO3− → NaNO3
C Na+ + HNO3 → NaNO3 + H+
D NaOH + H+ → Na+ + H2O
Element X has a high melting point and is a good conductor of electricity.
It forms chlorides XCl2 and XCl3.
Which element is X?
D
A B C
 UCLES 2006 5070/01/O/N/06

9
22 Why is nickel used in the hydrogenation of alkenes?
A It increases the yield of products.

B It lowers the activation energy of the reaction.
C It makes the reaction more exothermic.
D It prevents a reverse reaction from occurring.
23 Three elements X, Y and Z have consecutive, increasing proton numbers.
If element X is a noble gas, what will be the symbol for the ions of element Z in its compounds?
A Z 2− B Z+ C Z 2+ D Z 3+
24 Which substance reacts with water to form a soluble compound and an insoluble gas?
A ammonium sulphate
B caesium
C calcium carbonate
D copper
25 Iron is extracted in the blast furnace using the raw materials haematite, coke and limestone.
waste gases
raw materials
firebrick lining
air
slag
molten iron
Which substance undergoes thermal decomposition?
A limestone
B carbon dioxide
C haematite
D slag

10
26 Which gas is not formed during the manufacture of aluminium?
A carbon dioxide
B carbon monoxide
C oxygen
D sulphur dioxide
27 In which test-tube is the iron nail most likely to rust?
A B C D
oil
water
boiled
nail nail water
greased
nail
damp anhydrous nail
cotton calcium
wool chloride
28 The carbonate of metal X is a white solid.
It decomposes when heated to form carbon dioxide and a yellow solid oxide.
What is metal X?
A copper
B iron
C lead
D sodium
29 Which metal will displace hydrogen from aqueous solutions of acids but not from cold water?
A calcium
B copper
C sodium
D zinc
 UCLES 2006 5070/01/O/N/06

11
30 The table shows the solubility of some salts of metal Y in cold water.
carbonate insoluble
chloride soluble
sulphate insoluble
What is metal Y?
A barium
B lead
C magnesium
D sodium
31 Which method would not produce ammonia gas?
A heating concentrated aqueous ammonia

B heating ammonium chloride with calcium hydroxide
C heating ammonium sulphate with sodium hydroxide
D heating ammonium sulphate with dilute hydrochloric acid
32 The following scheme shows four stages in the conversion of sulphur to sulphuric acid.
In which stage is a catalyst used?
stage A stage B
sulphur sulphur sulphur
air dioxide air trioxide
concentrated
stage C sulphuric
acid
concentrated stage D
oleum
sulphuric acid
water

12
33 Vegetable matter is biodegradable.
Which gas is released into the atmosphere when vegetable matter biodegrades?
A carbon monoxide
B methane
C nitrogen dioxide
D sulphur dioxide
34 To reduce atmospheric pollution, the waste gases from a coal-burning power station are passed
through powdered calcium carbonate.
Which waste gas will not be removed by the powdered calcium carbonate?
A carbon monoxide, CO
B nitrogen dioxide, NO2
C phosphorus(V) oxide, P2O5
D sulphur dioxide, SO2
35 A compound, X, has a molecular formula C4H8O2 and can be prepared by the reactions shown.
oxidation + ethanol
ethanol Y X
What is the structural formula of X?
A HCO2CH2CH2CH3
B CH3CO2CH2CH3
C CH3CH2CO2CH3
D CH3CH2CH2CO2H
 UCLES 2006 5070/01/O/N/06

13
36 The results of tests on compound Z are shown.
test result
add bromine water turns colourless

add aqueous sodium carbonate carbon dioxide formed
What is compound Z?
H H H
O
A H C C C C
O H
H H H
H H H
B H C C C O H
H H H
H H H
C H C C C O H
H
H H H
O
D H C C C C
O H
H

14
37 A compound known in industry as ‘MTBE’ is used as an additive in ‘lead-free’ petrol. The

structural formula of MTBE is shown.
H H C H H
H C C O C H
H H
H H C
H
Which compound is an isomer of MTBE?
A B
H H H H H H H H
H C C C C C H H C C C O C H
H H H H
H H O H H
C D
H H H H
H
C H H C C O C H
H H H
H C C H
H
C C C O H H H
H H
H C H
What is the liquid?
A aqueous ammonia
B ethanoic acid
C ethyl ethanoate
D hydrochloric acid
 UCLES 2006 5070/01/O/N/06

15
39 The structural formula of a polymer is shown below.
H Cl H Cl
C C C C
C2H5 H C2H5 H
Which one of the following will form this polymer?
A B
C2H5 Cl C2H5 H
H C C H C C
H H Cl H
C D
C2H5 H C2H5 H
H C C H C C
Cl H H Cl
40 A polymer X was hydrolysed and the two products were
H H
O O
and N N
HO C C OH
H H
A It was a condensation polymer.

B It was starch.
C It was made by addition polymerisation.
D It was Terylene.
 UCLES 2006 5070/01/O/N/06

DATA SHEET
Group

1 4
H He
Hydrogen Helium
1 2
7 9 11 12 14 16 19 20
Li Be B C N O F Ne
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
23 24 27 28 31 32 35.5 40
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 64 65 70 73 75 79 80 84

19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
16
85 88 89 91 93 96 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
5070/01/O/N/06
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
133 137 139 178 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209
55 56 57 * 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
226 227
Fr Ra Ac
87 88 89
140 141 144 150 152 157 159 162 165 167 169 173 175
58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
w
w
w
.X
tr
me
eP
ap
er
s
.c
om
CHEMISTRY 5070/01
Paper 1 Multiple Choice October/November 2007
1 hour
Soft clean eraser
*1678689021*

IB07 11_5070_01/3RP
2
1 A test-tube containing a liquid X is placed in a beaker of boiling water. The liquid X starts to boil
immediately.
What is the boiling point of liquid X?
A 100 °C
B above 100 °C
C between 0 °C and room temperature
D between room temperature and 100 °C
2 Solid ammonium chloride decomposes on heating according to the following equation.
NH4Cl(s) → NH3(g) + HCl(g)
damp red litmus paper
porous plug
solid ammonium chloride
heat
Which change occurs to the damp red litmus paper in the experiment above?
A remains red
B turns blue and is then bleached
C turns blue and remains blue
D turns blue and then turns red
3 Compound X reacts with some metals to liberate hydrogen and is used to make fertilisers.
It gives a white precipitate when added to aqueous barium nitrate.
What is X?
A ammonium sulphate
B hydrochloric acid
C potassium nitrate
D sulphuric acid
© UCLES 2007 5070/01/O/N/07

3
4 An aqueous solution of zinc chloride is tested with various reagents.
A Acidified barium nitrate solution gives a white precipitate.

B Aqueous ammonia gives a white precipitate soluble in excess of the reagent.
C Copper turnings precipitate zinc.
D Sodium hydroxide solution gives a white precipitate insoluble in excess of the reagent.
A widely separated, moving at random close together, moving at random

B widely separated, moving at random close together, not moving
C widely separated, not moving widely separated, moving at random
D close together, moving at random close together, moving at random
6 Which statement is correct about sulphur, atomic number 16?
A Sulphur can form the ion S2–.

B Sulphur dissolves in water to form sulphuric acid.
C Sulphur forms ionic oxides.
D Sulphur will react with metals to produce S6+ ions.
7 A researcher notices that atoms of an element X are releasing energy.
A The atoms are absorbing light.

B The atoms are radioactive.
C The atoms react with argon in the air.
D The atoms are evaporating.
8 Which material has the highest melting point?
A ammonia
B methane
C sodium chloride
D water

4
9 The table shows some properties of diamond and graphite.
For which property is the reason correct?
property reason
A diamond cuts glass the bonds in glass are stronger than those in diamond
B diamond is a hard substance there are many ionic bonds in diamond
C graphite is a lubricant there are weak bonds between graphite layers
D graphite conducts electricity graphite contains freely moving ions
10 An electrical circuit is set up using copper wire.
copper wire
lamp
Which process takes place in the copper wire?
A Electrons move along the wire to the negative terminal, positive ions stay in position.
B Electrons move along the wire to the positive terminal, positive ions move to the negative
terminal.
C Electrons move along the wire to the positive terminal, positive ions stay in position.
D Negative ions move along the wire to the positive terminal, positive ions move to the negative
terminal.
© UCLES 2007 5070/01/O/N/07

5
11 A molecule of arsenic bromide, AsBr3, has the structure shown.
As
Br Br
Br
Which properties could be correct for arsenic bromide?
electrical conductivity
melting point / °C
at room temperature
A 28 does not conduct

B 39 conducts
C 650 conducts
D 755 does not conduct
12 The equation represents the action of dilute nitric acid on copper.
xCu + yHNO3 → xCu(NO3)2 + 4H2O + 2NO
What are the values of x and y?
A x = 1, y = 4
B x = 1, y = 8
C x = 3, y = 4
D x = 3, y = 8
13 Which statement about the substance formed when a given mass of an element burns in excess
oxygen is always correct?
The substance formed is
A denser than the element.

B greater in mass than the element.
C soluble in water.
D white in colour.

6
14 Which statement is correct about the electrolysis of an aqueous solution of copper(II) sulphate
with platinum electrodes?
A Oxygen is given off at the positive electrode.

B The mass of the negative electrode remains constant.
C The mass of the positive electrode decreases.
D There is no change in the colour of the solution.
15 The diagram shows a simple cell.
voltmeter
V
metal X metal Y
electrolyte
Which two metals produce the highest reading on the voltmeter?
X Y
A magnesium copper
B magnesium iron
C zinc copper
D zinc iron
16 In which process is energy released?
A electrolysis of water to form hydrogen and oxygen

B forming a hydrogen molecule from two hydrogen atoms
C fractional distillation of crude oil
D photosynthesis
© UCLES 2007 5070/01/O/N/07

7
H2 + Cl 2
reactants
energy
2HCl
products
18 Carbon dioxide was produced when a given mass of zinc carbonate reacted with excess
hydrochloric acid.
Which result shows what would happen if the reaction were repeated at a higher temperature?
volume of
rate of reaction
carbon dioxide
A same faster
B same slower
C greater same
D greater faster

8
19 The reaction between hydrogen sulphide and sulphur dioxide is represented by the equation
shown.
2H2S(g) + SO2(g) → 2H2O(l) + 3S(s)

reactants products
What occurs in this reaction?
A Both reactants are reduced.

B The two reactants are neither oxidised nor reduced.
C Hydrogen sulphide is oxidised and sulphur dioxide is reduced.
D Sulphur dioxide is oxidised and hydrogen sulphide is reduced.
20 In which compound does the element X have the highest oxidation state?
A X2O B X4O C XO2 D XO4
21 Which pair of substances reacts to form a salt and water only?
A sodium chloride solution and silver nitrate solution

B sodium hydroxide solution and dilute ethanoic acid
C sodium carbonate solution and dilute sulphuric acid
D zinc and dilute hydrochloric acid
22 Which reaction does not involve neutralisation?
A H2SO4(aq) + 2NH3(aq) → (NH4)2SO4(aq)
B H2SO4(aq) + BaCl2(aq) → BaSO4(s) + 2HCl(aq)
C H2SO4(aq) + CuO(s) → CuSO4(aq) + H2O(l)
D H2SO4(aq) + 2NaOH(aq) → Na2SO4(aq) + 2H2O(l)
© UCLES 2007 5070/01/O/N/07

9
23 The table gives information about the solubilities of the hydroxides, carbonates and sulphates of
calcium, sodium and zinc.
hydroxide carbonate sulphate
calcium slightly soluble insoluble slightly soluble

sodium soluble soluble soluble
zinc insoluble insoluble soluble
What is the best way of making zinc carbonate?
A Shake aqueous zinc sulphate with aqueous sodium carbonate.

B Shake aqueous zinc sulphate with solid calcium hydroxide and bubble in carbon dioxide.
C Shake solid zinc hydroxide with aqueous sodium hydroxide and bubble in carbon dioxide.
D Shake solid zinc sulphate and solid calcium carbonate with water.
24 In the Periodic Table, how many periods are needed to accommodate the elements of atomic
numbers 1-18?
A 2 B 3 C 4 D 8

C low melting point can act as a catalyst
D low density high melting point
26 Sodium, aluminium and sulphur are in the same period of the Periodic Table.
Which trend in types of oxide occurs across this period?
left right

B amphoteric basic acidic
C basic acidic amphoteric
D basic amphoteric acidic

10
27 Which substance leaves a black solid when heated?
A calcium carbonate
C potassium carbonate
D zinc carbonate
dilute
hydrochloric
acid
tap
graduated
tube
water
metallic
powder
different powders:
• pure magnesium
• pure zinc
A magnesium zinc
C zinc magnesium
D zinc the mixture
© UCLES 2007 5070/01/O/N/07

11
29 Which metal can react rapidly with steam, but reacts only very slowly with cold water?
A calcium
B copper
C iron
D potassium
30 Which statement about the extraction of aluminium from aluminium oxide is correct?
A Aluminium is extracted by heating its oxide with carbon.

B Aluminium is extracted using electrolysis and is collected at the anode (positive electrode).
C Aluminium is extracted using platinum electrodes and direct current.
D Molten cryolite is used as a solvent for aluminium oxide.
31 All ammonium salts on heating with sodium hydroxide produce ammonia gas.
From which ammonium salt can the greatest mass of ammonia be obtained?
A 0.5 mol (NH4)3PO4

B 0.5 mol (NH4)2SO4
C 1.0 mol NH4Cl
D 1.0 mol NH4NO3
32 Which is a use of sulphuric acid?
A as a bleach
D in the manufacture of sulphur trioxide
33 Why are catalytic converters fitted to car exhausts?
A to decrease the amount of carbon dioxide emitted

B to decrease the amount of nitrogen oxides emitted
C to improve energy conservation
D to reduce global warming

12
34 Which type of water in the left hand column is linked correctly to a statement in the right hand
column?
A sea water may contain fertilisers washed off from the fields
B drinking water contains no dissolved substances
C river water contains dissolved sodium chloride
D distilled water can be desalinated by treatment with chlorine
35 When cracked, one mole of a compound X produces one mole of propene and one mole of
hydrogen.
X → C3H6 + H2
A an alcohol
B an alkane
C an alkene
D a carboxylic acid
36 When ethanol is left standing in the air for some time it becomes acidic.
Which equation represents this change?
A CH3CH2OH + CO → CH3CH2CO2H
B CH3CH2OH + O2 → CH3CO2H + H2O
C CH3CH2OH + 3O2 → 2CO2 + 3H2O
D 2CH3CH2OH + O2 → 2CH3CO2H + 2H2
products is 70 cm3.
A CH4(g) + 2O2(g) → CO2(g) + 2H2O(g)
B C2H4(g) + 3O2(g) → 2CO2(g) + 2H2O(g)
C C3H8(g) + 5O2(g) → 3CO2(g) + 4H2O(g)
D 2C2H6(g) + 7O2(g) → 4CO2(g) + 6H2O(g)
© UCLES 2007 5070/01/O/N/07

13
38 What is produced when proteins are hydrolysed?
A alcohols
B amides
C amino acids
D sugars
39 Methane is the first member of the alkane series of hydrocarbons. The second member is ethane
which
1 has the formula C2H4.

2 has a higher boiling point than that of methane.
3 has the same empirical formula as methane.
4 has chemical properties very similar to those of methane.
A 1, 2 and 3 B 1 and 4 C 2 and 4 D 3 only
40 The diagrams show four structures.
1 2
H H H H H
H C C C H H C C C C H
H H H H H H
H C H
H
3 4
H H H H H
H H H H H
Which structures are isomeric butenes?
© UCLES 2007 5070/01/O/N/07

14
BLANK PAGE
5070/01/O/N/07
15
BLANK PAGE
5070/01/O/N/07
DATA SHEET
Group
1 4
H He
Hydrogen Helium
1 2
7 9 11 12 14 16 19 20
Li Be B C N O F Ne
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
23 24 27 28 31 32 35.5 40
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 64 65 70 73 75 79 80 84
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
16
85 88 89 91 93 96 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
5070/01/O/N/07
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
133 137 139 178 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209
55 56 57 * 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
226 227
Fr Ra Ac
87 88 89
140 141 144 150 152 157 159 162 165 167 169 173 175
58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
w
w
w
.X
tr
me
eP
ap
er
s
.c
om
CHEMISTRY 5070/01
1 hour
Soft clean eraser
*3932853705*

IB08 11_5070_01/2RP
2
1 The table shows the boiling points of the elements found in a sample of liquid air.
element argon helium neon nitrogen oxygen

boiling point / °C –186 –269 –246 –196 –183
Which elements would be gaseous at –190 °C?
A argon, helium and nitrogen

B argon, nitrogen and oxygen
C helium, neon and nitrogen
D helium, neon and oxygen
2 Which method could be used to obtain charcoal from a mixture of powdered charcoal with sodium
chloride?
A chromatography
B filtration after shaking with water
C heating the mixture
D distillation
3 Naturally occurring bromine has a relative atomic mass of 80 and consists entirely of two isotopes
of relative isotopic masses 79 and 81.
A Bromine isotopes have different numbers of protons.

B Bromine contains the two isotopes in equal proportions.
C Bromine has different oxidation states.
4 Which statement describes the conversion of magnesium atoms to magnesium ions?
A The change is reduction, because there has been a gain of electrons.

B The change is oxidation, because there has been a loss of electrons.
C The change is reduction, because there has been a loss of electrons.
D The change is oxidation, because there has been a gain of electrons.
© UCLES 2008 5070/01/O/N/08

3
5 Which property shows that a liquid is pure?
A It turns anhydrous copper(II) sulphate blue.

B It is colourless and odourless.
C It has no effect on red or blue litmus paper.
D It boils at a fixed temperature at a given pressure.
6 Solution X contains a simple salt.
The table shows the results of some tests on solution X.
test observation
addition of aqueous sodium hydroxide green precipitate forms

addition of acidified barium nitrate white precipitate forms
What is the name of the salt in solution X?
A iron(II) chloride
B iron(III) chloride
C iron(II) sulphate
D iron(III) sulphate
7 Which diagram represents the arrangement of particles in a gas?
A B C D
8 Which gas diffuses at the same rate as nitrogen gas?
A carbon dioxide
B carbon monoxide
C neon
D sulphur dioxide

4
9 Which gas can be removed from the exhaust gases of a petrol-powered car by its catalytic
converter?
A carbon monoxide
B carbon dioxide
C nitrogen
D steam
10 Which statement about diamond and graphite is correct?
A Both diamond and graphite are used as abrasives.

B Diamond and graphite have different arrangements of carbon atoms.
C The carbon atoms in graphite have a different number of neutrons from those in diamond.
D The carbon atoms in both graphite and diamond have four covalent bonds.
11 A substance Q conducts electricity both when solid and molten.
What is Q?
A an alloy
B a hydrocarbon
C a metal oxide
D a salt
12 In one molecule of carbon dioxide, CO2, what is the total number of electrons present and how
many are involved in bonding between the carbon and oxygen atoms?
total number of electrons electrons involved in bonding
A 16 4
B 16 8
C 22 4
D 22 8
13 Which statement explains why magnesium oxide has a very high melting point?
A Magnesium atoms and oxygen atoms are joined by strong covalent bonds.
B The crystal lattice of magnesium oxide resembles that of diamond.
C The magnesium ions are strongly attracted to the oxide ions.
D The reaction between magnesium and oxygen is strongly exothermic.
© UCLES 2008 5070/01/O/N/08

5
14 When added to 20 cm3 of 0.5 M sulphuric acid, which substance would give a neutral solution?
A 20 cm3 of 0.5 M sodium hydroxide

B 10 cm3 of 0.5 M sodium hydroxide
C 40 cm3 of 1.0 M sodium hydroxide
D 20 cm3 of 1.0 M sodium hydroxide
15 When the experiment shown is set up, the bulb lights, but there are no decomposition products at
the electrodes.
lamp
+ve _ve
electrodes
X
What is X?

B bromine
C molten sodium chloride
D mercury
16 What are the products formed at the electrodes during the electrolysis of molten magnesium
chloride between carbon electrodes?
A oxygen magnesium
B magnesium chlorine
C chlorine magnesium
D chlorine hydrogen

6
17 Carbon dioxide can be obtained as shown in the equation.
3Na2CO3 + 2H3PO4 → 2Na3PO4 + 3CO2 + 3H2O
How many moles of phosphoric acid, H3PO4, are needed to produce 1.5 mol of carbon dioxide?
A 0.5 B 1.0 C 1.5 D 2.0
18 The diagram shows the reaction pathway for a given reaction without the use of a catalyst.
energy
reactants
products
reaction pathway
Which information correctly describes the effect of the catalyst on the activation energy and
enthalpy change for the reaction?
activation energy enthalpy change
A decrease decrease
B increase no change
C increase increase
D decrease no change
19 The fertiliser ammonium nitrate (NH4NO3, Mr = 80) is manufactured from ammonia (NH3, Mr = 17)
by a two-stage process.
Stage 1 NH3 + 2O2 → HNO3 + H2O
Stage 2 HNO3 + NH3 → NH4NO3
What is the maximum mass of fertiliser that can be made if only 17 tonnes of ammonia is
available?
A 34 tonnes B 40 tonnes C 80 tonnes D 97 tonnes
© UCLES 2008 5070/01/O/N/08

7
20 Acidified potassium dichromate(VI) can be used to detect the presence of ethanol vapour in the
breath of a person who has consumed an ethanol-containing drink.
filter paper moistened with

acidified potassium dichromate(VI)
A colour change from orange to green is observed if ethanol is present.
This shows that ethanol is
A an alkali.
B an indicator.
D a reducing agent.
N2(g) + 3H2(g) 2NH3(g) ∆H = –92 kJ
Which factor increases both the speed of reaction and the amount of ammonia produced?

8
22 In the graph, curve 1 was obtained by observing the decomposition of 100 cm3 of 1.0 mol/dm3
2H2O2 → 2H2O + O2
2
1
volume of
oxygen
formed
0
0 time
A lowering the temperature

B adding some 0.1 mol/dm3 hydrogen peroxide solution
23 In which reaction is sulphur dioxide acting as an oxidising agent?
A SO2 + 2H2O + Cl2 → H2SO4 + 2HCl
B SO2 + 2NaOH → Na2SO3 + H2O
C 2SO2 + O2 → 2SO3
D SO2 + 2H2S → 2H2O + 3S
24 Which element will burn in oxygen to form an acidic oxide?
A calcium
B carbon
C iron
D magnesium
© UCLES 2008 5070/01/O/N/08

9
25 Which process does not involve either oxidation or reduction?
A formation of ammonium sulphate from ammonia and sulphuric acid

B formation of nitrogen monoxide from ammonia
C formation of sulphuric acid from sulphur
D formation of zinc from zinc blende (ZnS)
26 Different solids were added to separate portions of warm dilute sulphuric acid.
For which solid is the observation correct?
solid observation
A ammonium sulphate alkaline gas produced

B copper gas evolved ignited with a pop
C magnesium oxide solid dissolved with no effervescence
D zinc carbonate gas evolved relights glowing splint
27 Ammonium sulphate is an important fertiliser.
During which stage in the manufacture of ammonium sulphate does a neutralisation reaction
occur?
stage stage stage stage

A sulphur B sulphur C sulphuric D ammonium
sulphur
dioxide trioxide acid sulphate
28 One mole of compound X gives three moles of ions in aqueous solution. X reacts with ammonium
carbonate to give an acidic gas.
What is compound X?
A calcium hydroxide
B ethanoic acid
C sodium hydroxide
D sulphuric acid

10
A be covalent
30 Aqueous copper(II) sulphate is electrolysed using inert electrodes as shown.
carbon electrode carbon electrode
aqueous copper(II) sulphate
Which ionic equations show the reactions at the electrodes?
1 Cu2+ + 2e– → Cu
2 Cu → Cu2+ + 2e–
3 2H+ + 2e– → H2
4 4OH– → 2H2O + O2 + 4e–
A 1 and 2 only B 1 and 4 only C 2 and 3 only D 3 and 4 only
31 The element chromium liberates hydrogen from dilute hydrochloric acid although it does not react
with cold water. When a piece of chromium is placed in lead(II) nitrate solution, crystals of lead
appear.
What is the order of decreasing reactivity of the metals lead, calcium and chromium?
A calcium, chromium, lead

B calcium, lead, chromium
C chromium, calcium, lead
D lead, chromium, calcium
© UCLES 2008 5070/01/O/N/08

11
1 2 3

salt salt salt

A W X Y Z
B Z W X Y
C Z X W Y
D X Y W Z
33 What is the function of silica, SiO2, in the equation shown below?
CaO + SiO2 → CaSiO3
A a basic oxide
B a reducing agent
C an acidic oxide
D an oxidising agent
34 Alloys are usually harder than the metals from which they are made.
Which difference between the metals explains the greater hardness of alloys?
A atomic radius
B boiling point
C density
D malleability

12
35 Information about the gases present in the atmospheres of four planets is given below.
Which planet’s atmosphere contains the four elements found in all proteins?
composition of atmosphere
A CH4 NH3 HCl

B CH4 NH3 H2O
C CH4 SO2 HCl
D SO2 NH3 H2O
36 Terylene (a polyester) is made by condensation polymerisation of the two monomers shown.
H O C C O H and HO OH
O O
What is the repeat unit of the polymer?
A C C O
O O n
B O C O O
O n
C C O C O
O O n
D C C O O
O O n
37 Which molecule does not undergo an addition reaction with alkenes?
A ammonia, NH3
B bromine, Br2
C hydrogen, H2
D steam, H2O
© UCLES 2008 5070/01/O/N/08

13
38 Which set of information describes the formation of ethanol by the process of fermentation?
substances fermented gas evolved during fermentation

39 The following stages happen during eutrophication.
1 increase in growth of algae

2 increase in nitrate concentration
3 death of aquatic plants
4 decrease in dissolved oxygen
In which order do these stages occur?
A 1→2→3→4
B 1→2→4→3
C 2→1→3→4
D 2→1→4→3

14
40 This is the structure of propan-1-ol.
H H H
H C C C OH
H H H
Which of the following is an isomer of propan-1-ol?
A B
H H H H H
H C C C O C C C OH
H H H H H
C D
H H H H H
H C O C C H H C C C O
H H H H H OH
© UCLES 2008 5070/01/O/N/08

15
BLANK PAGE
5070/01/O/N/08
DATA SHEET
Group
1 4
H He
Hydrogen Helium
1 2
7 9 11 12 14 16 19 20
Li Be B C N O F Ne
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
23 24 27 28 31 32 35.5 40
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 64 65 70 73 75 79 80 84

19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
16
85 88 89 91 93 96 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
5070/01/O/N/08
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
133 137 139 178 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209
55 56 57 * 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
226 227
Fr Ra Ac
87 88 89
140 141 144 150 152 157 159 162 165 167 169 173 175
58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
w
w
w
.X
tr
me
eP
ap
er
s
.c
om
CHEMISTRY 5070/01
1 hour
Soft clean eraser
*8518512898*

IB09 11_5070_01/5RP
2
1 In which option do the three particles each have the same number of electrons?
A Cl – Br – I–
B F– Ne Na+
C K+ Ca2+ Br –
D Li+ Na+ K+
2 Why does neon gas, Ne, diffuse faster than carbon dioxide gas, CO2?
A Neon atoms have the lower mass.

B Neon does not form molecules.
C Neon is a noble gas.
D Neon is less dense than air.
3 Which reagent could be used to distinguish between dilute nitric acid and dilute hydrochloric
acid?

B aqueous silver nitrate
C aqueous sodium hydroxide
D copper(II) carbonate
4 The conical flask contains compound X which is present in solid, liquid and gaseous states.
gaseous X
solid X
liquid X
A A gaseous X molecule has a lower mass than a liquid X molecule.

B Energy is released when X changes from liquid to solid.
C Liquid X is at a higher temperature than solid X.
D Liquid X molecules vibrate about fixed positions.
© UCLES 2009 5070/01/O/N/09

3
5 Which statement is always true when two atoms join together by a covalent bond?
A One atom is a metal, the other atom is a non-metal.

B One atom loses one electron, the other atom gains one electron.
C The two atoms share one electron.
D The two atoms share two electrons.
6 The diagram shows the structures of diamond and graphite.
diamond graphite
Which property do these substances have in common?
A They are giant structures.

B They can act as lubricants.
C They can conduct electricity.
D They contain only covalent bonds.
7 Calcium reacts with phosphorus to form the ionic compound calcium phosphide.
Which ions will this compound contain?
A Ca2+ and P3–

B Ca2+ and P5–
C Ca2– and P3+
D Ca2– and P5+

4
8 All of the following substances can conduct electricity.
Which substance’s conductivity is not due to the movement of electrons?
A aluminium
B graphite
C lithium chloride
D mercury
1 2
9 A sample of hydrogen is a mixture of the two isotopes 1H and 1H .
The relative atomic mass of oxygen is 16.
What are possible values of the relative molecular mass of different molecules of water formed by
the combination of oxygen and hydrogen?
1 18
2 19
3 20
A 1 only
B 1 and 2 only
C 1 and 3 only
D 1, 2 and 3
10 Calcium reacts with water as shown.
Ca(s) + 2H2O(l) → Ca(OH)2(aq) + H2(g)
What is the total mass of the solution that remains when 40 g of calcium reacts with 100 g of
water?
A 58 g B 74 g C 138 g D 140 g
11 What products are formed when concentrated aqueous potassium chloride is electrolysed?
at the anode (positive) at the cathode (negative)
A chlorine hydrogen
B chlorine potassium
C oxygen hydrogen
D oxygen potassium
© UCLES 2009 5070/01/O/N/09

5
12 Hydrogen reacts with oxygen as shown in the equation below.
2H2(g) + O2(g) → 2H2O(l)
How much gas will remain if 2 dm3 of hydrogen are reacted with 1 dm3 of oxygen at room
temperature?
A 0 dm3 B 1 dm3 C 2 dm3 D 3 dm3
13 Two cells, P and Q, containing different liquids, were connected in series with a battery, a
suitable lamp and inert electrodes, as shown in the diagram.
lamp
P Q
For which pair of liquids did the lamp light up?
in P in Q
A concentrated sodium chloride solution concentrated sugar solution

B copper(II) sulfate solution propanol
C ethanol molten lead(II) bromide
D mercury dilute hydrochloric acid
14 The burning of hydrogen is an exothermic reaction.
A More bonds are broken than are formed.

B More bonds are formed than are broken.
C Overall, the bonds broken are stronger than those formed.
D Overall, the bonds formed are stronger than those broken.

6
15 In the Contact process for making sulfuric acid, one step involves the oxidation of sulfur dioxide to
sulfur trioxide.
2SO2(g) + O2(g) 2SO3(g)
Which change would increase the amount of sulfur trioxide produced at equilibrium?
A adding a catalyst
C decreasing the temparature
16 Which graph corresponds to the catalytic decomposition of 1 mole of hydrogen peroxide?
2H2O2 → 2H2O + O2
A B
1 1
total number total number
of moles 1
of moles 1
of oxygen /2 of oxygen /2
produced produced
0 0
0 time 0 time
C D
1 1
total number total number
of moles of moles
1
of oxygen /2 of oxygen 1/2
produced produced
0 0
0 time 0 time
17 Which row in the table describes the processes occurring at the electrodes when molten sodium
chloride is electrolysed?
anode (positive) cathode (negative)
A oxidation reduction
B reduction oxidation
C oxidation oxidation
D reduction reduction
© UCLES 2009 5070/01/O/N/09

7
18 Lithium and rubidium are both in Group I of the Periodic Table.
A Lithium atoms and rubidium atoms have the same number of electrons in their outer shell.
B Lithium atoms are larger than rubidium ions.
C Lithium ions and rubidium ions have the same number of electrons in their outer shell.
D Rubidium ions are larger than rubidium atoms.
19 Which mixture would react with dilute sulfuric acid to form two different gases?
A copper and magnesium carbonate

B copper(II) carbonate and magnesium
C copper(II) carbonate and magnesium oxide
D copper(II) oxide and magnesium
20 Which salts are soluble in water?
1 ammonium carbonate, (NH4)2CO3

2 calcium carbonate, CaCO3
3 lead(II) carbonate, PbCO3
4 sodium carbonate, Na2CO3
A 1 only B 1 and 2 C 1 and 4 D 2 and 3
21 Which compound in a 1 mol / dm3 solution has the lowest pH value?
A ethanoic acid
B hydrogen chloride
C sodium chloride
D sodium hydroxide
22 In the Periodic Table, how many periods include the elements of atomic numbers 1-18?
A 2 B 3 C 6 D 8

8
23 The ionic equation shows the reaction between potassium iodide and iron(III) chloride.
2Fe3+(aq) + 2I –(aq) → 2Fe2+(aq) + I2(aq)
Which terms describe the changes to the iron(III) ions and iodide ions?
iron(III) ions iodide ions
A oxidised reduced
B oxidised oxidised
C reduced oxidised
D reduced reduced
24 Element Z is in Group VI of the Periodic Table.
Which formula is incorrect?
A Z 2– B Z 2O3 C ZO 24− D ZO3
25 Which is a property of aqueous potassium iodide?
A It does not conduct electricity.

B It is a purple solution.
C It is decolourised by chlorine.
D It reacts with aqueous bromine to form iodine.
26 The carbonate of metal X is a white solid.
It decomposes when heated to form carbon dioxide and a yellow solid oxide.
What is metal X?
A copper
B iron
C lead
D sodium
27 In which reaction do the products formed not include a salt?
A calcium(II) carbonate with hydrochloric acid

B copper(II) oxide with hydrogen
C copper(II) oxide with sulfuric acid
D copper(II) sulfate with sodium hydroxide
© UCLES 2009 5070/01/O/N/09

9
28 In the manufacture of iron, using a blast furnace, which reaction generates heat?
B Fe2O3 + 3CO → 2Fe + 3CO2
C C + O2 → CO2
D C + CO2 → 2CO
29 Which oxide is most readily reduced to the metal by heating in a stream of hydrogen?
A calcium oxide
B lead(II) oxide
C sodium oxide
D zinc oxide
30 Which ionic equation represents the reaction taking place at the anode during the electrolysis of
molten aluminium oxide?
A Al 3+ + 3e– → Al
B 2Al 3+ + 3O2 → Al 2O3
C O2– – 2e– → O2
D 2O2– – 4e– → O2
31 Which type of compound will liberate ammonia when heated with ammonium sulfate?
A an acid
B an alkali
C a reducing agent
D a salt
32 What is the concentration of hydrogen ions in 0.05 mol / dm 3 sulfuric acid?
A 0.025 g / dm 3 B 0.05 g / dm 3 C 0.10 g / dm 3 D 2.0 g / dm 3

10
33 Four current problems in our atmosphere are listed.
1 acid rain
2 depletion of the ozone layer
3 presence of greenhouse gases
4 incomplete combustion of carbon compounds
Which atmospheric pollutant is responsible for each problem?
W chlorofluorocarbons
X sulfur dioxide
Y carbon monoxide
Z carbon dioxide
1 2 3 4
A W X Z Y
B X W Z Y
C X Z W Y
D Z Y X W
34 Which process takes place during photosynthesis?
A Carbohydrate is decomposed and oxygen is formed.

B Carbon dioxide is taken in and oxygen is formed.
C Oxygen is taken in and carbohydrate is formed.
D Oxygen is taken in and carbon dioxide is formed.
35 Cholesterol is an organic molecule that occurs in the blood stream.
What type of compound is cholesterol?
A an acid
B an alcohol
C an alkane
D an alkene
© UCLES 2009 5070/01/O/N/09

11
36 Substance X, molecular formula C4H8, does not react with hydrogen.
What is the structural formula of X?
A B C D
C C C C H H C C C H H C C H H C C C C H
H H H H H C C H H H
H C H
H H
H
37 Natural gas, petroleum and diesel are all used as energy sources.
Which gas is not produced when these sources are burned?
A carbon dioxide
B carbon monoxide
C hydrogen
D water
38 The structural formula of butenedioic acid is shown.
O H H O
C C C C
H O O H
Which statement about butenedioic acid is not correct?
A It decolourises aqueous bromine.

B Its aqueous solution reacts with sodium carbonate.
C Its empirical formula is the same as its molecular formula.
D Its relative molecular mass is 116.

12
39 A mixture of four gases, methane, ethane, propane and butane is cooled until the first drop of
liquid is formed.
What compound is most likely to be present in this drop?
A butane
B ethane
C methane
D propane
40 Which statement about Terylene is correct?
A It is an addition polymer.
B It is an alkene.
C It is a polyamide.
D It is a polyester.
© UCLES 2009 5070/01/O/N/09

13
BLANK PAGE
5070/01/O/N/09
14
BLANK PAGE
5070/01/O/N/09
15
BLANK PAGE
5070/01/O/N/09
© UCLES 2009
DATA SHEET
Group
1 4
H He
Hydrogen Helium
1 2
7 9 11 12 14 16 19 20
Li Be B C N O F Ne
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
23 24 27 28 31 32 35.5 40
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 64 65 70 73 75 79 80 84

19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
16
85 88 89 91 93 96 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
5070/01/O/N/09
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
133 137 139 178 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209
55 56 57 * 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
226 227
Fr Ra Ac
87 88 89
140 141 144 150 152 157 159 162 165 167 169 173 175
58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
w
w
w
.X
tr
me
eP
ap
er
s
.c
om
CHEMISTRY 5070/11
1 hour
Soft clean eraser
*6223590479*

IB10 11_5070_11/3RP
2
1 Substance X dissolves in water to form a colourless solution. This solution reacts with aqueous
lead(II) nitrate in the presence of dilute nitric acid to give a yellow precipitate.
What is substance X?
A calcium iodide
C iron(II) iodide
D sodium chloride
2 The diagram shows a diffusion experiment.
beaker
porous pot
oxygen
water
Which gas, when present in the beaker over the porous pot, will cause the water level at Y to
rise?
A carbon dioxide, CO2

B chlorine, Cl 2
C methane, CH4
D nitrogen dioxide, NO2
© UCLES 2010 5070/11/O/N/10

3
3 The diagram shows apparatus used to obtain carbon monoxide.
lumps of
dilute carbon
charcoal
hydrochloric monoxide
acid
heat
calcium
carbonate Y water
What is the main purpose of Y?
A to dry the gas

B to prevent water being sucked back on to the hot carbon
C to remove carbon dioxide from the gas
D to remove hydrogen chloride from the gas
4 The boiling points of various gases found in the air are shown below.
°C
argon –186
carbon dioxide –78
nitrogen –198
oxygen –183
If the air is cooled, the first substance to condense is water.
If the temperature is lowered further, what is the next substance to condense?
A argon
B carbon dioxide
C nitrogen
D oxygen

4
5 The fractional distillation apparatus shown is to be used for separating a mixture of two colourless
liquids. A thermometer is missing from the apparatus.
A
water out
B
cold water in
heat
Which one of the statements below is correct?
A An H+ ion has more protons than an H– ion.

B An H+ ion has no electrons.
7 A dark, shiny solid, X, conducts electricity.
Oxygen combines with X to form a gaseous oxide.
What is X?
A graphite
B iodine
C iron
D lead
© UCLES 2010 5070/11/O/N/10

5
CH3 CH2 C
O CH2 CH3
How many bonding pairs of electrons are there in the molecule?
A 13 B 16 C 17 D 20
9 The conduction of electricity by metals is carried out by the movement of
A electrons only.
B electrons and positive ions.
C negative ions only.
D negative ions and positive ions.
10 Which substance could be sodium chloride?
conduction of electricity
melting point / °C
when liquid in aqueous solution
A –114 nil good

B 180 nil nil (insoluble)
C 808 good good
D 3550 nil nil (insoluble)
11 What is the concentration of iodine molecules, I2, in a solution containing 2.54 g of iodine in
A 0.01 mol / dm3

B 0.02 mol / dm3
C 0.04 mol / dm3
D 0.08 mol / dm3

6
12 The diagram shows the results of an electrolysis experiment using inert electrodes.
liquid X
– +
Which could be liquid X?

D ethanol
activation energy
energy
∆H
Which row correctly shows the sign of both the activation energy and the type of the enthalpy

energy change
© UCLES 2010 5070/11/O/N/10

7
14 The equation shows the formation of sulfur trioxide in the Contact process.
2SO2(g) + O2(g) 2SO3(g) ∆H = –95 kJ / mol
What would decrease the yield of sulfur trioxide in a given time?

D removal of SO3(g) from the reaction chamber
15 Which graph represents how the rate of reaction varies with time when an excess of calcium
carbonate reacts with dilute hydrochloric acid?
A B
rate rate
0 0
0 time 0 time
C D
rate rate
0 0
0 time 0 time
16 In which reaction is nitric acid acting as an oxidising agent?
A Cu + 4HNO3 → Cu(NO3)2 + 2H2O + 2NO2
B CuO + 2HNO3 → Cu(NO3)2 + H2O
C Na2CO3 + 2HNO3 → 2NaNO3 + H2O + CO2
D NaOH + HNO3 → NaNO3 + H2O

8
Which could not be solutions Y and Z?
solution Y solution Z

18 The tests below were carried out on a solution containing ions of the metal X.
test observation
add sodium chloride solution no change

add sodium sulfate solution no change
add sodium hydroxide solution a precipitate was formed, soluble
in excess of the hydroxide
What is metal X?
A calcium
B iron
C lead
D zinc
A Their atoms all lose two electrons when they form ions.
B They all form carbonates which are insoluble in water.
C They are all less dense than water.
D They are all metallic.
20 Which set of the electronic structures are only found in metals?
A 2, 1 2, 8, 1 2, 8, 8, 1
B 2, 5 2, 6 2, 7
C 2, 7 2, 8, 7 2, 8, 18, 7
D 2, 8, 3 2, 8, 4 2, 8, 5
© UCLES 2010 5070/11/O/N/10

9
decrease in reactivity
A electrolysis of its aqueous sulfate

B electrolysis of its molten oxide
C reduction of its oxide by heating with coke
D reduction of its oxide by heating with hydrogen
22 When zinc is added to a solution of a metal sulfate, the metal is deposited and zinc ions are
produced in solution.
Which metal is deposited?
A calcium
B copper
C magnesium
D potassium
zinc atom
copper atom

10
cracking
catalyst Y
ammonia
fractional
distillation
W X Y
A air oil iron

C oil air iron
25 Sulfur is burnt in air.
A Sulfur is oxidised to sulfur trioxide.

B The gas formed turns aqueous potassium dichromate(VI) from orange to green.
C The reaction is reversible.
D The reaction needs a catalyst.
© UCLES 2010 5070/11/O/N/10

11
26 Using the apparatus shown, chlorine is passed through the tube.
potassium bromide potassium iodide
P Q R
chlorine
gentle heat
After a short time, coloured substances are seen at P, Q and R.
What are these coloured substances?
at P at Q at R
A green gas red brown vapour violet vapour

B green gas violet vapour black solid
C red brown vapour violet vapour black solid
D violet vapour red brown vapour red brown vapour
27 Which equation in the blast furnace extraction of iron is not a redox reaction?
B 2C + O2 → 2CO
C C + CO2 → 2CO
D Fe2O3 + 3CO → 2Fe + 3CO2
1 Al 3+ + 3e– → Al
2 2O2– → O2 + 4e–
3 C + O2 → CO2
Which reactions take place at the anode?

12
29 Which statement about the material used for aircraft bodies is correct?
Aircraft bodies are made from
A an aluminium alloy because pure aluminium is too soft.

B pure aluminium because of its high melting point.
C pure aluminium because of its low density.
D pure aluminium because of its resistance to corrosion.
30 A catalytic converter in a car exhaust system speeds up the change of pollutants into less harmful
products.
31 Which natural process can cause nitrogen oxides to be formed in the atmosphere?
A bacterial decay of plants

B lightning activity
C photosynthesis
D respiration
column?
A distilled water may contain fertilisers washed off from the fields
D sea water can be desalinated by treatment with chlorine
© UCLES 2010 5070/11/O/N/10

13
33 An organic compound has an empirical formula C2H4O.
What is the compound?
A butanoic acid
B butanol
C ethanoic acid
D ethanol
34 Which formula represents a compound likely to undergo addition polymerisation?
A B
H H H O
H C H N C C
H H H
H H O H
H C C C C H
H H H H
C D
H H O H
H C C C H H H H C H
H H O C C H H C C C
H H H H H
35 The diagrams show two organic compounds.
S T
H H O H H H
H C C C H C C C O H
H H O H H H H
Which statement about the compounds S and T is correct?
A Both S and T react with sodium carbonate.

B S and T react together to form the ester ethyl propanoate.
C T can be changed into S using acidified potassium dichromate(VI).
D They are in the same homologous series.

14
36 Five structures are shown.
1 2 3
H
H
H H H H
H C H H C H H
H C C C C H H
H C C C
H H H H C C C
H H H
H H
4 5
H H H H H H H
H C C C
H C C C C H
H H
H C H H H
Which structures represent identical molecules?
A 1 and 3 only
B 2 and 3 only
C 1, 3 and 4 only
D 1, 3 and 5 only
37 Which statement about ethanol is correct?
A It is an unsaturated compound.
B It is formed by the catalytic addition of steam to ethene.
38 In which reaction is water produced?
A manufacture of ethanol from ethene

B manufacture of margarine from vegetable oils
C manufacture of poly(ethene) from ethene
D manufacture of Terylene from a carboxylic acid and an alcohol
© UCLES 2010 5070/11/O/N/10

15
test result

What is compound Z?
A B
H H H O H H H
H C C C C H C C C O H
H H H O H H H H
C D
H H H H H H O
H C C C O H H C C C C
H H O H
40 Polymer X has the structure shown.
O O O O
C C N N C C N N
H H H H
The list shows four terms that can be applied to polymers.
1 addition polymer
3 polyamide
4 polyester
Which two terms can be applied to polymer X?
© UCLES 2010 5070/11/O/N/10

DATA SHEET
© UCLES 2010
Group
1 4
H He
Hydrogen Helium
1 2
7 9 11 12 14 16 19 20
Li Be B C N O F Ne
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
23 24 27 28 31 32 35.5 40
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 64 65 70 73 75 79 80 84

19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
16
85 88 89 91 93 96 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
5070/11/O/N/10
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
133 137 139 178 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209
55 56 57 * 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
226 227
Fr Ra Ac
87 88 89
140 141 144 150 152 157 159 162 165 167 169 173 175
58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
w
w
w
.X
tr
me
eP
ap
er
s
.c
om
CHEMISTRY 5070/12
1 hour
Soft clean eraser
*0330048691*

IB10 11_5070_12/RP
2
°C
argon –186
nitrogen –198
oxygen –183
A argon
B carbon dioxide
C nitrogen
D oxygen
A calcium iodide
C iron(II) iodide
D sodium chloride
© UCLES 2010 5070/12/O/N/10

3
A
water out
B
cold water in
heat

4
beaker
porous pot
oxygen
water
rise?

B chlorine, Cl 2
C methane, CH4

© UCLES 2010 5070/12/O/N/10

5
lumps of
dilute carbon
charcoal
acid
heat
calcium
carbonate Y water
A to dry the gas

What is X?
A graphite
B iodine
C iron
D lead
melting point / °C
A –114 nil good

C 808 good good

6
CH3 CH2 C
O CH2 CH3
A 13 B 16 C 17 D 20
A electrons only.
A 0.01 mol / dm3

B 0.02 mol / dm3
C 0.04 mol / dm3
D 0.08 mol / dm3
© UCLES 2010 5070/12/O/N/10

7
activation energy
energy
∆H

energy change
liquid X
– +

D ethanol

8
A Cu + 4HNO3 → Cu(NO3)2 + 2H2O + 2NO2
2SO2(g) + O2(g) 2SO3(g) ∆H = –95 kJ / mol

A B
rate rate
0 0
0 time 0 time
C D
rate rate
0 0
0 time 0 time
© UCLES 2010 5070/12/O/N/10

9
test observation

What is metal X?
A calcium
B iron
C lead
D zinc



10
A 2, 1 2, 8, 1 2, 8, 8, 1
B 2, 5 2, 6 2, 7
C 2, 7 2, 8, 7 2, 8, 18, 7
D 2, 8, 3 2, 8, 4 2, 8, 5
cracking
catalyst Y
ammonia
fractional
distillation
W X Y
A air oil iron

C oil air iron

© UCLES 2010 5070/12/O/N/10

11
A calcium
B copper
C magnesium
D potassium
zinc atom
copper atom

12
P Q R
chlorine
gentle heat
at P at Q at R

1 Al 3+ + 3e– → Al
2 2O2– → O2 + 4e–
3 C + O2 → CO2
B 2C + O2 → 2CO
C C + CO2 → 2CO
D Fe2O3 + 3CO → 2Fe + 3CO2
© UCLES 2010 5070/12/O/N/10

13


C photosynthesis
D respiration
column?
products.

14
A B
H H H O
H C H N C C
H H H
H H O H
H C C C C H
H H H H
C D
H H O H
H C C C H H H H C H
H H O C C H H C C C
H H H H H
A butanoic acid
B butanol
C ethanoic acid
D ethanol
© UCLES 2010 5070/12/O/N/10

15
1 2 3
H
H
H H H H
H C H H C H H
H C C C C H H
H C C C
H H H H C C C
H H H
H H
4 5
H H H H H H H
H C C C
H C C C C H
H H
H C H H H
A 1 and 3 only
B 2 and 3 only
C 1, 3 and 4 only
D 1, 3 and 5 only
S T
H H O H H H
H C C C H C C C O H
H H O H H H H


16
O O O O
C C N N C C N N
H H H H
1 addition polymer
3 polyamide
4 polyester

© UCLES 2010 5070/12/O/N/10

17
test result

What is compound Z?
A B
H H H O H H H
H H H O H H H H
C D
H H H H H H O
H H O H
© UCLES 2010 5070/12/O/N/10

18
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2010 5070/12/O/N/10

19
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2010 5070/12/O/N/10

DATA SHEET
Group
© UCLES 2010
1 4
H He
Hydrogen Helium
1 2
7 9 11 12 14 16 19 20
Li Be B C N O F Ne
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
23 24 27 28 31 32 35.5 40
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 64 65 70 73 75 79 80 84
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
85 88 89 91 93 96 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54

133 137 139 178 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209
20
55 56 57 * 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
5070/12/O/N/10
226 227
Fr Ra Ac
87 88 89
140 141 144 150 152 157 159 162 165 167 169 173 175
58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
w
w
w
.X
tr
me
eP
ap
er
s
.c
om
CHEMISTRY 5070/13
1 hour
Soft clean eraser
*6017453014*

IB10 11_5070_13/RP
2
°C
argon –186
nitrogen –198
oxygen –183
A argon
B carbon dioxide
C nitrogen
D oxygen
A calcium iodide
C iron(II) iodide
D sodium chloride
© UCLES 2010 5070/13/O/N/10

3
A
water out
B
cold water in
heat

4
beaker
porous pot
oxygen
water
rise?

B chlorine, Cl 2
C methane, CH4

© UCLES 2010 5070/13/O/N/10

5
lumps of
dilute carbon
charcoal
acid
heat
calcium
carbonate Y water
A to dry the gas

What is X?
A graphite
B iodine
C iron
D lead
melting point / °C
A –114 nil good

C 808 good good

6
CH3 CH2 C
O CH2 CH3
A 13 B 16 C 17 D 20
A electrons only.
A 0.01 mol / dm3

B 0.02 mol / dm3
C 0.04 mol / dm3
D 0.08 mol / dm3
© UCLES 2010 5070/13/O/N/10

7
activation energy
energy
∆H

energy change
liquid X
– +

D ethanol

8
A Cu + 4HNO3 → Cu(NO3)2 + 2H2O + 2NO2
2SO2(g) + O2(g) 2SO3(g) ∆H = –95 kJ / mol

A B
rate rate
0 0
0 time 0 time
C D
rate rate
0 0
0 time 0 time
© UCLES 2010 5070/13/O/N/10

9
test observation

What is metal X?
A calcium
B iron
C lead
D zinc



10
A 2, 1 2, 8, 1 2, 8, 8, 1
B 2, 5 2, 6 2, 7
C 2, 7 2, 8, 7 2, 8, 18, 7
D 2, 8, 3 2, 8, 4 2, 8, 5
cracking
catalyst Y
ammonia
fractional
distillation
W X Y
A air oil iron

C oil air iron

© UCLES 2010 5070/13/O/N/10

11
A calcium
B copper
C magnesium
D potassium
zinc atom
copper atom

12
P Q R
chlorine
gentle heat
at P at Q at R

1 Al 3+ + 3e– → Al
2 2O2– → O2 + 4e–
3 C + O2 → CO2
B 2C + O2 → 2CO
C C + CO2 → 2CO
D Fe2O3 + 3CO → 2Fe + 3CO2
© UCLES 2010 5070/13/O/N/10

13


C photosynthesis
D respiration
column?
products.

14
A B
H H H O
H C H N C C
H H H
H H O H
H C C C C H
H H H H
C D
H H O H
H C C C H H H H C H
H H O C C H H C C C
H H H H H
A butanoic acid
B butanol
C ethanoic acid
D ethanol
© UCLES 2010 5070/13/O/N/10

15
1 2 3
H
H
H H H H
H C H H C H H
H C C C C H H
H C C C
H H H H C C C
H H H
H H
4 5
H H H H H H H
H C C C
H C C C C H
H H
H C H H H
A 1 and 3 only
B 2 and 3 only
C 1, 3 and 4 only
D 1, 3 and 5 only
S T
H H O H H H
H C C C H C C C O H
H H O H H H H


16
O O O O
C C N N C C N N
H H H H
1 addition polymer
3 polyamide
4 polyester

© UCLES 2010 5070/13/O/N/10

17
test result

What is compound Z?
A B
H H H O H H H
H H H O H H H H
C D
H H H H H H O
H H O H
© UCLES 2010 5070/13/O/N/10

18
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2010 5070/13/O/N/10

19
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2010 5070/13/O/N/10

DATA SHEET
Group
© UCLES 2010
1 4
H He
Hydrogen Helium
1 2
7 9 11 12 14 16 19 20
Li Be B C N O F Ne
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
23 24 27 28 31 32 35.5 40
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 64 65 70 73 75 79 80 84
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
85 88 89 91 93 96 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54

133 137 139 178 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209
20
55 56 57 * 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
5070/13/O/N/10
226 227
Fr Ra Ac
87 88 89
140 141 144 150 152 157 159 162 165 167 169 173 175
58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
w
w
w
.X
tr
me
eP
ap
er
s
.c
om
CHEMISTRY 5070/11
1 hour
Soft clean eraser
*0909424295*

IB11 11_5070_11/2RP
2
1 In a titration between an acid (in the burette) and an alkali, you may need to re-use the same
titration flask.
Which is the best procedure for rinsing the flask?
A Rinse with distilled water and then with the alkali.

B Rinse with tap water and then with distilled water.
C Rinse with tap water and then with the acid.
D Rinse with the alkali.
2 The labels fell off two bottles each containing a colourless solution, one of which was sodium
carbonate solution and the other was sodium chloride solution.
The addition of which solution to a sample from each bottle would most readily enable the bottles
to be correctly relabelled?
A ammonia
B hydrochloric acid
C lead(II) nitrate
D sodium hydroxide
© UCLES 2011 5070/11/O/N/11

3
3 Oxygen was prepared from hydrogen peroxide, with manganese(IV) oxide as catalyst. The
oxygen was collected as shown in the diagram.
2H2O2 → 2H2O + O2
aqueous
hydrogen
peroxide
oxygen
water
manganese(IV) oxide
A hydrogen.
C nitrogen.
D water vapour.
4 Radium (Ra) is in the same group of the Periodic Table as magnesium.
What is the charge on a radium ion?
A 2– B 1– C 1+ D 2+
Cl 2 H2 HCl N2 O2
A 2 B 3 C 4 D 5
6 In which pair is each substance a mixture?
A air and water

B limewater and water
C quicklime and limewater
D sea water and air

4
7 A researcher notices that atoms of an element are releasing energy.
Why are the atoms releasing energy?

B The atoms are evaporating.
C The atoms are radioactive.
D The atoms react with argon in the air.

9 Which compound contains three elements?
B iron(III) oxide
C potassium oxide
D sodium carbonate
10 Below are two statements about metals.

structure.
Which is correct?

11 What is the ratio of the number of molecules in 71 g of gaseous chlorine to the number of
molecules in 2 g of gaseous hydrogen? [Relative atomic masses Ar (atomic weights): H, 1: Cl,
35.5]
A 1:1 B 1:2 C 2:1 D 71 : 2
© UCLES 2011 5070/11/O/N/11

5
12 What is the relative molecular mass Mr of CuSO4.5H2O?
A 160 B 178 C 186 D 250
13 How can sodium be manufactured?
A by electrolysing aqueous sodium chloride

B by electrolysing aqueous sodium hydroxide
C by electrolysing molten sodium chloride
D by heating sodium oxide with carbon
14 Which statement about the electrolysis of an aqueous solution of copper(II) sulfate with platinum
electrodes is correct?

chemical energy chemical energy

A
B no catalyst needed catalyst needed

C oxygen used up oxygen released
D reaction exothermic reaction endothermic
16 The following reversible reaction takes place in a closed vessel at constant temperature.
P(g) + Q(g) + R(g) S(g) + T(g)
When the system has reached equilibrium, more T is added.
Which increases in concentration occur?
A P, Q, R and S
B P and Q only
C P, Q and R only
D S only

6
17 Sulfur dioxide reacts with aqueous bromine according to the following equation.
A bromine
B hydrogen
C oxygen
D sulfur
A decrease 5
B decrease 7
C increase 7
D increase 10
19 Which substance would not be used for preparing a pure sample of crystalline magnesium
sulfate by reaction with dilute sulfuric acid?
A magnesium carbonate
B magnesium hydroxide
C magnesium nitrate
D magnesium oxide
20 Ammonium sulfate and potassium sulfate are salts which can be found in fertilisers. A sample of
a fertiliser is warmed with aqueous sodium hydroxide and a gas with pH10 is given off.
Which salt must be in the fertiliser and which gas is given off?
salt in fertiliser name of gas
A ammonium sulfate ammonia

B ammonium sulfate sulfur dioxide
C potassium sulfate ammonia
D potassium sulfate sulfur dioxide
© UCLES 2011 5070/11/O/N/11

7
21 The table gives the formulae of the catalysts used in some industrial processes.
process catalyst
Haber process Fe + Mo
Contact process V2O5
cracking of alkanes Al 2O3 + SiO2
polymerisation of ethene Al (C2H5)3 + TiCl 4
manufacture of silicones CuCl
How many different transition metals are included, as elements or as compounds, in the list of
catalysts?
A 3 B 4 C 5 D 6
What is X?
A calcium
B copper
C magnesium
D potassium
23 Which statement about the elements chlorine, bromine and iodine is correct?
A They are all gases at room temperature and pressure.

B They are in the same period of the Periodic Table.
C They become darker in colour from chlorine to bromine to iodine.
D They possess one electron in the outermost shell.

8
24 The diagram shows steel wool inside a test-tube. The test-tube is inverted in water, trapping air
inside.
What will be the water level inside the tube after several days?
steel wool
A
air
water C
level at beginning D
of experiment
25 Which carbonate decomposes on heating to give a black solid and a colourless gas?
A calcium carbonate
C sodium carbonate
D zinc carbonate
26 Iron is manufactured in the blast furnace.
Which statement about iron and its manufacture is not true?
A Iron ore is readily abundant.

B It is a continuous process.
C Pure iron is produced.
D The reducing agent is cheap.
27 Which row shows the three metals in the correct order of decreasing reactivity?
most active least active
A copper zinc iron

B iron copper zinc
C iron zinc copper
D zinc iron copper
© UCLES 2011 5070/11/O/N/11

9
28 Which gas cannot be removed from the exhaust gases of a petrol-powered car by its catalytic
converter?
A carbon dioxide
B carbon monoxide
C hydrocarbons
D nitrogen dioxide
29 Which equation shows a reaction that would actually take place?
A 2MgO + C → CO2 + Mg
B MgO + Cu → CuO + Mg
C PbO + Zn → ZnO + Pb
D ZnO + H2 → H2O + Zn
30 Which statement shows that diamond and graphite are different forms of the element carbon?
A Both have giant molecular structures.

B Complete combustion of equal masses of each produces equal masses of carbon dioxide as
the only product.
C Graphite conducts electricity, whereas diamond does not.
D Under suitable conditions, graphite can be converted into diamond.
31 What is the purpose of vanadium(V) oxide in the Contact Process?
A It oxidises sulfur to sulfur dioxide.

B It oxidises sulfur to sulfur trioxide.
C It speeds up the conversion of sulfur dioxide into sulfur trioxide.
D It speeds up the conversion of sulfur trioxide into sulfuric acid.
32 A sample of tap water gave a white precipitate with acidified silver nitrate.
What does this show about the tap water?
A It contained chloride.
B It contained harmful microbes.
C It contained nitrates.
D It had not been filtered.

10
33 Which noble gas is present in the largest percentage by volume in air?
A argon
B helium
C krypton
D neon
Which element forms the most hydrides?
A carbon
B chlorine
C nitrogen
D oxygen
H H H
H H H
H C C C H
H C C C O H
H O H
H H H
H
1 2
H H H H H O
H H H H H
3 4
A 1, 2, 3 and 4 B 1 and 2 only C 1, 2 and 3 only D 4 only
36 Which compound is manufactured by reacting ethene with steam in the presence of a heated
catalyst?
A C2H6 B C2H5OH C C4H8 D C4H9OH
© UCLES 2011 5070/11/O/N/11

11
37 A hydrocarbon, C3Hy, burns in air to form carbon dioxide and water.
y
C3Hy(g) + 5O2(g) → 3CO2(g) + H2O(g)
2
What is the value of y?
A 4 B 6 C 7 D 8
38 Which pair of macromolecules both contain the linkage shown?
C N
A fats and proteins

B nylon and proteins
C starch and sugars
D Terylene and sugars
39 Under certain conditions 1 mole of ethane reacts with 2 moles of chlorine in a substitution
reaction.
What is the formula of the organic product in this reaction?
A C2H5Cl B C2H4Cl 2 C C2H2Cl 4 D CH2Cl 2
40 Shown below are some properties of compound X.
● reacts with potassium carbonate to produce carbon dioxide

● reacts with ethanol to produce a sweet-smelling liquid
● reacts with sodium hydroxide to produce a salt
What is X?
A ethanol
B ethanoic acid
C ethyl ethanoate
D ethyl methanoate
© UCLES 2011 5070/11/O/N/11

DATA SHEET
© UCLES 2011
Group
1 4
H He
Hydrogen Helium
1 2
7 9 11 12 14 16 19 20
Li Be B C N O F Ne
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
23 24 27 28 31 32 35.5 40
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 64 65 70 73 75 79 80 84

19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
12
85 88 89 91 93 96 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
5070/11/O/N/11
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
133 137 139 178 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209
55 56 57 * 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
226 227
Fr Ra Ac
87 88 89
140 141 144 150 152 157 159 162 165 167 169 173 175
58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
w
w
w
.X
tr
me
eP
ap
er
s
.c
om
CHEMISTRY 5070/12
1 hour
Soft clean eraser
*1478784015*

IB11 11_5070_12/FP
2
1 Oxygen was prepared from hydrogen peroxide, with manganese(IV) oxide as catalyst. The
oxygen was collected as shown in the diagram.
2H2O2 → 2H2O + O2
aqueous
hydrogen
peroxide
oxygen
water
manganese(IV) oxide
A hydrogen.
C nitrogen.
D water vapour.
2 The labels fell off two bottles each containing a colourless solution, one of which was sodium
carbonate solution and the other was sodium chloride solution.
The addition of which solution to a sample from each bottle would most readily enable the bottles
to be correctly relabelled?
A ammonia
B hydrochloric acid
C lead(II) nitrate
D sodium hydroxide
© UCLES 2011 5070/12/O/N/11

3
titration flask.

4 In which pair is each substance a mixture?
A air and water

B limewater and water
C quicklime and limewater
D sea water and air
5 A researcher notices that atoms of an element are releasing energy.
Why are the atoms releasing energy?

B The atoms are evaporating.
C The atoms are radioactive.
D The atoms react with argon in the air.
6 Radium (Ra) is in the same group of the Periodic Table as magnesium.
What is the charge on a radium ion?
A 2– B 1– C 1+ D 2+
Cl 2 H2 HCl N2 O2
A 2 B 3 C 4 D 5

4
8 Below are two statements about metals.

structure.
Which is correct?

9 Which compound contains three elements?
B iron(III) oxide
C potassium oxide
D sodium carbonate

11 What is the relative molecular mass Mr of CuSO4.5H2O?
A 160 B 178 C 186 D 250
molecules in 2 g of gaseous hydrogen? [Relative atomic masses Ar (atomic weights): H, 1: Cl,
35.5]
A 1:1 B 1:2 C 2:1 D 71 : 2
© UCLES 2011 5070/12/O/N/11

5
13 How can sodium be manufactured?
A by electrolysing aqueous sodium chloride

B by electrolysing aqueous sodium hydroxide
C by electrolysing molten sodium chloride
D by heating sodium oxide with carbon
chemical energy chemical energy

A
B no catalyst needed catalyst needed

C oxygen used up oxygen released
D reaction exothermic reaction endothermic
15 Which statement about the electrolysis of an aqueous solution of copper(II) sulfate with platinum
electrodes is correct?

16 The following reversible reaction takes place in a closed vessel at constant temperature.
P(g) + Q(g) + R(g) S(g) + T(g)
When the system has reached equilibrium, more T is added.
Which increases in concentration occur?
A P, Q, R and S
B P and Q only
C P, Q and R only
D S only

6
A decrease 5
B decrease 7
C increase 7
D increase 10
What is X?
A calcium
B copper
C magnesium
D potassium
19 The table gives the formulae of the catalysts used in some industrial processes.
process catalyst
Haber process Fe + Mo
Contact process V2O5
cracking of alkanes Al 2O3 + SiO2
polymerisation of ethene Al (C2H5)3 + TiCl 4
manufacture of silicones CuCl
How many different transition metals are included, as elements or as compounds, in the list of
catalysts?
A 3 B 4 C 5 D 6
20 Which statement about the elements chlorine, bromine and iodine is correct?
A They are all gases at room temperature and pressure.

C They become darker in colour from chlorine to bromine to iodine.
D They possess one electron in the outermost shell.
© UCLES 2011 5070/12/O/N/11

7
21 Ammonium sulfate and potassium sulfate are salts which can be found in fertilisers. A sample of
a fertiliser is warmed with aqueous sodium hydroxide and a gas with pH10 is given off.
Which salt must be in the fertiliser and which gas is given off?
salt in fertiliser name of gas
A ammonium sulfate ammonia

B ammonium sulfate sulfur dioxide
C potassium sulfate ammonia
D potassium sulfate sulfur dioxide
22 Sulfur dioxide reacts with aqueous bromine according to the following equation.
A bromine
B hydrogen
C oxygen
D sulfur
23 Which substance would not be used for preparing a pure sample of crystalline magnesium
sulfate by reaction with dilute sulfuric acid?
A magnesium carbonate
B magnesium hydroxide
C magnesium nitrate
D magnesium oxide
24 Which carbonate decomposes on heating to give a black solid and a colourless gas?
A calcium carbonate
C sodium carbonate
D zinc carbonate

8
25 Which row shows the three metals in the correct order of decreasing reactivity?
most active least active
A copper zinc iron

B iron copper zinc
C iron zinc copper
D zinc iron copper
26 The diagram shows steel wool inside a test-tube. The test-tube is inverted in water, trapping air
inside.
What will be the water level inside the tube after several days?
steel wool
A
air
water C
level at beginning D
of experiment
27 Iron is manufactured in the blast furnace.
Which statement about iron and its manufacture is not true?
A Iron ore is readily abundant.

B It is a continuous process.
C Pure iron is produced.
D The reducing agent is cheap.
28 Which equation shows a reaction that would actually take place?
A 2MgO + C → CO2 + Mg
B MgO + Cu → CuO + Mg
C PbO + Zn → ZnO + Pb
D ZnO + H2 → H2O + Zn
© UCLES 2011 5070/12/O/N/11

9
29 Which gas cannot be removed from the exhaust gases of a petrol-powered car by its catalytic
converter?
A carbon dioxide
B carbon monoxide
C hydrocarbons
D nitrogen dioxide
30 Which statement shows that diamond and graphite are different forms of the element carbon?
A Both have giant molecular structures.

B Complete combustion of equal masses of each produces equal masses of carbon dioxide as
the only product.
C Graphite conducts electricity, whereas diamond does not.
D Under suitable conditions, graphite can be converted into diamond.
31 A sample of tap water gave a white precipitate with acidified silver nitrate.
What does this show about the tap water?
A It contained chloride.
B It contained harmful microbes.
C It contained nitrates.
D It had not been filtered.
32 Which noble gas is present in the largest percentage by volume in air?
A argon
B helium
C krypton
D neon
33 What is the purpose of vanadium(V) oxide in the Contact Process?
A It oxidises sulfur to sulfur dioxide.

B It oxidises sulfur to sulfur trioxide.
C It speeds up the conversion of sulfur dioxide into sulfur trioxide.
D It speeds up the conversion of sulfur trioxide into sulfuric acid.

10
34 Shown below are some properties of compound X.
● reacts with potassium carbonate to produce carbon dioxide

● reacts with ethanol to produce a sweet-smelling liquid
● reacts with sodium hydroxide to produce a salt
What is X?
A ethanol
B ethanoic acid
C ethyl ethanoate
D ethyl methanoate
35 Which pair of macromolecules both contain the linkage shown?
C N
A fats and proteins

B nylon and proteins
C starch and sugars
D Terylene and sugars
36 A hydrocarbon, C3Hy, burns in air to form carbon dioxide and water.
y
C3Hy(g) + 5O2(g) → 3CO2(g) + H2O(g)
2
What is the value of y?
A 4 B 6 C 7 D 8
© UCLES 2011 5070/12/O/N/11

11
H H H
H H H
H C C C H
H C C C O H
H O H
H H H
H
1 2
H H H H H O
H H H H H
3 4
A 1, 2, 3 and 4 B 1 and 2 only C 1, 2 and 3 only D 4 only
Which element forms the most hydrides?
A carbon
B chlorine
C nitrogen
D oxygen
39 Which compound is manufactured by reacting ethene with steam in the presence of a heated
catalyst?
A C2H6 B C2H5OH C C4H8 D C4H9OH
40 Under certain conditions 1 mole of ethane reacts with 2 moles of chlorine in a substitution
reaction.
What is the formula of the organic product in this reaction?
A C2H5Cl B C2H4Cl 2 C C2H2Cl 4 D CH2Cl 2
© UCLES 2011 5070/12/O/N/11

DATA SHEET
© UCLES 2011
Group
1 4
H He
Hydrogen Helium
1 2
7 9 11 12 14 16 19 20
Li Be B C N O F Ne
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
23 24 27 28 31 32 35.5 40
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 64 65 70 73 75 79 80 84

19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
12
85 88 89 91 93 96 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
5070/12/O/N/11
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
133 137 139 178 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209
55 56 57 * 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
226 227
Fr Ra Ac
87 88 89
140 141 144 150 152 157 159 162 165 167 169 173 175
58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
w
w
w
.X
tr
me
eP
ap
er
s
.c
om
CHEMISTRY 5070/11
1 hour
Soft clean eraser
*2931853253*

IB12 11_5070_11/3RP
2
1 It is suspected that a lollipop contains traces of a poisonous green dye (boiling point 73 °C) as
well as two harmless orange and red dyes (boiling points 69 °C and 73 °C respectively).
What is the best method by which the green dye may be detected?
A filtration
B fractional distillation
C paper chromatography
D recrystallisation
2 Element X does not conduct electricity and has a low melting point.
Which could be element X?
A carbon (graphite)
B iodine
C mercury
D sodium
3 Substance Q is a soluble salt.
An aqueous solution of Q is tested as shown.
test observation
warm Q with aqueous sodium hydroxide alkaline gas given off, no precipitate formed
to Q add dilute nitric acid and barium

white precipitate forms
nitrate solution
What is Q?
A ammonium chloride
B ammonium sulfate
C zinc chloride
D zinc sulfate
4 Which statement explains why the gases propane, C3H8, and carbon dioxide, CO2, diffuse at the
same rate at room temperature and pressure?
A Both are denser than air.

B Both compounds contain carbon.
C Both molecules contain covalent bonds.
D They have the same relative molecular mass, Mr.
© UCLES 2012 5070/11/O/N/12

3
5 Hydrogen chloride is very soluble in water, whereas chlorine is only slightly soluble in water.
Both gases can be dried using concentrated sulfuric acid.
Which diagram represents the correct method of obtaining pure dry chlorine from damp chlorine
containing a small amount of hydrogen chloride?
A B
damp Cl 2 damp Cl 2
and HCl and HCl
concentrated water water concentrated

sulfuric acid sulfuric acid
C D
damp Cl 2 damp Cl 2
and HCl and HCl

6 Which of the following is not a mixture?
A ethanol
B petrol
C steel
D tap water

4
7 The table gives the arrangements of electrons in the atoms of four different elements.
Which element does not form an ionic compound with chlorine?
arrangement of electrons
A 2.1
B 2.4
C 2.8.1
D 2.8.2
8 A compound Y is the only substance formed when two volumes of dry ammonia gas react with
one volume of dry carbon dioxide (both volumes measured at s.t.p.).
What is the most likely formula of Y?
A (NH4)2CO3
B NH2COONH4
C (NH2)2CO
D NH4COONH4
9 For which compound is the type of bonding correct?
compound bonding
A ammonia ionic
B carbon dioxide covalent
C sodium chloride covalent
D water ionic
10 Why do graphite and diamond have different physical properties?
A Diamond has a giant molecular structure but graphite has not.

B Diamond occurs naturally but graphite is made artificially.
C Graphite is ionic whereas diamond is covalent.
D They contain carbon atoms covalently bonded to different numbers of other carbon atoms.
© UCLES 2012 5070/11/O/N/12

5
11 Which statement about the particles O2–, F–, Ne, Na+ and Mg2+ is true?
They all
A contain more electrons than protons.

B contain more neutrons than protons.
C contain the same number of electrons.
D contain the same number of neutrons.
12 The Mr of oxygen, O2, is 32 and the Mr of sulfur is 256.
What is the formula of a molecule of sulfur?
A S2 B S4 C S8 D S16
13 In the experiment shown in the diagram, the bulb lights and a gas is produced at each electrode.
bulb
+ve –ve
inert
electrodes
What is X?

C ethanol
D molten lead bromide
14 Which element in the table is an alkali metal?
melting point density

°C g / cm3
A –39 13.60
B –7 3.10
C 98 0.97
D 1083 8.92

6
15 The diagram shows the steps by which carbon dioxide can be converted into organic products
and finally returned to the atmosphere.
Which step is endothermic?
A
CO2 C6H12O6
D B
CH3CO2H C2H5OH
C
16 Which industrial reaction does not involve a catalyst?
A the cracking of hydrocarbons

B the extraction of iron from haematite in a blast furnace
D the redox reaction involving the removal of combustion pollutants from car exhausts
17 Salts containing which of the following anions are always soluble in water?
A carbonates
B chlorides
C nitrates
D sulfates
18 What is a property of the hydroxide, OH–, ion?
A It combines with hydrogen to form water.

B It is present in water.
C It readily breaks down into hydrogen ions and oxide ions.
D It travels to the cathode in electrolysis of an aqueous solution.
19 Which method of preparation of magnesium sulfate is an example of a redox reaction?
A Mg + H2SO4 → MgSO4 + H2
B MgO + H2SO4 → MgSO4 + H2O
C Mg(OH)2 + H2SO4 → MgSO4 + 2H2O
D MgCO3 + H2SO4 → MgSO4 + H2O + CO2
© UCLES 2012 5070/11/O/N/12

7
20 The diagram shows some reactions of copper compounds.
Which change is made by adding an acid?
malachite
D CuCO3 A
copper(II) sulfate copper(II) oxide

CuSO4 CuO
C B
copper
Cu
21 Which process is a renewable energy source?
A combustion of coal
B electrolysis of aluminium oxide
C fractional distillation of petroleum
D photosynthesis
22 An element X forms an ion X3–.
In which group of the Periodic Table will this element be found?
A Group I
B Group III
C Group V
D Group VII


8
24 A metal, X, has a low melting point, reacts with water, forms only one oxide and is extracted from
its ore by electrolysis.
A aluminium
B copper
C iron
D sodium
25 Metallic objects may be decorated by having very thin layers of gold applied to them.
Which properties of gold make it suitable for this use?
it conducts it is it is
electricity malleable unreactive
A
B
C
D
A aluminium
B copper
C magnesium
D zinc
27 Metal M will displace copper from aqueous copper(II) sulfate solution, but will not displace iron
from aqueous iron(II) sulfate solution. M is extracted from its oxide by heating the oxide with
carbon.

© UCLES 2012 5070/11/O/N/12

9
converter?
A carbon monoxide
B carbon dioxide
C nitrogen
D steam
A a basic oxide
B a reducing agent
C an acidic oxide
30 A mixture of two gases has no effect on either damp blue litmus paper or damp red litmus paper.
Which gases are present in the mixture?
A ammonia and oxygen

B carbon dioxide and sulfur dioxide
C chlorine and hydrogen
D hydrogen and oxygen
31 Which contains the greatest mass of nitrogen?
A 0.5 moles (NH4)2SO4

B 1 mole NH4NO3
C 1.5 moles (NH4)3PO4
D 2 moles CO(NH2)2

10
32 The diagram shows some of the uses of sulfur dioxide.
1 as a food 2 purification of water

preservative for drinking
sulfur
dioxide
4 in batteries 3 manufacture
of wood pulp
Which two of the numbered boxes are correct?

34 Which row shows both the correct source and the correct effect of the named pollutant?
pollutant source effect
A carbon monoxide incomplete combustion of global warming

carbon-containing materials
B oxides of nitrogen decaying vegetable matter global warming
C ozone photochemical reactions acid rain
D sulfur dioxide volcanoes acid rain
© UCLES 2012 5070/11/O/N/12

11
35 The diagram shows two compounds.
H H H H H H H
H C C C C H H C C C H
H H H H H H
H C H
It can be predicted from their formulae that the compounds have the same
A boiling point.
B composition by mass.
C melting point.
36 Which statement concerning isomers is true?
A Diamond and graphite are isomers of each other.

B Isomers have the general formula CnH2n+2.
C Isomers have the same molecular formula.
D Macromolecules are isomers of the small molecules from which they are made.
37 Which compound will react with ethanol to form an ester?
A B
H O H O
H C H
H C O C C H
O C H
H H
H
C D
O H O
H C H C C H H
O H O C C H
H
H H

12
38 In the purification of water, what is the purpose of carbon?
A to desalinate
B to disinfect
C to remove odours
D to remove solids
39 Four conversions are listed.
1 amino acids to proteins

2 ethene to poly(ethene)
3 proteins to amino acids
4 starch to glucose
Which two conversions are not examples of hydrolysis?
40 What is the name of the ester CH3COOC2H5?
A ethyl ethanoate
B ethyl methanoate
C methyl ethanoate
D methyl methanoate
© UCLES 2012 5070/11/O/N/12

13
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2012 5070/11/O/N/12

14
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2012 5070/11/O/N/12

15
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2012 5070/11/O/N/12

© UCLES 2012
DATA SHEET
Group
1 4
H He
Hydrogen Helium
1 2
7 9 11 12 14 16 19 20
Li Be B C N O F Ne
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
23 24 27 28 31 32 35.5 40
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 64 65 70 73 75 79 80 84

19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
16
85 88 89 91 93 96 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
5070/11/O/N/12
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
133 137 139 178 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209
55 56 57 * 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
226 227
Fr Ra Ac
87 88 89
140 141 144 150 152 157 159 162 165 167 169 173 175
58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
w
w
w
.X
tr
me
eP
ap
er
s
.c
om
CHEMISTRY 5070/12
1 hour
Soft clean eraser
*6291679584*

IB12 11_5070_12/3RP
2
1 Which is a property of hydrogen gas?
A It burns in air.
B It has an unpleasant smell.
C It relights a glowing splint.
D It turns moist litmus paper red.
2 Four identical balloons are filled with different gases all at the same temperature and pressure.
ammonia carbon ethene nitrogen

NH3 dioxide C 2H 4 N2
CO2
P Q R S
The gases gradually diffuse out of the balloons.
Which pair of balloons will deflate at the same rate?
A P and Q B Q and R C R and S D S and P
© UCLES 2012 5070/12/O/N/12

3
3 Hydrogen chloride is very soluble in water, whereas chlorine is only slightly soluble in water.
Both gases can be dried using concentrated sulfuric acid.
Which diagram represents the correct method of obtaining pure dry chlorine from damp chlorine
containing a small amount of hydrogen chloride?
A B
damp Cl 2 damp Cl 2
and HCl and HCl

C D
damp Cl 2 damp Cl 2
and HCl and HCl

4 Two particles have the compositions shown.
electrons neutrons protons
X 4 6 5
Y 6 4 5
Which statement about X and Y is correct?
A They are both positively charged.

B They are particles of the same element.
C They have the same mass number.
D They have the same number of nucleons.

4
5 Which of the following is not a mixture?
A ethanol
B petrol
C steel
D tap water
6 When concentrated aqueous sodium chloride is electrolysed using carbon electrodes, which row
correctly states the products at the electrodes and the solution remaining?
cathode (–) anode (+) solution remaining
A chlorine hydrogen hydrochloric acid

B hydrogen chlorine sodium hydroxide
C hydrogen oxygen sodium chloride
D sodium chlorine water
7 Carbon and silicon are both in Group IV of the Periodic Table, but at room temperature CO2 is a
gas whereas SiO2 is a solid.
A Covalent bonding is weaker in CO2.

B Covalent bonds in CO2 are double bonds and in SiO2 the covalent bonds are single bonds.
C CO2 is a covalent compound and SiO2 is ionic.
D CO2 is a simple covalent molecule and SiO2 is a macromolecule.
8 An ionic compound has the formula X3Y2.
To which groups of the Periodic Table do X and Y belong?
group for X group for Y
A II III
B III II
C II V
D V II
9 When two solutions are mixed, a precipitate of a magnesium compound is formed.
Which salt would be formed from solution as a precipitate?
A MgCO3 B MgCl 2 C Mg(NO3)2 D MgSO4
© UCLES 2012 5070/12/O/N/12

5
conducts electricity state of substance

formed on reaction
A solid
B gas
C no reaction
D solid
11 In separate experiments sulfur dioxide, a reducing agent, was passed through acidified solutions
of potassium dichromate(VI) and potassium manganate(VII).
Which pair describes the colour changes observed in the experiments?
colour change of colour change of

potassium dichromate(VI) potassium manganate(VII)
A orange to green pink to colourless

B colourless to green green to pink
C colourless to orange pink to green
D orange to green colourless to pink
12 In the experiment shown in the diagram, the bulb lights and two colourless gases are formed, one
at each electrode.
bulb
+ve –ve
inert
electrodes
What is X?
A concentrated aqueous sodium chloride

B dilute sulfuric acid
C methanol

6
13 0.5 mol / dm3 hydrochloric acid is added gradually to a flask containing 20 cm3 of 2 mol / dm3
sodium hydroxide solution.
What is the total volume, in cm3, of the mixture in the flask when the solution is just neutral?
A 30 B 40 C 60 D 100
14 Two of the reactions used in the manufacture of nitric acid, HNO3, are shown.
2NO + O2 → 2NO2
4NO2 + 2H2O + O2 → 4HNO3
What is the maximum number of moles of nitric acid which could be formed from one mole of
nitrogen monoxide, NO?
A 0.5 B 1.0 C 2.0 D 4.0
15 Sulfur trioxide is produced by the following reaction.
2SO2(g) + O2(g) 2SO3 (g) ∆H = –195 kJ
Which change in conditions would produce a greater yield of SO3 at equilibrium?
A adding a catalyst
D removing some SO2 and O2
16 Solution X has a pH value of 12. It is added to aqueous ammonium chloride and the mixture is
warmed.
Which information is correct?
solution X is when the mixture is warmed
A acidic ammonia gas is given off

B acidic no gas is given off
C alkaline ammonia gas is given off
D alkaline no gas is given off
A B C D
© UCLES 2012 5070/12/O/N/12

7
18 Why does an increase in pressure increase the rate of reaction between the gases nitrogen and
hydrogen in the manufacture of ammonia?
A The activation energy is lowered.

B The molecules collide more frequently.
C The molecules have more energy.
D The reaction is more exothermic.
19 The diagram shows the steps by which carbon dioxide can be converted into organic products
and finally returned to the atmosphere.
Which step is an example of combustion?
A
CO2 C6H12O6
D B
CH3CO2H C2H5OH
C
20 The diagram shows some reactions of copper compounds.
Which change is made by adding an acid?
malachite
D CuCO3 A
copper(II) sulfate copper(II) oxide

CuSO4 CuO
C B
copper
Cu

8
21 What is the effect of a catalyst on the activation energy and on the enthalpy change, ∆H, of a
reaction?
activation energy ∆H
A decreases decreases
B decreases unchanged
C increases decreases
D increases unchanged
22 Which substance in the table could be an amphoteric oxide?
reaction with reaction with reaction with

dilute hydrochloric acid water sodium hydroxide
A dissolves insoluble dissolves

B dissolves insoluble insoluble
C insoluble dissolves insoluble
D insoluble insoluble dissolves
23 Which element in the table is an alkali metal?

°C g / cm3
A –39 13.60
B –7 3.10
C 98 0.97
D 1083 8.92
24 Which compound is present in sand in the largest proportion?
A Al 2O3 B CaSO4 C NaCl D SiO2
25 Atoms of elements X and Y have the electron configurations 2,5 and 2,8,5 respectively.
Which deduction about these elements can be made from this information?
A The atoms are isomers.

B The atoms are isotopes.
C The elements are in the same group of the Periodic Table.
D The elements are in the same period of the Periodic Table.
© UCLES 2012 5070/12/O/N/12

9
A a basic oxide
B a reducing agent
C an acidic oxide
converter?
A carbon monoxide
B carbon dioxide
C nitrogen
D steam
28 Metal M will displace copper from aqueous copper(II) sulfate solution, but will not displace iron
from aqueous iron(II) sulfate solution. M is extracted from its oxide by heating the oxide with
carbon.

29 Which substance in the table is the element iodine?
state at room electrical conductivity

temperature when molten
A liquid good
B liquid none
C solid good
D solid none

10
A aluminium
B copper
C magnesium
D zinc
31 Which method is used in industry to extract aluminium from bauxite?
A electrolysis
B heating alone
C heating with carbon
D heating with magnesium
32 Which row shows both the correct source and the correct effect of the named pollutant?
pollutant source effect
A carbon monoxide incomplete combustion of global warming

carbon-containing materials
B oxides of nitrogen decaying vegetable matter global warming
C ozone photochemical reactions acid rain
D sulfur dioxide volcanoes acid rain
33 A sample of soil has a nitrogenous fertiliser in the form of an ammonium salt added to it. The
ammonium salt dissolves in the water in the soil.
When tested a week later, the water in the soil contained 15.3 % of dissolved nitrogen and had a
pH of 4.6.
Calcium hydroxide was added to the soil and then the water in the soil was tested the next day,
both for nitrogen content and pH.
What would be the most likely result of the final test?
% of nitrogen pH
A 11.4 3.8
B 12.7 6.9
C 15.3 4.6
D 19.8 4.2
© UCLES 2012 5070/12/O/N/12

11
gas
air
W
pressure Y product
fertiliser
and 500 °C Z
cracking gas
of oil X
W X Y Z
A H2 N2 high NH3
B O2 SO2 high SO3
C O2 SO2 low SO3
D N2 H2 high NH3
35 A factory manufactures poly(ethene).
Which raw material will the factory need?
A bitumen
B methane
C methanol
D naphtha
36 Starch is a carbohydrate and is broken down to simple sugars by saliva in the mouth.
What is the name for this reaction?
A condensation
B fermentation
C hydrolysis
D polymerisation
37 If 1 mole of each alkane is completely burned in oxygen, which will provide 7 moles of products?

12
38 An alcohol contains 60 % carbon by mass.
What is its formula?
A CH3OH B C2H5OH C C3H7OH D C4H9OH
39 The alcohol C4H9OH on oxidation with acidified potassium dichromate(VI) will give a carboxylic
acid X.
Which acid is X?
A C4H9COOH B C3H7COOH C C2H5COOH D CH3COOH
40 Which compound has a pH of less than 7?
A B
H O H O
H C H
H C O C C H
O C H
H H
H
C D
O H O
H C H C C H H
O H O C C H
H
H H
© UCLES 2012 5070/12/O/N/12

13
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2012 5070/12/O/N/12

14
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2012 5070/12/O/N/12

15
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2012 5070/12/O/N/12

© UCLES 2012
DATA SHEET
Group
1 4
H He
Hydrogen Helium
1 2
7 9 11 12 14 16 19 20
Li Be B C N O F Ne
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
23 24 27 28 31 32 35.5 40
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 64 65 70 73 75 79 80 84

19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
16
85 88 89 91 93 96 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
5070/12/O/N/12
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
133 137 139 178 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209
55 56 57 * 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
226 227
Fr Ra Ac
87 88 89
140 141 144 150 152 157 159 162 165 167 169 173 175
58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
w
w
w
.X
tr
me
eP
ap
er
s
.c
om
CHEMISTRY 5070/11
1 hour
Soft clean eraser
*9258778076*

IB13 11_5070_11/5RP
2
1 Which process provides the best evidence for the particle theory of matter?
A dehydration
B diffusion
C filtration
D neutralisation
2 The results of two tests on a solution X are shown.
reagent added few drops an excess
aqueous sodium hydroxide white precipitate precipitate dissolves

aqueous ammonia white precipitate precipitate remains
Which ion is present in solution X?
A Al 3+ B Ca2+ C Cu2+ D Zn2+
3 A student wanted to follow how the rate of the reaction of sodium sulfite with acid varies with
time. The reaction produces gaseous sulfur dioxide.
Which apparatus is not suitable?
A B
tap funnel tap funnel
burette
gas syringe
sodium sulfite sodium sulfite water

and acid and acid
C D
cotton wool
thistle funnel
sodium sulfite
and acid gas syringe
balance 44.02
sodium sulfite
and acid
© UCLES 2013 5070/11/O/N/13

3
4 The apparatus shown is used to distil a dilute solution of ethanol in water.

[B.P.: ethanol, 78 °C; water 100 °C]
fractionating
column
water in
boiling flask
mixture of ethanol
and water
heat
Which graph shows the change in concentration of the ethanol in the boiling flask as the
distillation proceeds?
A B
concentration concentration
of ethanol of ethanol
0 0
0 time 0 time
C D
0 0
0 time 0 time

4
5 Aqueous silver nitrate is added to separate solutions of potassium chloride and sodium iodide.
What are the colours of the precipitates formed?
colour of precipitate colour of precipitate

formed with chloride formed with iodide
A white white
B white yellow
C yellow white
D yellow yellow
6 Which substance will not conduct electricity at room temperature and pressure?
A dilute nitric acid

B graphite
C mercury
D sodium chloride
7 Which diagram correctly shows the arrangement of the ions in solid sodium chloride?
A B
Na+ Na+ Na+ Na+
Na+ Na+ Cl – Cl –
Cl – Cl – Na+ Na+
Cl – Cl – Cl – Cl –
C D
Na+ Cl – Na+ Cl –
Cl – Na+ Na+ Cl –
Cl – Na+ Cl – Na+
Na+ Cl – Cl – Na+
© UCLES 2013 5070/11/O/N/13

5
copper wire
aqueous molten
graphite
electrodes
Which substance in the diagram has both positive ions and mobile electrons?

B copper wire


6
10 The diagram shows the structural formula of the covalent molecule hydrazine, N2H4.
H H
N N
H H
Consider all the electrons in a molecule of hydrazine.
Which description fits the arrangement of these electrons in the molecule?
total number of total number of

electrons involved in electrons not involved
bonding in bonding
A 5 4
B 5 8
C 10 4
D 10 8
11 Sodium hydrogencarbonate decomposes on heating.
2NaHCO3 → Na2CO3 + H2O + CO2
In an experiment, a 5.0 mol sample of sodium hydrogencarbonate is heated.
Which volume of carbon dioxide, measured at room temperature and pressure, is evolved?
A 24 dm3 B 36 dm3 C 48 dm3 D 60 dm3
12 Nitrogen and oxygen react according to the equation.
N2(g) + 2O2(g) → 2NO2(g)
The enthalpy change for the reaction shown is +66 kJ.
If two moles of nitrogen and two moles of oxygen are used, what will be the enthalpy change?
A +16.5 kJ B +33 kJ C +66 kJ D +132 kJ
13 Which statement about the four gases carbon dioxide, CO2, hydrogen, H2, oxygen, O2 and ozone,
O3 is correct?
A One mole of each gas occupies the same volume at a given temperature and pressure.
B Ozone has the fastest rate of diffusion at a given temperature and pressure.
C They are all denser than air.
D They are all elements.
© UCLES 2013 5070/11/O/N/13

7
14 When dilute sulfuric acid is electrolysed between inert electrodes, which statements are correct?

15 When electrolysed using inert electrodes, which dilute solution would produce the greatest
increase in mass of the cathode?
[Ar: Al, 27; Cu, 64; Pb, 207; Ag, 108]
inert
electrode
A B C D
aluminium copper(II) lead silver
sulfate sulfate nitrate nitrate
16 The formation of liquid water from hydrogen and oxygen is thought to occur in three stages.
1 2H2(g) + O2(g) → 4H(g) + 2O(g)
2 4H(g) + 2O(g) → 2H2O(g)
3 2H2O(g) → 2H2O(l)

8
17 When bismuth(III) chloride, BiCl 3, is added to water, a white precipitate of BiOCl is formed.
BiCl 3(aq) + H2O(l) BiOCl (s) + 2HCl (aq)
If this reversible reaction is at equilibrium and hydrochloric acid is added, what will happen?
A The position of equilibrium moves to the left and more white precipitate is formed.
B The position of equilibrium moves to the left and the white precipitate disappears.
C The position of equilibrium moves to the right and more white precipitate is formed.
D The position of equilibrium moves to the right and the white precipitate disappears.
18 Which colour change occurs when ethanol is added to a small quantity of warm, acidified
potassium dichromate(VI)?
A orange to colourless
B orange to green
C purple to colourless
D purple to green
19 Sulfur and selenium, Se, are in the same group of the Periodic Table.
A Se2O, Na2Se and NaSeO4.

20 When the product of a reaction between two gases is added to water, a solution of pH7 is formed.
Which could be these gases?
A hydrogen and chlorine

B hydrogen and nitrogen
C hydrogen and oxygen
D oxygen and carbon monoxide
© UCLES 2013 5070/11/O/N/13

9
21 When pure gas X was passed through the apparatus shown, the copper(II) oxide turned pink and
the limewater stayed colourless.
copper(II) oxide
colourless gas
heat
ice
colourless limewater water

liquid formed
What is gas X?
A carbon dioxide
B carbon monoxide
C hydrogen
D nitrogen
22 Which reagent is added to aqueous potassium chloride to prepare lead chloride?
A aqueous lead nitrate

B lead
C lead carbonate
D lead sulfate
23 Which change in the properties of the halogens is not correct?
chlorine → bromine → iodine
A darker in colour
B decrease in melting point
C decrease in rate of diffusion
D increase in density

10
24 W, X and Y are elements in the same period of the Periodic Table.
● X forms compounds of formulae XCl 2 and XCl 3.

● Y forms a solution of pH12 when it reacts with water.
● The reaction of W with water is similar to the reaction of Y with water but is less
vigorous.
In which order are the elements in the Periodic Table?
left to right along a period
A W → Y → X
B X → W → Y
C X → Y → W
D Y → W → X
25 The diagram shows the structure of an alloy.
Which statement about alloys is correct?
A Alloys can only be formed by mixing copper or iron with other metals.
B High carbon steel alloys are soft and easily shaped.
C In an alloy there is attraction between positive ions and delocalised electrons.
D The alloy brass has a chemical formula.
26 The metals iron, lead and zinc can be manufactured by the reduction of their oxides with coke.
oxides become more

difficult to reduce
A iron → lead → zinc

B iron → zinc → lead
C lead → iron → zinc
D zinc → iron → lead
© UCLES 2013 5070/11/O/N/13

11
27 Aluminium is manufactured by the electrolysis of molten aluminium oxide.
Which gas is not formed during this process?
A carbon dioxide
B carbon monoxide
C oxygen
D sulfur dioxide
28 Which diagram correctly illustrates the conditions necessary for the rusting of iron and also the
metal that can be used to prevent rusting by sacrificial protection?
A B
O2 only O2 only
copper magnesium
iron iron
C D
O2 + H2O O2 + H2O
copper magnesium
iron iron
29 Metals usually occur in their ore combined with another element.
Which metal is least likely to occur combined with another element?
A aluminium
B calcium
C magnesium
D silver

12
30 The noble gases, argon, helium, krypton and xenon, are present in air.
Which noble gas is present in the largest proportion?
A argon
B helium
C krypton
D xenon

A 1→2→3→4
B 1→2→4→3
C 2→1→3→4
D 2→1→4→3
32 Which gas will react with ozone in the upper atmosphere of the Earth?
A CF2Cl 2 B CH4 C CO2 D SO2
33 Iron is extracted from iron ore in a blast furnace.
Which solid substances are fed into the top of the blast furnace?
1 coke
2 cryolite
3 limestone
© UCLES 2013 5070/11/O/N/13

13
34 The diagram shows a simplified structure of a fat.
H 2C O C CH3
HC O C CH CH CH3
H 2C O C CH3
Which compounds in the table have linkages that can be found in this fat? (Do not consider C–H
or C-C bonds as linkages.)
ethene nylon Terylene
A
B
C
D
35 The solubility of the carboxylic acids in water decreases as the size of the carboxylic acid
molecules increases.
Which carboxylic acid is the least soluble in water?
A butanoic acid
B ethanoic acid
C methanoic acid
D propanoic acid
36 Poly(ethene) is the addition polymer formed from the monomer ethene.
A Poly(ethene) can be disposed of by burning – this produces carbon dioxide and water.
B Poly(ethene) decolourises bromine water.
C Poly(ethene) has the empirical formula C2H4.
D Poly(ethene) is acted upon by bacteria so that it decomposes quickly when in a landfill site.

14
37 The diagram shows the fractionation of crude oil.
fraction
P
Q
fractionating
column
R
T
crude oil
Which row explains why fraction R is collected above fraction S?
boiling point average molecular

of R mass of R
A higher than S greater than S

B higher than S smaller than S
C lower than S greater than S
D lower than S smaller than S
38 In the manufacture of ethanoic acid, the chemical industry uses the following sequence of
reactions.
1 2 3
compound X ethene ethanol ethanoic acid
What are the three processes?
1 2 3
A cracking hydration oxidation

B cracking polymerisation hydration
C hydration polymerisation oxidation
D polymerisation oxidation hydration
© UCLES 2013 5070/11/O/N/13

15
39 Esters are formed when an alcohol reacts with a carboxylic acid.
Which ester would be formed using the carboxylic acid and alcohol shown?
H H
H C H H C H
H H O H
H C C C C H C C OH
H H H OH H H
carboxylic acid alcohol
A B
H
H H C H
H C H H C H
H H H H H H H
H C C C O C C C H H C C C O C C H
H O H H H H O H H
H C H H C H
H H
C D
H H
H C H H C H
H H H H H H H H
H C C O C C C C H H C C O C C C C H
H O H H H H O H H H
H C H H C H
H H
40 Which equation represents a combustion reaction?
A C2H4 + H2O → C2H5OH
B C2H5OH + O2 → CH3CO2H + H2O
C CH3CO2H + 2O2 → 2CO2 + 2H2O
D CH3CO2H + CH3OH → CH3CO2CH3 + H2O
© UCLES 2013 5070/11/O/N/13

© UCLES 2013
DATA SHEET
Group
1 4
H He
Hydrogen Helium
1 2
7 9 11 12 14 16 19 20
Li Be B C N O F Ne
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
23 24 27 28 31 32 35.5 40
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 64 65 70 73 75 79 80 84

19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
16
85 88 89 91 93 96 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
5070/11/O/N/13
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54

133 137 139 178 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209
55 56 57 * 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
226 227
Fr Ra Ac
87 88 89
140 141 144 150 152 157 159 162 165 167 169 173 175
58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
w
w
w
.X
tr
me
eP
ap
er
s
.c
om
CHEMISTRY 5070/12
1 hour
Soft clean eraser
*9876489879*

IB13 11_5070_12/5RP
2
1 When drops of bromine are placed on a table-top at one side of a room, the smell of bromine can
eventually be detected at the other side of the room.
What is not part of the explanation of this?
After evaporation, the bromine particles
A collide with air particles.

B move in a random way.
C spread out to occupy the total available space.
D vibrate from side to side.
2 Which elements exist as diatomic molecules at room temperature?
A hydrogen, oxygen, helium

B nitrogen, chlorine, neon
C nitrogen, oxygen, fluorine
D oxygen, chlorine, helium
3 The diagram shows the fractionation of crude oil.
fraction
P
Q
fractionating
column
R
T
crude oil
A Each fraction consists of a single compound.

B Fraction P has the highest boiling point.
C The highest temperature is at the top of the column.
D The naphtha fraction is used as feedstock for the chemical industry.
© UCLES 2013 5070/12/O/N/13

3
4 The apparatus shown is used to distil a dilute solution of ethanol in water.

[B.P.: ethanol, 78 °C; water 100 °C]
fractionating
column
water in
boiling flask
mixture of ethanol
and water
heat
Which graph shows the change in concentration of the ethanol in the boiling flask as the
distillation proceeds?
A B
0 0
0 time 0 time
C D
0 0
0 time 0 time

4
copper wire
aqueous molten
graphite
electrodes
Which substance in the diagram has both positive ions and mobile electrons?

B copper wire
6 Substance X has a simple molecular structure and substance Y has a giant molecular structure.
X could be Y could be
A an element only an element only

B an element only an element or a compound
C an element or a compound an element only
D an element or a compound an element or a compound
7 The table gives some of the properties of four substances.
Which substance could be hydrogen chloride?
melting point boiling point ability to conduct electricity

/ °C / °C when liquid in aqueous solution
A –114 –85 none good

B –114 78 none none
C 180 218 none (insoluble)
D 808 1465 good good
© UCLES 2013 5070/12/O/N/13

5
8 Aqueous silver nitrate is added to separate solutions of potassium chloride and sodium iodide.
What are the colours of the precipitates formed?
colour of precipitate colour of precipitate

formed with chloride formed with iodide
A white white
B white yellow
C yellow white
D yellow yellow
9 The diagram shows the structure of an ionic compound.
What is a possible formula for this compound?
A CaF2 B NaCl C SO2 D MgO
10 18 g of water contains the same number of molecules as
A 18 g of ammonia gas.
B 2 g of hydrogen gas.
C 14 g of nitrogen gas.
D 16 g of oxygen gas.
11 The complete combustion of 20 cm3 of a gaseous alkane, X, requires 130 cm3 of oxygen. Both
volumes were measured at r.t.p..
What could be the identity of X?
A butane
B ethane
C methane
D propane

6
12 Which process will separate an ionic compound PQ into its elements P and Q?
A distillation
B electrolysis
C filtration
D precipitation

14 Which arrangement would be used to electroplate copper onto a steel key?
anode cathode
electrolyte

C aqueous sulfuric acid piece of pure copper steel key
D aqueous sulfuric acid steel key piece of pure copper
15 Sodium hydrogencarbonate decomposes on heating.
2NaHCO3 → Na2CO3 + H2O + CO2
In an experiment, a 5.0 mol sample of sodium hydrogencarbonate is heated.
Which volume of carbon dioxide, measured at room temperature and pressure, is evolved?
A 24 dm3 B 36 dm3 C 48 dm3 D 60 dm3
16 It has been suggested that the cars of the future could be powered by fuel cells. One type of fuel
cell uses the chemical reaction between oxygen and hydrogen to produce electricity.
What would be a disadvantage of using this type of fuel cell to power a car?
A A car cannot be powered by electricity.

B The hydrogen tank might split in an accident, leading to an explosion.
C The product of the reaction between oxygen and hydrogen is toxic.
D The oxygen would need to be obtained from air.
© UCLES 2013 5070/12/O/N/13

7
17 Sulfur and selenium, Se, are in the same group of the Periodic Table.
A Se2O, Na2Se and NaSeO4.

18 When the product of a reaction between two gases is added to water, a solution of pH7 is formed.
Which could be these gases?
A hydrogen and chlorine

B hydrogen and nitrogen
C hydrogen and oxygen
D oxygen and carbon monoxide
19 The energy diagram for the reaction between aqueous sodium hydroxide and dilute hydrochloric
acid is shown.
H+(aq) + OH–(aq)
∆H = –54 kJ / mol
energy
H2O(l)
What can be deduced from the diagram?
A The energy change when one mole of water is formed from its elements, hydrogen and
oxygen, is 54 kJ / mol.
B The OH− ions have more energy than the H+ ions.

C The products contain less energy than the reactants.
D The reaction is endothermic.

8
20 Which change will not increase the rate of a chemical reaction?
A an increase in concentration of aqueous reactants

B an increase in pressure of gaseous reactants
C an increase in temperature of a reaction system
D an increase in the particle size of solid reactants
21 The metals iron, lead and zinc can be manufactured by the reduction of their oxides with coke.
oxides become more

difficult to reduce
A iron → lead → zinc

B iron → zinc → lead
C lead → iron → zinc
D zinc → iron → lead

A 1→2→3→4
B 1→2→4→3
C 2→1→3→4
D 2→1→4→3
© UCLES 2013 5070/12/O/N/13

9
23 The equation shows that mixtures of hydrogen gas and iodine vapour can reach dynamic
equilibrium.
H2(g) + I2(g) 2HI(g)
Two students, X and Y, make statements about the equilibrium mixture.
X Hydrogen iodide is continually being formed and decomposed.

Y If more hydrogen is injected into the equilibrium mixture the equilibrium
concentration of HI increases.
A both X and Y
B X only
C Y only
D neither X nor Y
24 Aluminium is manufactured by the electrolysis of molten aluminium oxide.
Which gas is not formed during this process?
A carbon dioxide
B carbon monoxide
C oxygen
D sulfur dioxide
25 Which equation represents a redox reaction?
A 4CuO + CH4 → 4Cu + 2H2O + CO2
B CuO + H2SO4 → CuSO4 + H2O
C CuCO3 → CuO + CO2
D CuSO4 + 2NaOH → Cu(OH)2 + Na2SO4
26 What is the percentage, by mass, of nitrogen in the fertiliser (NH4)3PO4?

[Ar: H, 1; N, 14; O, 16; P, 31]
A 9.4% B 18.8% C 28.2% D 37.6%

10
27 In the Contact process for the manufacture of sulfuric acid, the most important reaction occurs in
the catalyst chamber.
Which set of reactants and catalyst for this reaction is correct?
reactants catalyst
A sulfur and oxygen vanadium(V) oxide

B sulfur dioxide and air vanadium(V) oxide
C sulfur dioxide and steam iron
D sulfur trioxide and water platinum
28 Which compound is formed by a method involving precipitation?
A NaCl
B K2SO4
C Ca(NO3)2
D PbSO4
29 Ionic compounds have high melting points because of the strong attraction between oppositely
charged ions.
Which compound has the lowest melting point?
A (Al 3+)2(O2–)3
B Mg2+O2–
C Na+Cl –
D (Fe3+)2(O2–)3
30 In which row are the elements placed in the correct order of their chemical reactivity, starting with
the most reactive element?
A calcium magnesium silver

B magnesium calcium silver
C silver calcium magnesium
D silver magnesium calcium
© UCLES 2013 5070/12/O/N/13

11
31 The diagram shows the apparatus needed to extract aluminium from aluminium oxide.
carbon electrodes electrolyte
aluminium
Which statement about this process is correct?
A The electrolyte is a solid mixture of aluminium oxide and cryolite.

B The electrolyte is aluminium oxide dissolved in water.
C The equation for the reaction at the positive electrode is Al 3+ + 3e– → Al.
D The positive carbon electrodes lose mass during the process and need regular replacement.
32 Graphite shares some properties with metals.
Which property of graphite is not one of the general properties of metals?
A Graphite forms a gaseous oxide.

B Graphite has a high melting point.
C Graphite is a conductor of electricity.
D Graphite is a solid.
33 Which metallic element, represented by X, has the following characteristics?
● It can be prevented from corroding by attaching a piece of magnesium to it.

● Two of its oxides have the formulae XO and X2O3.
● It has the highest percentage by mass of all the metals present in stainless steel.
A Fe B Na C Pb D Zn


12
35 Both nylon and the proteins found in egg yolk are polymers.
Which statement about nylon and these proteins is correct?
A They are both naturally occurring macromolecules.

B They are both polyamides.
O
C They both possess the linkage.

D They can both be hydrolysed to form amino acids.
What could the compound be?
A butanoic acid
B butanol
C ethanoic acid
D ethanol
37 Which diagram shows the structure of the monomer of poly(propene)?
A B
H H
H H H H H
C C H
H H H C C C C
C C
H
H H
H H
C D
H H H H H H
C C C H H C C C H
H H H H H
© UCLES 2013 5070/12/O/N/13

13
38 Alkanes are saturated compounds containing carbon and hydrogen only.
Structures 1, 2, 3 and 4 are saturated hydrocarbons.
1 2
H
H C H H H H H H
H H H H C C C C C H
H C C C C H H H H H
H H H H C H
H C H H
H
3 4
H
H H
H H H C H
C C H H H H
H H
C C H C C C C C H
H H
C C H H H H
H H
H H H C H
Which pair of structures are isomers?
39 Which pair of compounds are both esters and are isomers of each other?
A HCO2CH3 and CH3CO2H

B CH3CO2CH3 and C2H5CO2H
C CH3CO2C2H5 and C2H5CO2CH3
D C3H7CO2CH3 and CH3CO2C2H5

14
40 The diagram shows the partial structures of two different polymers.
W W
W W X X
W W
Y Y X X
Z Z
Which chemical symbols should replace W, X, Y and Z?
W X Y Z
A C N H O
B O C H N
C O C N H
D N H O C
© UCLES 2013 5070/12/O/N/13

15
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2013 5070/12/O/N/13

© UCLES 2013
DATA SHEET
Group
1 4
H He
Hydrogen Helium
1 2
7 9 11 12 14 16 19 20
Li Be B C N O F Ne
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
23 24 27 28 31 32 35.5 40
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 64 65 70 73 75 79 80 84

19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
16
85 88 89 91 93 96 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
5070/12/O/N/13
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54

133 137 139 178 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209
55 56 57 * 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
226 227
Fr Ra Ac
87 88 89
140 141 144 150 152 157 159 162 165 167 169 173 175
58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
w
w
w
.X
tr
me
eP
ap
er
s
.c
om
CHEMISTRY 5070/11
1 hour
Soft clean eraser
*1792508481*

IB14 11_5070_11/4RP
2
1 Calcium carbonate reacts with hydrochloric acid, producing carbon dioxide gas.
The rate of this reaction can be measured using the apparatus shown.
Which additional piece of apparatus is also required?
A a burette
B a clock
C a gas syringe
D a thermometer
2 Which compound when in aqueous solution will produce a red / brown precipitate on the addition
of an aqueous solution of Fe3+ ions?
A hydrogen chloride
B sodium chloride
C sodium hydroxide
D sulfur trioxide
3 What is the correct sequence for obtaining pure salt from a mixture of sand and salt?
A add water, evaporate

B add water, filter
C add water, filter, evaporate
D filter, add water, evaporate
© UCLES 2014 5070/11/O/N/14

3
4 The diagram shows the structure of which element in Period 3?
A aluminium
B magnesium
C silicon
D sodium
5 The table contains information on the structure of four particles.
proton number of number of number of

particle
number protons neutrons electrons
Mg 12 12 W 12
Mg2+ 12 12 12 X
F Y 9 10 9
F– 9 9 10 Z
What are the values of W, X, Y and Z in the table above?
W X Y Z
A 10 12 9 10
B 12 10 9 10
C 12 10 10 9
D 12 12 10 9
6 Which statement describes ionic bonding?
A a lattice of ions in a sea of electrons

B electrostatic attraction between oppositely charged ions
C the sharing of electrons between atoms to gain a noble gas configuration
D the transfer of electrons from atoms of a non-metal to the atoms of a metal

4
lamp
electrodes
beaker
potassium
bromide crystals
8 Why does ammonia gas diffuse faster than hydrogen chloride gas?
A Ammonia has a higher boiling point than hydrogen chloride.

B Ammonia is a base, hydrogen chloride is an acid.
C The ammonia molecule contains more atoms than a hydrogen chloride molecule.
D The relative molecular mass of ammonia is smaller than that of hydrogen chloride.
9 Which molecule has only four electrons involved in covalent bonds?
A H2S B CO2 C Cl 2 D N2
© UCLES 2014 5070/11/O/N/14

5
A 20 g B 21 g C 28 g D 42 g
11 Which element requires the largest number of electrons for one mole of the metal to be formed
from its aqueous ions during electrolysis?
A aluminium
B calcium
C copper
D sodium
12 Which changes are observed during the electrolysis of aqueous copper(II) sulfate using copper
electrodes?
1 A pink solid is deposited on the negative electrode.

2 Bubbles form on the positive electrode.
3 The colour of the solution does not change.
13 Analysis of a sample of an oxide of nitrogen gave the following data.
● percentage by mass of nitrogen 47%

● percentage by mass of oxygen 53%
What is the empirical formula of this oxide?

[Ar: N, 14; O, 16]
A NO B NO2 C N2O D N2O3
14 Petroleum is a mixture of hydrocarbons which can be separated into fractions by fractional

distillation.
Which row shows the fractions in order of decreasing boiling point?
highest b.p. lowest b.p.
A diesel paraffin naphtha petrol

B paraffin naphtha petrol diesel
C naphtha petrol diesel paraffin
D petrol naphtha paraffin diesel

6
15 Which is not true about the process of photosynthesis?
A Carbon dioxide and water react in a 1 : 1 molar ratio.

B Glucose is produced and can be used as a source of energy.
C Oxygen is produced.
D The reaction is exothermic.
16 The equation shows the reaction for the manufacture of ammonia.
N2(g) + 3H2(g) 2NH3(g)
Which change will decrease the activation energy of the reaction?
B decrease in temperature
C increase in concentration
D increase in pressure
17 Which ionic equation represents a redox reaction?
A Ag+ + Cl – → AgCl
B Ba2+ + SO 42 − → BaSO4
C H+ + OH– → H2O
D Zn + Cu2+ → Zn2+ + Cu
18 The equation shows the reaction for the formation of sulfur trioxide using a catalyst.
2SO2(g) + O2(g) 2SO3(g) ∆H = –197 kJ / mol
Which change in reaction conditions would produce more sulfur trioxide?

D removing some sulfur trioxide
© UCLES 2014 5070/11/O/N/14

7
19 To which substance is dilute sulfuric acid added to prepare lead(II) sulfate?

B lead foil
C powdered lead(II) carbonate
D powdered lead(II) oxide
20 Which metal can react with water at r.t.p.?
A calcium
B copper
C lead
D zinc
21 Which statement about amphoteric oxides is not correct?
A They dissolve in water.

B They are formed only by metals.
C They react with aqueous sodium hydroxide to give salts.
D They react with aqueous acids to give salts.
22 Which statement explains why the chemical properties of sodium and potassium are similar?
A They are in the same group of the Periodic Table.

C They are soft and can be cut with a knife.
D They have similar melting points.

8
23 The diagram shows an outline of part of the Periodic Table.
Y Z
W X
A The melting point of W is lower than that of Z.

B W and Z could react together and form a compound, WZ.
C X could form an oxide, X2O3.
D Y could form an oxide, YO2.
24 The diagram shows apparatus that can be used to extract aluminium.
J K L
A negative aluminium oxide aluminium
electrode + cryolite
B negative cryolite aluminium oxide
electrode
C positive aluminium oxide cryolite
electrode
D positive aluminium oxide aluminium
electrode + cryolite
© UCLES 2014 5070/11/O/N/14

9
A The gas formed turns aqueous potassium dichromate(VI) from green to orange.
B The product is used as a food preservative.
C The reaction is endothermic.
D The reaction is reversible.
26 A gas G
1 has no smell,
2 is not poisonous,
3 reacts with hydrogen at high temperature and pressure.
What is gas G?
A carbon monoxide
B helium
C nitrogen
D chlorine
27 Which method of water purification can be used to obtain drinkable water from seawater?
A chlorination
B desalination
C filtration
D sedimentation
28 Which atmospheric pollutant is produced by bacterial decay of vegetable matter?
A carbon monoxide
B methane
C ozone
D sulfur dioxide

10
29 Substance P reacts with dilute hydrochloric acid to produce a gas.

This gas reduces substance Q.
heat
dilute
hydrochloric P
acid
P Q

30 Which two statements about alloys are correct?
1 Alloys are formed by mixing two metals.

2 Alloys do not conduct electricity.
3 Atoms in an alloy must all be the same size.
4 In an alloy there is metallic bonding.
31 A powdered mixture of metals contains aluminium, calcium, silver and iron. Excess hydrochloric
acid is added until no more mixture dissolves.
What is the undissolved residue?
A aluminium
B calcium
C iron
D silver
© UCLES 2014 5070/11/O/N/14

11
Which method will not slow down the rate of rusting of an iron roof?

D painting it
33 A compound has the following structure.
H O
H C C C O H
Which reactions will occur with this compound?
1 Bromine water will decolourise.

2 It will react with an alcohol to form an ester.
3 It will react with sodium metal.
A 1 only B 1 and 2 only C 1, 2 and 3 D 2 and 3 only
numbers 1-18?
A 2 B 3 C 4 D 8
35 A compound X has the molecular formula C4H8O2. It reacts with calcium carbonate to give carbon
dioxide.
What is X?
A HCO2C3H7
B CH3CO2C2H5
C C2H5CO2CH3
D C3H7CO2H

12
36 Methane is the first member of the alkane series of hydrocarbons. The second member is ethane.
Which statements about ethane are correct?
1 Ethane has the formula C2H4.

2 Ethane has a higher boiling point than that of methane.
3 Ethane has the same molecular formula as methane.
4 Ethane has chemical properties very similar to those of methane.
37 Which alkane, when any one hydrogen atom is substituted by a chlorine atom, will not produce
isomers?
A B
H H H H H
H C C H H C C C H
H H H H H
C D
H H H H H H H
H H H H H H
H C H
What is the formula of the ester formed when methanol reacts with butanoic acid, C3H7CO2H?
A C2H5CO2C2H5
B C3H7CO2C2H5
C CH3CO2C3H7
D C3H7CO2CH3
© UCLES 2014 5070/11/O/N/14

13
39 The table gives some statements about some macromolecules.
fats contain the linkage proteins contain the linkage

O
1 O
C N
O C
H
poly(ethene) is made by Terylene is made by

2
addition polymerisation condensation polymerisation
starch can be hydrolysed proteins can be hydrolysed

3
to produce sugars to produce amino acids
Terylene is a naturally nylon is a man-made

4
occurring polymer polymer
Which pairs of statements are correct?

A 1 and 2 only B 2 and 3 only C 3 and 4 D 1, 2 and 3
40 Which of these compounds could react together to form a polymer?
1 H2N(CH2)6NH2
2 CH3(CH2)4COOH
3 HOOC(CH2)4COOH
4 H2N(CH2)6CH3
© UCLES 2014 5070/11/O/N/14

14
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2014 5070/11/O/N/14

15
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2014 5070/11/O/N/14

© UCLES 2014
DATA SHEET
Group
1 4
H He
Hydrogen Helium
1 2
7 9 11 12 14 16 19 20
Li Be B C N O F Ne
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
23 24 27 28 31 32 35.5 40
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 64 65 70 73 75 79 80 84

19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
16
85 88 89 91 93 96 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
5070/11/O/N/14
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54

133 137 139 178 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209
55 56 57 * 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
226 227
Fr Ra Ac
87 88 89
140 141 144 150 152 157 159 162 165 167 169 173 175
58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
w
w
w
.X
tr
me
eP
ap
er
s
.c
om
CHEMISTRY 5070/12
1 hour
Soft clean eraser
*9697448638*

IB14 11_5070_12/4RP
2
1 A student wants to carry out an experiment to follow the rate of the reaction between hydrochloric
acid and marble chips.
CaCO3 + 2HCl → CaCl 2 + CO2 + H2O
Which diagrams show apparatus that is suitable for this experiment?
1 2
measuring hydrochloric
hydrochloric cylinder acid and
acid and marble chips
marble chips
balance
3 4
hydrochloric
acid burette
gas syringe
hydrochloric
acid and
marble chips marble chips
2 Solutions of lead(II) nitrate and potassium iodide are mixed together in the preparation of lead(II)
iodide.
Which method can be used to separate the lead(II) iodide from the mixture?
A crystallisation
B distillation
C evaporation
D filtration
© UCLES 2014 5070/12/O/N/14

3
3 A small amount of aqueous copper(II) sulfate is put into a test-tube. A few drops of aqueous
ammonia are added to the test-tube. Then an excess of aqueous ammonia is added to the same
test-tube.
What are the two observations?
few drops of excess

aqueous ammonia aqueous ammonia
A light blue precipitate dark blue solution

B light blue precipitate light blue precipitate
C dark blue solution dark blue solution
D dark blue solution light blue precipitate
4 An atom of element Z has 14 neutrons and 13 protons.
It forms a positive ion.
How many electrons does the ion of Z have?
A 10 B 13 C 14 D 27
5 Which gas is neither an element nor a compound?
A ammonia
B chlorine
C air
D carbon monoxide
6 Why does ammonia gas diffuse faster than hydrogen chloride gas?
A Ammonia has a higher boiling point than hydrogen chloride.

B Ammonia is a base, hydrogen chloride is an acid.
C The ammonia molecule contains more atoms than a hydrogen chloride molecule.
D The relative molecular mass of ammonia is smaller than that of hydrogen chloride.
7 The compound formed between elements X and Y is ionic.
Which statement about elements X and Y is correct?
A X and Y are both at the left-hand side of the Periodic Table.

B X and Y are both at the right-hand side of the Periodic Table.
C X and Y are both transition elements.
D X is at the opposite side of the Periodic Table from element Y.

4
lamp
electrodes
beaker
potassium
bromide crystals
9 How many electrons are used in covalent bonding in the N2 molecule?
A 2 B 4 C 6 D 10
10 Propene, CH3CH=CH2, has a very low boiling point because of the weakness of the
A C–C bond.
B C=C bond.
C C–H bond.
D intermolecular forces.
11 What is the empirical formula of a compound containing 12 g of carbon, 2 g of hydrogen and 16 g

of oxygen only?
A CHO B CHO2 C CH2O D C2HO
© UCLES 2014 5070/12/O/N/14

5
12 What is the correct equation for the reaction taking place at the negative electrode when molten
magnesium chloride is electrolysed using inert electrodes?
A Cl – → Cl + e–
B 2Cl – → Cl 2 + 2e–
C Mg+ + e– → Mg
D Mg2+ + 2e– → Mg
13 Which fertiliser contains the greatest percentage by mass of nitrogen?
A (NH4)2HPO4 Mr = 132
B (NH4)2SO4 Mr = 132
C NH4NO3 Mr = 80
D CO(NH2)2 Mr = 60
A 20 g B 21 g C 28 g D 42 g
15 Which of these processes are both endothermic?
A combustion, cracking
B combustion, fermentation
C cracking, photosynthesis
D fermentation, photosynthesis
used as a fuel.

A 1 only
B 2 only
C both 1 and 2
D neither 1 nor 2

6
17 Which row correctly classifies the oxides in the table?
carbon dioxide copper(II) oxide zinc oxide

B acidic basic amphoteric
C acidic neutral amphoteric
D basic neutral neutral
A The gas formed turns aqueous potassium dichromate(VI) from green to orange.
B The product is used as a food preservative.
C The reaction is endothermic.
D The reaction is reversible.
19 Which method is used to obtain chlorine from aqueous sodium chloride?
A crystallisation
B distillation
C electrolysis
D filtration
20 The equation shows the reaction for the formation of sulfur trioxide using a catalyst.
2SO2(g) + O2(g) 2SO3(g) ∆H = –197 kJ / mol
Which change in reaction conditions would produce more sulfur trioxide?

D removing some sulfur trioxide
21 How many of these salts are soluble in water?
AgCl Ca(NO3)2 (NH4)2SO4 PbCO3
A 1 B 2 C 3 D 4
© UCLES 2014 5070/12/O/N/14

7
B
A C
23 Which statements about fertilisers containing nitrates are correct?
1 They increase plant growth.

2 Nitrates dissolve in water.
3 Eutrophication is caused by nitrates from farmland entering rivers.
4 If nitrates are applied to alkaline soils they produce ammonia gas.
A 1 and 3 only B 1, 2 and 3 C 1, 2 and 4 D 2 and 3 only
96
24 Which is a property of the element molybdenum, 42 Mo?
A low density
B low melting point
C forms white or colourless compounds
D has more than one oxidation state
numbers 1-18?
A 2 B 3 C 4 D 8
26 The diagram shows the arrangement of electrons in the atoms of four different elements.
Which is the least reactive of the four elements?
A B C D

8
27 A gas G
1 has no smell,
2 is not poisonous,
3 reacts with hydrogen at high temperature and pressure.
What is gas G?
A carbon monoxide
B helium
C nitrogen
D chlorine
28 Substance P reacts with dilute hydrochloric acid to produce a gas.

This gas reduces substance Q.
heat
dilute
hydrochloric P
acid
P Q

© UCLES 2014 5070/12/O/N/14

9
Which method will not slow down the rate of rusting of an iron roof?

D painting it
30 The solid carbonates of three metals, W, X and Y, are heated.
result
carbonate of W carbon dioxide given off

solid changes colour from green to black
carbonate of X carbon dioxide given off
solid does not change colour
carbonate of Y carbon dioxide not given off
solid does not change colour
1 Metal Y is more reactive than metal X.

2 Metal W is a transition metal.
3 If dilute nitric acid is added to all three carbonates, carbon dioxide is given off from
the carbonates of W and X but not from the carbonate of Y.
31 Bond breaking is an endothermic process and bond making is an exothermic process.
For which change is it not possible, from the equation, to deduce whether the reaction is
endothermic or exothermic?
A Cl 2(g) → 2Cl (g)
B H2(g) + Cl 2(g) → 2HCl (g)
C H2O(g) → 2H(g) + O(g)
D H(g) + Cl (g) → HCl (g)

10
32 Which row is correct for the reaction of the alkene with steam and a catalyst?
alkene product
A CH3CH=CH2 CH3CH(OH)CH3 only

B CH3CH2CH=CH2 CH3CH2CH2CH2OH only
C CH3CH=CHCH3 CH3CH(OH)CH2CH3 only
D (CH3)2C=CH2 (CH3)2CHCH2OH only
33 Why is carbon used in water purification?
A It acts as a filter to remove insoluble solids.

B It desalinates the water.
C It disinfects the water.
D It removes tastes and odours.
34 Which of the statements about the preparation and properties of ammonia is correct?
A Ammonia is formed when ammonium chloride is heated with an acid.

B Ammonia reacts with sodium hydroxide solution to form a salt and water.
C Ammonia reacts with water to form hydrogen ions.
D A solution of ammonia in water has a pH greater than 7.
© UCLES 2014 5070/12/O/N/14

11
35 Which structure represents that of an alloy?
A B
e e e e e
+ + + e + e + +
e e e
e e e + e
e e e
e + + +
+ e + + +
e +
e e e e e e e
e + e e
e
+ + + + + + +
e e e key
e e e
+ , + positive ions
C D – negative ions
e e electrons
+ + + e + + – + – +
e e
e e e – + – + –
e
+ e + + +
e e e + – + – +
e
e e
+ + + + – + – + –
e
e e
A Carbohydrates, proteins and fats are all natural macromolecules.

B Terylene contains the same linkages as a protein.
C When a carbohydrate is hydrolysed, sugars are formed.
D When a protein is hydrolysed, amino acids are formed.
37 Which statements would be true of the compound which has the formula shown?
O H O
H O C C C O H
1 It would react with excess aqueous sodium hydroxide in a 1 : 1 molar ratio.

2 In aqueous solution, it would have a pH of 9.5.
3 It would react with an alcohol to form an ester.
A 1 only B 1 and 2 C 2 and 3 D 3 only

12
38 When butene reacts with bromine, which compound could be made?
A B
Br H H H Br Br H H
Br H H H H H H H
C D
Br H Br H Br H H Br
H H H H H H H H
39 Methane is the first member of the alkane series of hydrocarbons. The second member is ethane.
Which statements about ethane are correct?
1 Ethane has the formula C2H4.

2 Ethane has a higher boiling point than that of methane.
3 Ethane has the same molecular formula as methane.
4 Ethane has chemical properties very similar to those of methane.
What is the formula of the ester formed when methanol reacts with butanoic acid, C3H7CO2H?
A C2H5CO2C2H5
B C3H7CO2C2H5
C CH3CO2C3H7
D C3H7CO2CH3
© UCLES 2014 5070/12/O/N/14

13
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2014 5070/12/O/N/14

14
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2014 5070/12/O/N/14

15
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2014 5070/12/O/N/14

© UCLES 2014
DATA SHEET
Group
1 4
H He
Hydrogen Helium
1 2
7 9 11 12 14 16 19 20
Li Be B C N O F Ne
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
23 24 27 28 31 32 35.5 40
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 64 65 70 73 75 79 80 84

19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
16
85 88 89 91 93 96 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
5070/12/O/N/14
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54

133 137 139 178 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209
55 56 57 * 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
226 227
Fr Ra Ac
87 88 89
140 141 144 150 152 157 159 162 165 167 169 173 175
58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
CHEMISTRY 5070/11
1 hour
Soft clean eraser
*9311707505*

IB15 11_5070_11/4RP
2
1 Which process is used in the preparation of soluble salts?
A electrolysis
B evaporation
C melting
D precipitation
A copper ions only

B copper ions and hydrogen ions
C sulfate ions only
titration flask.

4 Two containers, one of methane and one of butane, are placed at the same distance from a
naked flame.
Both gases are released at the same time. The methane gas reaches the flame and catches fire
before the butane gas reaches the flame.
A Each methane molecule has a higher proportion of hydrogen than each butane molecule.
B Methane does not have isomers, butane does have isomers.
C Methane has a higher boiling point than butane.
D Methane molecules have a smaller mass than butane molecules.
© UCLES 2015 5070/11/O/N/15

3
5 Metal X oxidises in air. The formula of the oxide is XO.
X displaces zinc from aqueous zinc nitrate.
Which could be X?
A aluminium
B lead
C magnesium
D sodium
6 Which is a compound?
A air
B carbon
C oxygen
D steam
7 How is a calcium ion, Ca2+, formed from a calcium atom?
A by gaining two electrons

B by gaining two protons
C by losing two electrons
D by losing two protons
8 An oxygen atom contains 8 electrons, 8 protons and 10 neutrons.
What is the nucleon number of this atom?
A 8 B 10 C 16 D 18
9 A molecule of sulfuric acid has the structural formula shown.
H O O
S
H O O
How many electrons are involved in forming all the covalent bonds in one molecule?
A 6 B 8 C 12 D 16

4
What happens to the electrons and positive ions in a metal wire when an electric current is
passed through it?

11 The equation shown represents the neutralisation of aqueous sodium hydroxide with dilute
sulfuric acid.
2NaOH(aq) + H2SO4(aq) → Na2SO4(aq) + 2H2O(l)
How much sulfuric acid is required to neutralise 100 cm3 of 1.0 mol / dm3 NaOH?
A 50 cm3 of 2.0 mol / dm3 sulfuric acid

B 100 cm3 of 1.0 mol / dm3 sulfuric acid
C 25 cm3 of 0.5 mol / dm3 sulfuric acid
D 50 cm3 of 1.0 mol / dm3 sulfuric acid
12 Which change in conditions increases the energy of particles in a reaction?
A increase in concentration
B increase in pressure
C increase in temperature
D presence of a catalyst
13 Which change is endothermic?
A CH4(g) + 2O2(g) → CO2(g) + 2H2O(l)
B H(g) + Cl (g) → HCl (g)
C H2O(g) → 2H(g) + O(g)
D H2O(l) → H2O(s)
© UCLES 2015 5070/11/O/N/15

5
14 The enthalpy changes when methane, butane and octane are burned completely in oxygen are
shown below.
enthalpy change
(kJ / mol)
methane, CH4 –890

butane, C4H10 –2877
octane, C8H18 –5512
Which are the enthalpy changes when propane and pentane are burned completely in oxygen?
propane, C3H8 pentane, C5H12

(kJ / mol) (kJ / mol)
A –2220 –4210
B –2220 –3530
C –1560 –4210
D –1560 –3530
15 In the ionic solid zinc phosphide, Zn3P2, what is the formula of the phosphide ion?
A P3– B P3+ C P4– D P2+

6
16 Iron is produced in the blast furnace.
waste gases
raw materials
hot air
slag
molten iron
A Carbon is oxidised to carbon dioxide.

B Carbon monoxide is produced by the thermal decomposition of calcium carbonate.
C Haematite is reduced by calcium carbonate.
D Impurities are removed by the hot air blast.
17 The energy profile diagram for a reaction is shown.
H3
products
H2
energy
reactants
H1
A The activation energy of the reaction is (H3 − H1).
B The activation energy of the reaction is (H3 − H2).
C ∆H is (H1 − H2).
D ∆H is (H1 − H3).
© UCLES 2015 5070/11/O/N/15

7
A Cu + 4HNO3 → Cu(NO3)2 + 2H2O + 2NO2
19 Which occurs during the electrolysis of dilute sulfuric acid?
A Hydrogen and oxygen are formed in the ratio two volumes of oxygen to one volume of
hydrogen.
B Hydrogen is formed at the positive electrode.
C Oxide ions are oxidised to oxygen.
D The dilute sulfuric acid becomes more concentrated.
20 Methanol is made in industry by a reaction between carbon monoxide and hydrogen.
CO(g) + 2H2(g) CH3OH(g) ∆H = –90 kJ / mol
The process is usually carried out at a temperature of 400 °C.
Which row correctly shows the effect on both the position of the equilibrium and on the rate of the
reaction of increasing the temperature to above 400 °C?
position of equilibrium rate of reaction
A moves to left decreases

B moves to left increases
C moves to right decreases
D moves to right increases
21 Which statement about graphite is not correct?
A It burns to form carbon dioxide.

B It is a carbon compound.
C It is a giant molecular substance.
D It is used as a lubricant.

8
22 Ammonium nitrate, NH4NO3, is an artificial fertiliser produced from ammonia.
What is an advantage of using ammonium nitrate as a fertiliser?
A It contains a large percentage by mass of nitrogen.

B It gives off ammonia gas.
C Nitrates are insoluble.
D Nitrates can cause eutrophication.
23 Four metals and hydrogen are arranged in order of decreasing reactivity.
potassium
aluminium
decrease
zinc in
reactivity
hydrogen
copper
A Aluminium is formed when aluminium oxide is heated with hydrogen.

B Copper displaces zinc from zinc sulfate solution.
C Copper is formed when copper(II) oxide is heated with hydrogen.

D When added to water, aluminium forms positive ions more readily than potassium.
A aqueous sodium chloride and aqueous silver nitrate

B aqueous sodium hydroxide and dilute ethanoic acid
C aqueous sodium carbonate and dilute sulfuric acid
25 An element is burned in an excess of oxygen.
Which statement about the oxide formed is always correct?
A The mass of oxide formed is greater than the mass of element burned.
B The oxide formed is a crystalline solid.
C The oxide formed is soluble in water.
D The oxide formed is white in colour.
© UCLES 2015 5070/11/O/N/15

9
A H2SO4(aq) + 2NH3(aq) → (NH4)2SO4(aq)
B H2SO4(aq) + BaCl 2(aq) → BaSO4(s) + 2HCl (aq)
C H2SO4(aq) + CuO(s) → CuSO4(aq) + H2O(l)
D H2SO4(aq) + 2NaOH(aq) → Na2SO4(aq) + 2H2O(l)
27 Which element described in the table is a transition metal?
number of coloured
oxidation states compounds
A one no high low

B two no low high
C two yes high high
D two yes low low
configuration 2,8.

29 An alloy of aluminium is used in the construction of aircraft.
Why is pure aluminium never used?
A Pure aluminium cannot be manufactured.

B Pure aluminium conducts electricity.
C Pure aluminium is less dense than its alloys.
D Pure aluminium is too malleable.

10
30 What happens when a strip of silver is immersed in an aqueous solution of copper(II) sulfate?
A Bubbles of gas will appear.

B No reaction occurs.
C Pink copper will be deposited on the silver strip.
D The silver strip will start to dissolve.
pass pass
pass pass
through chlorine
carbon through it
gravel gravel
A clay particles
B microbes
C nitrates
D odours
A boiling point
B colour
C smell
33 Which alcohol will, on oxidation, produce CH3CH2CO2H?
A CH3OH
B CH3CH2OH
C CH3CH2CH2OH
D HOCH2CH2CH2OH
© UCLES 2015 5070/11/O/N/15

11
34 The diagram shows the structure of an organic acid.
H H O
H C C C
H H O H
reacts with aqueous

name of acid sodium carbonate to
produce carbon dioxide
A butanoic acid no
B butanoic acid yes
C propanoic acid no
D propanoic acid yes
35 A carbohydrate such as starch can be represented as shown.
X X X X
What is X?
A carbon
B hydrogen
C nitrogen
D oxygen

12
36 P is a polymer that
● has six carbon atoms in each of the monomers from which it was formed,
● is not a polyester,
● was formed using condensation polymerisation.
What is the partial structure of P?
A B
O O O O
C (CH2)4 C O (CH2)6 O C (CH2)6 C N (CH2)6 N
H H
C D
O O CH3 C3H7 CH3 C3H7
C (CH2)4 C N (CH2)6 N C C C C
H H H H H H
37 What are the products of photosynthesis?
A carbon dioxide and oxygen

B carbon dioxide and water
C glucose and water
D glucose and oxygen
© UCLES 2015 5070/11/O/N/15

13
A B
C D
39 Hydrogen and nitrogen react to form ammonia.
N2 + 3H2 2NH3
A Ammonia is made in industry by the Contact process.

B Ammonia is used in industry to make hydrogen and nitrogen.
C Hydrogen, for the forward reaction, is obtained from cracking oil.
D Weed killers are manufactured from ammonia.
40 Which statement about the hydrocarbon C2H4 is not correct?
A It contains a double bond.

B It decolourises bromine water.
C It forms a condensation polymer.
D It forms an alcohol when reacted with steam.
© UCLES 2015 5070/11/O/N/15

14
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2015 5070/11/O/N/15

15
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2015 5070/11/O/N/15

© UCLES 2015
DATA SHEET
Group
1 4
H He
Hydrogen Helium
1 2
7 9 11 12 14 16 19 20

Li Be B C N O F Ne
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
23 24 27 28 31 32 35.5 40
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 64 65 70 73 75 79 80 84
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
16
85 88 89 91 93 96 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
5070/11/O/N/15
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
133 137 139 178 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209
55 56 57 * 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
226 227
Fr Ra Ac
87 88 89
140 141 144 150 152 157 159 162 165 167 169 173 175
58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
CHEMISTRY 5070/12
1 hour
Soft clean eraser


IB15 11_5070_12_A3/FP
2
1 The diagram shows the fractional distillation of an aqueous solution of ethanol.
water
out
cold
water ethanol
in
ethanol
and water
heat
Which statement explains why ethanol is collected as the distillate?
A Ethanol has a higher boiling point than water.

B Ethanol has a higher melting point than water.
C Ethanol has a lower boiling point than water.
D Ethanol has a lower melting point than water.
titration flask.

© UCLES 2015 5070/12/O/N/15

3
3 Which statements are correct?
1 The volume of a gas at constant pressure increases as the temperature increases.

2 The rate of diffusion of a gas increases as the temperature increases.
3 The pressure of a gas at constant volume decreases as the temperature increases.
A 1 and 2 only
B 1 and 3 only
C 2 and 3 only
D 1, 2 and 3
4 A colourless solution is known to contain a sodium salt.
Tests were carried out to determine the identity of the anion in the solution.
test observation
dilute hydrochloric acid no reaction

dilute nitric acid followed by aqueous silver nitrate no precipitate
dilute nitric acid followed by aqueous barium nitrate no precipitate
Which anion could the solution contain?
A carbonate
B chloride
C nitrate
D sulfate
5 Which physical changes are both exothermic?
A condensation and evaporation

B evaporation and melting
C freezing and condensation
D melting and freezing

4
6 The following data may refer to the atom or to the ion of the same element.
electronic configuration 2,8,8

nucleon number 40
proton number 20
Which element is described by these data?
A argon
B calcium
C chlorine
D neon
7 A molecule of sulfuric acid has the structural formula shown.
H O O
S
H O O
How many electrons are involved in forming all the covalent bonds in one molecule?
A 6 B 8 C 12 D 16
What happens to the electrons and positive ions in a metal wire when an electric current is
passed through it?

© UCLES 2015 5070/12/O/N/15

5
9 The apparatus shown is set up to plate a steel key with copper.
+ –
copper
steel key aqueous copper(II)

sulfate
The key does not get coated with copper.
Which change needs to be made to plate the key?
A Increase the concentration of the aqueous copper(II) sulfate.
B Increase the voltage.

C Replace the solution with dilute sulfuric acid.
D Reverse the electrical connections.
10 What is the number of moles of hydrogen atoms in 3.2 g of methane?
A 0.02 B 0.2 C 0.4 D 0.8
11 The formula of the gas ozone is O3.
What is the volume of 48 g of ozone at r.t.p.?
A 16 dm3 B 24 dm3 C 36 dm3 D 72 dm3
12 Which substance, when added to pure water, will produce a solution which conducts electricity?
A calcium chloride
B graphite
C iron
D sugar

6
13 Two gases, X and Y, react together to form a gas Z, as shown.
X(g) + 3Y(g) 2Z(g) 'H = –92 kJ / mol
Which change in condition will both increase the rate of reaction and increase the equilibrium
yield of Z?
A decrease concentration of X
B increase pressure
C increase temperature
D use a catalyst
14 A solution of sodium carbonate was added to tap water.
A white precipitate formed.
Which ion present in the tap water caused the precipitate to form?
A chloride
B magnesium
C potassium
D sulfate
A Cu + 4HNO3 o Cu(NO3)2 + 2H2O + 2NO2
B CuO + 2HNO3 o Cu(NO3)2 + H2O
C Na2CO3 + 2HNO3 o 2NaNO3 + H2O + CO2
D NaOH + HNO3 o NaNO3 + H2O
A H2SO4(aq) + 2NH3(aq) o (NH4)2SO4(aq)
B H2SO4(aq) + BaCl 2(aq) o BaSO4(s) + 2HCl (aq)
C H2SO4(aq) + CuO(s) o CuSO4(aq) + H2O(l)
D H2SO4(aq) + 2NaOH(aq) o Na2SO4(aq) + 2H2O(l)
© UCLES 2015 5070/12/O/N/15

7
A aqueous sodium chloride and aqueous silver nitrate

B aqueous sodium hydroxide and dilute ethanoic acid
C aqueous sodium carbonate and dilute sulfuric acid
Which reaction takes place in the blast furnace?

19 Aluminium is manufactured from aluminium oxide by electrolysis. The compound cryolite is used
in this process.
Which statement about cryolite is correct?
A It is the common name for aluminium oxide.

B It is used to dissolve the aluminium oxide.
C It is used to make the positive electrode.
D It is used to make the negative electrode.
20 An element is burned in an excess of oxygen.
Which statement about the oxide formed is always correct?
A The mass of oxide formed is greater than the mass of element burned.
B The oxide formed is a crystalline solid.
C The oxide formed is soluble in water.
D The oxide formed is white in colour.
21 Which statement about the Periodic Table is correct?
A Elements are arranged in order of decreasing proton number.

B Group number is the number of electron shells in atoms of the elements in the group.
C Group numbers can be used to predict the charges of ions.
D Metallic character increases left to right across a period.

8

D sulfate ions only
23 The reaction shown for the Haber process can reach equilibrium.
N2(g) + 3H2(g) 2NH3(g)
Which row shows the gases present at equilibrium?
nitrogen hydrogen ammonia
A no no yes
B no yes yes
C yes no yes
D yes yes yes
24 Which statement about graphite is not correct?
A It burns to form carbon dioxide.

B It is a carbon compound.
C It is a giant molecular substance.
D It is used as a lubricant.
© UCLES 2015 5070/12/O/N/15

9
25 The energy profile diagram for a reaction is shown.
H3
products
H2
energy
reactants
H1
A The activation energy of the reaction is (H3 H1).
B The activation energy of the reaction is (H3 H2).
C 'H is (H1 H2).
D 'H is (H1 H3).
26 The Periodic Table shows the positions of elements A, B, C and D. These are not the usual
symbols of these elements.
Which element has a high melting point and can be used as a catalyst?
A D
C
B
27 Which of the statements about iron and steel is not correct?
A Both iron and steel conduct electricity.

B Mild steel is used in car bodies.
C Pure iron is formed in the blast furnace.
D The addition of carbon to mild steel makes it stronger.

10
28 Some reactions are shown.
1 2SO2 + O2 o 2SO3
2 C3H6 + H2 o C3H8
3 C2H4 + H2O o C2H5OH
Which of these reactions use a catalyst when carried out industrially?
29 Which change is endothermic?
A CH4(g) + 2O2(g) o CO2(g) + 2H2O(l)
B H(g) + Cl (g) o HCl (g)
C H2O(g) o 2H(g) + O(g)
D H2O(l) o H2O(s)
30 Which two elements are the major constituents of brass?
A Br and As B Cu and Sn C Cu and Zn D Sn and Zn
31 Two statements about copper are given.
1 Copper is below hydrogen in the reactivity series.

2 Copper can be obtained by heating its oxide with carbon.
A both 1 and 2
B 1 only
C 2 only
D neither 1 nor 2
32 What is the order of reactivity of the halogens?
A bromine chlorine iodine

B chlorine bromine iodine
C iodine bromine chlorine
D iodine chlorine bromine
© UCLES 2015 5070/12/O/N/15

11
pass pass
pass pass
through chlorine
carbon through it
gravel gravel
A clay particles
B microbes
C nitrates
D odours
34 Which diagram shows the isomer of butane?
A B
H
H H
H C H
H C H H C H
H H
H C C H
H C C C H
H H
H H H
C D
H
H
H C H
H H C H H
H C C H H C C H
H C H H H
H C H
H
H

12
35 The diagram shows the structure of a monomer used to make a polymer.
CH3
H2C C
CH3
What is the structure of the polymer?
A B
H CH3 H CH3 CH3 CH3 CH3 CH3
C C C C C C C C
H CH3 H CH3 H H H H
C D
CH3 H CH3 H CH3 CH3 CH3 CH3
C C C C C C C C
H CH3 H CH3 H CH3 H CH3
A boiling point
B colour
C smell
© UCLES 2015 5070/12/O/N/15

13
37 The structures of three hydrocarbons from the same homologous series are shown.
H C H
H H H H H H
H C H H C C C H H C C C H
H H H H H H H
W X Y
A All three molecules are unsaturated hydrocarbons.

B All three molecules have the same empirical formula.
C W has the lowest boiling point.
D X is an isomer of Y.
38 How many of the following statements about ethanol are correct?
1 molecular formula is C2H6O

2 manufactured from ethane and steam
3 oxidises to ethanoic acid
4 produced by the fermentation of glucose
5 used as a fuel
6 used as a solvent
A 3 B 4 C 5 D 6
39 Proteins and nylon both possess the same amide linkages.
Which arrangement of atoms represents an amide linkage?
A B C D
H O O O
O N C N C O C O N
H H

14
40 A carbohydrate such as starch can be represented as shown.
X X X X
What is X?
A carbon
B hydrogen
C nitrogen
D oxygen
© UCLES 2015 5070/12/O/N/15

15
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2015 5070/12/O/N/15

© UCLES 2015
DATA SHEET
Group
1 4
H He
Hydrogen Helium
1 2
7 9 11 12 14 16 19 20

Li Be B C N O F Ne
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
23 24 27 28 31 32 35.5 40
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 64 65 70 73 75 79 80 84
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
16
85 88 89 91 93 96 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
5070/12/O/N/15
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
133 137 139 178 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209
55 56 57 * 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
226 227
Fr Ra Ac
87 88 89
140 141 144 150 152 157 159 162 165 167 169 173 175
58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
CHEMISTRY 5070/11
1 hour
Soft clean eraser
*6497421817*

IB16 11_5070_11/6RP
2
1 A student is given only the nucleon number of an atom.
What can be deduced about the structure of the atom?
A number of neutrons plus protons

B number of neutrons only
C number of protons plus electrons
D number of protons only
2 Two experiments were carried out.
In experiment 1, ammonium carbonate was reacted with dilute hydrochloric acid.
In experiment 2, ammonium carbonate was heated with aqueous sodium hydroxide.
In each experiment, the gas evolved was tested with damp blue litmus paper and damp red
litmus paper.
damp blue damp red damp blue damp red

paper paper paper paper
dilute aqueous
hydrochloric acid sodium hydroxide
ammonium ammonium
carbonate carbonate
heat
Which row correctly shows the colour of both the pieces of litmus paper at the end of each
experiment?
A blue blue
B blue red
C red blue
D red red
© UCLES 2016 5070/11/O/N/16

3
shown.
solvent front
Fe3+
y
x
starting line
gap 1 gap 2
x
A red-brown
y
x
B green
y
y
C red-brown
x
y
D green
x

4
4 The graph gives the melting points (m.p.) of mixtures of lead and tin.
400 400
m.p. of
pure lead
300 300
melting m.p. of melting

point / °C pure tin point / °C
200 200
100 100
0 50 100
The graph shows that any mixture of lead and tin must have a melting point that is

5 Some students wrote three statements about the bonding in a molecule of ammonia, NH3.
1 A nitrogen atom has three outer electrons so all outer electrons are involved in
bonding.
2 A nitrogen atom has five outer electrons so two outer electrons are not involved in
bonding.
3 A nitrogen atom shares electrons with each of three hydrogen atoms.
Which statements about the bonding in ammonia are correct?
© UCLES 2016 5070/11/O/N/16

5
A B
Na+ Cl – Na+ Na+
Cl – Na+ Cl – Cl –
Cl – Na+ Na+ Na+
Na+ Cl – Cl – Cl –
C D
Na+ Na+ Na+ Cl –
Na+ Na+ Na+ Cl –
Cl – Cl – Cl – Na+
7 The table shows some properties of four solid elements.
Which element could be graphite?
electrical melting point

conductivity / °C
A good 97
B good 3550
C poor 113
D poor 4750
8 Which statement about chlorine atoms and chloride ions is correct?
A They are both isotopes of chlorine.

B They undergo the same chemical reactions.

6
9 Four gases are listed.
1 CH4
2 NH3
3 CO2
4 N2
1 mol / dm3 of each of gases 1 – 4 is allowed to diffuse.
What is the order of their rate of diffusion at room temperature and pressure?
slowest fastest
A 1 2 4 3
B 2 1 3 4
C 3 4 2 1
D 4 1 3 2
10 Which diagram best represents the structure of a solid metal?
A B
–
– + + – + – + –
+ + + – + – + – + key
– – + –
+ + – + – + – – a negative ion
– + – – + – – + – + – +
+ + – + – + – + a positive ion
+ –
+
– + – + – an electron
–
C D
– – – –
+ + + + – – –
– –
– – – – + + + + –
+ + + + – + + + + –
– – – – – + + + + –
+ + + + – – – –
11 A compound containing only the elements carbon and hydrogen has 80.0% by mass of carbon.
What is its empirical formula?
A C3H B CH3 C CH4 D C2H6
© UCLES 2016 5070/11/O/N/16

7
12 An ionic compound has the formula XY, where Y is a non-metal.
Which statement about XY is correct?
A An atom of X has lost at least one electron to form a positive ion.

B Both X and Y share a pair of electrons.
C Element X is also a non-metal.
D XY will not conduct electricity when liquid.
13 In an experiment, 1 cm3 of a gaseous hydrocarbon, Z, requires 4 cm3 of oxygen for complete

Which formula represents Z?
14 Aqueous copper(II) sulfate is electrolysed using copper as the positive electrode and carbon as
the negative electrode.
Which row gives correct information about this electrolysis?
positive electrode negative electrode electrolyte
A electrode dissolves copper deposited stays a constant blue colour

B electrode dissolves hydrogen gas given off blue colour becomes more intense
C hydrogen gas given off oxygen gas given off stays a constant blue colour
D oxygen gas given off hydrogen gas given off stays a constant blue colour
15 Molten salts of four metals are electrolysed.
The ions of which metal require the smallest number of electrons for one mole of atoms to be
liberated during electrolysis?
A aluminium
B calcium
C iron
D sodium
16 Which two products are formed during photosynthesis?
A carbon dioxide and water

B chlorophyll and oxygen
C glucose and oxygen
D glucose and water

8
17 A student investigates how the concentration of a reagent affects the rate of a chemical reaction.
Which piece of apparatus is essential for all rate investigations?
A balance
B gas syringe
C measuring cylinder
D stopwatch
18 Gold is used as a catalyst in some chemical reactions.
In these reactions, gold
• helps reduce the energy costs of the reaction.
• increases the yield of the reaction.
• is unchanged at the end of the reaction.
• speeds up the rate of the reaction.
How many of these statements are correct?
A 1 B 2 C 3 D 4
19 The table shows some properties of four metal chlorides.
Which row is magnesium chloride?
A green insoluble precipitation

B green soluble metal and acid
C white insoluble precipitation
D white soluble metal and acid
What is X?
A calcium
B copper
C magnesium
D potassium
© UCLES 2016 5070/11/O/N/16

9
pH values
NH3 HCl NaCl NaOH
A 1 7 13 11
B 7 1 11 13
C 11 1 7 13
D 13 11 7 1
22 The diagram shows the apparatus used to extract aluminium from aluminium oxide.
aluminium

23 A student has five reagents.
• dilute hydrochloric acid
• dilute sulfuric acid
• dilute nitric acid
• solid calcium carbonate
• solid copper(II) carbonate
How many soluble salts can be prepared?
A 3 B 4 C 5 D 6

10
24 Which reaction is not a redox reaction?
B 2C + O2 → 2CO
C C + CO2 → 2CO
D Fe2O3 + 3CO → 2Fe + 3CO2
25 Some properties which make elements different from each other are listed.
26 Aqueous copper(II) sulfate solution is placed in an iron container and left to stand for several
days.
Which statement describes what happens?
A Atmospheric oxygen reacts with the copper(II) sulfate to give black copper(II) oxide.
B Some fine iron particles are formed in the solution.
C The part of the container in contact with the solution is coated with copper.
D The solution turns from green to blue.
27 Which equation shows a reaction that will occur at room temperature and pressure?
A Br2(aq) + 2NaCl (aq) → 2NaBr(aq) + Cl 2(aq)
B Br2(aq) + 2NaI(aq) → 2NaBr(aq) + I2(aq)
C I2(aq) + 2NaCl (aq) → 2NaI(aq) + Cl 2(aq)
D I2(aq) + 2NaBr(aq) → 2NaI(aq) + Br2(aq)
© UCLES 2016 5070/11/O/N/16

11
A Fe2+(aq) + 2e– → Fe(s)
B Fe(s) → Fe2+(aq) + 2e–
C Mg2+(aq) + 2e– → Mg(s)
D Mg(s) → Mg2+(aq) + 2e–
29 Which compound is used as a fertiliser?
A ammonium sulfate
B barium carbonate
C calcium hydroxide
D lead chloride
30 In the Haber process, hydrogen and nitrogen react to form ammonia in the presence of a catalyst.
Which of the two reactants is obtained by fractional distillation and what is the catalyst used in the
Haber process?
obtained by
fractional catalyst
distillation
A hydrogen iron
B hydrogen nickel
C nitrogen iron
D nitrogen nickel
31 An element, Z, from Group II of the Periodic Table reacts with chlorine, an element from
Group VII.
What is the formula of the ionic compound formed?
A ZCl 2 B Z2Cl C Z2Cl 7 D Z7Cl 2

12
32 The table shows treatments used for drinking water supplies and reasons for using those
treatments.
method of water treatment reason
A chlorination removes tastes

B desalination removes solids
C filtration removes salt
D use of carbon removes odours
33 The table shows some atmospheric pollutants and their possible effects.
Which row is not correct?
pollutant effect
A CFCs cause depletion of the ozone layer

B CO2 forms photochemical smog
34 How many moles of ethanoic acid, CH3CO2H, react with one mole of magnesium?
A 1 B 2 C 3 D 4
A argon
B hydrogen
C oxygen
D steam
© UCLES 2016 5070/11/O/N/16

13
36 The diagram shows the structures of two hydrocarbons, X and Y.
H H
H H C H H C H H
H C C H C C
H H C H H C H H
H H
X Y
Two students make the following statements.
Student 1 Hydrocarbon X is an isomer of Y.

Student 2 Hydrocarbon X is unsaturated but Y is saturated.
Which students are correct?
A both 1 and 2
B 1 only
C 2 only
D neither 1 nor 2
37 The diagram shows the structure of an ester.
H H H O
H C C C C H H H
H H H O C C C H
H H H
A butyl butanoate
B butyl propanoate
C propyl butanoate
D propyl propanoate
38 An unsaturated hydrocarbon with six carbon atoms contains only three C=C double bonds. This
hydrocarbon is reacted with excess hydrogen at a high temperature.
What is the formula of the resulting hydrocarbon?

14
39 Compound Q has the formula C4H10.
Which statement about compound Q is correct?
A It undergoes addition reactions with chlorine.

B It has a lower boiling point than methane.
C It has the same general formula as methane.
D There are four C–C bonds in the molecule.
40 Hydrolysis of R, a macromolecule, gives a mixture of amino acids.
What is R?
A a fat
B a nylon
C a polyester
D a protein
© UCLES 2016 5070/11/O/N/16

15
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2016 5070/11/O/N/16

Group
© UCLES 2016
1 2
H He
hydrogen helium
Key 1 4
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
23 24 27 28 31 32 35.5 40
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 64 65 70 73 75 79 80 84
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
85 88 89 91 93 96 – 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
16
55 56 57–71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
lanthanoids
5070/11/O/N/16
133 137 178 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209 – – –
87 88 89–103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 114 116
actinoids
– – – – – – – – – – – – –
57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
139 140 141 144 – 150 152 157 159 163 165 167 169 173 175
89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103
– 232 231 238 – – – – – – – – – – –
CHEMISTRY 5070/12
1 hour
Soft clean eraser
*5229043977*

IB16 11_5070_12/5RP
2
1 When measured under the same conditions, which gas diffuses at the same rate as nitrogen?
A ammonia, NH3
B carbon monoxide, CO
C ethane, C2H6
D oxygen, O2
2 When calcium carbonate is added to dilute hydrochloric acid, carbon dioxide gas is released.
Three sets of apparatus are shown.
tap
cotton wool
funnel
CaCO3(s)
+ HCl (aq)
CaCO3(s)
0100.02
+ HCl (aq) gas syringe
1 2
thistle
funnel
measuring
cylinder
CaCO3(s)
+ HCl (aq)
water
3
Which sets of apparatus are suitable, together with a stopwatch, for following the rate of this
reaction?
A Carbon monoxide reduces sodium oxide to sodium.

B During the electrolysis of copper(II) sulfate solution, hydrogen is liberated at the positive
electrode.
C Recycling aluminium conserves the Earth’s finite supply of haematite.
D Iron oxide is reduced to iron in the blast furnace.
© UCLES 2016 5070/12/O/N/16

3
4 Benzene and cyclohexane are both flammable liquids. They are able to mix with each other
without separating into two layers. They have very similar boiling points. It is difficult to separate a
mixture of these two liquids by fractional distillation.
Why is it difficult to separate a mixture of benzene and cyclohexane by fractional distillation?
A They are both flammable.

B They are both liquids.
C They have very similar boiling points.
D They mix with each other completely.
5 The graph gives the melting points (m.p.) of mixtures of lead and tin.
400 400
m.p. of
pure lead
300 300
melting m.p. of melting

point / °C pure tin point / °C
200 200
100 100
0 50 100
The graph shows that any mixture of lead and tin must have a melting point that is

6 Which statement about chlorine atoms and chloride ions is correct?
A They are both isotopes of chlorine.


4
7 When substance Q melts, only weak forces of attraction between its molecules are overcome.
Which row correctly describes Q?
electrical conduction
melting point / °C
of solid Q
A 44 non-conductor
B 98 conductor
C 660 conductor
D 714 non-conductor
8 A solution containing lead(II) ions is added to a solution containing iodide ions. A yellow
precipitate is formed.
What is the equation for the reaction that occurs?
A Pb+ + I – → PbI
B Pb+ + 2I – → PbI2
C Pb2+ + I– → PbI
D Pb2+ + 2I– → PbI2
9 Buckminsterfullerene has the chemical formula C60.
carbon
atom
buckminsterfullerene
How is the structure of buckminsterfullerene best described?
A a covalent compound
B an ionic compound
C a polymer
D molecular
© UCLES 2016 5070/12/O/N/16

5
A B
Na+ Cl – Na+ Na+
Cl – Na+ Cl – Cl –
Cl – Na+ Na+ Na+
Na+ Cl – Cl – Cl –
C D
Na+ Na+ Na+ Cl –
Na+ Na+ Na+ Cl –
11 Aqueous sodium hydroxide is added to a sample of a colourless solution. Aqueous ammonia is

added to a separate sample of the colourless solution.
In both cases a white precipitate forms which is soluble in excess reagent.
Which positive ion is present in the solution?
A aluminium
B calcium
C copper(II)
D zinc
12 In an experiment, 1 cm3 of a gaseous hydrocarbon, Z, requires 4 cm3 of oxygen for complete

Which formula represents Z?

6
13 Which is the best conductor of electricity?
A diamond
B magnesium
C pure ethanoic acid
D solid sodium chloride
14 Molten salts of four metals are electrolysed.
The ions of which metal require the smallest number of electrons for one mole of atoms to be
liberated during electrolysis?
A aluminium
B calcium
C iron
D sodium
15 An endothermic reaction has an activation energy of x.
Which energy profile diagram is correct for this reaction?
A B
products reactants
energy x energy x
reactants products
C D
x x
reactants products
energy energy
products reactants
© UCLES 2016 5070/12/O/N/16

7
16 The following statements refer to the use of catalysts in chemical reactions.
1 A catalyst increases the activation energy of a reaction.

2 A catalyst increases the rate of a reaction.
3 A catalyst increases the yield of a reaction.
A 1, 2 and 3 B 2 and 3 only C 2 only D 3 only
17 In two experiments, 1 and 2, an excess of powdered calcium carbonate was reacted in a flask
with dilute hydrochloric acid.
In experiment 1, the carbon dioxide evolved was collected and the volume of gas measured at
regular intervals.
In experiment 2, the mass of the flask and its contents was measured at regular intervals.
The results of both experiments were plotted on graphs.
W X Y Z
volume volume mass mass
0 0 0 0
experiment 1 experiment 1 experiment 2 experiment 2
Which graphs correctly show the results of these two experiments?
A W Y
B W Z
C X Y
D X Z

8
18 Iron(II) ions react with chlorine.
2Fe2+(aq) + Cl 2(g) → 2Fe3+(aq) + 2Cl –(aq)
A Chlorine is reduced by iron(II) ions.
B Chlorine is the reducing agent.
C Iron(II) ions are reduced by chlorine.
D Iron(II) ions are the oxidising agent.
19 When water is liquid, it ionises slightly.
H2O(l) H+(aq) + OH–(aq)
When the temperature of water is increased, which change(s) take place?
1 The water becomes acidic.

2 The water becomes alkaline.
3 More water molecules form ions.
20 The table shows some properties of four metal chlorides.
Which row is magnesium chloride?
A green insoluble precipitation

B green soluble metal and acid
C white insoluble precipitation
D white soluble metal and acid
21 Which statement about the uses of metals is not correct?
A Aluminium is used for making food containers and electrical cables.

B Copper is used for making brass.
C Iron is used as a catalyst in the contact process.
D Nickel is used as a catalyst in the hydrogenation of alkenes.
© UCLES 2016 5070/12/O/N/16

9
What is X?
A calcium
B copper
C magnesium
D potassium
23 Which row is a transition element?
melting density
point / °C in g / cm3
A 44 1.82
B 181 0.53
C 271 9.75
D 1244 7.20
24 Element Z combines with sodium to form the compound Na2Z.
The positions of four elements are shown on the outline of part of the Periodic Table.
Which is element Z?
A B
C

10
25 The table shows the observations made when an aqueous solution of salt Z has different
reagents added to it.
reagent(s) added observation
aqueous sodium hydroxide green precipitate formed

dilute nitric acid white precipitate formed
then
aqueous barium nitrate
What is Z?
A copper(II) chloride
B copper(II) sulfate
C iron(II) chloride
D iron(II) sulfate
26 The diagram shows the apparatus used to extract aluminium from aluminium oxide.
aluminium

27 Which reaction is not a redox reaction?
B 2C + O2 → 2CO
C C + CO2 → 2CO
D Fe2O3 + 3CO → 2Fe + 3CO2
© UCLES 2016 5070/12/O/N/16

11
28 Aqueous copper(II) sulfate solution is placed in an iron container and left to stand for several
days.
Which statement describes what happens?
A Atmospheric oxygen reacts with the copper(II) sulfate to give black copper(II) oxide.
B Some fine iron particles are formed in the solution.

C The part of the container in contact with the solution is coated with copper.
D The solution turns from green to blue.
29 In the manufacture of paper, sulfur dioxide is used to remove the yellow colour from the wood
pulp.
Which term can be used to describe sulfur dioxide in this process?
A a bleach
B a catalyst
D a solvent
30 Which statement about the uses of gases is not correct?
A Helium is used in balloons because it is unreactive and less dense than air.
B Hydrogen is used in an addition reaction with saturated vegetable oils to form margarine.
C Nitrogen from the air is used in the manufacture of ammonia.
D Oxygen is used in making steel and welding.

12
31 Electrical energy can be generated using simple cells as shown.
metals
electrolyte
Which pair of metals, when used as electrodes, will give the largest reading on the voltmeter, V?
A lead and sodium

B magnesium and copper
C potassium and silver
D sodium and potassium
32 When reacted with an excess of dilute hydrochloric acid, 0.002 moles of a metal M liberated
48 cm3 of hydrogen measured at r.t.p.
Which equation is correct for this reaction?
A 2M + 2H+ → 2M + + H2
B M + H+ → M + + H
C M + 2H+ → M 2+ + H2
D M + 2H+ → M 2+ + 2H
33 The diagram shows a section of a polymer.
H C 2H 5 H C 2 H5 H C 2H 5
C C C C C C
H H H H H H
Which alkene is used to make this polymer?
A CH3CH=CH2
B CH3CH2CH=CH2
C CH3CH2CH=CHCH3
D CH3CH=CHCH3
© UCLES 2016 5070/12/O/N/16

13
34 The table shows some atmospheric pollutants and their possible effects.
Which row is not correct?
pollutant effect
A CFCs cause depletion of the ozone layer

B CO2 forms photochemical smog
35 Which compound is the most viscous and the least flammable?
A C6H14 B C8H18 C C10H22 D C12H26
36 How many moles of ethanoic acid, CH3CO2H, react with one mole of magnesium?
A 1 B 2 C 3 D 4
A argon
B hydrogen
C oxygen
D steam
38 Which statement about isomers of a compound is always correct?
A They have different empirical formulae.

B They have different relative molecular masses.
C They have only carbon and hydrogen in their molecules.
D They have the same molecular formula.
39 How many of the structures show an unsaturated hydrocarbon molecule?
O C O CH3 CH2 CH2 CH3 CH3 CH CH2 CH3 C

O H
A 1 B 2 C 3 D 4

14
40 Which type of polymer is made by reacting amino acids together?
A an addition polymer
B a carbohydrate
C a polyamide
D a polyester
© UCLES 2016 5070/12/O/N/16

15
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2016 5070/12/O/N/16

Group
© UCLES 2016
1 2
H He
hydrogen helium
Key 1 4
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
23 24 27 28 31 32 35.5 40
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 64 65 70 73 75 79 80 84
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
85 88 89 91 93 96 – 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
16
55 56 57–71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
lanthanoids
5070/12/O/N/16
133 137 178 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209 – – –
87 88 89–103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 114 116
actinoids
– – – – – – – – – – – – –
57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
139 140 141 144 – 150 152 157 159 163 165 167 169 173 175
89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103
– 232 231 238 – – – – – – – – – – –
CHEMISTRY 5070/11
1 hour
Soft clean eraser
*3885973381*

IB17 11_5070_11/6RP
2
1 A purple pill is placed in a beaker of water. The beaker is left for several hours.
The diagram shows the appearance of the water when the pill is added and several hours later.
several
hours
water pale purple
solution
purple
pill
Which statement explains why this change occurs?
A Diffusion occurs because the pill is coloured.

B Diffusion occurs faster at higher temperatures.
C Diffusion occurs from an area of high concentration to one of lower concentration.
D Gases diffuse faster than liquids.
2 The results of two tests on solution X are shown.
observation on adding observation on adding

reagent added
a few drops of reagent an excess of reagent

3 Which diagram shows the arrangement of particles inside a balloon containing a mixture of the
gases nitrogen and oxygen?
A B C D
key
nitrogen atom
oxygen atom
© UCLES 2017 5070/11/O/N/17

3
4 A student follows the rate of the reaction between marble chips, CaCO3, and dilute
hydrochloric acid.
1 2
loose
measuring plug
cylinder hydrochloric
acid
hydrochloric marble chips
acid
balance
water
marble chips
3 4
acid burette acid burette
gas syringe
A 1 and 2 only B 1 and 3 C 1 and 4 only D 1, 2 and 4
5 Equal masses of methane gas are stored under different conditions.
Under which set of conditions does the methane gas occupy the smallest volume?
A 0 °C and atmospheric pressure
B 0 °C and twice atmospheric pressure
C 30 °C and atmospheric pressure
D 30 °C and twice atmospheric pressure

4
6 A particle of an isotope of sulfur contains 18 neutrons and 18 electrons.
What is the symbol for this particle?

34 2 + 34 34 2 − 36
A 16 S B 16 S C 16 S D 16 S
7 When two elements react together, a compound is formed.
A Equal masses of the elements must be used.

B The compound shows similar chemical properties to those of the elements.
C The elements must both be non-metals.
D When the elements react together, ionic or covalent compounds form.
8 Which statement is correct for all ionic compounds?
A They dissolve in water.

B They are formed when metals share electrons with non-metals.
C They conduct electricity in the molten state.
D They conduct electricity in the solid state.
9 When a piece of sodium is heated in air, it reacts with oxygen to form the ionic compound
sodium oxide, Na2O.
In terms of electrons, which statement correctly explains what happens when sodium reacts with
oxygen?
A An oxygen atom shares two electrons with two sodium atoms.

B A sodium atom loses two electrons which are transferred to an oxygen atom.
C A sodium atom shares its outer shell electron with two oxygen atoms.
D Two sodium atoms each lose one electron which are both transferred to one oxygen atom.
A 17.75 g B 35.5 g C 71 g D 142 g
© UCLES 2017 5070/11/O/N/17

5
To find the empirical formula, it is necessary to know
A the density of the compound.

B the percentage composition by mass of the compound.
C the relative molecular mass of the compound.
D the volume occupied by 1 mole of the compound.
12 25.0 g of hydrated copper(II) sulfate crystals are heated to produce anhydrous copper(II) sulfate
and water vapour.
CuSO4.5H2O(s) → CuSO4(s) + 5H2O(g)
What is the mass of anhydrous copper(II) sulfate formed?

[Mr: CuSO4, 160; H2O, 18]
A 9.0 g B 16.0 g C 22.5 g D 25.0 g
13 One mole of an organic compound, Q, is completely burnt in oxygen and produces exactly three
moles of water.
Which compound is Q?
A butane, C4H10
B ethanol, C2H5OH
C propane, C3H8
D propanol, C3H7OH
14 Aluminium is produced by the electrolysis of molten aluminium oxide.
What is the correct equation for the reaction at the positive electrode?
A Al → Al 3+ + 3e–
B Al 3+ + 3e– → Al
C O2 + 4e– → 2O2–
D 2O2– → O2 + 4e–

6
15 When aqueous copper(II) sulfate is electrolysed using copper electrodes, which observations are
correct?
intensity of blue colour

of electrolyte
A electrode becomes smaller electrode becomes bigger constant

B electrode becomes smaller gas given off fades
C gas given off electrode becomes bigger fades
D gas given off gas given off constant
16 Three different solutions were electrolysed using inert electrodes.
solution 1 aqueous sodium chloride

solution 2 concentrated hydrochloric acid
solution 3 dilute sulfuric acid
Which solutions produce hydrogen at the negative electrode?
17 Under certain conditions nitrogen reacts with oxygen to form N2O.
2N2(g) + O2(g) 2N2O(g)
The energy profile diagram for this reaction is shown.
energy
2N2O(g)
+447 kJ / mol
2N2(g) + O2(g) +164 kJ / mol
What is the activation energy for the reverse reaction?
A – 447 kJ / mol
B –283 kJ / mol
C +141.5 kJ / mol
D +283 kJ / mol
© UCLES 2017 5070/11/O/N/17

7
1 2H2(g) + O2(g) → 4H(g) + 2O(g)
2 4H(g) + 2O(g) → 2H2O(g)
3 2H2O(g) → 2H2O(I)
Which stages are endothermic?
A 1, 2 and 3 B 1 only C 2 only D 3 only
2SO2(g) + O2(g) 2SO3(g) ∆H = –195 kJ
Which change in conditions would produce a greater amount of SO3 at equilibrium?
A adding a catalyst
20 A chemist investigated the rate of the reaction between ethene and hydrogen using a nickel
catalyst.
Ni
C2H4(g) + H2(g) C2H6(g)
The chemist carried out three experiments under different conditions.
experiment pressure particle size

number / atmospheres of catalyst
1 1 powder
2 0.5 powder
3 1 large pieces
comparison of the comparison of the

rates of experiments rates of experiments
1 and 2 1 and 3
A 1 greater than 2 1 greater than 3

B 1 greater than 2 3 greater than 1
C 2 greater than 1 1 greater than 3
D 2 greater than 1 3 greater than 1

8
21 Which change always occurs when a metal atom is oxidised?
A It becomes positively charged.

B It combines with oxygen.
C It gains an electron.
D It gains a proton.
A Ammonia is produced when an ammonium salt is warmed with a dilute acid.

B Amphoteric oxides are oxides of certain metals.
C A neutral solution does not contain hydroxide ions.
D Soil with a high pH can be neutralised by adding lime, Ca(OH)2.
23 Which reagent can be used to react with dilute hydrochloric acid to prepare silver chloride?
A aqueous silver nitrate

B solid silver
C solid silver carbonate
D solid silver oxide
24 The table shows some symbols and their meanings.
symbol meaning
→ reaction goes to completion

reaction is reversible
cat catalyst required for reaction
cat no catalyst is required for reaction
Which symbols should be used in the equation for the Haber process?
A → and cat B → and cat C and cat D and cat
© UCLES 2017 5070/11/O/N/17

9
25 Nitrogenous fertilisers can cause eutrophication to occur in rivers. Eutrophication involves the five
stages listed.
1 The fertiliser is washed into the river.

2 Oxygen levels become depleted in the river.
3 Plants die.
4 Plants begin to decay.
5 Plants in the river grow at an increased rate.
In which order do these five stages occur during eutrophication?
first last
A 1 2 4 3 5
B 1 2 5 4 3
C 1 5 2 3 4
D 1 5 3 4 2
26 Three suggested uses of sulfuric acid are listed.
1 as battery acid
2 to make ammonia from ammonium salts
3 to make fertilisers
Which are correct uses of sulfuric acid?
27 The total number of electrons in one atom of element Q is 17 and in one atom of element R is 19.
Which statement about elements Q and R is correct?
A Q and R react together to form a covalent compound.

B Q forms positive ions.
C R has more outer shell electrons than Q.
D R is more metallic than Q.

10
28 Which row shows the correct catalyst for each industrial process?

sulfuric acid ammonia margarine
A nickel iron vanadium(V) oxide

B nickel vanadium(V) oxide iron
C vanadium(V) oxide iron nickel
D vanadium(V) oxide nickel iron
29 Which metal is attached to underground pipes made of iron, to provide sacrificial protection from
corrosion?
A Ag B Cu C Mg D Pb
30 The diagram shows a circuit used to test the electrical conductivity of strips of solid materials. If
the material conducts, the bulb lights.
Strips of brass, nylon and zinc are each tested separately by connecting them into the circuit.
bulb
strip of solid material
For which strips does the bulb light?
A brass, nylon and zinc

B brass and nylon only
C nylon and zinc only
D zinc and brass only
© UCLES 2017 5070/11/O/N/17

11
31 Octane, C8H18, is a hydrocarbon that undergoes combustion in a petrol engine.
...W...C8H18 + ...X...O2 → ...Y...CO2 + ...Z...H2O
Which row shows the figures needed to balance the equation?
W X Y Z
A 1 8 8 9
B 1 17 8 9
C 2 16 8 9
D 2 25 16 18
32 The diagram shows part of the carbon cycle.
carbon dioxide
in the air
P Q R
power station using

giraffe
tree wood chips as fuel
What are processes P, Q and R?
P Q R
A combustion photosynthesis respiration

B photosynthesis combustion respiration
C respiration combustion photosynthesis
D respiration photosynthesis combustion

12
33 CFC compounds were used as aerosol propellants. The structure of one CFC compound is
shown.
F Cl
F C C H
F H
A carbon
B chlorine
C fluorine
D hydrogen
34 What is removed or destroyed when water is desalinated to make it drinkable?
A bad odours
B harmful bacteria
C sodium chloride
D solid particles
35 Compounds S and T both contain two elements only. The compounds have the following
properties.
● They both burn in air to form carbon dioxide and water only.
● They both react with chlorine by substitution.
● S has a higher boiling point than T.
What could compounds S and T be?
S T
A ethane propane
B ethene propene
C propane ethane
D propene ethene
© UCLES 2017 5070/11/O/N/17

13
36 Which row correctly describes alkenes?
result when shaken

general formula
with aqueous bromine
A CnH2n+2 no change
B CnH2n+2 the aqueous bromine is decolourised
C CnH2n no change
D CnH2n the aqueous bromine is decolourised
37 The table contains statements about processes by which ethanol is produced on a large scale
from ethene and from glucose.
from ethene from glucose
1 reaction is faster at reaction is faster at

300 °C than at 200 °C 100 °C than at 30 °C
2 produces pure ethanol produces a dilute aqueous
solution of ethanol
3 uses a catalyst uses a catalyst
4 uses steam produces carbon dioxide
Which rows are correct?
A 1, 2 and 3 B 1 and 4 C 2, 3 and 4 D 2 and 3 only
38 The structure of an ester is shown.
O H H H
H C O C C C H
H H H
A ethyl propanoate
B methyl propanoate
C propyl ethanoate
D propyl methanoate

14
39 Which compound has a pH of less than 7 in aqueous solution?
A B
O H O
H H C H
C C H
H C O O C H
H
H H
C D
O H O
H C H C C H H
O H O C C H
H
H H
© UCLES 2017 5070/11/O/N/17

15
40 The diagram shows the repeat unit of a polymer.
H H
C C
H CH2
CH3 n
Which row correctly identifies the monomer and type of polymerisation involved in making this
polymer?
type of
monomer
polymerisation
H H
A C C addition
H C2 H 5
H H
B C C condensation
H C2 H 5
H H
H C C
C addition
H CH
CH3
H H
H C C
D condensation
H CH
CH3
© UCLES 2017 5070/11/O/N/17

Group
© UCLES 2017
1 2
H He
hydrogen helium
Key 1 4
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
23 24 27 28 31 32 35.5 40
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 64 65 70 73 75 79 80 84
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
16
85 88 89 91 93 96 – 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
55 56 57–71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
5070/11/O/N/17
lanthanoids
133 137 178 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209 – – –
87 88 89–103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 114 116
actinoids
– – – – – – – – – – – – –
57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
139 140 141 144 – 150 152 157 159 163 165 167 169 173 175
89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103
– 232 231 238 – – – – – – – – – – –
CHEMISTRY 5070/12
1 hour
Soft clean eraser
*8408139347*

IB17 11_5070_12/5RP
2
1 A mixture of sand and sodium chloride can be separated in three steps.
Step 1 is to add water to the mixture.
The diagram shows step 2 and step 3.
Where is pure sodium chloride collected?
A
filter paper
and funnel B
evaporating
dish
D
C
heat
step 2 step 3
2 The results of two tests on solution X are shown.
observation on adding observation on adding

reagent added
a few drops of reagent an excess of reagent

3 Which diagram shows the arrangement of particles inside a balloon containing a mixture of the
gases nitrogen and oxygen?
A B C D
key
nitrogen atom
oxygen atom
© UCLES 2017 5070/12/O/N/17

3
4 A student follows the rate of the reaction between marble chips, CaCO3, and dilute
hydrochloric acid.
1 2
loose
measuring plug
acid
acid
balance
water
marble chips
3 4
acid burette acid burette
gas syringe
A 1 and 2 only B 1 and 3 C 1 and 4 only D 1, 2 and 4

4
5 A chemist wishes to separate and identify a mixture of substances using paper chromatography.
The diagram shows the apparatus used. The solvent is water.
solvent
The solvent front is allowed to reach the top of the paper before the chemist removes the paper
from the solvent.
Which problem does this cause?
A This causes the spot nearest the bottom of the paper to catch up with the spot above it.
B This makes it impossible to calculate Rf values.
C This makes it impossible to use a locating agent.
D This results in a safety hazard caused by solvent fumes.
6 Which particle contains the same number of both neutrons and electrons?
40 2+ 24 2+ 19 − 32 2 −
A 20 Ca B 12 Mg C 9F D 16 S
7 Which statement is correct for all metals?
A They are hard and brittle.

B They are made up of a lattice of positive and negative ions.
C They conduct electricity by movement of electrons.
D They conduct electricity by movement of ions.
© UCLES 2017 5070/12/O/N/17

5
8 X represents the element of atomic number 8 and Y represents the element of atomic number 19.
The two elements react together to form a compound.
Which row is correct for the compound formed?
formula type of bonding
A Y2X covalent
B Y2X ionic
C X2Y covalent
D X2Y ionic
To find the empirical formula, it is necessary to know
A the density of the compound.

B the percentage composition by mass of the compound.
C the relative molecular mass of the compound.
D the volume occupied by 1 mole of the compound.
10 25.0 g of hydrated copper(II) sulfate crystals are heated to produce anhydrous copper(II) sulfate
and water vapour.
CuSO4.5H2O(s) → CuSO4(s) + 5H2O(g)
What is the mass of anhydrous copper(II) sulfate formed?

[Mr: CuSO4, 160; H2O, 18]
A 9.0 g B 16.0 g C 22.5 g D 25.0 g
11 Which sample contains the most atoms?
A 0.5 moles of water

B 1.0 moles of carbon dioxide
C 1.0 moles of methane
D 2.0 moles of hydrogen chloride
A 17.75 g B 35.5 g C 71 g D 142 g

6
13 One mole of an organic compound, Q, is completely burnt in oxygen and produces exactly three
moles of water.
Which compound is Q?
A butane, C4H10
B ethanol, C2H5OH
C propane, C3H8
D propanol, C3H7OH
14 In an experiment, 1 mol of powdered copper and 1 mol of powdered zinc are placed in a flask.
Dilute acid, containing 1 mol of acid, is added to the flask.
The flask is left until all the reactions, if any, are complete.
Which diagram shows the result of the experiment?
A B
colourless blue
neutral neutral
solution solution
1 mol of copper 0.5 mol of copper +

0.5 mol of zinc
C D
blue colourless
neutral acidic
solution solution
1 mol of zinc 1 mol of copper +

1 mol of zinc
© UCLES 2017 5070/12/O/N/17

7
15 A simple cell can be made using two different metals as the electrodes and an aqueous solution
as the electrolyte.
Which statements about simple cells are correct?
1 A greater voltage is produced using magnesium and silver than using magnesium
and copper.
2 The electrolyte is an aqueous solution containing both positive and negative ions.
3 The more reactive metal will release electrons.
16 Magnesium can be produced by electrolysis of molten magnesium chloride, MgCl 2.
What are the equations for the reactions that occur at the positive electrode and at the negative
electrode?
A 2Cl – → Cl 2 + 2e– 2H+ + 2e– → H2

B Cl 2 + 2e– → 2Cl – Mg2+ + 2e– → Mg
C 2Cl – → Cl 2 + 2e– Mg2+ + 2e– → Mg
D 2Cl – → Cl 2 + 2e– Mg2+ + 2e– → 2Mg
17 Three different solutions were electrolysed using inert electrodes.
solution 1 aqueous sodium chloride

solution 2 concentrated hydrochloric acid
solution 3 dilute sulfuric acid
Which solutions produce hydrogen at the negative electrode?
18 Compound Y reacts with oxygen. This reaction has a positive enthalpy change of reaction, ∆H.
What information can be deduced about Y and its reaction with oxygen?
A Compound Y can be used as a fuel.

B Compound Y could be a hydrocarbon.
C In the reaction the energy needed to break bonds is greater than the energy released when
bonds are made.
D In the reaction the products are at a lower energy level than the reactants.

8
1 2H2(g) + O2(g) → 4H(g) + 2O(g)
2 4H(g) + 2O(g) → 2H2O(g)
3 2H2O(g) → 2H2O(I)
Which stages are endothermic?
A 1, 2 and 3 B 1 only C 2 only D 3 only
2SO2(g) + O2(g) 2SO3(g) ∆H = –195 kJ
Which change in conditions would produce a greater amount of SO3 at equilibrium?
A adding a catalyst
© UCLES 2017 5070/12/O/N/17

9
Mg(s) + H2SO4(aq) → MgSO4(aq) + H2(g)
Two experiments were carried out.
experiment 1 24.0 g of magnesium was reacted with 100 cm3 of 1.0 mol / dm3 sulfuric acid.
experiment 2 24.0 g of magnesium was reacted with 50 cm3 of 2.0 mol / dm3 sulfuric acid.
In each experiment the volume of hydrogen was measured at various times. The results were
plotted on a graph.
A B
key
volume of volume of
hydrogen hydrogen experiment 1
experiment 2
0 0
0 time 0 time
C D
volume of volume of
hydrogen hydrogen
0 0
0 time 0 time
22 Which statement is correct for both aluminium and iron?
A Both form 2+ ions.

B Both have amphoteric oxides.
C The manufacture of both metals involves the reduction of the metal ions.
D They are both normally manufactured by electrolysis.

10
23 A household cleaning compound is used to remove calcium carbonate from bathroom surfaces.
The compound reacts with the calcium carbonate to form a soluble salt, carbon dioxide and
water.
What is the pH of this cleaning compound?
A pH 2 B pH 7 C pH 10 D pH 14
24 Dilute hydrochloric acid is added separately to samples of copper, copper(II) oxide and
copper(II) carbonate.
Which row correctly shows whether copper(II) chloride is produced?
Cu CuO CuCO3
A key
B = copper(II) chloride produced
C = copper(II) chloride not produced
D
25 Which ions are present when hydrochloric acid has exactly neutralised aqueous sodium
hydroxide?
A Na+, Cl –, H+ and OH–

B Na+, Cl – and H+ only
C Na+ and Cl – only
D H+ and OH– only
26 Which experiment will result in the formation of a white precipitate?
A aqueous barium nitrate added to aqueous sodium chloride

B aqueous sodium carbonate added to aqueous calcium chloride
C carbon dioxide passed through aqueous potassium chloride
D dilute hydrochloric acid added to aqueous ammonia
27 Which statement about both the Group I and Group VII elements is correct?
A They conduct electricity when molten.

B They form covalent compounds when bonded to non-metals.
C They exist as diatomic molecules.
D When Group I elements combine with Group VII elements, ionic compounds form.
© UCLES 2017 5070/12/O/N/17

11
28 The elements helium, argon and neon are noble gases.
A All these elements have eight electrons in their outer shell.

B Argon is used to react with impurities in the manufacture of steel.
C Helium is used in balloons as it is more dense than air.
D Neon is used in light bulbs to give an inert atmosphere.
29 Which row shows the correct catalyst for each industrial process?

sulfuric acid ammonia margarine
A nickel iron vanadium(V) oxide

B nickel vanadium(V) oxide iron
C vanadium(V) oxide iron nickel
D vanadium(V) oxide nickel iron
30 In the solid state, germanium has the same structure as diamond.
What is the likely melting point of germanium?
A above 800 °C
B between 100 °C and 800 °C
C 100 °C
D below 100 °C
31 Aluminium is a metal that is often used to make caps for bottles. When thrown away and buried in
the soil, the caps do not corrode.
Why is this?
A Aluminium does not react with acids.

B Aluminium does not react with alkalis.
C Aluminium is alloyed with other metals.
D Aluminium is protected by a layer of oxide.

12
32 Which statement about Group I metals is correct?
A They are hard compared with most other metals.

B They form coloured compounds.
C They have high densities compared with most other metals.
D They only form ions with a charge of +1.
33 CFC compounds were used as aerosol propellants. The structure of one CFC compound is
shown.
F Cl
F C C H
F H
A carbon
B chlorine
C fluorine
D hydrogen
34 Dry air is a mixture of gases of which 99% is nitrogen and oxygen.
What is the main constituent of the remaining 1%?
A argon
B helium
C hydrogen
D water vapour
35 Why is chlorine added to the water supply?
A Chlorine is used to desalinate the water.

B Chlorine kills bacteria that may be present in the water.
C Chlorine precipitates solids that may be present in the water.
D Chlorine removes tastes and odours from the water.
© UCLES 2017 5070/12/O/N/17

13
36 When the alcohol of molecular formula C4H10O is oxidised, what is the molecular formula of the
acid formed?
A C4H12O2 B C4H10O2 C C4H8O2 D C4H6O2
37 The diagrams show the structures of five hydrocarbons.
1 2 3
H H H H H H H H H
H C C C C C H H C H H C C C H
H H
H H H H H H C C C H H H
H C H
H H
H C H H
4 5
H H H H H H H
H H H H H
H C H H C H
H H
Which three hydrocarbons are isomers of each other?
A 1, 2 and 4 B 2, 3 and 5 C 2, 3 and 4 D 3, 4 and 5
38 Which alcohol and acid will react together to make the ester CH3COOC2H5?
A CH3OH and CH3COOH

B CH3OH and C2H5COOH
C C2H5OH and CH3COOH
D C2H5OH and C2H5COOH

14
39 Which compound has a pH of less than 7 in aqueous solution?
A B
O H O
H H C H
C C H
H C O O C H
H
H H
C D
O H O
H C H C C H H
O H O C C H
H
H H

B Nylon and Terylene both contain the amide linkage.
C Simple sugars can be produced by hydrolysing proteins.
© UCLES 2017 5070/12/O/N/17

15
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2017 5070/12/O/N/17

Group
© UCLES 2017
1 2
H He
hydrogen helium
Key 1 4
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
23 24 27 28 31 32 35.5 40
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 64 65 70 73 75 79 80 84
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
16
85 88 89 91 93 96 – 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
55 56 57–71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
5070/12/O/N/17
lanthanoids
133 137 178 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209 – – –
87 88 89–103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 114 116
actinoids
– – – – – – – – – – – – –
57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
139 140 141 144 – 150 152 157 159 163 165 167 169 173 175
89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103
– 232 231 238 – – – – – – – – – – –
CHEMISTRY 5070/11
1 hour
Soft clean eraser
*5505144209*

IB18 11_5070_11/3RP
2
1 A student titrates aqueous sodium hydroxide from a burette with dilute hydrochloric acid in a
conical flask.
After the titration is complete, the conical flask is emptied.
What is the correct procedure before the next titration?
A Rinse out the conical flask with aqueous sodium hydroxide.

B Rinse out the conical flask with dilute hydrochloric acid.
C Rinse out the conical flask with distilled water.
D Use the conical flask again without rinsing.
2 The results of a paper chromatography experiment are shown.
X is an aqueous solution of a salt of a Group I element.
Y is an aqueous solution of a salt of a transition element.
solvent front
origin
X Y
requires a
larger Rf value
locating agent
A X X
B X Y
C Y X
D Y Y
© UCLES 2018 5070/11/O/N/18

3
3 A substance dissolves in water to form a colourless solution. This solution reacts with aqueous
silver nitrate in the presence of dilute nitric acid to give a yellow precipitate.
What is the possible identity of the substance?
A calcium iodide
C iron(II) iodide
D sodium chloride

34 2 −
5 Which row shows the numbers of particles in 16 S ?
A 16 16 16
B 16 18 18
C 18 16 20
D 20 14 22
6 Which substance has a giant covalent structure at room temperature?
A methane
B sand
C sodium chloride
D water

4
7 Magnesium oxide has a high melting point. It is used to line the inside of furnaces that operate at
high temperatures.
Why does magnesium oxide have a high melting point?
A It has metallic bonds.

B It has strong forces between its molecules.
C It is a simple molecular substance.
D It is an ionic compound.
8 What is the dot-and-cross diagram for NCl 3?
A B
Cl N Cl Cl N Cl
Cl Cl
C D
Cl N Cl Cl N Cl
Cl Cl
9 Two properties of a metal are given.
1 It is malleable.
Which of these properties are due to the layers of positive ions being able to move?
A 1 only
B 2 only
C both 1 and 2
D neither 1 nor 2
© UCLES 2018 5070/11/O/N/18

5
10 What are the relative formula masses of one mole of solid magnesium and one mole of gaseous
chlorine?
magnesium chlorine
A 12 17
B 24 35.5
C 24 71
D 48 71
11 Complete combustion of a hydrocarbon produces only carbon dioxide, CO2, and water, H2O.
C5H12(l) + 8O2(g) → 5CO2(g) + 6H2O(g)
When 0.1 mol of the hydrocarbon C5H12 is completely combusted, which volume of
carbon dioxide, measured at room temperature and pressure, is produced?
A 0.5 dm3 B 2.4 dm3 C 5.0 dm3 D 12 dm3

13 Electrolysis is used to plate a metal statue with silver.
The statue is an electrode in a suitable electrolyte.
statue electrolyte
A cathode AgCl (aq)

B cathode AgNO3(aq)
C anode AgCl (aq)
D anode AgNO3(aq)

6
14 Which statements about endothermic reactions are correct?
1 Energy is absorbed from the surroundings.

2 Energy is released to the surroundings.
3 The temperature of the reaction mixture falls.
4 The temperature of the reaction mixture rises.
15 The equation represents the reaction between two gases, X2 and Y2, to form compound XY.
X2(g) + Y2(g) → 2XY(g)
The energy profile diagram for the reaction is shown.
energy reactants E
products
A The activation energy for the reaction is equal to E.

B The enthalpy change for the reaction is equal to E.
D The total energy needed to break bonds is greater than the total energy needed to form
bonds.
N2(g) + 3H2(g) 2NH3(g)
© UCLES 2018 5070/11/O/N/18

7
17 When bismuth(III) chloride, BiCl 3, is added to water, a reaction occurs and a white precipitate of
BiOCl is formed.
BiCl 3(aq) + H2O(l) BiOCl (s) + 2HCl (aq)
Which changes increase the mass of white precipitate formed?
1 adding more water

2 adding aqueous sodium hydroxide
3 adding dilute hydrochloric acid
18 Calcium carbonate reacts with dilute hydrochloric acid to produce carbon dioxide. The carbon
dioxide is collected using the apparatus shown.
conical flask gas syringe
reaction mixture
The reaction is done four times. For each reaction, 25 g of calcium carbonate and an excess of
hydrochloric acid are used.
Which reaction mixture fills the gas syringe with carbon dioxide in the shortest time?
A lumps of calcium carbonate with 1 mol / dm3 hydrochloric acid

B lumps of calcium carbonate with 2 mol / dm3 hydrochloric acid
C powdered calcium carbonate with 1 mol / dm3 hydrochloric acid
D powdered calcium carbonate with 2 mol / dm3 hydrochloric acid
19 Many reactions involve oxidation and reduction.
A Acidified manganate(VII) ions change colour from colourless to purple when reduced.
B All reactions that involve oxidation also involve reduction.

C During a reaction, oxidising agents lose electrons.
D Reduction is the loss of hydrogen from a compound.

8
20 Three separate mixtures of a solution and a solid are made, as shown in the table.
NaOH(aq) and H2SO4(aq) and H2SO4(aq)

NH4Cl (s) NH4Cl (s) and Mg(s)
A key
B = gas forms
C = no gas forms
D
21 Insoluble salts are prepared by reacting aqueous solutions of soluble salts. A precipitate forms.
Which pairs of aqueous solutions form a precipitate?
1 barium chloride and nitric acid

2 barium chloride and sulfuric acid
3 barium nitrate and nitric acid
4 barium nitrate and sulfuric acid
22 The diagram shows the main stages in the manufacture of an ammonia-based fertiliser.
N2(g)
iron
separation fertiliser
500 °C
H2(g) manufacture
200 atm pressure
What is happening in the process labelled X?
A Ammonia is returned to the start of the process to shift the equilibrium towards the product.
B The gases are cooled to cause ammonia to form a liquid.
C Unreacted hydrogen only is recycled.
D Unreacted hydrogen and nitrogen are recycled.
© UCLES 2018 5070/11/O/N/18

9
23 What is a use of sulfuric acid?
A as a bleach
B as a food preservative
C in the manufacture of detergents
D in the manufacture of vanadium(V) oxide, V2O5
24 Which property shows an increasing trend in the elements, from Group I to Group VII, across a
period of the Periodic Table?
A ability to form anions

B metallic character
C number of electron shells
D reactivity with water
25 The melting point of lithium is 181 °C. The melting point of sodium is 98 °C.
Which statement explains why lithium has a higher melting point than sodium?
A Lithium has more valency electrons than sodium.

B Sodium is more reactive than lithium.
C Sodium is softer than lithium.
D The attraction between the positive ions and the ‘sea of electrons’ is stronger in lithium than
in sodium.
26 From their position in the Periodic Table, which properties would you expect the elements
vanadium, chromium and cobalt to have?


10
C In an alloy there is attraction between positive ions and a ‘sea of electrons’.
28 The list shows the position of metal X in the reactivity series of metals.
Na Al Fe X Cu Ag
Which methods could be used to extract metal X?
1 electrolysis of the solid metal oxide

2 heating the metal oxide with carbon
3 heating the metal oxide with copper
© UCLES 2018 5070/11/O/N/18

11
29 An old commercial process for aluminium extraction used large quantities of sodium to convert
aluminium ions into aluminium atoms.
The modern aluminium extraction process uses electrolysis.
In the old process:
1 The sodium acted as an oxidising agent.

2 The reaction worked because sodium is more reactive than aluminium.
In the modern process:
3 The equation for the cathode reaction is Al 3+(l) + 3e– → Al (l).

4 The carbon anode needs replacing often because it is oxidised to carbon dioxide by
the oxygen evolved.
old process modern process
A 1 and 2 3 and 4
B 1 and 2 3 only
C 1 only 4 only
D 2 only 3 and 4
30 Which element is always present in steel?
A calcium
B copper
C iron
D zinc
A It has a layer of oxide on its surface.

C It is a good conductor of electricity.

12
32 Pollutant gases are released by the bacterial decay of vegetable matter.
The bacterial decay of vegetable matter is the main source of which gas?
A carbon monoxide
B methane
C nitrogen dioxide
D sulfur dioxide
33 Lakes contain a variety of dissolved substances.
Which substance is responsible for eutrophication in lakes?
A metal compounds
B nitrate fertilisers
C oxygen
D sulfuric acid
34 How many of the molecules shown belong to the homologous series of alkanes?
C2H4 C3H8 C4H10 C5H10 C6H14
A 1 B 2 C 3 D 4
35 The diagram shows the structural formula of an organic compound.
H H
H
C
H C C C H
H H H
Which statement about this compound is correct?
A It is a saturated hydrocarbon.
B It is an alkene.
C It is an isomer of butane.
D It will undergo addition with hydrogen.
© UCLES 2018 5070/11/O/N/18

13

37 Which group is found in alcohols?
A C=C B CO2H C CONH D OH
38 An ester is formed from a carboxylic acid and an alcohol.
How does the number of carbon, hydrogen and oxygen atoms in an ester differ from the total
number of these atoms in the carboxylic acid and alcohol from which the ester is formed?
A fewer fewer fewer

B fewer same fewer
C same fewer fewer
D same same same
39 Which statement about the composition of polymers is correct?
A Nylon contains oxygen atoms but not nitrogen atoms.

B Proteins contain both nitrogen atoms and oxygen atoms.
C Terylene contains nitrogen atoms.
D The polymer used to make clingfilm contains oxygen atoms.

14
40 Poly(styrene) is an addition polymer.
The partial structure of poly(styrene) is shown.
H C 6H 5 H C 6H 5 H C 6H 5
C C C C C C
H H H H H H
What is the formula of the monomer from which poly(styrene) is made?
A B C D
H C 6H 5 H C 6H 5 H C 6H 5 H C 6H 5 C 6H 5
C C C C C C C C C
H H H H H H H H H
© UCLES 2018 5070/11/O/N/18

15
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2018 5070/11/O/N/18

Group
© UCLES 2018
1 2
H He
hydrogen helium
Key 1 4
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
23 24 27 28 31 32 35.5 40
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 64 65 70 73 75 79 80 84
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
16
85 88 89 91 93 96 – 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
55 56 57–71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
5070/11/O/N/18
lanthanoids
133 137 178 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209 – – –
87 88 89–103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 114 116
actinoids
– – – – – – – – – – – – –
57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
139 140 141 144 – 150 152 157 159 163 165 167 169 173 175
89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103
– 232 231 238 – – – – – – – – – – –
CHEMISTRY 5070/12
1 hour
Soft clean eraser
*5493589266*

IB18 11_5070_12/4RP
2
1 When heated, magnesium reacts with oxygen in the air to form magnesium oxide, a white
powder.
A student investigates the change in mass that occurs during this reaction. He is given a balance
and the three sets of apparatus shown.
1 2 3
magnesium
metal tongs
magnesium
crucible
burning air
magnesium
tripod
heat
heat
Which sets of apparatus are suitable for this investigation?
2 Four substances are heated gently. The temperatures at which they start and finish melting are
recorded.
temperature
substance start melting finish melting
/ °C / °C
1 117 117
2 0 0
3 36 40
4 101 105
Which statement about the substances is correct?
A Substance 1 is the only pure substance.

B Substance 3 and substance 4 are impure.
C Substance 4 is water.
D They are all solids at room temperature.
© UCLES 2018 5070/12/O/N/18

3
3 A substance dissolves in water to form a colourless solution. This solution reacts with aqueous
silver nitrate in the presence of dilute nitric acid to give a yellow precipitate.
What is the possible identity of the substance?
A calcium iodide
C iron(II) iodide
D sodium chloride

5 Which particle contains the greatest number of electrons?
A Mg2+ B N3– C Ne D S2–
6 Which substance has a giant covalent structure at room temperature?
A methane
B sand
C sodium chloride
D water
7 One atom of element X and two atoms of element Y react to form an ionic compound. Element X
forms a positive ion.
Which elements could X and Y be?
X Y
A calcium chlorine
B calcium oxygen
C sodium chlorine
D sodium oxygen

4
8 An element with a high melting point forms an oxide that is gaseous at room temperature.
Which type of structure or bonding is present in the element?
A giant covalent
B ionic
C metallic
D simple molecular
9 Which statement explains why aluminium is malleable?
A Aluminium has layers of cations that can slide over one another.
B Aluminium has layers of electrons that can slide over one another.
C Aluminium has weak bonds between protons and a ‘sea of electrons’.
D Aluminium is covered with a layer of unreactive aluminium oxide.
10 The incomplete equation for the reaction between ethyne, C2H2, and oxygen is shown.
2C2H2(g) + ....O2(g) → ....CO2(g) + ....H2O(g)
When the equation is balanced, what is the correct value for O2(g)?
A 2 B 3 C 4 D 5
11 A compound contains 40.0% carbon, 6.7% hydrogen and 53.3% oxygen by mass.
The relative molecular mass of the compound is between 55 and 65.
What is the molecular formula of the compound?
A CH2O B C2H4O C C2H4O2 D C2H6O2

© UCLES 2018 5070/12/O/N/18

5
13 Four processes using electrolysis are listed.
1 the electrolysis of concentrated aqueous sodium chloride

2 the electrolysis of dilute sulfuric acid
3 the extraction of aluminium from pure aluminium oxide
4 the purification of copper using aqueous copper(II) sulfate
Which processes produce oxygen at one of the electrodes?
14 Which statements about endothermic reactions are correct?
1 Energy is absorbed from the surroundings.

2 Energy is released to the surroundings.
3 The temperature of the reaction mixture falls.
4 The temperature of the reaction mixture rises.

6
15 A fuel is completely burned in air. Carbon dioxide, water and heat are produced.
Which energy profile diagram is correct for burning a fuel?
A B
fuel +
oxygen CO2 + H2O
energy energy
fuel +
CO2 + H2O oxygen
progress of reaction progress of reaction
C D
fuel +
oxygen CO2 + H2O
energy energy
fuel +
CO2 + H2O oxygen
N2(g) + 3H2(g) 2NH3(g)
© UCLES 2018 5070/12/O/N/18

7
17 Solid ammonium chloride is heated. The gases ammonia and hydrogen chloride are formed. This
is reaction 1.
Ammonia gas is mixed with hydrogen chloride gas. Solid ammonium chloride is formed. This is
reaction 2.
A Both reaction 1 and reaction 2 are exothermic.

B Reaction 2 is reversible.
C The equation for reaction 1 is NH5Cl → NH4 + HCl.

D The three substances involved in each reaction all have a simple molecular structure.
18 In a closed flask, gases Q and R reach a dynamic equilibrium.
Q(g) 2R(g) ∆H is positive
Which change will move the equilibrium to the right?
A adding a catalyst
D increasing the volume of the flask
19 Which reaction is a redox reaction?
A Mg + 2HCl → MgCl 2 + H2
B MgCO3 + 2HCl → MgCl 2 + H2O + CO2
C MgO + 2HCl → MgCl 2 + H2O
D Mg(OH)2 + 2HCl → MgCl 2 + 2H2O
20 Three separate mixtures of a solution and a solid are made, as shown in the table.
NaOH(aq) and H2SO4(aq) and H2SO4(aq)

NH4Cl (s) NH4Cl (s) and Mg(s)
A key
B = gas forms
C = no gas forms
D

8
21 The carbonate, chloride and sulfate of a metal are all soluble in water.
What is the metal?
A barium
B calcium
C potassium
D silver
22 Which fertiliser contains the highest percentage of nitrogen by mass?
A ammonium nitrate, NH4NO3; formula mass is 80

B ammonium phosphate, (NH4)3PO4; formula mass is 149
C ammonium sulfate, (NH4)2SO4; formula mass is 132
D potassium nitrate, KNO3; formula mass is 101
23 Which set of conditions is used in the contact process?
catalyst
/ °C / atm
A 100 1 V2O5
B 300 1000 Fe
C 450 1 Fe
D 450 1 V2O5
Z
Y
W X
Which two letters represent elements that can react together to form covalent compounds?
A W and X B W and Y C X and Y D Y and Z
© UCLES 2018 5070/12/O/N/18

9
25 The Group I metals lithium, sodium and potassium show trends in their melting points and in their
reactions with water.
Which statement is correct going down the group from lithium to potassium?
A Their melting points decrease and their reaction with water becomes less vigorous.
B Their melting points decrease and their reaction with water becomes more vigorous.
C Their melting points increase and their reaction with water becomes less vigorous.
D Their melting points increase and their reaction with water becomes more vigorous.
26 From their position in the Periodic Table, which properties would you expect the elements
vanadium, chromium and cobalt to have?

C In an alloy there is attraction between positive ions and a ‘sea of electrons’.
28 Which pair of reagents will undergo a displacement reaction?
A Ag(s) and CuSO4(aq)

B Cu(s) and MgSO4(aq)
C Mg(s) and CaSO4(aq)
D Zn(s) and CuSO4(aq)

10
29 The reactivity series for some metals, with two gaps labelled X and Y, is shown.
K Na Ca Mg X Zn Y Pb (H) Cu Ag
Which row correctly identifies metals X and Y and the method of extraction of Y from its ore?
method of
metal X metal Y
extraction of Y
A Al Fe electrolysis
B Al Fe reduction with carbon
C Fe Al electrolysis
D Fe Al reduction with carbon
30 Iron can be extracted from the ore haematite, Fe2O3.
What is the maximum mass of iron that could be produced from 500 kg of haematite?
[Ar: O, 16; Fe, 56]
A 160 kg B 240 kg C 350 kg D 420 kg
A It has a layer of oxide on its surface.

C It is a good conductor of electricity.
32 Pollutant gases are released by the bacterial decay of vegetable matter.
The bacterial decay of vegetable matter is the main source of which gas?
A carbon monoxide
B methane
C nitrogen dioxide
D sulfur dioxide
© UCLES 2018 5070/12/O/N/18

11
33 Several different treatments are used to purify the water supply.
Which impurities can be removed by which treatment?
filtration use of carbon chlorination

A harmful microbes solids unpleasant odours
and tastes
B harmful microbes unpleasant odours solids
and tastes
C solids harmful microbes unpleasant odours
and tastes
D solids unpleasant odours harmful microbes
and tastes
34 Which statement about the homologous series of alkanes is correct?
A Alkanes are unsaturated hydrocarbons.

B Alkanes all have the general formula CnH2n.
C The boiling points decrease as the number of carbon atoms per molecule increases.
D The liquid alkanes become more viscous as the mass of the molecules increases.
35 Which compound has the empirical formula with the greatest relative formula mass?

37 When ethene reacts with steam to form ethanol, which type of reaction takes place?
A addition
B fermentation
C polymerisation
D reduction

12
38 An ester is formed from a carboxylic acid and an alcohol.
How does the number of carbon, hydrogen and oxygen atoms in an ester differ from the total
number of these atoms in the carboxylic acid and alcohol from which the ester is formed?
A fewer fewer fewer

B fewer same fewer
C same fewer fewer
D same same same
39 Poly(lactic) acid is a polymer used to make biodegradable cups.
The partial structure of poly(lactic) acid is shown.
O O O O
O C O C O C O C
Which statements apply to poly(lactic) acid?
1 It is made by addition polymerisation.

2 It is made by condensation polymerisation.
3 It is a polyester.
4 The monomer used to make it is ethene.
40 Two large molecules, P and Q, both contain the same linkage.
P occurs naturally but Q does not.
Which row could be P and Q?
P Q
A fat nylon
B fat Terylene
C nylon protein
D protein Terylene
© UCLES 2018 5070/12/O/N/18

13
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2018 5070/12/O/N/18

14
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2018 5070/12/O/N/18

15
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2018 5070/12/O/N/18

Group
© UCLES 2018
1 2
H He
hydrogen helium
Key 1 4
3 4 proton (atomic) number 5 6 7 8 9 10
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
23 24 27 28 31 32 35.5 40
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 64 65 70 73 75 79 80 84
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
16
85 88 89 91 93 96 – 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
5070/12/O/N/18
55 56 57 – 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
lanthanoids
133 137 178 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209 – – –
87 88 89 – 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 114 116
actinoids
francium radium Rutherfordium dubnium seaborgium bohrium hassium meitnerium darmstadtium roentgenium copernicium flerovium livermorium
– – – – – – – – – – – – –
lanthanoids 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
La Ce Pr Nd Pm Sm Eu Gd Tb Dy Ho Er Tm Yb Lu
139 140 141 144 – 150 152 157 159 163 165 167 169 173 175
actinoids 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103
Ac Th Pa U Np Pu Am Cm Bk Cf Es Fm Md No Lr
– 232 231 238 – – – – – – – – – – –
CHEMISTRY 5070/11
1 hour
Soft clean eraser
*6374453349*

Write your name, centre number and candidate number on the Answer Sheet in the spaces provided unless
IB19 11_5070_11/3RP
2
of known concentration. The indicator methyl orange is used.

2 Which process is involved in all of the following?
1 obtaining copper(II) sulfate crystals from aqueous copper(II) sulfate
2 obtaining ethanol from the fermentation of glucose

3 obtaining nitrogen from liquid air
A crystallisation
B evaporation
C filtration
D fractional distillation
3 In which reaction is a white precipitate present when the reaction is complete?
A Excess aqueous barium nitrate is added to aqueous sodium chloride.

B Excess aqueous sodium hydroxide is added to aqueous aluminium chloride.
C Excess aqueous sodium hydroxide is added to aqueous iron(II) sulfate.

D Excess hydrochloric acid is added to aqueous silver nitrate.
4 Which three elements exist as diatomic molecules at room temperature?

© UCLES 2019 5070/11/O/N/19

3
5 Sulfur dioxide is a gas that is prepared by heating sodium sulfite with hydrochloric acid. It is an
acidic gas. Sulfur dioxide is more dense than air.
Which set of apparatus is suitable for preparing and collecting a dry sample of sulfur dioxide?
A B
sodium sodium
sulfite sulfite
+ +
acid acid
calcium concentrated
oxide sulfuric
heat heat
acid
sodium sodium
sulfite sulfite
+ +
acid acid
concentrated concentrated
sulfuric sulfuric
heat heat
acid acid
C D

4
A B
– –
– + + + – + –
+ + + – + – + – + key
– – + – – – –
+ + + + – a negative ion
– + – – + – – + – + – +
+ – + – + –
+ –+ + a positive ion
+
–
C D
– – – –
+ + + + – – –
– –
– – – – + + + + –
+ + + + – + + + + –
– – – – – + + + + –
+ + + + – – – –
7 Hydrogen sulfide burns in an excess of oxygen according to the equation shown.
2H2S(g) + 3O2(g) → 2H2O(g) + 2SO2(g)
48 dm3 of hydrogen sulfide is burned.
Which volume of sulfur dioxide will be formed at room temperature and pressure?
[All volumes are measured at the same temperature and pressure.]
A 24 dm3 B 36 dm3 C 48 dm3 D 96 dm3
8 Which row correctly identifies the different formulae of ethene and of its homologous series?
CH2 C2H4 CnH2n
A empirical formula molecular formula general formula

B empirical formula general formula molecular formula
C general formula molecular formula empirical formula
D molecular formula empirical formula general formula
© UCLES 2019 5070/11/O/N/19

5
N2(g) + 3H2(g) 2NH3(g)
A 5.9% B 17.6% C 35.3% D 50.0%
molecules in 2 g of gaseous hydrogen?
A 1:1 B 1:2 C 2:1 D 71 : 2
11 The diagram shows an electrolysis experiment using inert electrodes.
aqueous dilute
copper(II) sulfate sulfuric acid
electrolyte electrolyte
L M
Which row shows what happens to the concentration of the electrolyte in L and in M as the
electrolysis proceeds?
L M
A key
B = concentration stays constant
C = concentration does not stay constant
D
12 Molten sodium chloride is electrolysed.
Which equation correctly shows the reaction that occurs at the cathode?
A 2Cl – + 2e– → Cl 2
B 2Cl – – 2e– → Cl 2
C Na+ + e– → Na
D Na+ – e– → Na

6
13 An energy profile diagram is shown.
reactants
energy R
products
What does the arrow R on the diagram represent?
A an endothermic energy change

B the activation energy
C the energy taken in by the reactants
D the enthalpy change of the reaction
14 Which statement about exothermic and endothermic reactions is correct?
A In an endothermic reaction, energy is used to break bonds but no energy is released when
bonds form.
B In an endothermic reaction, energy is released when bonds form but more energy is used to
break bonds.
C In an exothermic reaction, energy is released both by breaking and by forming bonds.
D In an exothermic reaction, energy is released when bonds form but no energy is needed to
break bonds.
© UCLES 2019 5070/11/O/N/19

7
15 Gas P decomposes to form gas Q.
xP → yQ
Two experiments are carried out to investigate the rate of reaction. The conditions are the same
except that two different temperatures, T1 and T2, are used.
The results are plotted on graphs, drawn to the same scale.
T1 T2
volume
volume
of Q
volume volume of Q
volume volume
of P of P
0 0
0 time 0 time
x y temperature
A 2 3 T1 is higher than T2
B 2 3 T2 is higher than T1
C 3 2 T1 is higher than T2
D 3 2 T2 is higher than T1
16 In which reaction is the underlined substance reduced?
A C(s) + CO2(g) → 2CO(g)
B Cl 2(g) + 2I–(aq) → I2(aq) + 2Cl –(aq)
C Mg(s) + CuO(s) → MgO(s) + Cu(s)
D Zn(s) + 2H+(aq) → Zn2+(aq) + H2(g)

8
17 The equation for an industrial process is shown.
C(s) + H2O(g) → CO(g) + H2(g) ∆H = +131 kJ / mol
the oxidising the reducing

the reaction is
agent is agent is
A C(s) H2O(g) endothermic

B C(s) H2O(g) exothermic
C H2O(g) C(s) endothermic
D H2O(g) C(s) exothermic
18 Sodium hydroxide is added to a solution to alter its pH. A neutral solution is formed.
A Sodium hydroxide is an acid and reacts with an alkali to form water as a product.
B Sodium hydroxide will lower the pH of the solution.
C The pH of the neutral solution is 14.
D The pH of the solution before sodium hydroxide is added is below 7.
19 Sodium chloride is dissolved in distilled water. Universal indicator is added to the solution.
What is the colour of the universal indicator?
A blue (weak alkali)

B green (neutral)
C purple (strong alkali)
D red (acidic)

B It is a gas that turns damp blue litmus paper red.
© UCLES 2019 5070/11/O/N/19

9
21 Which statement gives reasons why ammonium sulfate can be used as a fertiliser?
A It contains nitrogen and phosphorous which are essential constituents of plant protein.
B It contains nitrogen to promote plant growth and is soluble in water.
C It contains sulfate ions which changes the pH of the soil.
D It contains sulfate ions and forms ammonia when lime is added to the soil.
22 Sulfuric acid is manufactured using the contact process. The equations for the reactions in the
process are shown.
reaction 1 2SO2(g) + O2(g) 2SO3(g) ∆H = –198 kJ / mol
reaction 2 SO3(g) + H2O(l) → H2SO4(aq)
1 Reaction 1 is reversible.
2 Reaction 1 is exothermic.
3 In reaction 2, sulfur dioxide reacts with water to form sulfuric acid.
23 Three statements about the elements carbon, nitrogen and sulfur are shown.
1 They are in groups next to each other in the Periodic Table.

2 Their neutron to proton ratios are all two to one.
3 They each form an acidic oxide.
24 What is a property of halogens?
A Their atoms decrease in size down the group.

B Their melting points increase down the group.
C They conduct electricity when molten.
D Their silver salts are all soluble in water.

10
25 Part of the Periodic Table shows the positions of four elements. These are not the elements’
actual symbols.
Which element has a high melting point and a variable oxidation state?
A
D
B C
26 Brass is made from copper and zinc. It has many uses.
Brass is ......1...... of these two elements.
Brass is used in electrical plugs because it is an electrical ......2...... .
1 2
A an alloy conductor
B an alloy insulator
C a compound conductor
D a compound insulator
A calcium carbonate
D zinc carbonate
28 Tin is a metal between iron and lead in the reactivity series.
Which method is used for the extraction of tin from its ores?
A electrolysis of the molten ore

B heat alone
C heat with aluminium powder
D heat with carbon
© UCLES 2019 5070/11/O/N/19

11
waste gases
carbon
anodes
carbon
cathode
purified aluminium oxide
dissolved in molten cryolite
molten
aluminium

B Cryolite increases the melting point of the electrolyte.
C Cryolite reacts with impurities to form slag.
30 Methane and sulfur dioxide are two air pollutants found in the Earth’s atmosphere.
Which row correctly identifies one source of each gas?
one source of methane one source of sulfur dioxide
A decaying plants photochemical reactions

B decaying plants volcanoes
C lightning activity photochemical reactions
D lightning activity volcanoes
31 The water supply can be purified by filtration and chlorination.
Which substance remains in the water supply after these treatments?
A fine sand
B harmful microbes
C mineral salts
D solid organic matter

12
32 Which statements are true for homologous series?
1 Each series contains saturated compounds.

2 The compounds in each series are unreactive.
3 Each series has a general formula.
4 Each series has a gradation in physical properties.
A 1, 2, 3 and 4
B 1, 2, and 3 only
C 1 and 4 only
D 3 and 4 only
1 2
H
H C H H H H H H
H H H H C C C C C H
H C C C C H H H H H
H H H H C H
H C H H
H
3 4
H
H H
H H H C H
C C H H H H
H H
C C H C C C C C H
H H
C C H H H H
H H
H H H C H
© UCLES 2019 5070/11/O/N/19

13
A B
Br H H H Br Br H H
Br H H H H H H H
C D
Br H Br H Br H H Br
H H H H H H H H
35 How many structural isomers with the formula C4H10O are alcohols?
A 2 B 3 C 4 D 5
36 Which statements about the alcohol CH3CH2CH2OH are correct?
1 When CH3CH2CH2OH is oxidised, it forms propanoic acid.

2 CH3CH2CH2OH burns in the air to form carbon dioxide and water.
3 CH3CH2CH2OH can be formed by the addition reaction between ethene and steam.
37 Propanoic acid reacts with calcium carbonate. The products of this reaction are
calcium propanoate, carbon dioxide and water.
What is the equation for this reaction?
A 2C2H5COOH + Ca2CO3 → 2C2H5COOCa + CO2 + H2O
B 2C2H5COOH + CaCO3 → (C2H5COO)2Ca + CO2 + H2O
C 2C3H7COOH + Ca2CO3 → 2C3H7COOCa + CO2 + H2O
D 2C3H7COOH + CaCO3 → (C3H7COO)2Ca + CO2 + H2O

14
38 An acid reacts with an alcohol to form an ester and water.
CH3CH2COOH + CH3CH2OH → CH3CH2C + H2O
O CH2CH3
What is the name of the ester formed in this reaction?
A ethyl ethanoate
B ethyl propanoate
C propyl ethanoate
D propyl propanoate
39 Part of a polymer chain is shown.
H H H H
H C H H C H H H H C H H C H
C C C C C C
H H H C H H C H H H
H H
Which monomer was used to produce this polymer?
A B C D
C C C C H C C C H C C H C C C C H
H H H H H H H H H H

O
A Fats and nylons all contain the C O linkage.

B Monomers used in condensation polymerisation must contain both –CO2H and –OH groups.
C Poly(ethene) will decolourise bromine.
O
D Proteins with the C N linkage are biodegradable as they can be hydrolysed.
© UCLES 2019 5070/11/O/N/19

15
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2019 5070/11/O/N/19

Group
© UCLES 2019
1 2
H He
hydrogen helium
Key 1 4
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
23 24 27 28 31 32 35.5 40
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 64 65 70 73 75 79 80 84
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
16
85 88 89 91 93 96 – 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
55 56 57–71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
5070/11/O/N/19
lanthanoids
133 137 178 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209 – – –
87 88 89–103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 114 116
actinoids
– – – – – – – – – – – – –
57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
139 140 141 144 – 150 152 157 159 163 165 167 169 173 175
89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103
– 232 231 238 – – – – – – – – – – –
CHEMISTRY 5070/12
1 hour
Soft clean eraser
*7272591249*

Write your name, centre number and candidate number on the Answer Sheet in the spaces provided unless
IB19 11_5070_12/3RP
2
of known concentration. The indicator methyl orange is used.

2 The diagrams show three stages, 1, 2 and 3, used in the preparation of a salt.
spatula
residue
filtrate
reactants
filtrate
heat
1 2 3
Which row correctly shows the solubilities both of the reactants and of the salt formed in this
preparation?
solubility of reactants solubility of salt formed
A both soluble insoluble

B both soluble soluble
C one soluble, one insoluble insoluble
D one soluble, one insoluble soluble
© UCLES 2019 5070/12/O/N/19

3
3 The nucleon number of an atom is typically greater than its proton number. The difference
between these two numbers indicates the number of ......1...... in the atom.
Atoms that have different nucleon numbers but the same proton number are called ......2...... .
1 2
A electrons isomers
B electrons isotopes
C neutrons isomers
D neutrons isotopes
4 Which three elements exist as diatomic molecules at room temperature?

5 Which is a pure compound?
A dry air
B ethanol
C steel
D petrol (gasoline)

4
A B
– –
– + + + – + –
+ + + – + – + – + key
– – + – – – –
+ + + + – a negative ion
– + – – + – – + – + – +
+ – + – + –
+ –+ + a positive ion
+
–
C D
– – – –
+ + + + – – –
– –
– – – – + + + + –
+ + + + – + + + + –
– – – – – + + + + –
+ + + + – – – –
7 Hydrogen sulfide burns in an excess of oxygen according to the equation shown.
2H2S(g) + 3O2(g) → 2H2O(g) + 2SO2(g)
48 dm3 of hydrogen sulfide is burned.
Which volume of sulfur dioxide will be formed at room temperature and pressure?
[All volumes are measured at the same temperature and pressure.]
A 24 dm3 B 36 dm3 C 48 dm3 D 96 dm3
8 Which statement about electrical conductivity is correct?
A Covalent compounds, such as glucose, conduct when molten or dissolved in water.

B Dilute acids, such as sulfuric acid, conduct because all the ions are free to move.
C Ionic compounds, such as sodium chloride, conduct due to movement of electrons.
D Metals, such as copper, conduct due to movement of positive ions.
N2(g) + 3H2(g) 2NH3(g)
A 5.9% B 17.6% C 35.3% D 50.0%
© UCLES 2019 5070/12/O/N/19

5
molecules in 2 g of gaseous hydrogen?
A 1:1 B 1:2 C 2:1 D 71 : 2
11 The diagram shows the apparatus for an electrolysis experiment.
inert electrodes
electrolyte
Using the apparatus shown, which electrolyte would give colourless gases at both electrodes?

D molten lead bromide
12 Which metal is most likely to be extracted from its molten chloride by the use of electrolysis?
A calcium
B copper
C iron
D silver

6
13 Two energy profile diagrams are shown. The scale on the y-axis is the same for both diagrams.
products
energy energy
products
reactants reactants
A Both reactions are exothermic.

B Only one reaction is endothermic.
C The activation energy of reaction 1 is smaller than the activation energy of reaction 2.
D The enthalpy change of reaction 2 is larger than the enthalpy change of reaction 1.
14 Ammonium nitrate dissolves in water.
H2O
NH4NO3(s) NH4NO3(aq) ∆H = +25 kJ / mol
1 The reaction is endothermic.

2 The water gets colder during the reaction.
3 Heat energy is absorbed by the ammonium nitrate from the water.
15 Which statement about photosynthesis is correct?
A Chlorophyll is a reactant.
B Oxygen is a product.
C Sunlight is a reactant.
D Water is a product.
© UCLES 2019 5070/12/O/N/19

7
A C(s) + CO2(g) → 2CO(g)
B Cl 2(g) + 2I–(aq) → I2(aq) + 2Cl –(aq)
C Mg(s) + CuO(s) → MgO(s) + Cu(s)
D Zn(s) + 2H+(aq) → Zn2+(aq) + H2(g)
17 Catalysts alter the rate of chemical reactions.
Which statements correctly describe the effect of adding a catalyst to a reaction?
1 All reactant particles have more energy and move faster.

2 The activation energy is lowered.
3 More reactant particles collide with enough energy to react.
18 Solution T has the following properties.
1 It reacts with magnesium forming a gas.

2 It reacts with calcium carbonate forming a gas.
Which statement about solution T is correct?
A It contains more OH– ions than H+ ions.

B It has pH 9.
C Its reaction with calcium carbonate produces hydrogen.
D It reacts with aqueous ammonia.
19 Which substance is soluble in water?
A copper(II) carbonate
B copper(II) oxide
C copper(II) hydroxide
D copper(II) nitrate

B It is a gas that turns damp blue litmus paper red.

8
21 Part of the Periodic Table is shown with four elements, W, X, Y and Z. These are not the
elements’ actual symbols.
Y
W X Z
Some pairs of these elements may react to form compounds.
Which formulae are correct?
A WX and YZ
B WY2 and WZ
C WZ and XZ
D X2Z3 and YZ
22 The elements in Group I have similar chemical properties.
Which statement explains why this is true?
A They all have metallic bonding.

B They all have the same number of complete electron shells.
C They all have the same number of electrons in their outer shell.
D They are all stored under oil to prevent reactions with the air.
23 Helium and xenon are both noble gases.
What is true of both elements?
the atoms have

they are
eight electrons in
chemically inert
their outer shell
A
B
C
D
© UCLES 2019 5070/12/O/N/19

9
24 The ions of metal X react with aqueous potassium iodide.
2X2+(aq) + 4I–(aq) → 2XI(s) + I2(aq)

coloured
From this information, it can be deduced that X is most likely a ......1...... metal and the X2+(aq)
ions are ......2...... .
1 2
A Group II oxidised
B Group II reduced
C transition oxidised
D transition reduced
25 Which substance is a metal?
melting conducts electricity conducts electricity

point when solid when molten
A high
B high
C high
D low
26 Which metal can be obtained from its oxide by using either carbon or hydrogen?
A Cu B Fe C Mg D Zn
A calcium carbonate
D zinc carbonate

10
28 Iron is extracted from its ore in a blast furnace. Coke and limestone are also added to the blast
furnace.
What is the purpose of the limestone?
A to decompose to release oxygen to burn the coke

B to decompose to release oxygen to oxidise the iron
C to decompose to neutralise the acidic impurities
D to react with coke to heat the blast furnace
waste gases
carbon
anodes
carbon
cathode
purified aluminium oxide
dissolved in molten cryolite
molten
aluminium

B Cryolite increases the melting point of the electrolyte.
C Cryolite reacts with impurities to form slag.
30 Steel is produced by blowing oxygen into impure molten iron.
A student suggests two reasons why this process is carried out.
1 The oxygen removes some of the carbon from the impure iron.
2 The oxygen oxidises iron(II) ions to iron(III) ions.
Which reasons are correct?
A both 1 and 2
B 1 only
C 2 only
D neither 1 nor 2
© UCLES 2019 5070/12/O/N/19

11
31 Z is a pollutant gas that is formed in internal combustion engines.
An aqueous solution of Z is acidic.
Z is removed from the exhaust gases in a catalytic converter by reduction.
What is Z?
A CO B N2 C H2O D NO2
32 A student investigates the properties of a colourless organic liquid.
Which observation shows that the liquid is unsaturated?
A It decolourises aqueous bromine.

B It has a sweet smell.
C It is a good solvent for organic compounds.
D It produces carbon dioxide when burned.

12
1 2
H
H C H H H H H H
H H H H C C C C C H
H C C C C H H H H H
H H H H C H
H C H H
H
3 4
H
H H
H H H C H
C C H H H H
H H
C C H C C C C C H
H H
C C H H H H
H H
H H H C H
© UCLES 2019 5070/12/O/N/19

13
A B
Br H H H Br Br H H
Br H H H H H H H
C D
Br H Br H Br H H Br
H H H H H H H H
35 Which statement about propene is correct?
A It can be formed by cracking butane.

B It has the formula C3H8.
C It is a saturated hydrocarbon.
D It reacts with hydrogen to form ethane.
36 Which term describes the structure of Terylene?
A polyalkene
B polyamide
C polyester
D protein
37 Which process is involved in the formation of ethanol from ethene?
A addition
B combustion
C polymerisation
D substitution

14
38 Which compound is an alcohol?
A B
H H H H H H H H
H O H H H O O H
CH3 H H
C D
H H O H H O H
H C C C O H H C C C C H
H H H H H
39 Which two compounds react together to form CH3CH2COOCH3?
A ethanoic acid and ethanol

B methanoic acid and ethanol
C methanoic acid and propanol
D propanoic acid and methanol
40 Which compound might be suitable to flavour a soft drink?
A CH3CH2CH2COOCH3
B CH3CH2CH2CH2CH2OH
C CH3CH2CH2CH2COOH
D CH3CHCHCH2CH3
© UCLES 2019 5070/12/O/N/19

15
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2019 5070/12/O/N/19

Group
© UCLES 2019
1 2
H He
hydrogen helium
Key 1 4
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
23 24 27 28 31 32 35.5 40
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 64 65 70 73 75 79 80 84
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
85 88 89 91 93 96 – 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
16
55 56 57–71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
lanthanoids
5070/12/O/N/19
133 137 178 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209 – – –
87 88 89–103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 114 116
actinoids
– – – – – – – – – – – – –
57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
139 140 141 144 – 150 152 157 159 163 165 167 169 173 175
89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103
– 232 231 238 – – – – – – – – – – –
Cambridge O Level
CHEMISTRY 5070/11
1 hour

*2068494095*

Soft clean eraser
INSTRUCTIONS
INFORMATION
IB20 11_5070_11/5RP
2
1 A student needs to measure 17.60 cm3 of hydrochloric acid. The student has access to the
apparatus commonly found in a school laboratory.
Which piece of equipment should be used to measure the 17.60 cm3 of hydrochloric acid?
A a burette
B a gas syringe
C a measuring cylinder
D a pipette
tap
cotton wool
funnel
CaCO3(s)
+ HCl (aq)
mass balance CaCO3(s)

100.02
1 2
thistle
funnel
measuring
cylinder
CaCO3(s)
+ HCl (aq)
water
3
Which sets of apparatus are suitable, together with a stop-watch, for following the rate of this
reaction?
© UCLES 2020 5070/11/O/N/20

3
3 Some substances may be separated using paper chromatography. The diagram shows the
results of running two mixtures in a suitable solvent.
Which spot has an Rf value of 0.37?
solvent front
D
C
B
A
starting line
4 Petroleum (crude oil) is separated into useful fractions by fractional distillation. The positions at
which fractions X and Y are collected from the fractionating column are shown.
fractions
petroleum


4
5 Compound X is a crystalline solid at room temperature and pressure. An aqueous solution of X is

tested as shown.
test test result

acidify with dilute nitric acid, no visible change
then add aqueous barium nitrate
add aqueous ammonia white precipitate,
soluble in excess
What could be the identity of X?
B sodium sulfate
C calcium nitrate
D zinc chloride
6 When aqueous sodium hydroxide is added to a solution, a white precipitate forms which dissolves
when excess sodium hydroxide is added.
Which ion could be present in the solution?
A Al 3+(aq) B Ca2+(aq) C Cu2+(aq) D Na+(aq)
7 Why does a balloon full of helium gas become smaller as the temperature changes from 30 C to
10 C?
A The gas condenses to a liquid and so takes up less space.

B The gas particles become smaller at lower temperatures.
C The gas particles diffuse through the balloon and escape.
D The gas particles move more slowly so reducing the pressure.
© UCLES 2020 5070/11/O/N/20

5
8 The diagram of an ion is shown.
nucleus
What can be deduced about the number of protons in this ion?
A It has 9 protons.
B It has 10 protons.
C It has 11 protons
D You cannot deduce the number of protons from this diagram.
9 The circuit diagram shows an experiment using a rod of copper and a rod of graphite.
switch
bulb
rod of rod of
copper graphite
When the switch is closed, the bulb lights because an electric current flows through the copper
and the graphite.
Which particles move through these two solids?
copper ions electrons carbon ions
A
B
C
D

6
A ammonia
B methane
C sodium chloride
D water
11 Which statement describes ionic bonds?
A a lattice of ions in a ‘sea of electrons’

12 The diagram shows the covalent bonds in an organic compound.
H H
H C C H
H H
The total number of electrons in one molecule of this compound is ......X...... .
The total number of electrons in the bonds in one molecule of this compound is ......Y...... .
Which numbers correctly complete gaps X and Y?
X Y
A 14 12
B 14 14
C 18 12
D 18 14
13 Which contains the greatest mass of oxygen?
A 0.2 mol of aluminium nitrate, Al (NO3)3

B 0.3 mol of potassium sulfate, K2SO4
C 0.4 mol of sodium nitrate, NaNO3
D 0.5 mol of magnesium carbonate, MgCO3
© UCLES 2020 5070/11/O/N/20

7
14 Compound X has a composition by mass of 63.6 % nitrogen and 36.4 % oxygen.
What is the empirical formula of X?
A N2O B NO C NO2 D N2O4
15 The table gives the relative formula mass of four compounds and the mass of each compound
present in 1 dm3 of solution.
Which solution has the highest concentration in mol / dm3?
relative mass of compound in

solution
formula mass 1 dm3 of solution / g
A HCl 36.5 3.65

B H2SO4 98 9.80
C KOH 56 2.80
D NaOH 40 6.00
A 0.5 mol of water

B 1.0 mol of carbon dioxide
C 1.0 mol of methane
D 2.0 mol of hydrogen chloride
17 The diagrams show the structures of ethene and propene.
H H H H H
C C H C C C
H H H H
ethene propene
Which statement about equal volumes of ethene gas and propene gas at r.t.p. is correct?
A They contain equal numbers of atoms.

B They give equal volumes of carbon dioxide when burnt completely in oxygen.
C They give equal masses of ethane and propane when reacted with hydrogen.
D They react with equal masses of bromine.

8
the anode is weighed at regular time intervals.
A B C D
mass mass mass mass

of of of of
0 0 0 0
Which row shows what happens in this electrolysis and why it happens?
change occurring explanation

A oxygen is discharged OH–(aq) loses electrons more
at the anode easily than does Cl –(aq)
B during electrolysis the pH the electrolysis in aqueous solution
of the electrolyte increases involves the discharge of H+(aq) ions
C solid sodium is discharged Na+(aq) is present in
at the cathode aqueous solution
D the products stay the same if Na+ and Cl – are present in

the aqueous sodium chloride is both molten and aqueous
replaced by molten sodium chloride sodium chloride
20 The energy profile diagram for both the catalysed and uncatalysed reactions between N2 and H2,
in the Haber process, is shown.
What is the activation energy for the formation of NH3 in the presence of a catalyst?
A
N2(g) + 3H2(g) C D
energy
B
2NH3(g)
© UCLES 2020 5070/11/O/N/20

9
A The change is reduction because there has been a gain of electrons.

B The change is oxidation because there has been a loss of electrons.
C The change is reduction because there has been a loss of electrons.
D The change is oxidation because there has been a gain of electrons.
When the temperature of water is increased, which changes take place?

23 Which row correctly describes the solubilities of both ammonium sulfate and sodium carbonate in
water?
solubility of solubility of
ammonium sulfate sodium carbonate
A insoluble insoluble
B insoluble soluble
C soluble insoluble
D soluble soluble
24 Lead(II) chloride is an insoluble salt.
Which two reagents are used to prepare a pure sample of lead(II) chloride?
A lead(II) carbonate and dilute hydrochloric acid

B lead metal and dilute hydrochloric acid
C aqueous lead(II) nitrate and dilute hydrochloric acid
D lead(II) oxide and dilute hydrochloric acid

10
25 The Haber process is used to make ammonia.
Which catalyst is used in the Haber process?
A iron
B nickel
C platinum
D vanadium(V) oxide
26 Some compounds containing nitrogen are used as fertilisers.
The table shows some nitrogen-containing compounds, whether they are used as a fertiliser or
not and a reason for this.
used as a
compound reason
fertiliser
A aqueous ammonia, yes lowers the pH of the soil

NH3(aq)
B ammonium carbonate, no is insoluble in water
(NH4)2CO3
C ammonium chloride, is made from the products of the
yes
NH4Cl Haber process and the Contact process
D ammonium nitrate, yes is soluble in water
NH4NO3
27 An atom of which element has the same electronic configuration as an atom of an ion of
strontium?
A calcium
B krypton
C rubidium
D selenium
28 Metals are elements that have many similar properties because of their structure.
Which statement about metals is correct?
A Metals are malleable because the layers of atoms can slide over each other.
B Metals conduct electricity because their ions vibrate and pass on energy to each other.
C The melting point of metals depends on the strength of the intermolecular forces in the
lattice.
D To form an alloy of two metals, the metals must have very similar ionic radii.
© UCLES 2020 5070/11/O/N/20

11
29 What happens when a strip of silver is immersed in aqueous copper(II) sulfate?

potassium
aluminium
zinc decreasing
reactivity
hydrogen
copper

B Copper displaces zinc from aqueous zinc sulfate.

D When added to water, aluminium forms positive ions more readily than potassium forms
positive ions.
31 Iron is extracted from haematite in a blast furnace. Coke and limestone are added to the blast
furnace.
What is the function of the limestone?
A It decomposes and neutralises acidic impurities.

B It is a fuel which heats the furnace.
C It oxidises the iron in haematite.
D It releases oxygen allowing the coke to burn.
32 Carbon dioxide, methane and oxygen are gases involved in the carbon cycle.
Which of these gases may contribute to global warming?
A carbon dioxide only

B carbon dioxide and methane
C carbon dioxide and oxygen
D methane only

12
33 Two statements about the water in lakes are given.
statement 1 Fish are unable to live in some lakes because there is insufficient oxygen
in the water.
statement 2 Fertilisers can be washed into lakes where they cause eutrophication.
What is correct?

D Statement 2 is correct but statement 1 is incorrect.
34 Chlorine reacts with methane.
chemical equation conditions required

A Cl 2 + CH4  CH2Cl 2 + H2 methane and chlorine gases are mixed
in the presence of ultraviolet light
B Cl 2 + CH4  CH2Cl 2 + H2 methane is bubbled into
concentrated aqueous chlorine
C Cl 2 + CH4  CH3Cl + HCl methane and chlorine gases are mixed
in the presence of ultraviolet light
D Cl 2 + CH4  CH3Cl + HCl methane is bubbled into
concentrated aqueous chlorine
35 Which statements about alkenes are correct?
1 They have the general formula of CnH2n.

2 They undergo addition reactions with steam.
3 They burn in air to form carbon dioxide and water.
© UCLES 2020 5070/11/O/N/20

13
36 X is a branched hydrocarbon with the ratio of carbon atoms to hydrogen atoms being 1 : 2.
X has a relative molecular mass of 56.
A B C D
H H
H H H H H H H H H
C C
H C C C H H C C C H C C C C H
H C C H
H H H H H H
C
H H H H H C H H C H
H H
37 The reactions listed all involve ethanol.
1 C2H5OH + O2  CH3COOH + H2O
2 C2H5OH + CH3COOH  CH3COOC2H5 + H2O
3 C6H12O6  2C2H5OH + 2CO2
Which row correctly describes each reaction?
1 2 3
A combustion acidification fermentation

B combustion esterification addition
C oxidation acidification addition
D oxidation esterification fermentation

14
38 Ethanoic acid is reacted with propanol.
What is the name and what is the structure of the ester produced?
name structure
H H O
H C C C H H
A propyl ethanoate
H H O C C H
H H
H H O
H C C C H H
B ethyl propanoate
H H O C C H
H H
H O
H C C H H H
C propyl ethanoate
H O C C C H
H H H
H O
H C C H H H
D ethyl propanoate
H O C C C H
H H H
39 The diagram shows the partial structure of a polymer.
O O O O
C C N N C C N N
H H H H
Which type of polymer does it represent?
A polyamide
B polyester
C poly(ethene)
D polysaccharide
© UCLES 2020 5070/11/O/N/20

15
H H
C C
H CH2
CH3
polymer?
type of
monomer
polymerisation
H H
A C C addition
H C 2H 5
H H
B C C condensation
H C 2H 5
H H
H C C
C addition
H CH
CH3
H H
H C C
D condensation
H CH
CH3
© UCLES 2020 5070/11/O/N/20

Group
© UCLES 2020
1 2
H He
hydrogen helium
Key 1 4
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
23 24 27 28 31 32 35.5 40
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 64 65 70 73 75 79 80 84
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
16
85 88 89 91 93 96 – 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
55 56 57–71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
5070/11/O/N/20
lanthanoids
133 137 178 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209 – – –
87 88 89–103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 114 116
actinoids
– – – – – – – – – – – – –
57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
139 140 141 144 – 150 152 157 159 163 165 167 169 173 175
89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103
– 232 231 238 – – – – – – – – – – –
Cambridge O Level
CHEMISTRY 5070/12
1 hour

*7217820216*

Soft clean eraser
INSTRUCTIONS
INFORMATION
IB20 11_5070_12/5RP
2
1 During a titration experiment, an acid is transferred into a burette.
The diagrams show part of the burette at the start of the titration and at the end-point.
22 27
23 28
24 29
start of titration end-point of titration
/ cm3 / cm3
What is the volume of acid used during the titration?
A 3.7 cm3 B 4.9 cm3 C 5.1 cm3 D 6.3 cm3
tap
cotton wool
funnel
CaCO3(s)
+ HCl (aq)
mass balance CaCO3(s)

100.02
1 2
thistle
funnel
measuring
cylinder
CaCO3(s)
+ HCl (aq)
water
3
Which sets of apparatus are suitable, together with a stop-watch, for following the rate of this
reaction?
© UCLES 2020 5070/12/O/N/20

3
3 Chromatography can be used to separate and identify dyes present in a mixture.
A A dye with an Rf value of 1.2 can be present in a mixture.

B A dye could have a different Rf value if a different solvent was used.
C All blue dyes have the same Rf value.
D Chromatography can only be used for coloured substances such as dyes.
4 Petroleum (crude oil) is separated into useful fractions by fractional distillation. The positions at
which fractions X and Y are collected from the fractionating column are shown.
fractions
petroleum

5 Aqueous zinc chloride is tested with various reagents.
A Aqueous ammonia gives a white precipitate which is soluble in excess reagent.

B Copper turnings give a precipitate of zinc.
C Acidified aqueous silver nitrate gives a yellow precipitate.
D Acidified aqueous barium nitrate gives a white precipitate.

4
6 When aqueous sodium hydroxide is added to a solution, a white precipitate forms which dissolves
when excess sodium hydroxide is added.
Which ion could be present in the solution?
A Al 3+(aq) B Ca2+(aq) C Cu2+(aq) D Na+(aq)
7 A sample of a gas occupies a volume of 2.0 dm3 at room temperature and pressure.
Which changes in the conditions would both decrease the volume occupied by the gas?
A decreased decreased
B increased decreased
C decreased increased
D increased increased
8 An ion contains 20 electrons and has a charge of +3.
From which element was the ion formed?
A aluminium
B calcium
C iron
D vanadium
A Diamond conducts electricity while graphite does not.

B Graphite has delocalised ions between its layers.
C In diamond, each carbon atom is joined to three other carbon atoms only.
D The layered structure of graphite makes it slippery.
A ammonia
B methane
C sodium chloride
D water
© UCLES 2020 5070/12/O/N/20

5
11 Which statement describes ionic bonds?
A a lattice of ions in a ‘sea of electrons’

12 Which substances contain at least one double bond?
1 C2H4
2 O2
3 C2H6
4 CO2
A 1, 2 and 3 B 2, 3 and 4 C 1, 2 and 4 D 1, 3 and 4
13 Magnesium will react with aqueous copper(II) sulfate to form copper and aqueous
magnesium sulfate.
What is the correct equation for this reaction?
A Mg + CuSO4  Cu + MgSO4
B Mg + Cu2SO4  2Cu + MgSO4
C 2Mg + CuSO4  Cu + Mg2SO4
D 2Mg + Cu2SO4  2Cu + Mg2SO4
14 A sample of magnesium hydroxide has a mass of 4.63 g.
How many moles of magnesium hydroxide are present?
A 0.0617 B 0.0798 C 0.113 D 0.154
A The concentration of a solution is expressed in dm3 / mol.

B The empirical formula of a compound always gives the actual numbers of each type of atom
in one molecule.
C The molecular formula of a compound always contains more atoms than the empirical
formula.
the average mass of one atom of the element
D The relative atomic mass of an element is 1
.
12
the mass of one atom of carbon -12

6
A 0.5 mol of water

B 1.0 mol of carbon dioxide
C 1.0 mol of methane
D 2.0 mol of hydrogen chloride
17 The equation shows the production of iron by the reduction of iron(III) oxide.
Fe2O3 + 3CO  2Fe + 3CO2
80 tonnes of iron(III) oxide produces 50 tonnes of iron.
What is the percentage yield?
A 45% B 63% C 68% D 89%
the anode is weighed at regular time intervals.
A B C D
mass mass mass mass

of of of of
0 0 0 0
© UCLES 2020 5070/12/O/N/20

7
19 The diagram shows the electrolysis of a mixture of aqueous copper(II) nitrate, Cu(NO3)2(aq), and
aqueous silver nitrate, AgNO3(aq). Electrodes X and Y are inert.
X + – Y
mixture of AgNO3(aq)
and Cu(NO3)2(aq)
Copper is above silver in the reactivity series.
It can be deduced that ......1...... is initially deposited at electrode ......2...... .
1 2
A copper X
B copper Y
C silver X
D silver Y
20 The energy profile diagram of a chemical reaction is shown.
250
200
reactants
energy 150
kJ / mol
100
products
50
0
0
What is the value of the activation energy of the reaction?
A –200 kJ / mol B –100 kJ / mol C +100 kJ / mol D +200 kJ / mol

8
A The change is reduction because there has been a gain of electrons.

B The change is oxidation because there has been a loss of electrons.
C The change is reduction because there has been a loss of electrons.
D The change is oxidation because there has been a gain of electrons.
When the temperature of water is increased, which changes take place?

23 Which salts could be prepared by precipitation?
1 barium sulfate
2 lead chloride
3 copper(II) chloride
4 zinc sulfate
24 Silver is below hydrogen in the reactivity series.
Which row describes the chemicals used and the method of separation used to prepare a pure
sample of silver chloride?
method of separation
chemicals used
of product
A silver and hydrochloric acid crystallisation

B silver and hydrochloric acid filtration
C silver nitrate and hydrochloric acid crystallisation
D silver nitrate and hydrochloric acid filtration
© UCLES 2020 5070/12/O/N/20

9
25 Ammonia is manufactured by the Haber process.
N2(g) + 3H2(g) 2NH3(g)
Which statement about the Haber process is correct?
A A low pressure is used to shift the position of the equilibrium to the right.
B A high temperature is used to shift the position of the equilibrium to the right.
C An iron catalyst is used to shift the position of the equilibrium to the right.
D The nitrogen used is obtained from the air.
26 The table contains some facts about sulfur dioxide and sulfuric acid and comments on these
facts.
fact comment
A In the manufacture of sulfuric acid, sulfur The equation for this reaction is
reacts with oxygen to make sulfur trioxide. 2S(s) + 3O2(g) 2SO3(g).
B Nickel is used as the catalyst Catalysts speed up a reaction by
in the Contact process. lowering the activation energy, Ea.
C Sulfuric acid is used in car batteries. This increases the efficiency
of the petrol engine.
D The use of low sulfur petrol is beneficial Sulfur dioxide is acidic because
because it minimises the formation of acid rain. it is the oxide of a non-metal.
27 An atom of which element has the same electronic configuration as an atom of an ion of
strontium?
A calcium
B krypton
C rubidium
D selenium
28 Metals have high melting points.
A Their atoms are joined by strong covalent bonds in a giant lattice.

B They have strong forces of attraction between negative ions and delocalised electrons.
C They have strong forces of attraction between negative ions and positive ions.
D They have strong forces of attraction between positive ions and delocalised electrons.

10
29 What happens when a strip of silver is immersed in aqueous copper(II) sulfate?

potassium
aluminium
zinc decreasing
reactivity
hydrogen
copper

B Copper displaces zinc from aqueous zinc sulfate.

D When added to water, aluminium forms positive ions more readily than potassium forms
positive ions.
31 Aluminium is extracted from its ore using electrolysis.
Which statement about the electrodes used is correct?
A The anode is made of graphite.

B The anode is made of steel.
C The cathode is made of bauxite.
D The cathode is made of cryolite.
32 Gas X is present in dry air and may contribute to global warming.
What is X?
A carbon monoxide
B methane
C nitrogen oxide
D sulfur dioxide
© UCLES 2020 5070/12/O/N/20

11
33 Four processes are used during the purification of water.
● use of carbon
● desalination
● chlorination
● filtration
The purposes, W, X, Y and Z, for these processes are listed.
W disinfection
X removal of solids
Y removal of dissolved salts
Z removal of tastes and odours
What is the purpose for each process?
use of carbon desalination chlorination filtration
A Y Z W X
B Z Y W X
C Z Y X W
D Y Z X W
34 Propane undergoes substitution reactions when mixed with chlorine gas in the presence of
ultraviolet light.
Which compound could be formed when propane and chlorine are mixed in the presence of
ultraviolet light?
A CH3CCl 2CH3
B CH2Cl CH2Cl
C CH3CH2CH3Cl
D CH3CHCl CH2CH3
35 The hydrocarbon CH3CHCH2 will undergo a number of chemical reactions.
In which reaction will the carbon to carbon single bond be broken?
A combustion with oxygen

B hydrogenation
C polymerisation
D reaction with steam

12
36 Hydrocarbon compounds can form rings of carbon atoms as well as chains.
The structures of two hydrocarbon rings are shown.
P Q
H2 H2
C C
H 2C CH2 H2C CH
H 2C CH2 H 2C CH
C C
H2 H2
Which of P and Q is unsaturated and which reacts with aqueous bromine?
reacts with
is unsaturated
aqueous bromine
A P P
B P Q
C Q P
D Q Q
37 A sample of aqueous glucose is fermented with yeast at 37 C in the absence of air.
The main organic product, X, is purified by fractional distillation. X is then oxidised, by heating
under reflux with acidified potassium manganate(VII), to give a final product Y.
What is the identity of Y?
A ethanoic acid
B ethene
C propanoic acid
D propene
© UCLES 2020 5070/12/O/N/20

13
38 The diagram shows the structure of a compound called ethanoic anhydride.
H O
H C C
H
O
H
H C C
H O
1 mol of ethanoic anhydride reacts with water to form 2 mol of a carboxylic acid only. This
carboxylic acid reacts with ethanol to form an ester.
How many moles of water react with 1 mol of the ethanoic anhydride and what is the structure of
the ester?
number of
structure of the ester
moles of water
H H O
H C C C H
A 1
H H O C H
H O
H C C H H
B 1
H O C C H
H H
H H O
H C C C H
C 2
H H O C H
H O
H C C H H
D 2
H O C C H
H H

14
39 Burning polymers can cause atmospheric pollution.
Which polymer, on burning, could produce nitrogen oxides?
A nylon
B poly(ethene)
C starch
D Terylene
H H
C C
H CH2
CH3
polymer?
type of
monomer
polymerisation
H H
A C C addition
H C 2H 5
H H
B C C condensation
H C 2H 5
H H
H C C
C addition
H CH
CH3
H H
H C C
D condensation
H CH
CH3
© UCLES 2020 5070/12/O/N/20

15
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2020 5070/12/O/N/20

Group
© UCLES 2020
1 2
H He
hydrogen helium
Key 1 4
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
23 24 27 28 31 32 35.5 40
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 64 65 70 73 75 79 80 84
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
16
85 88 89 91 93 96 – 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
55 56 57–71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
5070/12/O/N/20
lanthanoids
133 137 178 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209 – – –
87 88 89–103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 114 116
actinoids
– – – – – – – – – – – – –
57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
139 140 141 144 – 150 152 157 159 163 165 167 169 173 175
89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103
– 232 231 238 – – – – – – – – – – –
Cambridge O Level
CHEMISTRY 5070/11
1 hour

*2521491924*

Soft clean eraser
INSTRUCTIONS
INFORMATION
IB21 11_5070_11/5RP
2
1 A student makes aqueous copper(II) sulfate. The student adds an excess of copper(II) oxide
powder to warm sulfuric acid and stirs the mixture.
Which apparatus should be used to separate aqueous copper(II) sulfate from the excess
copper(II) oxide?
A burette
B distillation apparatus
C filter funnel and paper
D measuring cylinder
2 A student follows the rate of the reaction between marble chips, CaCO3, and
dilute hydrochloric acid.
CaCO3 + 2HCl  CaCl 2 + CO2 + H2O
Which diagrams show apparatus that, with a stopwatch, is suitable for this experiment?
1 2
loose
measuring plug
acid
acid
balance
water
marble chips
hydrochloric
acid burette
marble chips
© UCLES 2021 5070/11/O/N/21

3
3 A mixture of three liquids is separated by fractional distillation.
1 The mixture boils at constant temperature throughout the separation.

2 The temperature at which the mixture boils increases during the separation.
3 The liquid with the highest boiling point is collected first.
4 The liquid with the lowest boiling point is collected first.
4 A mixture of four coloured dyes is analysed by chromatography.
The result is shown.
solvent front
baseline
Which change will allow the four dyes to be seen?
A Measure the Rf values of the spots carefully.

B Run the chromatogram for a longer time.
C Run the chromatogram using a different solvent.
D Use a locating agent.
5 A compound X, when heated with an aqueous solution of compound Y, produces a gas that turns
red litmus blue.
1 Y could be potassium hydroxide.

2 X is an acid.
3 X could be an ammonium salt.
4 X could be sodium nitrate.
A 1, 2 and 3 B 1 and 3 only C 3 only D 2 and 4

4

B aqueous ammonia forms a white precipitate,
soluble in excess of the reagent
C aqueous sodium hydroxide forms a white precipitate,
insoluble in excess of the reagent
7 The rate of diffusion of carbon dioxide and methane is investigated at two different temperatures,
one high and one low.
Which row correctly shows the gas that diffuses faster and the temperature at which diffusion
takes place most rapidly?
gas temperature
A carbon dioxide high

B carbon dioxide low
C methane high
D methane low
8 Which statement about atoms and ions is correct?
A Atoms and ions of the same element must have different numbers of neutrons.
B Isotopes of different elements must have different numbers of neutrons.
C The charge on a positive ion = (nucleon number – number of neutrons – number of electrons).
D The number of protons and number of neutrons in an atom must be the same.
© UCLES 2021 5070/11/O/N/21

5
9 The bonding in a molecule of carbon dioxide can be represented by a dot-and-cross diagram.
Which diagram is correct?
A B
O C O O C O
C D
C O C O C O
A A metal lattice consists of negative ions in a ‘sea of electrons’.

C Metals are malleable because the ions present are mobile.
What is the mass of 2.0 mol of chlorine gas?
A 17.75 g B 35.5 g C 71 g D 142 g
12 Methane burns in oxygen.
CH4(g) + 2O2(g)  CO2(g) + 2H2O(l)
10 cm3 of methane is reacted with 25 cm3 of oxygen.
What is the total volume of gas that would be measured after the reaction?
(Assume all volumes of gases are measured at room temperature and pressure.)
A 10 cm3 B 15 cm3 C 30 cm3 D 35 cm3

6
13 An aqueous solution is made by dissolving 3.4 g of sodium hydroxide, NaOH, to make 500 cm3 of
solution.
What is the concentration, in mol / dm3, of this sodium hydroxide solution?
A 0.0068 B 0.085 C 0.17 D 6.8
14 Which statement about electrolysis reactions is correct?
A Bromine is formed at the anode when molten lead bromide is electrolysed.

B Positive ions are discharged at the positive electrode.
C Sodium is formed at the cathode when aqueous sodium chloride is electrolysed.
D Sulfur dioxide is formed as a gas when dilute sulfuric acid is electrolysed.
+ –
copper

sulfate

16 Which process is endothermic?
A atoms bonding to form molecules

B the chemical reaction occurring in a fuel cell
C the reaction of carbon dioxide and water to produce glucose and oxygen
D the reaction of methane with oxygen to produce water and carbon dioxide
© UCLES 2021 5070/11/O/N/21

7
17 The reaction of hydrogen with chlorine to form gaseous hydrogen chloride is exothermic.
A The total energy of bond formation is greater than the total energy of bond breaking.
B The total energy of bond breaking is greater than the total energy of bond formation.
C The temperature of the reaction mixture falls during the reaction.
D The temperature of the reaction mixture remains unchanged during the reaction.
N2(g) + 3H2(g) 2NH3(g)
19 Which statements about oxidation and reduction are correct?
1 Reduction can involve the loss of oxygen.

2 Oxidation can involve the loss of hydrogen.
3 Reduction can involve the loss of electrons.
20 Aqueous ammonium nitrite, NH4NO2, decomposes when heated.
NH4NO2(aq)  N2(g) + 2H2O(l)
In this salt, the anion is ......1...... .
The nitrogen atoms in the ......2...... ion are oxidised during the reaction.
Which formulae correctly complete gaps 1 and 2?
1 2
A NH4+ NH4+
B NH4+ NO2–
C NO2– NH4+
D NO2– NO2–

8
21 Elements X and Y react together in a reversible reaction to form XY2.
X + 2Y XY2
1.0 mol of X is mixed with 1.0 mol of Y and the mixture is left to react until an equilibrium position
is reached.
Which statements about this reaction are correct?
1 After the equilibrium position has been reached, the reaction stops.
2 At equilibrium there is more than 0.5 mol of X present.
3 At equilibrium there is less than 1.0 mol of XY2 present.
A 1, 2 and 3 B 2 only C 3 only D 2 and 3 only
22 Two solutions are prepared.
● Solution P is 0.050 mol / dm3 hydrochloric acid.
● Solution Q is 0.100 mol / dm3 butanoic acid.
A 2 cm strip of magnesium ribbon is put into 100 cm3 of each solution. Fizzing is seen in both
solutions but the fizzing is faster in solution P than it is in solution Q.
Which statement helps to explain this observation?
A Magnesium reacts with solution P to form a salt, but does not form a salt with solution Q.
B More particles are dissociated in solution P than are dissociated in solution Q.
C Solution Q contains a stronger acid than solution P.
D The particles are closer together in solution Q than they are in solution P.
23 Which compound can be formed by precipitation?
A NaCl B K2SO4 C Ca(NO3)2 D PbSO4
24 In a neutralisation reaction, which change in particles occurs?
A atoms  molecules
B ions  molecules
C atoms  ions
D ions  atoms
© UCLES 2021 5070/11/O/N/21

9
25 In order to decide which would be the better nitrogenous fertiliser, a student calculates the
percentage by mass of nitrogen in both ammonium sulfate and ammonium nitrate.
Which row gives the correct results?
percentage by percentage by
mass of nitrogen in mass of nitrogen in
ammonium sulfate ammonium nitrate
A 10.6 17.5
B 10.6 35.0
C 21.2 35.0
D 21.2 17.5
26 The manufacture of sulfuric acid by the Contact process involves the use of three different raw
materials.
How many of these raw materials are elements, how many are compounds and how many are
mixtures?
elements compounds mixtures
A 0 3 0
B 1 2 0
C 1 1 1
D 2 0 1
Z
Y
W X

10
28 Which statement about elements in the Periodic Table is correct?
A Elements at the left-hand side of the Periodic Table are more metallic than those, in the
same period, near the right-hand side.
B Elements at the top of a group lose electrons more readily than those, in the same group,
that are lower in the Periodic Table.
C Elements in the same group of the Periodic Table have the same number of completed
shells of electrons.
D Elements in the same period of the Periodic Table have the same number of electrons in the
outer shell.
29 Which statement about the properties of the elements in Group VIII of the Periodic Table, helium
to xenon, is correct?
A Argon reacts with iron to form a compound.

B Helium is less dense than air.
C The elements change from gas to solid down the group.
D The elements exist as covalent molecules.
31 Different metals react with water in different ways.
A Calcium does not react with cold water.

B Iron reacts slowly with steam to produce an oxide of iron and hydrogen.
C Magnesium reacts with steam to produce magnesium hydroxide and oxygen.
D Sodium reacts with cold water to produce aqueous sodium oxide and hydrogen.
© UCLES 2021 5070/11/O/N/21

11
32 Metal X is more reactive than zinc but less reactive than sodium.
What would be the best method for obtaining metal X from its ore?
A electrolysis of an aqueous solution of a salt of X

B electrolysis of the molten oxide of X
C heating the oxide of X in hydrogen
D heating the oxide of X with powdered carbon
33 Steel is often galvanised.
Which statements about galvanising are correct?
1 Galvanising makes a steel alloy.

2 Galvanising provides a sacrificial protection against rusting.
3 Galvanising coats a layer of zinc onto steel.
34 In the extraction of aluminium from aluminium oxide, the following three reactions take place.
1 Al 3+ + 3e–  Al
2 2O2–  O2 + 4e–
3 C + O2  CO2
35 The carbon cycle regulates the amount of carbon dioxide in the atmosphere.
Combustion, photosynthesis and respiration are involved in this cycle.
How do these processes affect the amount of carbon dioxide in the atmosphere?
combustion photosynthesis respiration
A increases increases increases

B increases decreases increases
C decreases increases decreases
D decreases decreases decreases

12
A Alkanes are described as being saturated because they are insoluble in water.
B Alkanes react with chlorine in an addition reaction.
C The alkane containing 10 carbon atoms in each molecule has a higher viscosity than the
alkane containing 20 carbon atoms.
D The formula of an alkane with 35 carbon atoms in each molecule is C35H72.
37 The structure of compound X is shown.
H C H
H
H C C C H
H H
Four statements are made about compound X.
1 X burns in air to form carbon dioxide and water.

2 X turns bromine water from colourless to brown.
3 X is propene.
4 The number of C–C single bonds is increased by reacting X with hydrogen.
38 When ethene reacts with steam to form ethanol, which type of reaction takes place?
A addition
B fermentation
C polymerisation
D reduction
39 Which compound could be a flavouring in a non-alcoholic fruit drink?
A CH3CH2OH
B CH3CH2CH2CH2COOH
C CH3COOCH2CH2CH2CH2CH3
D CH3CH2CH2CH2CH2OH
© UCLES 2021 5070/11/O/N/21

13
40 P is a polymer that:
● has six carbon atoms in each of the monomers from which it is formed
● is not a polyester
● is formed using condensation polymerisation.
A B
O O O O
H H
C D
H H H H H H
© UCLES 2021 5070/11/O/N/21

14
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2021 5070/11/O/N/21

15
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2021 5070/11/O/N/21

Group
© UCLES 2021
1 2
H He
hydrogen helium
Key 1 4
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
23 24 27 28 31 32 35.5 40
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 64 65 70 73 75 79 80 84
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
16
85 88 89 91 93 96 – 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
55 56 57–71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
5070/11/O/N/21
lanthanoids
133 137 178 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209 – – –
87 88 89–103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 114 116
actinoids
– – – – – – – – – – – – –
57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
139 140 141 144 – 150 152 157 159 163 165 167 169 173 175
89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103
– 232 231 238 – – – – – – – – – – –
Cambridge O Level
CHEMISTRY 5070/12
1 hour

*2846926486*

Soft clean eraser
INSTRUCTIONS
INFORMATION
IB21 11_5070_12/4RP
2
1 In a titration, 25.0 cm3 of aqueous sodium hydroxide is transferred into a conical flask. A few
drops of indicator are added. Dilute hydrochloric acid is then added to the flask until the end-point
is reached.
Which pieces of apparatus are used to measure volume in this experiment?
to measure dilute to measure aqueous

hydrochloric acid sodium hydroxide
A burette beaker
B burette pipette
C pipette pipette
D pipette beaker
© UCLES 2021 5070/12/O/N/21

3
2 A student follows the rate of the reaction between marble chips, CaCO3, and
dilute hydrochloric acid.
CaCO3 + 2HCl  CaCl 2 + CO2 + H2O
Which diagrams show apparatus that, with a stopwatch, is suitable for this experiment?
1 2
loose
measuring plug
acid
acid
balance
water
marble chips
hydrochloric
acid burette
marble chips
3 Pure oxygen is needed by many industries.
How is pure oxygen obtained in large amounts for such uses?
A by decomposition of calcium carbonate

B by decomposition of hydrogen peroxide
C by filtration of liquid air
D by fractional distillation of liquid air

4
4 An impure sample of compound X has a melting point of 120 C.
X is purified and its melting point is measured again.
method of melting point

purifying X of pure X / C
A crystallisation 115
B distillation 115
C crystallisation 125
D distillation 125
5 When aqueous sodium hydroxide is added to aqueous compound X, a red-brown precipitate is

formed. When dilute nitric acid followed by aqueous barium nitrate is added to aqueous
compound X, a white precipitate is formed.
What is X?
A chromium(III) sulfate
B chromium(III) chloride
C iron(III) chloride
D iron(III) sulfate

B aqueous ammonia forms a white precipitate,
soluble in excess of the reagent
C aqueous sodium hydroxide forms a white precipitate,
insoluble in excess of the reagent
© UCLES 2021 5070/12/O/N/21

5
7 A sample of gas is released at a particular point in a laboratory.
A detecting device is placed ten metres from the point where the gas is released. This device
detects and records the time when the concentration of the gas is ten molecules in every million
molecules of air.
The experiment is carried out with two gases at different temperatures.
In which experiment was the time recorded by the detector greatest?
temperature of
gas
laboratory / C
A SF6 20
B SF6 40
C CO2 20
D CO2 40
8 The table shows data for some particles.
proton nucleon number number number

particle
number number of protons of neutrons of electrons
sodium ion 11 23 11 W 10
fluoride ion 9 19 9 10 X
magnesium ion 12 24 Y 12 10
What are the values of W, X and Y?
W X Y
A 10 10 12
B 11 12 10
C 12 10 12
D 12 10 10
9 A covalent compound P has the empirical formula CH2O.
Which structure represents P?
A B C D
O H H O H H H H H O H
H C H C C H C C H C C C
O H O H O H H O

6
A A metal lattice consists of negative ions in a ‘sea of electrons’.

C Metals are malleable because the ions present are mobile.
What is the mass of 2.0 mol of chlorine gas?
A 17.75 g B 35.5 g C 71 g D 142 g
12 When gases react, the volume of gaseous reactants may be different from the volume of gaseous
products.
For which reaction is the percentage change in the volume of gas largest? (Assume each
reaction goes to completion.)
A 2SO2(g) + O2(g)  2SO3(g)
B CH4(g) + 2O2(g)  CO2(g) + 2H2O(g)
C N2(g) + 3H2(g)  2NH3(g)
D 2C2H6(g) + 7O2(g)  6H2O(g) + 4CO2(g)
13 Sodium carbonate reacts with dilute hydrochloric acid.
Na2CO3 + 2HCl  2NaCl + H2O + CO2
A sample containing 0.0800 mol of sodium carbonate is added to a solution containing 0.100 mol
of hydrochloric acid.
Which volume of carbon dioxide is produced, measured at room temperature and pressure?
A 0.96 dm3 B 1.20 dm3 C 1.92 dm3 D 2.40 dm3
14 Which statement about the electrolysis of solutions is correct?
A During the electrolysis of concentrated aqueous sodium chloride solution, hydrogen is

produced at the cathode.
B During the electrolysis of dilute sulfuric acid, oxygen is produced at the cathode.
C When aqueous copper(II) sulfate is electrolysed, the reaction taking place at the cathode is
Cu+(aq) + e–  Cu(s).
D When aqueous copper(II) sulfate is electrolysed using copper electrodes, the mass of the
anode at the end of the reaction will be greater than at the beginning.
© UCLES 2021 5070/12/O/N/21

7
+ –
copper

sulfate

16 The equation shows the reaction of glucose with oxygen.
C6H12O6 + 6O2  6CO2 + 6H2O
A It can occur in the dark.

B It is endothermic.
C It needs chlorophyll as a catalyst.
D It occurs in plants but not in animals.

8
17 The energy profile diagram of a chemical reaction is shown.
energy X
Z
A The reaction is exothermic.

B X represents the activation energy for the reaction.
C Y represents H for the reaction.

D Z represents the energy given out as the reaction proceeds.
N2(g) + 3H2(g) 2NH3(g)
© UCLES 2021 5070/12/O/N/21

9
19 The apparatus shows a method of following the rate of the reaction between magnesium
carbonate, MgCO3, and dilute nitric acid, HNO3.
MgCO3(s) + 2HNO3(aq)  Mg(NO3)2(aq) + H2O(l) + CO2(g)
flask
magnesium carbonate
and dilute nitric acid
The graph shows the volume of gas collected against time.
volume of gas
collected / cm3
0 1 2 3 4 5 6
time / minutes
Three statements are made about the experiment.
1 The mass of the flask and its contents decreases as time increases.
2 The rate of the reaction decreases as time increases.
3 The reaction has finished after four minutes.
20 Aqueous bromine is added to aqueous sodium chloride.
A Bromine is oxidised and chloride ions are reduced.

B Bromine is reduced and chloride ions are oxidised.
C Neither oxidation nor reduction takes place.
D Sodium ions are oxidised.

10
21 Which statement is correct for all reversible reactions that have reached dynamic equilibrium?
A Introduction of a catalyst changes the position of the equilibrium.

B The number of moles of products equals the number of moles of reactants.
C The rate of the forward reaction equals the rate of the reverse reaction.
D When the reaction reaches the position of equilibrium the reaction stops.
22 Which statement about acids and bases is correct?
A A 0.1 mol / dm3 solution of ethanoic acid has a higher pH than a 0.1 mol / dm3 solution of
hydrochloric acid.
B All bases dissolve in water to produce OH– ions.
C Bases react with nitrates to produce ammonia.
D Oxides of metals are always acidic in character.
23 Which compound can be formed by precipitation?
A NaCl B K2SO4 C Ca(NO3)2 D PbSO4
24 Which methods could be used to make a pure sample of copper(II) sulfate?
1 acid + metal carbonate

2 acid + metal oxide
3 acid + metal
4 precipitation
A 1 and 2 only B 1 and 3 only C 1, 2 and 3 D 1, 2 and 4
© UCLES 2021 5070/12/O/N/21

11
25 Ammonia is made by a reversible reaction.
N2(g) + 3H2(g) 2NH3(g) H = –92 kJ / mol
A chemist investigates how the percentage of ammonia at equilibrium changes with pressure.
The experiment is carried out both at 250 C and at 350 C.
Which graph shows the chemist’s results?
A B
350 °C 250 °C
% NH3 at 250 °C % NH3 at 350 °C
equilibrium equilibrium
pressure pressure
C D
% NH3 at % NH3 at
equilibrium equilibrium
350 °C 250 °C
250 °C 350 °C
pressure pressure
26 Which statement about sulfur dioxide, SO2, is correct?
A It is dissolved in water to make sulfuric acid for car batteries.

B It is the final product of the Contact process.
C It is used as a food preservative.
D It turns aqueous potassium iodide brown.

12
Z
Y
W X
28 Which statement about some of the elements in the Periodic Table is correct?
A The element germanium, in Group IV, has less metallic character than gallium, in Group III.
B Elements in Group V form ions with a charge of 5+.
C Elements in the same group react in a similar way because they all contain the same number
of electrons.
D Transition elements are given this name as they easily change from solids to liquids.
29 These statements are about the halogens.
1 All halogens are non-metallic, diatomic molecules.

2 Chlorine displaces both bromine and iodine from aqueous solutions of their salts.
3 The halogens become more reactive on descending Group VII of the Periodic Table.
© UCLES 2021 5070/12/O/N/21

13
31 The table gives properties of four metals, P, Q, R and S.
method of extraction reaction with water reaction with acid
P electrolysis only no reaction reacts slowly

Q heating oxide with carbon reacts slowly with steam reacts slowly
R electrolysis only reacts rapidly with steam reacts rapidly
S heating oxide with carbon no reaction no reaction
A P is the least reactive.

B Q would displace R from a solution of its salt.
C R could be zinc.
D S could be copper.
32 Which statements about extracting metals from their ores are correct?
1 Aluminium is extracted by the electrolysis of aluminium oxide dissolved in cryolite.

2 Silver is difficult to extract from its ores because of its low reactivity.
3 Iron is extracted from haematite by reduction in the blast furnace.
33 Which statements about the corrosion of iron are correct?
1 Corrosion can be prevented by coating the iron with zinc.

2 Corrosion only occurs in the presence of both air and water.
3 Rust is an alloy of iron and oxygen.
4 Sacrificial protection occurs when iron is connected to a less reactive metal.

14
34 In the extraction of aluminium from aluminium oxide, the following three reactions take place.
1 Al 3+ + 3e–  Al
2 2O2–  O2 + 4e–
3 C + O2  CO2
1 Chlorination is used to remove unpleasant tastes from drinking water.

2 Desalination can be achieved using distillation.
3 The presence of phosphates in water and soil encourages plant growth.
36 Two isomers are shown.
CH3
H3C CH2 CH2 CH3 H3 C C CH3
Which statements about these isomers are correct?
1 They have the same empirical formula.

2 They have different molecular formulae.
3 They are members of the same homologous series.
37 A hydrocarbon compound Q has molecular formula CxHy.
Q reacts with hydrogen to form a single product with molecular formula CxHy+2.
Which statement about Q is correct?
A Q does not burn in air.

B Q is a saturated hydrocarbon.
C Q reacts with bromine to form a single product with molecular formula CxHy–1Br.
D Q reacts with steam to form a single product with molecular formula CxHy+2O.
© UCLES 2021 5070/12/O/N/21

15
38 Which structural formula represents an alcohol?
A B
H H H H H H
H C C O C H H C C C O H
H H H H H H
C D
H H H H H O
H C C C H C C C O H
H O H H H
39 Which statement about carboxylic acids is correct?
A They are prepared by the oxidation of alkanes.

B They decolourise bromine water.
C They react with alcohols to form esters.
D They react with carbonates to form a salt, hydrogen and water.
40 P is a polymer that:
● has six carbon atoms in each of the monomers from which it is formed
● is not a polyester
● is formed using condensation polymerisation.
A B
O O O O
H H
C D
H H H H H H
© UCLES 2021 5070/12/O/N/21

16
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2021 5070/12/O/N/21

17
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2021 5070/12/O/N/21

18
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2021 5070/12/O/N/21

19
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2021 5070/12/O/N/21

Group
© UCLES 2021
1 2
H He
hydrogen helium
Key 1 4
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
23 24 27 28 31 32 35.5 40
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 64 65 70 73 75 79 80 84
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
20
85 88 89 91 93 96 – 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
55 56 57–71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
5070/12/O/N/21
lanthanoids
133 137 178 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209 – – –
87 88 89–103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 114 116
actinoids
– – – – – – – – – – – – –
57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
139 140 141 144 – 150 152 157 159 163 165 167 169 173 175
89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103
– 232 231 238 – – – – – – – – – – –
Cambridge O Level
CHEMISTRY 5070/11
1 hour

*7425830231*

Soft clean eraser
INSTRUCTIONS
INFORMATION
• Each correct answer will score one mark.
IB22 11_5070_11/2RP
2
1 Which row shows the most appropriate apparatus for the measurement given?
quantity apparatus
A 25.0 cm3 of solution measuring cylinder

B 32.7 cm3 of solution pipette
C 75 cm3 of gas gas syringe
D 80 cm3 of solution burette
2 A liquid, X, is distilled from a mixture using the apparatus shown.
water out
water in
heat
liquid X
During the distillation, the thermometer reads from 157 °C to 160 °C.
Which information about liquid X is correct?
A The liquids in X may or may not be miscible (mix with each other).
B X is a mixture that can be separated by distillation.
C X must contain two liquids with boiling points 157 °C and 160 °C.
D X must have been obtained by the fractional distillation of petroleum (crude oil).
© UCLES 2022 5070/11/O/N/22

3
3 An aqueous solution contains a salt, Y.
Addition of an aqueous solution X results in a precipitate being formed that redissolves when
more X is added.
What could solution X and salt Y be?
solution X salt Y
A HCl (aq) AgNO3

B H2SO4(aq) Ba(NO3)2
C NaOH(aq) CuSO4
D NaOH(aq) ZnSO4
4 Which gas diffuses the fastest at the same pressure?
A nitrogen at 25 °C
B nitrogen at 50 °C
C oxygen at 25 °C
D oxygen at 50 °C
5 The diagram shows the outer shell electrons of the atoms of two elements, Q and R.
key
= an electron
= a nucleus
Q R
The sulfate of Q is insoluble.
Element R is gaseous at room temperature and pressure.
Which row could be correct?
proton relative atomic

number of Q mass of R
A 12 35.5
B 12 80
C 56 80
D 56 35.5

4
6 Which statement about iodine atoms and iodide ions is correct?
A They are both isotopes of iodine.

35 37
7 The element chlorine has two isotopes, 17 Cl and 17 Cl .
35.5
In the Periodic Table, chlorine is shown as 17 Cl .
Which row shows the correct percentage of each isotope in a sample of naturally occurring
chlorine?
35 37
percentage of 17 Cl percentage of 17 Cl
A 25 75
B 40 60
C 50 50
D 75 25

92 U?
A 92 B 143 C 235 D 327
9 Silicon dioxide has a giant structure. Each silicon atom is joined to four oxygen atoms by covalent
bonds. Part of the structure is shown.
O O
O Si O Si O
O O
Which property would silicon dioxide be expected to have?
A a good conductor of electricity

B a high melting point
C reacts with hydrochloric acid
D soluble in water
© UCLES 2022 5070/11/O/N/22

5
10 Elements X and Y react to form compound XY. Element Y has more electrons in its outer shell
than element X. Compound XY conducts electricity in the molten state.
Which row correctly states the electron change that occurs during the reaction and the type of
bonding in compound XY?
electron change during type of bonding in

formation of compound XY compound XY
A X donates electrons to Y ionic

B X shares electrons with Y covalent
C Y donates electrons to X covalent
D Y shares electrons with X ionic
11 Which compound has the most single bonds in one molecule?
A CH3CH3 B CH3CH2OH C CH3CO2H D CH3CHCH2
12 The formula of ammonium metavanadate is NH4VO3. It consists of NH4 ions and VO3 ions.
What are the charges on these ions?
NH4 ion VO3 ion
A 1+ 1–
B 2+ 2–
C 3+ 4–
D 4+ 3–
13 Which mass of oxygen gas combines with exactly 16 g of sulfur to form sulfur dioxide, SO2?
A 4g B 8g C 16 g D 32 g
14 The atomic number of ruthenium is 44. One of the oxides of ruthenium is a black solid, X. 5.79 g
of X contains 1.39 g of oxygen.
What is the empirical formula of X?
A Ru2O B RuO C RuO2 D RuO4

6
15 250 cm3 of 1.0 mol / dm3 hydrochloric acid reacts with an excess of solid sodium carbonate. The
equation is shown.
2HCl (aq) + Na2CO3(s) → 2NaCl (aq) + CO2(g) + H2O(l)
What is the volume of carbon dioxide produced when measured at room temperature and
pressure?
A 3.0 dm3 B 6.0 dm3 C 12 dm3 D 24 dm3
16 When excess aqueous barium chloride is added to 25.0 cm3 of 1.00 mol / dm3 sodium sulfate, a
white precipitate of barium sulfate is formed.
Na2SO4(aq) + BaCl 2(aq) → BaSO4(s) + 2NaCl (aq)
The precipitate is filtered off, washed, dried and weighed. 5.36 g barium sulfate is obtained.
What is the percentage yield of barium sulfate?
[Mr: Na2SO4, 142; BaCl 2, 208; BaSO4, 233; NaCl, 58.5]
A 2.3% B 27% C 92% D 97%
17 Aqueous copper(II) sulfate is electrolysed using inert electrodes.
A Copper is collected at the anode.

B Hydrogen is collected at the cathode.
C Oxygen is collected at the anode.
D Sulfur is collected at the cathode.
Which equation shows the reaction that occurs at the anode?
A 2Cl – → Cl 2 + 2e–
B 2Cl – + 2e– → Cl 2
C 2H+ + 2e– → H2
D 4OH– → O2 + 2H2O + 4e–
© UCLES 2022 5070/11/O/N/22

7
19 Which pair of equations correctly represents the reactions taking place at the anode and at the
cathode during the electrolysis of molten silver bromide?
anode cathode
A 2Br – → Br2 + 2e– Ag2+ + 2e– → Ag

B Br2– → Br2 + 2e– Ag+ + e– → Ag
C 2Br – → Br2 + 2e– Ag+ + e– → Ag
D Ag+ + e– → Ag 2Br – → Br2 + 2e–
20 Which two processes are both endothermic?
A combustion and cracking

B combustion and fermentation
C cracking and photosynthesis
D respiration and photosynthesis
21 A sample of sulfuric acid is added to 10 g of zinc granules. A reaction occurs and a gas is
produced. The rate of the reaction is increased if a small amount of copper is added. The copper
is unchanged after the reaction.
A Copper acts as a biological catalyst in this reaction.

B Copper lowers the activation energy of this reaction.
C The rate of the reaction is greater as the particle size of the zinc is greater.
D The rate of the reaction is greater if the pressure is increased.

8
22 The rate of reaction between magnesium and dilute hydrochloric acid is investigated. The
equation is shown.
Mg(s) + 2HCl (aq) → MgCl 2(aq) + H2(g)
A known mass of magnesium is added to an excess of dilute hydrochloric acid.
The concentration of the hydrochloric acid and the volume of hydrogen produced is measured at
regular time intervals.
Which pair of graphs correctly shows the experimental results?
concentration volume of
A hydrogen
of HCl
0 0
0 time 0 time
B hydrogen
of HCl
0 0
0 time 0 time
C hydrogen
of HCl
0 0
0 time 0 time
D hydrogen
of HCl
0 0
0 time 0 time
© UCLES 2022 5070/11/O/N/22

9
A CaCO3 + 2HCl → CaCl 2 + H2O + CO2
B Cu2+ + Zn → Cu + Zn2+
C Fe2O3 + 3CO → 2Fe + 3CO2
D H2SO4 + Zn → ZnSO4 + H2

B copper to brass
D sand to silicon
25 Thiosulfate ions, S2O32–, react with iodine, I2, in aqueous solution.
2S2O32–(aq) + I2(aq) → 2I–(aq) + S4O62–(aq)
In this reaction, the S2O32– ions ......1...... electrons and are ......2...... .
1 2
A gain oxidised
B gain reduced
C lose oxidised
D lose reduced
2SO2(g) + O2(g) 2SO3(g) ∆H = –196 kJ / mol
A adding more O2

10
27 Some medicines contain the magnesium salt of a fatty acid. The fatty acids are members of the
homologous series of carboxylic acids and contain one carboxylic acid group.
What is the carboxylic acid functional group and how many moles of a fatty acid react with one
mole of magnesium?
functional group moles of fatty acid
A –CO2H 1
B –CO2H 2
C –CH2OH 1
D –CH2OH 2
28 Sodium sulfate, Na2SO4, and sodium hydrogensulfate, NaHSO4, can both be prepared using
aqueous sodium hydroxide and sulfuric acid.
2NaOH(aq) + H2SO4(aq) → Na2SO4(aq) + 2H2O(l)
NaOH(aq) + H2SO4(aq) → NaHSO4(aq) + H2O(l)
50 cm3 of 1 mol / dm3 sodium hydroxide is used each time.
Which row shows the correct volumes of 1 mol / dm3 sulfuric acid required to prepare a sample of
sodium sulfate and a sample of sodium hydrogensulfate?
volume of sulfuric acid volume of sulfuric acid

required to make required to make
sodium sulfate sodium hydrogensulfate
/ cm3 / cm3
A 25 50
B 25 12.5
C 50 12.5
D 50 25
29 Which substance reacts with dilute sulfuric acid in the preparation of a pure sample of
lead(II) sulfate?

B lead foil
© UCLES 2022 5070/11/O/N/22

11
A In the manufacture of sulfuric acid, iron is used as the catalyst in the Contact process.
B Sulfuric acid is used in some batteries.
C Sulfuric acid is used as a fertiliser.
D Sulfuric acid is used as a food preservative.
31 Two statements are given.
statement 1 Going down Group I and Group VII, the melting point of the elements
increases.
statement 2 Chlorine can displace iodine from aqueous potassium iodide but cannot
displace bromine from aqueous potassium bromide.
A both statement 1 and statement 2

B statement 1 only
C statement 2 only
D neither statement 1 nor statement 2
32 A reversible reaction involves a solid reacting with hydrogen.
Which of the metals, aluminium and iron, would catalyse the reaction and what is their effect on
the position of equilibrium?
act as a catalyst position of equilibrium
A both aluminium and iron moves to the right

B both aluminium and iron no change
C iron only moves to the right
D iron only no change


12
34 Three statements about the carbon cycle are given.
1 The carbon cycle regulates the amount of carbon dioxide in the atmosphere.
2 During photosynthesis, carbon dioxide is produced.
3 Combustion of hydrocarbons requires oxygen.
35 Carbon is used in the purification of the water supply.
A to remove mud and other insoluble solids

B to remove nitrates caused by the excessive use of fertiliser
C to remove tastes and odours
D to sterilise the water by removing harmful bacteria
36 Octane is an alkane with eight carbon atoms per molecule.
What is the molecular formula of octane, and how does its boiling point compare with that of
butane?
molecular formula boiling point

of octane of octane
A C8H16 higher than butane

B C8H16 lower than butane
C C8H18 lower than butane
D C8H18 higher than butane
37 Which equation for the reaction between propane and chlorine is correct?
A C3H6 + Cl 2 → C3H6Cl 2
B C3H8 + Cl 2 → C3H6Cl 2 + H2
C C3H8 + Cl 2 → CH3Cl + C2H5Cl
D C3H8 + Cl 2 → C3H7Cl + HCl
© UCLES 2022 5070/11/O/N/22

13
39 The monomer, CH3CH=CHCH3, can be used to make an addition polymer.
This addition polymer has a chain of carbon atoms joined to each other by C–C single bonds.
Each of these carbon atoms is also bonded to at least one other atom or group of atoms. These
are called side groups.
Which statement describes the carbon atoms in the polymer chain made from CH3CH=CHCH3?
A Every carbon atom in the chain has one –CH3 and one hydrogen atom as side groups.
B Every carbon atom in the chain is joined to a CH3–CH– side group.
C Every carbon atom in the chain is joined to either two –CH3 or to two hydrogen atoms as side
groups.
D Every carbon atom in the chain is joined to hydrogen atoms only as side groups.

14
40 Which row correctly shows the structure of a polymer and the monomers from which it is made?
monomers polymer
O O O H H
A
HO C NH2 C C N N
H H H H H H H H H H H
B H C C C H C C C C C C
H H H H H
O O
O O H H
C HO C C OH
O C C O N N
H 2N NH2
O O
O O
D HO C C OH
C C O O
HO OH
© UCLES 2022 5070/11/O/N/22

15
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2022 5070/11/O/N/22

Group
© UCLES 2022
1 2
H He
hydrogen helium
Key 1 4
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
23 24 27 28 31 32 35.5 40
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 64 65 70 73 75 79 80 84
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
16
85 88 89 91 93 96 – 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
55 56 57–71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
5070/11/O/N/22
lanthanoids
133 137 178 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209 – – –
87 88 89–103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 114 116
actinoids
– – – – – – – – – – – – –
57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
139 140 141 144 – 150 152 157 159 163 165 167 169 173 175
89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103
– 232 231 238 – – – – – – – – – – –
Cambridge O Level
CHEMISTRY 5070/12
1 hour

*2674717354*

Soft clean eraser
INSTRUCTIONS
INFORMATION
• Each correct answer will score one mark.
IB22 11_5070_12/2RP
2
1 Which piece of apparatus would be the most suitable for measuring exactly 37.00 cm3 of aqueous
ammonia?
A a 50 cm3 burette
B a 50 cm3 pipette
C a 50 cm3 gas syringe
D a 50 cm3 measuring cylinder
© UCLES 2022 5070/12/O/N/22

3
2 When iron reacts with dilute hydrochloric acid, hydrogen is formed. Impurities in the iron mean
that some hydrogen sulfide gas is also formed. Hydrogen sulfide gas is soluble in water. Water
vapour can be removed from a mixture of gases using concentrated sulfuric acid.
Which diagram shows apparatus suitable to prepare a pure, dry sample of hydrogen?
iron and water concentrated

hydrochloric acid sulfuric acid
iron and
water concentrated
hydrochloric acid
sulfuric acid
iron and water concentrated

iron and concentrated water


4
3 The following tests are carried out on a sample of green crystals.
The crystals are dissolved in water and the resulting solution is divided into two portions.
● Aqueous sodium hydroxide is added to the first portion. A green precipitate, soluble
in excess aqueous sodium hydroxide, is formed.
The solution formed is heated and a gas is produced which turns litmus paper blue.
● Dilute nitric acid is added to the second portion followed by aqueous barium nitrate.
A white precipitate is formed.
Which three ions are present in the green crystals?
A ammonium, chromium(III), sulfate
B ammonium, iron(II), sulfate
C chromium(III), carbonate, sulfate
D iron(II), nitrate, sulfate
4 Changes of state occur between solids, liquids and gases.
P Q
gas liquid solid
R S
Which changes are occurring at P, Q, R and S?
P Q R S
A boiling melting freezing condensing

B condensing freezing boiling melting
C freezing condensing boiling melting
D melting boiling condensing freezing
5 The table shows information about some oxides.
structure effect of water
oxide simple molecular dissolves to form an acid
For which of the elements nitrogen, phosphorus, sulfur and silicon could this information about
their oxides be correct?
A phosphorus and sulfur only

B nitrogen and silicon only
C nitrogen, phosphorus and sulfur only
D nitrogen, phosphorus, sulfur and silicon
© UCLES 2022 5070/12/O/N/22

5
6 Which statement about iodine atoms and iodide ions is correct?
A They are both isotopes of iodine.

7 The table contains information about four substances.
Which substance is an ionic compound?
conducts conducts conducts

state at room
electricity at electricity electricity when in
temperature
room temperature when molten aqueous solution
A liquid
B solid
C solid insoluble
D solid

92 U?
A 92 B 143 C 235 D 327
9 An ionic compound has the formula Al 2O3.
What are the charges on the ions?
A Al + O– B Al 2+ O2– C Al 2+ O3– D Al 3+ O2–
10 Which two pairs of atoms are held together by the same number of bonds?
first pair of atoms second pair of atoms

A the two carbon atoms the carbon atom and one
in a C2H4 molecule oxygen atom in a CO2 molecule
B the two nitrogen atoms the two hydrogen
in an N2 molecule atoms in an H2 molecule
C the two oxygen atoms the carbon atom and one
in an O2 molecule hydrogen atom in a CH4 molecule
D the two oxygen atoms the two nitrogen
in an O2 molecule atoms in an N2 molecule

6
11 Boron trifluoride, BF3, is a simple molecule. There are three covalent bonds in each BF3
molecule. Each of these bonds is made by sharing one electron from the boron atom and one
electron from a fluorine atom.
What is unusual about the bonding in boron trifluoride?
A It is unusual for a non-metal such as fluorine to form covalent bonds.

B The boron atom in each molecule does not gain the electronic configuration of a noble gas.
C The covalent bonds do not consist of shared pairs of electrons.
D The fluorine atoms in each molecule do not gain the electronic configuration of a noble gas.
12 Which equation is correct for the reaction between carbon dioxide and magnesium hydroxide?
A CO2 + Mg(OH)2 → MgCO3 + H2O
B CO2 + 2Mg(OH)2 → 2MgCO3 + 2H2O
C 2CO2 + Mg(OH)2 → MgCO3 + H2O
D 2CO2 + Mg(OH)2 → 2MgCO3 + H2O
13 Which mass of oxygen gas combines with exactly 16 g of sulfur to form sulfur dioxide, SO2?
A 4g B 8g C 16 g D 32 g
14 Which compound has an empirical formula that is different from its molecular formula?
A butanol, C4H10O
B hydrogen peroxide, H2O2
C nitrogen dioxide, NO2
D water, H2O
15 4.0 g of sodium hydroxide, NaOH, is dissolved in 250 cm3 of water in a graduated flask.
A 25 cm3 sample of this solution is titrated with 0.50 mol / dm3 hydrochloric acid.
Which volume of hydrochloric acid is required to exactly neutralise the alkali?
A 10 cm3 B 20 cm3 C 40 cm3 D 200 cm3
© UCLES 2022 5070/12/O/N/22

7
16 Dilute aqueous solutions of potassium chloride and magnesium chloride are mixed together.
A sample of the mixture is electrolysed using inert electrodes.
What are possible products at each of the electrodes?
anode cathode
A chlorine oxygen
B chlorine potassium
C oxygen hydrogen
D oxygen magnesium
17 The table gives some statements about electrolysis and the reason why each statement is true.
Which row shows a correct statement and the correct reason why the statement is true?
statement reason
A Aqueous copper(II) sulfate and Both solutions contain Cu2+(aq)
aqueous copper(II) nitrate are and can transfer copper from
suitable electrolytes when used the anode to the cathode.
to copper plate objects.
B During the extraction of The anodes gradually
aluminium from aluminium oxide dissolve in the molten cryolite.
the carbon anodes have to be
replaced regularly.
C In the electrolysis of concentrated H+(aq) is present in
aqueous sodium chloride and of both aqueous solutions.
dilute sulfuric acid the same
products are formed.
D When an aqueous mixture of Zinc is more
zinc nitrate and copper(II) sulfate reactive than copper.
is electrolysed, zinc is formed
on the cathode.

8
18 Students proposed four cells to produce electricity in a school laboratory.
Which cell would produce the largest voltage in a safe way?
A B
V V
Cu Zn Cu Zn
CuSO4(aq) ZnSO4(aq)
C D
V V
Na Cu Mg Cu
CuSO4(aq) MgSO4(aq)
© UCLES 2022 5070/12/O/N/22

9
19 Nitrogen oxides may form in the atmosphere during lightning activity.
N2 + O2 → 2NO
The reaction is endothermic.
Which energy profile diagram is correct for this reaction?
A B
N2 + O2 N2 + O2
energy energy
2NO 2NO
C D
2NO 2NO
energy energy
N2 + O2 N2 + O2
20 Which two processes are both endothermic?
A combustion and cracking

B combustion and fermentation
C cracking and photosynthesis
D respiration and photosynthesis

10
Mg(s) + H2SO4(aq) → MgSO4(aq) + H2(g)
Which changes in the conditions will result in the lowest rate of production of hydrogen?
acid solid
temperature
concentration particle size
A decrease decrease increase

B decrease increase decrease
C increase decrease increase
D increase increase decrease
22 Carbonates react with dilute acids to produce carbon dioxide. A student uses excess carbonate
and 100 cm3 of 0.1 mol / dm3 acid and measures the volume of gas produced at regular time
intervals.
The results give line X on the graph. The student repeats the experiment using 50 cm3 of
0.2 mol / dm3 acid whilst keeping everything else the same.
Which line shows the results for the second experiment?
volume of
B X
gas / cm3
C
D
0
0 time / s
23 In the Contact process, sulfur is converted into sulfuric acid. A catalyst is added to the reaction
mixture shown in the equation.
2SO2 + O2 2SO3
What is the purpose of the catalyst?
A to lower the activation energy for the reaction

B to oxidise the sulfur dioxide
C to reduce the sulfur dioxide
D to shift the equilibrium to the right
© UCLES 2022 5070/12/O/N/22

11

B copper to brass
D sand to silicon
25 Under certain conditions, iron reacts with chlorine to form iron(III) chloride.
2Fe + 3Cl 2 → 2FeCl 3
A Chlorine is the oxidising agent.

B Iron gains electrons.
C Iron is reduced.
D This is not a redox reaction.
2SO2(g) + O2(g) 2SO3(g) ∆H = –196 kJ / mol
A adding more O2

12
27 The table shows the pH values of some substances that can be consumed by humans.
substance pH value
P 6.6
Q 3.1
R 10.4
S 7.8
Which statement about these substances is correct?
A P is alkaline.
B Q has the lowest concentration of hydrogen ions.
C R can neutralise excess stomach acid.
D S has a pH value closest to neutral.
28 Solution X is added to a solid salt, causing gas Y to be evolved.
Gas Y dissolves in water resulting in a solution with a pH of less than 7.
What are the possible identities of X and Y?
X Y

B aqueous sodium hydroxide carbon dioxide
C dilute hydrochloric acid ammonia
D dilute hydrochloric acid carbon dioxide
29 Which substance reacts with dilute sulfuric acid in the preparation of a pure sample of
lead(II) sulfate?

B lead foil
© UCLES 2022 5070/12/O/N/22

13
30 A pure sample of a salt is obtained by filtration followed by evaporation of the filtrate.
Which pair of reagents would produce the salt?
A copper and hydrochloric acid
B excess copper(II) carbonate and hydrochloric acid

C aqueous silver nitrate and hydrochloric acid
D aqueous sodium hydroxide and hydrochloric acid
31 Which set of conditions is used in the Contact process?
catalyst
/ °C / atm
A 100–200 200 V2O5

B 100–200 1–2 Fe
C 400–500 1–2 V2O5
D 400–500 200 V2O5
32 Part of the Periodic Table is shown.
Which substance is an unreactive gas found in the atmosphere?
A
B
C D


14
34 Pollution may be caused by oxides of carbon, nitrogen and sulfur.
Which elements can each form more than one oxide?
A carbon, nitrogen and sulfur

B carbon and nitrogen only
C carbon and sulfur only
D nitrogen and sulfur only
35 A river runs through an area of land that is used for growing cotton. The cotton farmers applied a
large amount of fertiliser to their fields. This caused eutrophication in the river water.
A Decreased levels of mineral salts caused the eutrophication.

B Desalination of the river water occurred.
C Increased levels of phosphates caused the eutrophication.
D Oxygen levels in the river water increased.
36 Which compound is an alkane?
A CH2CHCH2CH3
B CH3CH(CH3)CH3
C CH3CHCHCH3
D (CH3)2CCH2
37 The equation shows the reaction that takes place when butanol is completely combusted in air.
C4H9OH(l) + xO2(g) → yCO2(g) + zH2O(g)
What are the values of x, y and z?
x y z
A 4 6 5
B 5 4 6
C 5 6 4
D 6 4 5
© UCLES 2022 5070/12/O/N/22

15
39 Which row shows all the elements present in the polymers listed?
• nylon
• poly(ethene)
• Terylene
nylon poly(ethene) Terylene
A C, H C, H, O C, H, N, O
B C, H, N, O C, H C, H, N, O
C C, H, O C, H, N C, H, O
D C, H, N, O C, H C, H, O
40 The partial structure of a polyamide is shown.
H H
C N C N
O O
Which monomers would produce this polymer?
1 2 3
H O H H O O
N C N N C C
H OH H H HO OH
A 1 only B 1 and 2 C 1 and 3 D 2 and 3
© UCLES 2022 5070/12/O/N/22

Group
© UCLES 2022
1 2
H He
hydrogen helium
Key 1 4
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
23 24 27 28 31 32 35.5 40
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
39 40 45 48 51 52 55 56 59 59 64 65 70 73 75 79 80 84
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
16
85 88 89 91 93 96 – 101 103 106 108 112 115 119 122 128 127 131
55 56 57–71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
5070/12/O/N/22
lanthanoids
133 137 178 181 184 186 190 192 195 197 201 204 207 209 – – –
87 88 89–103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 114 116
actinoids
– – – – – – – – – – – – –
57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
139 140 141 144 – 150 152 157 159 163 165 167 169 173 175
89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103
– 232 231 238 – – – – – – – – – – –

5070 Chemistry P1 Merged From 2002-2022

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

5070 Chemistry P1 Merged From 2002-2022

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

5070_s03_qp_1 4

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write in soft pencil.

Read the instructions on the Answer Sheet very carefully.

This document consists of 16 printed pages.

Pb(NO3)2(aq) + 2KI(aq) → PbI2(s) + 2KNO3(aq)

Which method could be used to separate the products?

Which method is used to collect a dry sample of the gas?

3 The diagrams show mixtures of chemicals that react to produce gases.

In which reaction will the litmus paper change colour?

damp blue damp red

zinc sodium carbonate

damp blue damp red

aqueous sodium aqueous sodium

ammonium chloride sodium nitrate and

The gases react together to form a white solid, methylammonium chloride.

In an experiment to demonstrate rates of diffusion the following apparatus is set up.

Where will the white solid form?

cotton wool soaked in cotton wool soaked in

5070/01/M/J/03 [Turn over

What is the hydrogen ion concentration in the solution?

A 0.25 mol / dm3

6 For which of the following can graphite be used?

7 The letters X, Y and Z represent different atoms.

A X and Y are the same element.

8 How does a magnesium atom form a bond with an oxygen atom?

A by giving one pair of electrons to the oxygen atom

9 Which diagram represents the structure of the metal sodium?

10 Elements X and Y combine to form the gas XY2.

What are X and Y?

12 Which sulphide contains the greatest mass of sulphur in a 10 g sample?

sulphide formula mass of one

5070/01/M/J/03 [Turn over

What is the formula of a molecule of phosphorus?

14 A piece of metal is to be electroplated.

Which set of conditions give the thickest plate?

type of current size of current time

A a.c. low short

15 Rubidium is above sodium in the reactivity series.

What is formed when concentrated aqueous rubidium chloride is electrolysed?

cathode (–) anode (+)

2NO2(g) 2NO(g) + O2(g)

NO2, inlet for gas

More oxygen is forced into the flask.

What colour change is seen in the mixture?

metal X metal Y metal Y metal Z

metal X metal Y metal Z

5070/01/M/J/03 [Turn over

18 The equation shows the effect of heat on copper(II) carbonate.

CuCO3(s) → CuO(s) + CO2(g)

mass mass mass mass

time time time time

How is the behaviour of X described?

A as an oxidising agent only

20 Salts are made by reacting acids with bases.

A an insoluble acid with an insoluble base

21 The following equations represent reactions of dilute sulphuric acid.

Which reaction is not ‘typical’ of a dilute acid?

A 2KOH(aq) + H2SO4(aq) → K2SO4(aq) + 2H2O(l)

22 A black powder is burned in air.

The gas produced dissolves in water to form solution R. The pH of R is close to 7.

The gas is readily absorbed in aqueous sodium hydroxide.

What type of substance is present in solution R?